• Part A

    Table of Contents
     Module TitleModule
    Code
    Date last
    changed
     
    IntroductionUser's GuideUGApr 20PDF Version
    Executive SummaryESOct 14PDF Version
    High Level
    Standards
    AuthorisationAUJan 24PDF Version
    Principles of BusinessPBJan 11PDF Version
    High Level ControlsHCJul 23PDF Version
    Auditors and Accounting StandardsAAApr 18PDF Version
    General RequirementsGRJan 22PDF Version
    Business StandardsCapital AdequacyCAApr 23PDF Version
    Business and Market ConductBCOct 20PDF Version
    Client AssetsCLJan 18PDF Version
    Risk ManagementRMJul 23PDF Version
    Financial CrimeFCJan 24PDF Version
    Training and CompetencyTCJan 16PDF Version
    Digital Financial AdviceDAApr 19PDF Version
    Category 4 Investment FirmsC4Jan 22PDF Version
    Family Office ServicesFOOct 23PDF Version
    Reporting RequirementsCBB ReportingBRJul 23PDF Version
    Public DisclosurePD(to be issued)PDF Version
    Enforcement &
    Redress
    EnforcementENApr 21PDF Version
    CompensationCP(to be issued)PDF Version
    Sector GuidesCategory 1 licenseesC1(to be issued)PDF Version
    Category 2 licenseesC2(to be issued)PDF Version
    Category 3 licenseesC3(to be issued)PDF Version
    Islamic Investment FirmsIF(to be issued)PDF Version

     

    • Introduction

      • UG UG User's Guide

        • UG-A UG-A Introduction

          • UG-A.1 UG-A.1 Purpose

            • Executive Summary

              • UG-A.1.1

                The Central Bank of Bahrain ("the CBB"), in its capacity as the regulatory and supervisory authority for all financial institutions in Bahrain, issues regulatory instruments that licensees and other specified persons are legally obliged to comply with. These regulatory instruments are contained in the CBB Rulebook. Much of the Rulebook’s substantive content was previously issued by the Bahrain Monetary Agency (‘the BMA’), and was carried forward when the CBB replaced the BMA in September 2006.

                Amended: January 2007

              • UG-A.1.2

                The Rulebook is divided into 7 Volumes, covering different areas of financial services activity. These Volumes are being progressively issued. Volumes 1 and 2, covering conventional bank licensees and Islamic bank licensees respectively, were issued in July 2004 and January 2005; Volume 3, covering insurance licensees, was issued in April 2005. This Volume (Volume 4), was issued in April 2006. Volume 5 (covering specialised licensees), and Volume 6 (capital markets) are being issued progressively. Volume 7 on collective investment undertakings (CIUs) was issued in May 2012.

                Amended: July 2012
                Amended: January 2008
                Amended: January 2007

              • UG-A.1.3

                This User's Guide provides guidance on (i) the status and application of the Rulebook, with specific reference to Volume 4 (Investment Business); (ii) the structure and design of the Rulebook; and (iii) its maintenance and version control.

                Amended: January 2007

              • UG-A.1.4

                Volume 4 (Investment Business) covers investment firm licensees, i.e. those CBB licensees that solely undertake regulated investment services. It contains prudential requirements (such as rules on minimum capital and risk management); and conduct of business requirements (such as rules on the giving of investment advice and the treatment of client money). Collectively, these requirements are aimed at ensuring the safety and soundness of CBB-licensed investment firms, and providing an appropriate level of protection to the clients of such firms.

                Amended: January 2007
                Amended: January 2008

              • UG-A.1.5

                For the sake of clarity, Volume 4 (Investment Business) does not cover requirements that are generally applicable to participants in Bahrain's capital markets, irrespective of whether they are a CBB licensee or not, such as disclosure standards with regards to the issuance of securities or rules against insider trading or other forms of market abuse. Nor does it cover requirements applicable to recognised exchanges (such as the Bahrain Stock Exchange) and their related infrastructure (such as central clearing and depository systems), or the membership rules applicable to members of such exchanges. These other requirements are currently issued separately, in the form of individual instruments issued by the CBB's Capital Markets Supervision Directorate, and the Bahrain Stock Exchange; those issued by the CBB’s Capital Markets Supervision Directorate will be re-issued in 2007/08 as Volume 6 of the CBB Rulebook (see Paragraph UG-A.1.2 above).

                Amended: January 2007

            • Legal Basis

              • UG-A.1.6

                This Module contains the CBB's Directive (as amended from time to time) regarding the User's Guide for Volume 4 of the CBB Rulebook, and is issued under the powers available to the CBB under Article 38 of the Central Bank of Bahrain and Financial Institutions Law 2006 ('CBB Law'). The Directive in this Module is applicable to all investment firm licensees.

                Amended: January 2011
                Amended: January 2008
                Added: January 2007

              • UG-A.1.7

                For an explanation of the CBB’s rule-making powers and different regulatory instruments, see Section UG-1.1.

                Added: January 2007

          • UG-A.2 UG-A.2 Module History

            • Evolution of Module

              • UG-A.2.1

                This Module was first issued in April 2006 by the BMA, as part of the first phase of Volume 4 (Investment Business) to be released. Any material changes that have subsequently been made to this Module are annotated with the calendar quarter date in which the change was made: Chapter UG-3 provides further details on Rulebook maintenance and version control.

                Amended: January 2007

              • UG-A.2.2

                When the CBB replaced the BMA in September 2006, the provisions of this Module remained in force. Volume 4 was updated in July 2007 to reflect the switch to the CBB; however, new calendar quarter dates were only issued where the update necessitated changes to actual requirements.

                Added: January 2007

              • UG-A.2.3

                A list of recent changes made to this Module is provided below:

                Module Ref. Change Date Description of Changes
                UG-A.1 07/2007 Updated to reflect new CBB Law: various references changed and new Rule A.1.6 introduced categorising this Module as a Directive.
                UG-1.2 07/2007 New Rules UG-1.2.6 and UG-1.2.7 to reflect the CBB Law; other material reordered as a consequence.
                UG-A.1.6 01/2008 Corrected that this Module applies only to investment firm licensees (including their approved persons).
                UG-3.2.1 01/2008 Updated CBB policy re distribution of hard copies of Volumes of Rulebook.
                Order Form 01/2008 Amended Order Form to reflect new policy re hard copy availability.
                UG-A.1.6 01/2011 Clarified legal basis.
                UG-2.1.2 01/2011 Updated to reflect structure of Volume 5.
                UG-A.1.2, UG-1.2.1 and UG-2.1 07/2012 Various minor corrections to reflect structure of Rulebook, including issuance of Volume 7.
                UG-1.2.1, UG-1.2.7, UG-2.1.2, UG-2.1.3 and UG-2.2.2 10/2012 Various minor amendments.
                UG-3.2 and Annex 01/2013 Amended as CBB Rulebook only now available on CBB Website.
                UG-1.3.4 10/2016 Add section to clarify reference to 'he' 'his' 'she' and 'her'.
                UG-3.2.2 04/2020 Amended Paragraph.

            • Superseded Requirements

              • UG-A.2.3

                Deleted: January 2007

              • UG-A.2.4

                Guidance on the implementation and transition to Volume 4 (Investment Business) is given in Module ES (Executive Summary).

        • UG-1 UG-1 Rulebook Status and Application

          • UG-1.1 UG-1.1 Legal Basis

            • General

              • UG-1.1.1

                Volume 4 (Investment Business) of the CBB Rulebook is issued by the CBB pursuant to the Central Bank of Bahrain and Financial Institutions Law 2006 (‘the CBB Law’). The CBB Law provides for two formal rulemaking instruments: Regulations (made pursuant to Article 37) and Directives (made pursuant to Article 38). Other articles in the CBB Law also prescribe various specific requirements (for example, requirements relating to licensing (Articles 44 to 49), or the notification and approval of controllers of licensees (Articles 52 to 56)).

                Amended: January 2007

              • UG-1.1.2

                The Purpose Section of each Module specifies in all cases the rulemaking instrument(s) used to issue the content of the Module in question, and the legal basis underpinning the Module’s requirements.

                Amended: January 2007

              • UG-1.1.3

                Investment firm licensees that are members of the Bahrain Stock Exchange are reminded that they are also subject to the membership and operating rules of that exchange. These rules are issued by the Bahrain Stock Exchange under powers given the Exchange under the Bahrain Stock Exchange Law, Decree No. 4 of 1987 (as amended by Decree No. 21 of 2002). These rules are additional to the requirements contained in Volume 4 (Investment Business).

                Amended: January 2007

            • CBB's Rulemaking Instruments

              • UG-1.1.4

                Regulations are made pursuant to Article 37 of the CBB Law. These instruments have general application throughout the Kingdom and bind all persons ordinarily affected by Bahraini legislative measures (i.e. residents and/or Bahraini persons wherever situated).

                Added: January 2007

              • UG-1.1.5

                Because Regulations have wide general application, they are subject to two important safeguards: (i) the CBB is under a duty to consult with interested parties and to review and consider their comments; and (ii) the finalised Regulations only become effective after they are published in the Official Gazette.

                Added: January 2007

              • UG-1.1.6

                Directives are made pursuant to Article 38 of the CBB Law. These instruments do not have general application in the Kingdom, but are rather addressed to specific licensees (or categories of licensees), approved persons or registered persons. Directives are binding on those to whom they are addressed.

                Added: January 2007

              • UG-1.1.7

                Unlike Regulations, there is no duty on the CBB to either consult with addressees or publicise a Directive by publishing it in the Official Gazette (save that an addressee must obviously have actual or constructive notice of a Directive). However, as a matter of general policy, the CBB also consults on Rulebook content issued by way of a Directive.

                Added: January 2007

              • UG-1.1.8

                All of the content of the CBB Rulebook has the legal status of at least a Directive, issued pursuant to Article 38 of the CBB Law. Certain of the requirements contained in the CBB Rulebook may also have the status of a Regulation, in which case they are also separately issued pursuant to Article 37 of the CBB Law and published in the Official Gazette. Where this is the case, then the Rulebook cross-refers to the Regulation in question and specifies the requirements concerned.

                Added: January 2007

              • UG-1.1.9

                In keeping with the nature of these regulatory instruments, Regulations are used to supplement the CBB Rulebook, either where explicitly required under the CBB Law, or where a particular requirement needs to have general applicability, in addition to being applied to licensees, approved persons or registered persons.

                Added: January 2007

          • UG-1.2 UG-1.2 Status of Provisions

            • UG-1.2.1

              The contents of the CBB Rulebook are categorised either as Rules or as Guidance. Rules have a binding effect. If a licensee breaches a Rule to which it is subject, it is liable to enforcement action by the CBB and, in certain cases, criminal proceedings by the Office of the Public Prosecution.

              Amended: October 2012
              Amended: July 2012
              Amended: January 2007

            • UG-1.2.2

              Where relevant, compliance with Guidance will generally lead the CBB to assess that the rule(s) to which the Guidance relates has been complied with. Conversely, failure to comply with Guidance will generally be viewed by the CBB as tending to suggest breach of a Rule.

              Amended: January 2007

            • UG-1.2.3

              The categorisation of each Paragraph within the Rulebook is identified by its text format, as follows:

              •  Rules are in bold, font size 12. The Paragraph reference number is also highlighted in a coloured box.
              •  Guidance is in normal type, font size 11.
              Amended: January 2007

            • UG-1.2.4

              Where there are differences of interpretation over the meaning of a Rule or Guidance, the CBB reserves the right to apply its own interpretation.

              Amended: January 2007

            • UG-1.2.5

              Rule UG-1.2.4 does not prejudice the rights of an authorised person to make a judicial appeal, should it believe that the CBB is acting unreasonably or beyond its legal powers.

              Amended: January 2007

            • UG-1.2.6

              All Rulebook content has the formal status of at least a Directive. Some Rulebook content may also have the status of Regulations. Rulebook content that is categorised as a Rule is therefore legally mandatory and must be complied with by those to whom the content is addressed.

              Amended: January 2007

            • UG-1.2.7

              [This Paragraph was deleted in October 2012].

              Deleted: October 2012

            • UG-1.2.8

              The CBB’s enforcement powers and processes are set out in Module EN.

              Amended: January 2007

          • UG-1.3 UG-1.3 Application

            • UG-1.3.1

              Volume 4 of the CBB Rulebook for the most part applies only to investment firm licensees, and to individuals undertaking key functions in those licensees (so-called 'approved persons'). (Representative offices are subject to the relevant requirements in Volume 5 of the CBB Rulebook.) Most of the content of Volume 4 therefore only has the formal status of a Directive.

              Amended: January 2007
              Amended: January 2008

            • UG-1.3.2

              A few Rules and Guidance have general applicability (and thus also have the formal status of a Regulation): for instance, no one may carry on investment business within or from Bahrain without the appropriate license, and controllers of investment firm licensees are also subject to various requirements.

              Amended: January 2007
              Amended: January 2008

            • UG-1.3.3

              Each Module in Volume 4 (except those listed under the 'Introduction' and 'Sector Guides' headings) contains a Scope of Application Chapter, setting out which Rules and Guidance apply to which particular type of investment firm licensee or person, for the Module concerned. In addition, each Rule (or Section containing a series of Rules) is drafted such that its application is clearly highlighted for the user. Finally, each Module, in its Purpose Section, specifies in all cases the rulemaking instrument(s) used to issue the content of the Module in question, and the legal basis underpinning the Module’s requirements.

              Amended: January 2007

            • UG-1.3.4

              All references in this Module to 'he' or 'his' shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be construed as also being references to 'she' and 'her'.

              Added: October 2016

          • UG-1.4 UG-1.4 Effective Date

            • UG-1.4.1

              Volume 4 (Investment Business) of the CBB Rulebook was first issued in April 2006. Its contents have immediate effect, subject to any specific transition arrangements that may be specified.

              Amended: January 2007

            • UG-1.4.2

              Module ES (Executive Summary) contains details of the implementation and transition arrangements for Volume 4 (Investment Business).

        • UG-2 UG-2 Rulebook Structure and Format

          • UG-2.1 UG-2.1 Rulebook Structure

            • Rulebook Volumes

              • UG-2.1.1

                The Rulebook is divided into 7 Volumes, covering different areas of financial services activity, as follows:

                Volume 1   Conventional Banks
                Volume 2   Islamic Banks
                Volume 3   Insurance
                Volume 4   Investment Business
                Volume 5   Specialised Activities
                Volume 6   Capital Markets
                Volume 7   Collective Investment Undertakings
                Amended: July 2012
                Amended: January 2007

              • UG-2.1.2

                Volume 5 (Specialised Activities), covers money changers; financing companies; representative offices; administrators; trust service providers, micro-finance institutions and ancillary services providers.

                Amended: October 2012
                Amended: January 2011
                Amended: January 2008

            • Rulebook Contents (Overview)

              • UG-2.1.3

                Except for Volumes 5, 6 and 7, the basic structure of each Rulebook is the same. Each Volume starts with a contents page and an introduction containing a User's Guide and Executive Summary. Subsequent material is organised underneath the following headings:

                (a) High-level Standards;
                (b) Business Standards;
                (c) Reporting Requirements;
                (d) Enforcement and Redress; and, where appropriate,
                (e) Sector Guides.
                Amended: October 2012
                Amended: July 2012
                Amended: January 2008
                Amended: January 2007

              • UG-2.1.4

                Volume 5 is organised by the Category of specialised firm concerned, whilst Volume 6 by subject area (authorised exchanges; issuers of securities etc).

                Amended: January 2007

              • UG-2.1.5

                The material in Volumes 1–4 is contained in Modules, each covering a specific area of requirements (e.g. capital). In turn, each Module is divided into Chapters, Sections and Paragraphs, as detailed below.

              • UG-2.1.6

                Each Volume has its own appendix Volume containing relevant reporting and authorisation forms; a glossary; and any supplementary information. In all cases, the main Volume is called "Part A" and the appendix Volume is called "Part B".

          • UG-2.2 UG-2.2 Volume Structure

            • Modules

              • UG-2.2.1

                Rulebook Volumes are subdivided into Modules, arranged in groups according to their subject matter, underneath the headings listed in Paragraph UG-2.1.3 above.

              • UG-2.2.2

                Each Module in a Volume is referenced using a two-or three-letter code, which is usually a contraction or abbreviation of its title. These codes are used for cross-referencing within the text.

                Amended: October 2012

            • Chapters

              • UG-2.2.3

                Each Module consists of Chapters, categorised into two types:

                • Standard introductory Chapters (referenced with a letter: e.g. UG-A); and
                • Chapters containing the substantive content of the Module (referenced with a number: e.g. CA-1, ML-2, etc.)

              • UG-2.2.4

                The introductory Chapters summarise the purpose of the Module, its history (in terms of changes made to its contents) and, where relevant, lists previously issued circulars and regulations that were replaced by the Rulebook Module. A separate introductory Chapter also prescribes the scope of application of the Module's requirements.

                Amended: January 2007

            • Sections and Paragraphs

              • UG-2.2.5

                Chapters are further sub-divided into Sections: these extend the Chapter numbering (e.g. FC-1.1, FC-1.2, FC-1.3 etc). In turn, Sections are sub-divided into Paragraphs; these extend the Chapter and Section numbering (e.g. FC-1.1.1, FC-1.1.2, FC-1.1.3 etc.). Where appropriate, sub-section headings may be used, to guide the reader through a Section; sub-Section headings are italicised and unnumbered, and act purely as an indicator (without limitation) as to the contents of the Paragraphs that follow.

                Amended: January 2007

            • Table of Contents

              • UG-2.2.6

                Each Volume's contents page lists all the Modules contained within it (Part A) and the information contained in the relevant appendix Volume (Part B).

              • UG-2.2.7

                The contents page of each Module lists the Chapters and Sections it contains, and the latest version date of each Section in issue.

                Amended: January 2007

          • UG-2.3 UG-2.3 Format and Page Layout

            • Headers

              • UG-2.3.1

                The top of each page in the Rulebook identifies the Volume, Module and Chapter in question.

            • Footers

              • UG-2.3.2

                The bottom of each page in the Rulebook (on the left hand side) identifies the Module in question, its section and page number. Page numbering starts afresh for each Section: the total number of pages in each Section is shown as well as the individual page number. The bottom right hand side shows an end-calendar quarter issue date. The contents page for each Module, and each Section in a Module, are each given their own issue date. In addition, the Module contents page lists the latest issue date for each Section in that Module. The contents page thus acts as a summary checklist of the current issue date in force for each Section. Further explanation is provided in Section UG-3.1 below.

            • Defined terms

              • UG-2.3.3

                Defined terms used in the Rulebook are underlined. Each Volume has its own glossary listing defined terms and giving their meaning. Definitions of terms used apply only to the Volume in question. It is possible for the same term to be used in a different Volume with a different meaning.

            • Cross-references

              • UG-2.3.4

                Any cross-references given in a text state the Module code, followed (where appropriate) by the numbering convention for any particular chapter, section or paragraph being referred to. For example, the cross-reference FC-1.2.3 refers to the third Paragraph in the second Section of the first Chapter of the Financial Crime Module. Many references will be quite general, referring simply to a particular Module, Chapter or Section, rather than a specific Paragraph.

            • Text format

              • UG-2.3.5

                Each Paragraph is assigned a complete reference to the Module, Chapter, and Section, as well as its own paragraph number, as explained in Paragraph UG-2.3.4 above. The format of the Paragraph reference and text indicates its status as either a Rule or Guidance, as explained in Paragraph UG-1.2.4 above.

              • UG-2.3.6

                When cross-referring to specific Paragraphs, and it is important to make clear the status of the Paragraph in question as a Rule or Guidance, then the words 'Rule' or 'Guidance' may be used instead of 'Paragraph', followed by the reference number (e.g. 'As required by Rule FC-1.1.1, licensees must...').

                Amended: January 2007

        • UG-3 UG-3 Rulebook Maintenance and Access

          • UG-3.1 UG-3.1 Rulebook Maintenance

            • Quarterly Updates

              • UG-3.1.1

                Any changes to the Rulebook are generally made on a quarterly cycle (the only exception being when changes are urgently required), in early January, April, July and October. When changes are made to a Module, the amended Sections are given a new version date, in the bottom right-hand page.

                Amended: January 2007

              • UG-3.1.2

                The contents page for each amended Module is also updated: the table of contents is changed to show the new version date for each amended Section (in the ‘Date Last Changed’ column), and the contents page itself is also given its own new version date in the bottom right-hand corner. The Module contents pages thus act as a checklist for hard-copy users to verify which are the current version dates for each Section in that Module.

                Amended: January 2007

              • UG-3.1.3

                A summary of any changes made to a Module is included in the Module History section of each Module. The table summarises the nature of the change made, the date of the change, and the Module components and relevant pages affected. The Module History can thus be used to identify which pages were updated within individual Sections.

              • UG-3.1.4

                Hard-copy users of the CBB Rulebook can check that they have the latest copy of each Module’s contents pages, by referring to the overall table of contents for each Volume. The Volume table of contents lists the date each Module was last changed; users can use this table to check the date showing in the bottom right-hand corner of each Module’s contents page.

                Amended: January 2007

              • UG-3.1.5

                The website version of the Rulebook acts at all times as the definitive version of the Rulebook. Any changes are automatically posted to the CBB website, together with a summary of those changes. Licensees are in addition e-mailed every quarter, to notify them of any changes (if any). Hard-copy users are invited to print off the updated pages from the website to incorporate in their Rulebook in order to keep it current.

                Amended: January 2007

            • Changes to Numbering

              • UG-3.1.6

                In order to limit the knock-on impact of inserting or deleting text on the numbering of text that follows the change, the following conventions apply:

                (a) Where a new Paragraph is to be included in a Section, such that it would impact the numbering of existing text that would follow it, the Paragraph retains the numbering of the existing Paragraph immediately preceding it, but with the addition of an 'A'; a second inserted Paragraph that follows immediately afterwards would be numbered with a 'B', and so on.

                For example, if a new Paragraph needs to be inserted after UG-3.1.6, it would be numbered UG-3.1.6A; a second new Paragraph would be numbered UG-3.1.6B, and so on. This convention avoids the need for renumbering existing text that follows an insertion. The same principle is applied where a new Section or a new Chapter needs to be inserted: for example, UG-3.1A (for a new Section), and UG-3A (for a new Chapter).
                (b) Where a Paragraph is deleted, then the numbering of the old Paragraph is retained, and the following inserted in square brackets: '[This Paragraph was deleted in April 2006.]' (The date given being the actual end-calendar quarter date of the deletion.) The same principle is applied with respect to Sections and Chapters.
                Amended: January 2007

              • UG-3.1.7

                Where many such changes have built up over time, then the CBB may reissue the whole Section, Paragraph, Chapter or even Module concerned, consolidating all these changes.

                Amended: January 2007

          • UG-3.2 UG-3.2 Rulebook Access

            • Availability

              • UG-3.2.1

                The Rulebook is available on the CBB website.

                Amended: January 2013
                Amended: January 2008
                Amended: January 2007

            • Queries

              • UG-3.2.2

                Questions regarding the administration of the Rulebook (e.g. website availability, the updating of material etc) should be addressed to the Rulebook Section of the Regulatory Policy Unit:

                Rulebook Section
                Regulatory Policy Unit
                Central Bank of Bahrain
                P.O. Box 27
                Manama
                Kingdom of Bahrain

                Tel: +973-17 547 413
                Fax: +973-17 530 228
                E-mail: rulebook@cbb.gov.bh
                Web: www.cbb.gov.bh

                Questions regarding interpretation of the policy and requirements contained in the Rulebook should be addressed to the licensee's regular supervisory point of contact within the CBB.

                Amended: April 2020
                Amended: January 2013
                Amended: January 2007

        • CBB Rulebook Order Form [This form was deleted in January 2013]

          Deleted: January 2013

      • ES ES Executive Summary

        • ES-A ES-A Introduction

          • ES-A.1 ES-A.1 Purpose

            • Executive Summary

              • ES-A.1.1

                The purpose of this Module is to:

                (a) Provide an overview of the structure of Volume 4 (Investment Business);
                (b) Provide a summary of each Module; and
                (c) Outline the transition rules for the implementation of Volume 4.
                Amended: January 2007

              • ES-A.1.2

                The Central Bank of Bahrain ('CBB'), in its capacity as the regulatory and supervisory authority for all financial institutions in Bahrain, has as its mission:

                (a) To ensure monetary and financial stability in the Kingdom of Bahrain; and
                (b) To regulate, develop and maintain confidence in the financial sector.
                Amended: January 2007

              • ES-A.1.3

                As the single regulator, the CBB ensures the consistent application of regulatory standards in banking, insurance and capital markets, as well as encourages an open and cooperative approach in dealing with financial institutions.

                Amended: January 2007

              • ES-A.1.4

                The supervision of the investment business sector in the Kingdom pays particular regard to the standards set by the International Organisation of Securities Commissions (IOSCO). The CBB plays an important role in meeting stakeholders' expectations — the principal stakeholders of the CBB are the Government of the Kingdom of Bahrain, regulated financial institutions, their clients, IOSCO and other relevant international organisations.

                Amended: January 2007

              • ES-A.1.5

                To carry out its responsibilities in relation to the investment business sector, the CBB has four supervisory objectives, namely to:

                (a) Promote the stability and soundness of the sector;
                (b) Provide an appropriate degree of protection to investors and clients of investment firms;
                (c) Promote transparency and market discipline; and
                (d) Reduce the likelihood of investment firms being used for financial crime (including money laundering activities).
                Amended: January 2007

            • Legal Basis

              • ES-A.1.6

                This Module contains the CBB's Directive (as amended from time to time) relating to transition rules and is issued under the powers available to the CBB under Article 38 of the Central Bank of Bahrain and Financial Institutions Law 2006 ('CBB Law'). The Directive in this Module is applicable to all investment firm licensees (including their approved persons).

                Amended: January 2011
                Amended: October 2009
                Amended: January 2007

              • ES-A.1.7

                For an explanation of the CBB’s rule-making powers and different regulatory instruments, see Section UG-1.1.

                Added: January 2007

          • ES-A.2 ES-A.2 Module History

            • Evolution of Module

              • ES-A.2.1

                This Module was first issued in April 2006 by the BMA, as part of the first phase of Volume 4 (Investment Business). Any material changes that have subsequently been made to this Module are annotated with the end calendar quarter date in which the change was made: Chapter UG-3 provides further details on Rulebook maintenance and version control.

                Amended: January 2007

              • ES-A.2.2

                When the CBB replaced the BMA in September 2006, the provisions of this Module remained in force. Volume 4 was updated in July 2007 to reflect the switch to the CBB; however, new calendar quarter dates were only issued for Module ES where the update necessitated changes to substance (as opposed to merely updating 'BMA' to 'CBB', and similar references).

                Added: January 2007

              • ES-A.2.3

                A list of recent changes made to this Module is provided below:

                Module Ref. Change Date Description of Changes
                ES-A.1 07/2007 New Rule ES-A.1.6 introduced, categorising this Module as a Directive.
                ES-1.2 07/2007 Text amended to reflect changes to Module UG.
                ES-1.3 07/2007 Text amended to reflect changes to Module AU.
                ES-1.4 07/2007 Text amended to reflect changes to Module PB.
                ES-1.5 07/2007 Updated to reflect issue of Module HC in July 2007.
                ES-1.11 07/2007 Updated to reflect issue of Module RM in July 2007.
                ES-1.15 07/2007 Updated to reflect issue of Module BR in July 2007.
                ES-2.1, ES-2.3 &
                ES-2.4
                07/2007 Changes to reflect slight delay in release of Phase 2 contents of Volume 4: implementation deadline for Modules HC, RM and BR — released in July 2007 — now set as 1 January 2008.
                ES-2.4.1A 07/2008 Further transition period granted for requirements of Chapter BR-1, Prudential Reporting.
                ES-A.1.6 10/2009 Reference to registered administrators removed.
                ES-1.1.1 10/2009 Reference to administrator removed.
                ES-1.1.5 10/2009 Updated to reflect issue of Modules.
                ES-1.3 10/2009 Updated to reflect changes to Module AU.
                ES-1.3.9 10/2009 Reference to registration of administrators removed.
                ES-1.8 10/2009 Updated to reflect changes to Module CA.
                ES-2.4.1A 10/2009 Updated to reflect issue of Form QPR.
                ES-1.1, ES-1.3, ES-1.5.3, ES-1.6.1, ES-1.7, ES-1.15-3, ES-2.2.7, ES-2.3.2 07/2010 Updated and corrected typos.
                ES-1.13 07/2010 Updated to reflect the issuance of Module TC
                ES-2.5 07/2010 New section added to reflect transition rules for Module TC.
                ES-A.1.6 01/2011 Clarified legal basis.
                ES-1.5 04/2011 Amended to reflect new structure of Module HC.
                ES-1.6.1 01/2012 Deleted reference to reporting accountants to be in line with October 2011 amendment.
                ES-1.6.3 01/2012 Deleted reference to Module FC.
                ES-1.14 01/2012 Deleted Section on Module GS (Group Supervision).
                ES-1.18 01/2012 This Section was deleted as it is included in Chapter BC-3.
                ES-2.6 01/2012 Added Section on transitional Rules for Section BC-3 dealing with customer complaints procedures.
                ES-1.3.6 10/2013 Removed reference to Deputy Money Laundering Officer to be aligned with the Rule under Paragraph AU-1.2.2 that was amended in January 2011.
                ES-1.7.1, ES-1.13.1 and ES-2.5.2 10/2013 Removed reference to appointed representatives.
                ES-1.8.5 10/2014 Added new guidance for capital for underwriting purposes.

            • Superseded Requirements

              • ES-A.2.4

                This Module does not supersede any previously issued circulars or other regulatory instruments.

                Amended: January 2007

              • ES-A.2.5

                Guidance on the implementation and transition to Volume 4 (Investment Business) is given in Chapter ES-2.

                Amended: January 2007

        • ES-1 ES-1 Structure and Summary of Volume 4

          • ES-1.1 ES-1.1 Structure of Volume 4 (Investment Business)

            • ES-1.1.1

              Volume 4 of the Rulebook covers the investment business sector, i.e. the provision of regulated investment services by investment firm licensees. It also includes requirements regarding approved persons.

              Amended: October 2009

            • ES-1.1.2

              Volume 4 excludes representative offices of overseas investment firm licensee, and ancillary services providers: these activities are covered by separate regulations (see AU-A.1.11 and AU-A.1.12). These regulations will later be incorporated into Volume 5 (Specialised Activities) of the CBB Rulebook, to be released later.

              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.1.3

              Volume 4 is made up of two volumes: Part A is the main Volume (comprising a range of Modules that contains all applicable Rules and Guidance), whilst Part B is an appendix Volume (containing a glossary of defined terms, CBB authorisation forms, CBB reporting forms and supplementary information).

              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.1.4

              Part A of Volume 4 is organised under the following headings:

              • Introduction
              • High Level Standards
              • Business Standards
              • Reporting Requirements
              • Enforcement and Redress; and
              • Sector Guides
              Amended: July 2010

            • ES-1.1.5

              Including this Executive Summary Module, there are plans to issue 23 Modules for inclusion in Part A of Volume 4 (Investment Business). It is planned to release Volume 4 in two phases: the first phase release was in April 2006, and comprised 11 Modules, including most of the key requirements. Remaining Modules will be issued later.

              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.1.6

              Each Module covers a particular subject area — such as capital or conduct of business. The requirements are tailored according to the three categories of investment firm licensee provided for under the authorisation rules, reflecting the different risk profiles of these categories. Sector Guide Modules, to be released as part of the second phase release, will summarise the key elements of the requirements for each of these 3 categories of investment firm, as well as summarise the additional requirements applicable to those investment firms operating purely on a Shari'a compliant basis.

              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.1.7

              Part B of Volume 4 is organised under the following headings:

              • Glossary
              • Authorisation Forms
              • Reporting Forms
              • Supplementary Information
              Amended: July 2010

            • ES-1.1.8

              Defined terms used in the Rulebook are underlined; their definitions can be found in the Glossary. Each Volume has its own Glossary, as definitions of terms used apply only to the Volume in question. It is possible for the same term to be used in a different Volume with a different meaning.

            • ES-1.1.9

              There are three authorisation forms, comprising (i) Form 1 (application for a license); (ii) Form 2 (application for the authorisation of a controller); and (iii) Form 3 (application for approved person status); and (iv) Form 4 (application for registration).

              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.1.10

              When completed, Volume 4 will also contain 4 reporting forms: (i) Form QPR (Quarterly Prudential Return); (ii) Form AGR (Annual Group Return); and (iii) Form STR (Suspicious Transaction Report) and (iv) Form ALF (Annual Licence Fee).

              Amended: July 2007

            • ES-1.1.11

              Finally, space is provided in Part B of Volume 4 for any supplementary information that may be of use to users of the Rulebook. For the time being, Part B contains various additional documents relevant to the Financial Crime Module, notably a copy of Bahrain's anti-money laundering legislation (Amiri Decree Law No. 4 of 2001). It also includes information related to the Client Assets Module (CL) and Enforcement Module (EN).

              Amended: July 2010

          • ES-1.2 ES-1.2 Module UG (User's Guide)

            • ES-1.2.1

              The User's Guide Module contains introductory material relevant to users of Volume 4. Specifically, it covers (i) the status and application of the Rulebook (with specific reference to Volume 4); (ii) the structure and design of the Rulebook; and (iii) its maintenance, version control and access. These topics are covered in Chapters UG-1 to UG-3 respectively.

            • ES-1.2.2

              The Module contains mostly Guidance material — that is, material that is not binding on licensees, but instead simply helps inform particular Rules or provides other general information. Most of the Guidance material in Module UG consists of general information.

            • ES-1.2.3

              The only Rules are contained in Sections UG-A.1, UG-1.2 and UG-1.4. Amongst other things, these specify that the Module has the legal status of a Directive, that Rules have a binding effect, and that the contents of Volume 4 apply from its date of issue in April 2006, subject to any transition arrangements specified in Module ES (see Chapter ES-2).

              Amended: July 2007

          • ES-1.3 ES-1.3 Module AU (Authorisation)

            • ES-1.3.1

              Module AU covers (i) the licensing of persons undertaking regulated investment services; and (ii) the approval of persons undertaking controlled functions in licensees ('approved persons').

              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.3.2

              The Module sets out when these two types of authorisation are required, and the associated authorisation conditions that have to be satisfied in order for authorisation to be granted.

              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.3.3

              With respect to licensing, an investment firm license is required by all persons undertaking, by way of business, regulated investment services within or from the Kingdom of Bahrain. Regulated investment services are fully defined in Section AU-1.4, but in summary they cover the following activities:

              (a) Dealing in financial instruments as principal;
              (b) Dealing in financial instruments as agent;
              (c) Arranging deals in financial instruments;
              (d) Managing financial instruments;
              (e) Safeguarding financial instruments (i.e. a custodian);
              (f) Advising on financial instruments; and
              (g) Operating a collective investment undertaking (i.e. an operator).
              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.3.4

              There are 3 categories of investment firm license, determined by the regulated investment services undertaken. Category 1 investment firms may undertake all regulated investment services. Category 2 investment firms may undertake all regulated investment services, except the activity of dealing in financial instruments as principal. Finally, Category 3 investment firms may only undertake the activities of arranging or advising on financial instruments. Only Category 1 and 2 investment firms may hold client assets.

            • ES-1.3.5

              A licensee may hold itself out as an Islamic investment firm, but only if all its activities are Shari'a compliant. Islamic investment firms are required to comply with certain additional requirements, such as the need to appoint a Shari'a supervisory board.

              Amended: July 2007

            • ES-1.3.6

              Module AU also deals with the requirements and conditions for approved persons, i.e. those wishing to undertake a controlled function in an investment firm licensee. Controlled functions are those of:

              (a) Director;
              (b) Chief Executive or general manager;
              (c) Head of function;
              (d) Compliance officer;
              (e) Money Laundering Reporting Officer;
              (f) [This Subparagraph was deleted in October 2013];
              (g) Member of Shari'a Supervisory Board;
              (h) Financial instruments trader; and
              (i) Investment consultant or investment adviser.
              Amended: October 2013
              Amended: October 2009
              January 2007

            • ES-1.3.7

              The conditions for authorisation of approved persons are set out in Chapter AU-3.

            • ES-1.3.8 [This Paragraph deleted 07/2007.]

              Deleted: July 2007

            • ES-1.3.9

              The Module also outlines (in Chapter AU-5) the information requirements and procedures that must be followed as part of the process for:

              (a) Licensing;
              (b) Approved persons.
              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.3.10

              Chapter AU-6 covers the license application fees as well as the annual license fees.

              Added: July 2010

          • ES-1.4 ES-1.4 Module PB (Principles of Business)

            • ES-1.4.1

              The 10 Principles of Business covered in Module PB are a general statement of the fundamental obligations of all CBB investment firm licensees and approved persons. They have the status of Rules; and provide a basis for other, more detailed Rules elsewhere in Volume 4.

              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.4.2

              Principles 1 to 10 apply to activities carried out by licensees, including activities carried out through overseas branches. Principles 1 to 8 also apply to approved persons, in respect of the controlled functions for which they have been approved. Principles 9 and 10 also take into account any activities of other members of the group of which the licensee is a member.

              Amended: January 2007
              Deleted: July 2007

            • ES-1.4.3

              The Principles of Business are:

              Principle 1 — Integrity
              Principle 2 — Conflicts of Interest
              Principle 3 — Due Skill, Care and Diligence
              Principle 4 — Confidentiality
              Principle 5 — Market Conduct
              Principle 6 — Customer Assets
              Principle 7 — Customer Interests
              Principle 8 — Relations with Regulators/Supervisors
              Principle 9 — Adequate Resources
              Principle 10 — Management, Systems and Controls

          • ES-1.5 ES-1.5 Module HC (High-level Controls)

            • ES-1.5.1

              Module HC outlines the requirements that must be met by investment firm licensees with respect to:

              (a) Corporate governance principles issued by the Ministry of Industry and Commerce as The Corporate Governance Code; and
              (b) Related high-level controls and policies.
              Amended: April 2011
              Amended: July 2007

            • ES-1.5.1A

              The Principles referred to in this Module are in line with the Principles relating to the Corporate Governance Code issued by the Ministry of Industry and Commerce.

              Added: April 2011

            • ES-1.5.2

              The requirements distinguish between different Categories of investment firm licensee. Because of their limited business activities, and consequent lesser risk to customers, Category 3 investment firms are subject to applicable Guidance Paragraphs included in Chapter HC-10.

              Amended: April 2011
              Amended: July 2007

            • ES-1.5.3

              Module HC applies to Bahraini investment firm licensees, including their overseas branches (where either the same or equivalent provisions to those in Module HC should apply). Overseas investment firm licensees must demonstrate that the same or equivalent arrangements are in place at the parent entity level, and that these arrangements provide for effective high-level controls over activities conducted in the Bahrain branch.

              Amended: April 2011
              Amended: July 2010
              Added: July 2007

          • ES-1.6 ES-1.6 Module AA (Auditors and Auditing Standards)

            • ES-1.6.1

              Module AA contains requirements regarding the appointment and functions of auditors of investment firm licensees. It also contains requirements dealing with accounting standards to be applied by investment firm licensees.

              Amended: January 2012
              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.6.2

              The auditor requirements deal with:

              (a) The appointment of auditors;
              (b) The removal and resignation of auditors;
              (c) Audit partner rotation;
              (d) Auditor independence; and
              (e) Restrictions on the relationship between a licensee and its auditor.
              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.6.3

              The Module also covers the CBB's requirements regarding access to auditors as well as auditors' access to outsourcing providers. In addition, the Module outlines requirements for licensees to arrange for their auditors to review their quarterly prudential returns, and compliance with Module CL (Client Assets).

              Amended: January 2012
              Amended: January 2007

          • ES-1.7 ES-1.7 Module GR (General Requirements)

            • ES-1.7.1

              Module GR covers requirements dealing with areas not covered in other Modules. The areas covered are:

              (a) Books and records;
              (b) Corporate and trade names;
              (c) Dividends;
              (d) Business transfers;
              (e) Controllers;
              (f) Close links;
              (g) Cessation of business;
              (h) [This Subparagraph was deleted in October 2013]; and
              (i) Professional indemnity coverage.
              Amended: October 2013
              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.7.2

              The above requirements apply to all categories of investment firm licensee, except for the requirements related to the payment of dividends, which apply to Category 1 investment firms and Category 2 investment firms and the professional indemnity requirement, which applies to Category 2 investment firms and Category 3 investment firms only.

              Amended: July 2010

          • ES-1.8 ES-1.8 Module CA (Capital Adequacy)

            • ES-1.8.1

              Module CA contains requirements on the minimum levels of capital that must be held by investment firm licensees, as well as what constitutes capital for regulatory purposes. These requirements are tailored to fit the different risk profiles of the different categories of investment firm licensees. The requirements apply to both Bahraini investment firm licensees and overseas investment firm licensees (see Section CA-B.1)

              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.8.2

              Investment firm licensees are required to maintain their regulatory capital in excess of their regulatory capital requirements at all times. For Category 1 and 2 firms, their regulatory capital requirement is the higher of their Minimum Capital Requirement and their Risk-based Capital Requirement. For Category 3 firms, their regulatory capital requirement is simply their Minimum Capital Requirement.

              Amended: October 2009

            • ES-1.8.3

              Minimum Capital Requirements are as follows:

              (a) Category 1 investment firms: BD 1,000,000
              (b) Category 2 investment firms: BD 1,000,000 if undertaking the activity of safeguarding financial instruments (i.e. custodian), BD 250,000 in all other cases; and
              (c) Category 3 investment firms: BD 125,000.
              Amended: October 2009
              July 2007

            • ES-1.8.4

              Risk-based Capital Requirements comprise the sum of a firm's Expenditure Requirement, Position Risk Requirement, Counterparty Risk Requirement and Foreign Exchange Risk Requirement. The actual amount of capital that is required to be held varies depending on the size of an institution's cost base and its various exposures. In practice, the Risk Based Capital Requirement of Category 2 investment firms, because they are not allowed to deal in financial instruments as principal (and thus incur position risk), would largely be determined by its Expenditure Requirement (and any currency mismatches between its assets and liabilities).

              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.8.5

              In assessing the financial ability of a Category 1 investment firm licensee to underwrite transactions, the CBB will consider, amongst other factors, the licensee's capital adequacy, its capacity to undertake the activity, and its track record in complying with applicable regulatory requirements. Any underwriting activities require the prior approval of the CBB's Capital Market Supervision Directorate and are subject to Module OFS (Offering of Securities) of Volume 6 of the CBB Rulebook.

              Amended: October 2014
              Amended: January 2007

          • ES-1.9 ES-1.9 Module BC (Business Conduct)

            • ES-1.9.1

              This Module set out minimum standards of good practice to be applied by investment firm licensees, when dealing with their clients. These comprise certain base requirements, supplemented by more detailed requirements in the form of an Investment Business Code of Practice.

              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.9.2

              The Investment Business Code of Practice covers various matters, relevant to contact throughout a client relationship. They are:

              (a) Overarching principles;
              (b) Client classification;
              (c) Marketing and promotion;
              (d) Accepting clients;
              (e) Suitability;
              (f) Disclosure of information;
              (g) Dealing and managing;
              (h) Reporting to clients;
              (i) Complaints;
              (j) Conflicts of interest;
              (k) Confidentiality; and
              (l) An appendix, covering various specific matters to be addressed in promotional material, transaction confirmations and the like.
              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.9.3

              These requirements may be modified or supplemented over time, in response to evolving market practices or as issues arise.

          • ES-1.10 ES-1.10 Module CL (Client Assets)

            • ES-1.10.1

              This Module provides detailed Rules and Guidance with respect to the holding of client assets by investment firm licensees. They are aimed at ensuring the proper protection of such assets, to restrict the risk of client assets being commingled with investment firm licensee assets (without clients' consent), or otherwise misused.

              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.10.2

              As a general rule, client assets are required to be segregated from a firm's own assets, and client money must be held in a client bank account. Various other restrictions and protections apply to client money, whilst the rules also apply certain reconciliation and reporting requirements.

            • ES-1.10.3

              Finally, the Module also contains certain requirements relating to the provision of custody services (Chapter CL-2), the treatment of assets when held as collateral (Chapter CL-3), controls surrounding the application of client mandates (Chapter CL-4), and rules regarding third party related distribution events (Chapter CL-5).

          • ES-1.11 ES-1.11 Module RM (Risk Management)

            • ES-1.11.1

              Module RM provides detailed requirements on risk management systems and controls required for investment firm licensees. It builds on the high-level controls requirements contained in Module HC.

              Amended: July 2007

            • ES-1.11.2

              The Module obliges firms to identify the range of risks that they face and to put in place appropriate systems to address those risks. It also requires the establishment of an appropriate framework for identifying, monitoring and managing risks across an investment firm licensee's operations.

              Amended: July 2007

            • ES-1.11.3

              Module RM applies to Bahraini investment firm licensees, including their overseas branches (where either the same or equivalent provisions to those in Module RM should apply). Overseas investment firm licensees must demonstrate that the same or equivalent arrangements apply to the whole company, and that these arrangements provide for effective risk management of activities conducted in the Bahrain branch.

              Added: July 2007

          • ES-1.12 ES-1.12 Module FC (Financial Crime)

            • ES-1.12.1

              Module FC implements the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) recommendations on money laundering and special recommendations on terrorism financing that are relevant to the investment business sector in Bahrain.

            • ES-1.12.2

              The Module contains detailed requirements relating to:

              (a) Customer identification;
              (b) Reporting;
              (c) Staff awareness and training;
              (d) The appointment of a money laundering reporting officer;
              (e) Compliance monitoring;
              (f) Record-keeping arrangements;
              (g) Segregation of duties;
              (h) Special measures for non-cooperative countries; and
              (i) Contact with relevant authorities.
              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.12.3

              Item FC (iv) in Part B of Volume 4 (Investment Business) provides further examples of transactions that may be suspicious or unusual.

            • ES-1.12.4

              In addition, Module FC has a chapter dealing with financial fraud, which imposes certain basic systems and control, and reporting requirements, in this area. These requirements apply to Category 1 investment firms and Category 2 investment firms only.

              Amended: July 2007

          • ES-1.13 ES-1.13 Module TC (Training and Competency)

            • ES-1.13.1

              Module TC contains requirements that have to be met by investment firm licensees with respect to training and competency of individuals undertaking controlled functions (i.e. approved persons).

              Amended: October 2013
              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.13.2

              Module TC provides Rules and Guidance to investment firm licensees to ensure satisfactory levels of competence, in terms of an individual's knowledge, skills, experience and professional qualifications.

              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.13.3

              Module TC applies in full to all three categories of investment firm licensees authorised in Bahrain.

              Added: July 2010

            • ES-1.13.4

              The requirements in the Module cover the recruitment and assessing of competence as well as the training and maintenance of competence. In addition, it includes appendices providing guidance on qualifications and core competencies for controlled functions as well professional bodies and qualifications.

              Added: July 2010

          • ES-1.14 ES-1.14 [This Section was deleted in January 2012]

            • ES-1.14.1

              [This paragraph was deleted in January 2012]

              Deleted: January 2012

            • ES-1.14.2

              [This paragraph was deleted in January 2012]

              Deleted: January 2012

          • ES-1.15 ES-1.15 Module BR (CBB Reporting)

            • ES-1.15.1

              Module BR sets out requirements regarding prudential reporting to the CBB, as well as certain pre- and post-notification requirements. It also describes the information gathering powers of the CBB.

              Amended: July 2007

            • ES-1.15.2

              Module BR, amongst other things, prescribes quarterly prudential reporting to the CBB (Form QPR). All investment firm licensees are required to submit these: however, Category 3 investment firms are only required to complete a subset of the sections included in Form QPR.

              Amended: July 2007

            • ES-1.15.3

              Module BR also obliges all investment firm licensees to seek prior approval for certain events, including proposed changes in the licensee's name, legal status and controllers, as well as other events such as carrying out new regulated investment services or opening new offices overseas.

              Amended: July 2010
              Added: July 2007

            • ES-1.15.4

              Finally, Module BR also requires the post-notification of various events, such as breaches of CBB requirements; legal, regulatory or other proceedings being taken against the licensee; or instances of fraud, errors or other irregularities occurring, that could have a material impact on the licensee.

              Added: July 2007

          • ES-1.16 ES-1.16 Module PD (Public Disclosure)

            • ES-1.16.1

              This Module is to be issued as part of the second phase release of Volume 4.

              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.16.2

              When finalised, the Module will contain certain provisions relating to public disclosures, such as the need to publish annual accounts.

          • ES-1.17 ES-1.17 Module EN (Enforcement)

            • ES-1.17.1

              This Module outlines enforcement powers and processes that may be applied by the CBB to address failures by investment firm licensees, approved persons or registered persons. The purpose of such measures is to encourage a high standard of compliance by all those authorised by the CBB, thus reducing risk to licensees' clients, counterparties and the financial system.

              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.17.2

              The enforcement measures contained in the Module are of varying severity and will be used in keeping with the CBB's assessment of the contravention, reserving the most serious enforcement measures for the most serious of contraventions.

              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.17.3

              The CBB's enforcement mechanisms include:

              (a) Formal requests for information;
              (b) Investigations;
              (c) Formal warnings;
              (d) Directions;
              (e) Financial penalties;
              (f) Administration;
              (g) Cancellation of license; and
              (h) Cancellation of 'fit and proper' approval.
              Amended: July 2007

            • ES-1.17.4

              A reminder of criminal sanctions contained in the CBB Law is also set out in Chapter EN-10.

              Amended: January 2007

          • ES-1.18 ES-1.18 [This Section was deleted in January 2012 as it is included in Chapter BC-3]

            • ES-1.18.1

              [This paragraph was deleted in January 2012 as it is included in Chapter BC-3]

              Deleted: January 2012

            • ES-1.18.2

              [This paragraph was deleted in January 2012 as it is included in Chapter BC-3]

              Deleted: January 2012

          • ES-1.19 ES-1.19 Module CP (Compensation)

            • ES-1.19.1

              This Module provides space, for possible inclusion at a later date, for a description of any investor protection scheme, should such a scheme be developed in cooperation with the industry.

              Amended: January 2007

          • ES-1.20 ES-1.20 Sector Guides (Modules C1, C2, C3 and IF)

            • ES-1.20.1

              These Modules will be issued as part of the second phase release of Volume 4.

              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-1.20.2

              When finalised, these Modules will provide a summary — consisting solely of Guidance material — highlighting the key requirements applicable to the different categories of  investment firm licensees, as well as to those investment firm licensees that operate solely on Islamic principles.

              Amended: July 2007

        • ES-2 ES-2 Implementation and Transition Rules

          • ES-2.1 ES-2.1   30 April 2006

            • ES-2.1.1

              Investment firm licensees issued a license after 30 April 2006 must comply with the requirements contained in the first phase release of Volume 4 (Investment Business) from the date of issue of their license.

              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-2.1.2

              The earliest effective date of Volume 4 (Investment Business), therefore, is 30 April 2006.

            • ES-2.1.3

              The first phase release of Volume 4 comprises Modules ES, UG, AU, PB, AA, GR, CA, BC, CL, FC and EN.

            • ES-2.1.4

              Other implementation deadlines are prescribed in Sections ES-2.2 to ES-2.4.

          • ES-2.2 ES-2.2   1 July 2006

            • ES-2.2.1

              Unless otherwise agreed to in writing with the CBB, investment firm licensees issued a license before 30 April 2006 must comply with the requirements contained in the first phase release of Volume 4 (Investment Business) by 1 July 2006, with the exceptions of Modules CA, BC and CL.

              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-2.2.2

              Therefore, for investment firms already licensed when Volume 4 was first issued in April 2006, the first implementation date (unless additional transition arrangements have been agreed with in writing with the CBB) is 1 July 2006. A later implementation deadline is given for Modules CA, BC and CL, on account of the wide scope of their requirements: see Section ES-2.3

              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-2.2.3

              The first phase release of Volume 4 comprises Modules ES, UG, AU, PB, AA, GR, CA, BC, CL, FC and EN.

            • ES-2.2.4

              Other implementation deadlines are prescribed in Sections ES-2.1, ES-2.3 and ES-2.4.

            • ES-2.2.5

              On an exceptional basis, the CBB may provide for grandfathering or additional transitional measures for certain firms, where these are faced with difficulties in meeting their implementation deadlines, provided such arrangements do not cause excessive risk to investors or other licensees.

              Amended: January 2007

            • ES-2.2.6

              Investment firm licensees who were licensed prior to the publication of Volume 4 (Investment Business) do not need to resubmit an application for a license.

            • ES-2.2.7

              Investment firm licensees licensed prior to 30 April 2006 will have their license category, and the scope of their authorisation, confirmed in an exchange of letters.

              Amended: July 2010

          • ES-2.3 ES-2.3   1 January 2007

            • ES-2.3.1

              Unless otherwise agreed to in writing, investment firm licensees issued a license before 30 April 2006 must comply with the requirements contained in Modules CA, BC and CL by 1 January 2007.

            • ES-2.3.2

              In other words, investment firm licensees licensed prior to the introduction of Volume 4 in April 2006 are required to comply with the first phase release of Volume 4 by 1 July 2006, except for Modules CA, BC and CL which have to be complied with from 1 January 2007 onwards (cf. Rules ES-2.2.1 and ES-2.3.1). Investment firm licensees licensed after the introduction of Volume 4 in April 2006, are required to comply with the first phase release of Volume 4 from the date of issue of their license (cf. Rule ES-2.1.1).

              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: July 2007

            • ES-2.3.3 [This Paragraph deleted 07/2007.]

              Deleted: July 2007

            • ES-2.3.4 [This Paragraph deleted 07/2007.]

              Deleted: July 2007

          • ES-2.4 ES-2.4 1 January 2008

            • ES-2.4.1

              Investment firm licensees licensed prior to 1 July 2007 must comply with the requirements contained in Modules HC, RM and BR by 1 January 2008. Licensees issued a license after 1 July 2007 must comply with these Modules (as well as other content of Volume 4 of the CBB Rulebook), from the date of issue of their license.

              Amended: July 2007

            • ES-2.4.1A

              As the reporting forms under Chapter BR-1, Prudential Reporting, other than the Quarterly Prudential Report which has been issued in March 2009, are under development, investment firm licensees benefit from a further transition period from the requirements of this Chapter. Licensees will be informed at a later date of the implementation date of Chapter BR-1.

              Amended: October 2009
              Added: July 2008

            • ES-2.4.2

              Modules HC, RM and BR were issued in July 2007. Rule ES-2.4.1 means that existing investment firm licensees have therefore a 6-month implementation grace period.

              Amended: July 2008
              Amended: July 2007

          • ES-2.5 ES-2.5 Module TC — Training and Competency

            • ES-2.5.1

              The requirements of Module TC for investment firm licensees are effective from 1st July 2010.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • ES-2.5.2

              Where approved persons holding controlled functions within the investment firm licensee, do not meet the qualifications and core competencies outlined in Appendix TC-1 at the time of the issuance of Module TC, the investment firm licensee must ensure that such individuals will meet the requirements of Module TC by 31st December 2011 at the latest.

              Amended: October 2013
              Adopted: July 2010

          • ES-2.6 ES-2.6 Module BC — Business Conduct

            • ES-2.6.1

              The requirements of Chapter BC-3, customer complaints procedures, for investment firm licensees are effective from 31st March 2012.

              Added: January 2012

    • High Level Standards

      • AU AU Authorisation

        • AU-A AU-A Introduction

          • AU-A.1 AU-A.1 Purpose

            • Executive Summary

              • AU-A.1.1

                The Authorisation Module sets out the Central Bank of Bahrain's (CBB) approach to licensing providers of regulated investment services in the Kingdom of Bahrain. It also sets out CBB requirements for approving persons in those providers.

                Amended: January 2011
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-A.1.2

                Persons who provide any of the following regulated investment services within or from the Kingdom of Bahrain, and are not otherwise licensed by CBB as a bank, are required to be licensed by CBB as an investment firm licensee:

                a) Dealing in financial instruments as principal;
                b) Dealing in financial instruments as agent;
                c) Arranging deals in financial instruments;
                d) Managing financial instruments;
                e) Safeguarding financial instruments (i.e. a custodian);
                f) Advising on financial instruments; and
                g) Operating a collective investment undertaking (i.e. an operator)
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-A.1.3

                Four categories of investment firm license are provided for under the CBB Rulebook, depending on the type of regulated investment services undertaken. The requirements in Volume 4 (Investment Business) are tailored in certain respects, according to the license category concerned, in order to address the specific features and risks associated with each type of regulated investment service.

                Amended: January 2022
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-A.1.4

                Collectively, licensed providers of regulated investment services are called investment firm licensees. Bahrain-incorporated investment firm licensees are called Bahraini investment firm licensees. Investment firm licensees that are incorporated in an overseas jurisdiction and operate via a branch presence in the Kingdom of Bahrain are called overseas investment firm licensees. The same naming convention applies to the various sub-categories of investment firms (e.g. Bahraini Category 1 investment firm, overseas Category 1 investment firm etc).

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-A.1.5

                Regulated investment services are defined in Section AU-1.4. Their definition excludes operating a recognised exchange (such as the Bahrain Bourse) and related infrastructure (such as central clearing and depository systems). These activities are separately addressed, in the form of individual regulations issued by the CBB's Capital Markets Supervision Directorate, and the Bahrain Bourse.

                Amended: January 2022
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-A.1.6

                Persons undertaking certain functions in relation to investment firm licensees require prior CBB approval. These functions (called 'controlled functions') include Directors and members of senior management. The controlled functions regime supplements the licensing regime by ensuring that key persons involved in the running of investment firm licensees are fit and proper. Those authorised by the CBB to undertake controlled functions are called approved persons.

                Amended: July 2007

            • Retaining Authorised Status

              • AU-A.1.7

                The requirements set out in Chapters AU-2 and AU-3 represent the minimum conditions that have to be met in each case, both at the point of authorisation and on an on-going basis thereafter, in order for authorised status to be retained.

                Amended: July 2007

            • Representative Offices and Ancillary Services Providers

              • AU-A.1.8

                Neither representative offices of foreign investment firms, nor ancillary services providers, are covered in Volume 4 (Investment Business). Requirements covering these types of activities will instead be included in Volume 5.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-A.1.9

                Volume 5 (Specialised Activities) of the CBB Rulebook issued in December 2010 deals with representative offices of foreign investment firms.

                Amended: October 2011
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-A.1.10

                [This Paragraph has been deleted in January 2022].

                Deleted: January 2022
                Amended: July 2007

            • Legal Basis

              • AU-A.1.11

                This Module contains the CBB's Directive, Regulation and Resolutions (as amended from time to time) regarding authorisation under Volume 4 of the CBB Rulebook. It is applicable to all investment firm licensees (as well as to approved persons), and is issued under the powers available to the CBB under Articles 37 to 42, 44 to 48 and 180 of the Central Bank of Bahrain and Financial Institutions Law 2006 ('CBB Law'). It includes the requirements contained in Resolution No (1) of 2007 with respect to determining fees categories due for licensees and services provided by the CBB. The Module also contains requirements under Regulation No (1) of 2007 pertaining to the CBB's regulated services issued under Article 39 of the CBB Law and contains requirements governing the conditions of granting a license for the provision of regulated services as prescribed under Resolution No. (43) of 2011 and issued under the powers available to the CBB under Article 44(c). The Module contains requirements under Resolution No.(16) for the year 2012 including the prohibition of marketing financial services pursuant to Article 42 of the CBB Law. This Module contains the prior approval requirements for approved persons under Resolution No (23) of 2015.

                Amended: July 2015
                Amended: January 2013
                Amended: October 2011
                Amended: January 2011
                Adopted: July 2007

              • AU-A.1.12

                For an explanation of the CBB's rule-making powers and different regulatory instruments, see Section UG-1.1.

                Adopted: July 2007

            • AU-A.1.2

              The Module builds on the legal requirements contained in Legislative Decree No. 23 of 1973, with respect to financial and investment organisations ("the BMA Law 1973"). The Module is issued under legal powers granted to the BMA by the BMA Law 1973, contained in articles 14(d), 14(g) and 41.

            • Licensing

            • Approved Persons

            • Registered Administrators

            • AU-A.1.8

              Persons carrying on the business of an administrator require prior registration by the BMA. Administrators are persons who administer financial instruments and related services such as cash/collateral management. They must satisfy certain basic conditions in order to be registered, following which they are subject to only a few on-going requirements. Unlike licensees, registered administrators are not subject to detailed on-going supervision or extensive regulation. Those authorised by the BMA to carry on administration services are called registered administrators.

          • AU-A.2 AU-A.2 Module History

            • Evolution of Module

              • AU-A.2.1

                This Module was first issued in April 2006, as part of the first phase of Volume 4 (Investment Business) to be released. It is dated April 2006. Any material changes that have subsequently been made to this Module are annotated with the calendar quarter date in which the change was made: Chapter UG-3 provides further details on Rulebook maintenance and version control.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-A.2.2

                When the CBB replaced the BMA in September 2006, the provisions of this Module remained in force. Volume 4 was updated in July 2007 to reflect the switch to the CBB, as well as other policy changes. However, new calendar quarter dates were only issued where these involved changes in the substance of Rules.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • AU-A.2.3

                A list of recent changes made to this Module is provided below:

                Module Ref.Change DateDescription of Changes
                AU-A.1.307/2006Deletion of reference to 'acting as a trust service provider'.
                AU-1.1.1307/2006Deletion of reference to 'acting as a trust service provider'.
                AU-1.1.1407/2006Clarification of scope of exemption.
                AU-1.4.5007/2006Deletion of paragraph relating to 'acting as a trust service provider'.
                AU-1.4.5107/2006Deletion of paragraph relating to 'acting as a trust service provider'.
                AU-A.107/2007Changes to reflect new CBB Law and reclassification of administrators as ancillary services providers (i.e. licensees, to be subject to Volume 5 of the CBB Rulebook).
                AU-1.307/2007Deletion of this Section to reflect reclassification of administrators as ancillary services providers (i.e. licensees, to be subject to Volume 5 of the CBB Rulebook).
                AU-1.407/2007Clarification of exemption in Rule AU-1.4.8; and minor change to definition of collective investment undertaking (to align with new Module CIU, Volume 6).
                AU-407/2007Chapter deleted to reflect reclassification of administrators as ancillary services providers (i.e. licensees, to be subject to Volume 5 of the CBB Rulebook).
                AU-5.107/2007Section amended to reflect new procedures reflecting CBB Law.
                AU-5.307/2007Deleted following reclassification of administrators as ancillary services providers (i.e. licensees, to be subject to Volume 5 of the CBB Rulebook).
                AU-5.407/2007Amended to reflect new CBB Law procedures.
                AU-5.507/2007Amended to reflect new CBB Law procedures.
                AU-607/2007New Chapter AU-6 on application and license fees (old material on fees, previously contained in Module GR, deleted).
                AU-5.1.5 and 5.1.5A01/2008Clarified CBB's requirements for letters of comfort and/or letters of guarantee.
                AU-5.1.1301/2008Clarified CBB's requirements for items that must be in place within 6 months of a new license being issued.
                AU-1.1.1804/2008Clarified that Category 3 investment firms must be independent.
                AU-5.2.204/2008Clarified to whom Form 3 should be sent to if dealing with a request for an appointment of MLRO from an existing investment firm licensee.
                AU-5.5.504/2008Outlined CBB's requirements in instances where a controlled function becomes vacant.
                AU-5.2.507/2008Clarified that the refusal decision by the CBB to grant a person 'approved person' status is issued to the investment firm licensee
                AU-5.2.607/2008Added cross reference.
                AU-1.1.1810/2009Clarified that Category 3 investment firms must refrain from receiving fees or commissions from parties other than clients.
                AU-1.1.2410/2009Paragraph changed from Guidance to Rule.
                AU-1.210/2009Amended to reflect requirements of Modules HC and RM.
                AU-1.2.210/2009Controlled function of Deputy MLRO added.
                AU-1.2.1510/2009New Rule added to clarify definition of Compliance Officer and MLRO/Deputy MLRO.
                AU-1.4.1110/2009Clarified that dealing in financial instruments as principal includes underwriting and private placement.
                AU-1.4.1910/2009Clarified that dealing in financial instruments as agent does not include execution of deals.
                AU-2.310/2009Updated to include CBB's requirements for controllers.
                AU-5.1.510/2009Clarified that copy of commercial registration certificate is required for existing Bahraini companies only.
                AU-5.210/2009Updated to include CBB's information requirements for the appointment of approved persons.
                AU-B.1.3, AU-2.5.2 and AU-2.7.207/2010Paragraphs deleted.
                AU-B.2 and AU-5.5.507/2010Amended heading.
                AU-1.2.9 and AU-5.5.107/2010Added cross reference.
                AU-1.4.33 and AU-1.4.3707/2010Paragraphs changed from Guidance to Rules and amended to clarify definition of safeguarding financial instruments.
                AU-1.4.42 and AU-1.4.4307/2010New rules added to clarify definition of advising on financial instruments.
                AU-1.4.49, AU-1.4.50, AU-1.4.51 and AU-5.5.507/2010Amended cross reference.
                AU-1.2.9, AU-1.4.49, AU-1.4.50, AU-1.4.51, AU-2.3.5, AU-5.1.6, AU-5.1.12A, AU-5.1.12B, AU-5.1.12D and AU-6.1.107/2010Paragraphs amended.
                AU-5.1.5A07/2010Paragraphs amended and changed to Rule.
                AU-5.1.12K07/2010Paragraph added to require confirmation that capital has been paid in before the final approval for a license.
                AU-5.1.1307/2010Updated to include new requirement to be submitted within six months of the license being issued.
                AU-6.207/2010Updated to include CBB's annual license fee requirements.
                AU-A.1.1101/2011Clarified legal basis.
                AU-1.1.201/2011Clarified guidance.
                AU-1.1.21, AU-1.1.22 and AU-1.2.1(f)01/2011Paragraphs deleted for consistency in CBB Rulebook.
                AU-1.201/2011Amended as requirements moved from Module HC to Module AU.
                AU-1.4.2501/2011Amended guidance to reflect new definitions related to licensed exchange(s).
                AU-5.1.13(j)01/2011Added language requirements for commercial registration certificate.
                AU-5.1.5A01/2011Amended CBB's requirements concerning letters of guarantee to be submitted with licensing application.
                AU-5.1.1301/2011Added requirement to submit copy of licensee's business card and any written communication including a statement that the investment firm is licensed by the CBB.
                AU-5.5.301/2011Clarified guidance.
                AU-1.2.1604/2011Added a definition Paragraph for the compliance officer.
                AU-5.1.5(m)04/2011Corrected typo and added clarification to requirements dealing with private placements.
                AU-6.2.9A04/2011Added the requirement for annual fees for SPV's to be in line with the requirements of Resolution No (1) of 2007.
                AU-A.1.910/2011Guidance Paragraph amended as Volume 5_Representative Offices was issued in December 2010.
                AU-A.1.1110/2011Legal basis updated to reflect all Articles of the CBB Law covered by this Module as well as applicable Resolutions.
                AU-5.510/2011Clarified language on cancellation of a license to be in line with other Volumes of the CBB Rulebook.
                AU-1.1.14, AU-1.4.11A and AU-1.4.11B01/2012Guidance in AU-1.1.14 amended and changed to Rule and moved to AU-1.4.11A and additional guidance added as AU-1.4.11B.
                AU-1.4.19 and AU-1.4.19A01/2012Clarified Rule AU-1.4.19 and added guidance for Category 3 investment firms.
                AU-1.4.3301/2012Added reference to Volume 5 (Administrators) and amended Rule.
                AU-2.2.2 and AU-2.2.301/2012Restructured and amended guidance into two Paragraphs, including one guidance and one Rule.
                AU-2.3.201/2012Clarified application of Rule for Category 1 and 2 investment firm licensees.
                AU-5.5.501/2012Clarified Rule.
                AU-6.2.9B01/2012Guidance added to clarify the non application of fees for SPVs established for the purpose of setting up a locally domiciled CIU.
                AU-1.2.13, AU-1.2.13A and AU-1.2.13B07/2012Clarified Rule and added Paragraphs on investment consultant and investment adviser.
                AU-1.4.2 and AU-5.5.4A10/2012Corrected cross reference.
                AU-1.1.25, AU-1.2.13, AU-1.4.11, AU-1.4.11A, AU-1.4.15, AU-1.4.17., AU-1.4.18, AU-1.4.28, AU-1.4.29, AU-1.4.41 and AU-1.4.4510/2012The term 'underwrite/underwriting' has now been defined and included in the Glossary under Part B of Volume 4.
                AU-1.4.1510/2012Clarified Rule dealing with providing credit.
                AU-1.4.5210/2012Reference updated to reflect the issuance of Volume 7 (CIU).
                AU-A.1.1101/2013Updated legal basis.
                AU-B.1.101/2013Updated prohibition as per issuance of Resolution No.(16) for the year 2012.
                AU-1.101/2013References added to requirements under Resolution No.(16) for the year 2012.
                AU-1.1.2404/2013Added cross reference.
                AU-6.207/2013Amended due date and collection process for annual license fees.
                AU-1.1.24, AU-1.1.24A and AU-1.1.24B10/2014Amended requirements to have a Shari'a Supervisory Board based on the category of investment firm licensee.
                AU-1.4.11 and AU-1.4.11B10/2014Clarified the meaning of dealing in financial instruments as a principal and added cross reference to approval from CBB's Capital market Supervision Directorate as well as requirements under Module OFS of Volume 6 of the CBB Rulebook.
                AU-5.1.7A10/2014Clarified that any PPM issued to raise capital must comply with module OFS and is subject to the CBB's Capital Market Supervision Directorate's prior approval.
                AU-A.1.1107/2015Legal basis updated to reflect Resolution No (23) of 2015.
                AU-3.2.107/2015Added cross reference to Module TC.
                AU-5.207/2015Amended to be in line with Resolution No (23) of 2015 on Prior Approval Requirements for Approved Persons.
                AU-5.5.507/2015Clarified interim arrangements for replacement of approved person.
                AU-1.201/2016Clarified general requirements for approved persons.
                AU-301/2016Amended to be in line with Resolution No (23) of 2015 on Prior Approval Requirements for Approved Persons.
                AU-5.1.401/2016Paragraph deleted as no longer applicable.
                AU-5.201/2016Minor amendments to be aligned with other Volumes of the CBB Rulebook.
                AU-1.1.1810/2016Added subparagraph (d)
                AU-1.1.18A10/2016Changed 'not limited' to 'in relation'
                AU-1.1.18B10/2016Deleted subparagraph (f)
                AU-5.2.310/2016Added to Rule new subparagraph (e)
                AU-5.607/2017Added new Section on Publication of the Decision to Grant, Cancel or Amend a License
                AU-1.2.204/2018Amended Paragraph
                AU-5.1.104/2018Amended Paragraph
                AU-5.1.12E04/2018Amended Paragraph
                AU-5.2.204/2018Amended Paragraph
                AU-1.4.41A04/2019Added a new Paragraph on digital investment advice.
                AU-1.2.707/2019Amended definition of a Director.
                AU-1.4.3307/2019Amended Paragraph.
                AU-5.1.107/2019Amended Paragraph to remove references to hardcopy Form 1 submission to online submission.
                AU-5.1.12H10/2019Changed from Rule to Guideline.
                AU-5.1.12I10/2019Changed from Rule to Guideline.
                AU-5.1.12J10/2019Changed from Rule to Guideline.
                AU-5.6.110/2019Changed from Rule to Guideline.
                AU-1.1.1307/2020Added new sub-paragraph (ff).
                AU-1.1.1707/2020Added new sub-paragraph (c).
                AU-1.1.22A, AU-1.1.22B, AU-1.1.22C07/2020Added new Paragraphs on Arranging Credit and Advising on Credit suitability.
                AU-1.4.4307/2020Deleted Paragraph.
                AU-1.4.47A, AU-1.4.47B, AU-1.4.47C, AU-1.4.47D, AU-1.4.47E, AU-1.4.47F, AU-1.4.47G07/2020Added new Paragraphs on Arranging Credit and Advising on Credit definitions.
                AU-1.1.13A10/2020Added a new Paragraph on compliance with AAOIFI Shari’a Standards.
                AU-1.2.201/2021Deleted Sub-paragraph (g).
                AU-1.2.501/2021Deleted Paragraph.
                AU-2.2.301/2021Amended Paragraph on approved persons occupying controlled functions.
                AU-A.1.301/2022Amended Paragraph.
                AU-A.1.501/2022Amended Paragraph.
                AU-A.1.1001/2022Deleted Paragraph.
                AU-B.1.201/2022Amended Paragraph.
                AU-1.1.601/2022Amended Paragraph.
                AU-1.1.801/2022Amended Paragraph.
                AU-1.1.13A01/2022Paragraph moved to AU-1.1.24.
                AU-1.1.18C01/2022Added a new Paragraph on Category 4 Investment Firms.
                AU-1.1.18D01/2022Added a new Paragraph on Category 4 Investment Firms.
                AU-1.1.18E01/2022Added a new Paragraph on Category 4 Investment Firms.
                AU-1.1.18F01/2022Added a new Paragraph on Category 4 Investment Firms.
                AU-1.1.2401/2022Amended Paragraph.
                AU-1.1.24B01/2022Amended Paragraph.
                AU-1.4.4801/2022Amended Paragraph.
                AU-5.4.101/2022Amended Paragraph.
                AU-1.1.22D – AU-1.1.22J01/2024Added new Paragraphs on regulated investment services involving crypto-assets requirements.

            • Superseded Requirements

              • AU-A.2.4

                This Module supersedes the following provisions contained in circulars or other regulatory instruments:

                Circular/other reference Provision Subject
                Standard Conditions and Licensing Criteria: investment advisers/brokers. All articles Scope of license and licensing conditions.
                Standard Conditions and Licensing Criteria: broking company All articles Scope of license and licensing conditions.
                Standard Conditions and Licensing Criteria: stockbrokerage All articles Scope of license and licensing conditions.
                Circular BC/11/98, dated 27/7/98 All articles Appointment and suitability of Directors and senior managers ('fit and proper').
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-A.2.5

                Further guidance on the implementation and transition to Volume 4 (Investment business) is given in Module ES (Executive Summary).

                Amended: July 2007

        • AU-B AU-B Scope of Application

          • AU-B.1 AU-B.1 The Public

            • AU-B.1.1

              The Authorisation requirements in Chapter AU-1 are generally applicable to the public, in that they prevent a person (whether legal or natural) from undertaking certain specified activities if they do not hold the appropriate authorisation from CBB or marketing any financial services unless specifically allowed to do so by the CBB (see Rule AU-1.1.1). In addition, those applying for authorisation are also required to comply with the relevant requirements and procedures contained in this Module.

              Amended: January 2013
              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-B.1.2

              Three types of authorisation are prescribed:

              (i) Any person seeking to provide a regulated investment service within or from the Kingdom of Bahrain must hold the appropriate CBB license (see AU-1.1);
              (ii) Any person seeking to act as “controller” of the person who holds a CBB license; and
              (iii) Natural persons wishing to perform a controlled function in an investment firm licensee also require prior CBB approval, as an approved person (see AU-1.2).
              Amended: January 2022
              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-B.1.3

              [This Paragraph deleted 07/2010.]

              Deleted: July 2010

          • AU-B.2 AU-B.2 Licensees and Authorised Persons

            • AU-B.2.1

              Various requirements in Chapters AU-2 to AU-5 inclusive also apply to persons once they have been authorised by the CBB (whether as licensees or approved persons).

              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-B.2.2

              Chapter AU-2 applies to investment firm licensees (not just applicants), since licensing conditions have to be met on a continuous basis by licensees. Similarly, Chapter AU-3 applies to approved persons on a continuous basis; it also applies to investment firm licensees seeking an approved person authorisation. Chapter AU-5 contains requirements applicable to licensees, with respect to the starting up of their operations, as well as to licensees and approved persons, with respect to the amendment or cancellation of their authorised status. Finally, Section AU-6.2 imposes annual fees on licensees.

              Amended: July 2007

        • AU-1 AU-1 Authorisation Requirements

          • AU-1.1 AU-1.1 Licensing

            • AU-1.1.1

              No person may:

              (a) Undertake (or hold themselves out to undertake) regulated investment services, by way of business, within or from the Kingdom of Bahrain unless duly licensed by the CBB;
              (b) Hold themselves out to be licensed by the CBB unless they have as a matter of fact been so licensed; or
              (c) Market any financial services in the Kingdom of Bahrain unless:
              (i) Allowed to do by the terms of a license issued by the CBB;
              (ii) The activities come within the terms of an exemption granted by the CBB by way of a Directive; or
              (iii) Has obtained the express written permission of the CBB to offer financial services.
              Amended: January 2013
              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-1.1.2

              For the purposes of Rule AU-1.1.1(a), please refer to Section AU-1.4 for the definition of 'regulated investment services' and 'by way of business'. Such activities will be deemed to be undertaken within or from the Kingdom of Bahrain if, for example, the person concerned:

              (a) Is incorporated in the Kingdom of Bahrain;
              (b) Uses an address situated in the Kingdom of Bahrain for its correspondences; or
              (c) Directly solicits clients.
              Amended: January 2011
              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-1.1.3

              For the purposes of Rule AU-1.1.1(b), persons would be considered in breach of this requirement if they were to trade as, or incorporate a company in Bahrain with a name containing the words (or the equivalents in any language) 'adviser', 'consultant', or 'manager' in combination with 'investment', or 'portfolio', without holding the appropriate CBB license or the prior approval of the CBB.

              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-1.1.3A

              In accordance with Resolution No.(16) for the year 2012 and for the purpose of Subparagraph AU-1.1.1(c), the word 'market' refers to any promotion, offering, announcement, advertising, broadcast or any other means of communication made for the purpose of inducing recipients to purchase or otherwise acquire financial services in return for monetary payment or some other form of valuable consideration.

              Added: January 2013

            • AU-1.1.3B

              Persons in breach of Subparagraph AU-1.1.1(c) are considered in breach of Resolution No.(16) for the year 2012 and are subject to penalties under Articles 129 and 161 of the CBB Law (see also Section EN-10.2A).

              Added: January 2013

            • AU-1.1.4

              Where a person is licensed under Volumes 1 or 2, i.e. as a bank, then a separate license under Volume 4 is not required in order to undertake activities of the kind specified under Section AU-1.4.

            • AU-1.1.5

              Persons licensed as banks by the CBB may also undertake the specific activities covered by the definition of regulated investment services (such as trading in financial instruments as principal), since these specific activities also form part of the definition of regulated banking services (or regulated Islamic banking services in the case of Islamic banks). In such cases, banks are not required to hold a separate investment firm license.

              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-1.1.6

              Depending on the type of regulated investment services that a person wishes to undertake, applicants must seek to be licensed either as a Category 1, a Category 2, a Category 3 or a Category 4 investment firm.

              Amended: January 2022

            • AU-1.1.7

              Persons wishing to be licensed to undertake regulated investment services within or from the Kingdom of Bahrain must apply in writing to the CBB.

              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-1.1.8

              An application for a license must be in the form prescribed by the CBB and must contain, inter alia:

              (a) A business plan specifying the type of business to be conducted;
              (b) Application for authorisation of all controllers; and
              (c) Application for authorisation of all controlled functions.
              Amended: January 2022
              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-1.1.9

              The CBB will review the application and duly advise the applicant in writing when it has:

              (a) Granted the application without conditions;
              (b) Granted the application subject to conditions specified by the CBB; or
              (c) Refused the application, stating the grounds on which the application has been refused and the process for appealing against that decision.
              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-1.1.10

              Detailed rules and guidance regarding information requirements and processes for licenses can be found in Section AU-5.1. As specified in Paragraph AU-5.1.12, the CBB will provide a formal decision on a license application within 60 calendar days of all required documentation having been submitted in a form acceptable to the CBB.

              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-1.1.11

              All applicants seeking an investment firm license must satisfy the CBB that they meet, by the date of authorisation, the minimum criteria for licensing, as contained in Chapter AU-2. Once licensed, investment firm licensees must maintain these criteria on an on-going basis.

              Amended: July 2007

            • Investment Firm License Categories

              • AU-1.1.12

                For the purposes of Volume 4 (Investment Business), regulated investment services may be undertaken under three categories of investment firms as follows:

                Amended: July 2007

              • Category 1

                • AU-1.1.13

                  For the purposes of Volume 4 (Investment Business), Category 1 investment firms may undertake (subject to Rule AU-1.1.19) any regulated investment service, as listed below:

                  (a) Dealing in financial instruments as principal;
                  (b) Dealing in financial instruments as agent;
                  (c) Arranging deals in financial instruments;
                  (d) Managing financial instruments;
                  (e) Safeguarding financial instruments (i.e. a custodian;
                  (f) Advising on financial instruments;
                  (ff) Arranging Credit and Advising on Credit; and
                  (g) Operating a collective investment undertaking (i.e. an operator).
                  Amended: July 2020
                  Added: July 2007

                • AU-1.1.13A

                  [This Paragraph has been moved to AU-1.1.24].

                  Amended: January 2022
                  Added: October 2020

                • AU-1.1.14

                  [This Paragraph was moved and amended to Paragraph AU-1.4.11A in January 2012].

                  Amended: January 2012
                  Amended: July 2007

              • Category 2

                • AU-1.1.15

                  For the purposes of Volume 4 (Investment Business), Category 2 investment firms may undertake (subject to Rule AU-1.1.19) any regulated investment service (as listed in Rule AU-1.1.13), except that of 'dealing in financial instruments as principal'.

                • AU-1.1.16

                  A Category 2 investment firm cannot, therefore, trade in financial instruments for its own account ('dealing in financial instruments as principal'), but it may conduct all other types of regulated investment services, including holding client assets.

                  Amended: July 2007

              • Category 3

                • AU-1.1.17

                  For the purposes of Volume 4 (Investment Business), Category 3 investment firms may undertake (subject to Rules AU-1.1.18 and AU-1.1.19) the following regulated investment services only:

                  (a) Arranging deals in financial instruments;
                  (b) Advising on financial instruments; and
                  (c) Arranging Credit and Advising on Credit.
                  Amended: July 2020
                  Added: July 2007

                • AU-1.1.18

                  When undertaking either of the regulated investment services listed under Rule AU-1.1.17, Category 3 investment firms:

                  a) Must be independent;
                  b) May not hold any client assets;
                  c) Must refrain from receiving any fees or commissions from any party other than the client; and
                  (d) Must not have an 'agency' relationship (tied agent) with an investment provider.
                  Amended: October 2016
                  Amended: October 2009
                  April 2008
                  Amended: July 2007

                • AU-1.1.18A

                  In assessing the independence of a Category 3 investment firm, the CBB will take into account the regulated investment services offered in relation to financial instruments of a related party.

                  Amended: October 2016
                  Adopted: April 2008

                • AU-1.1.18B

                  For the purpose of Paragraph AU-1.1.18A, a related party of a Category 3 investment firm includes:

                  (a) A controller of the Category 3 investment firm as defined in Module GR;
                  (b) A close link of the Category 3 investment firm as defined in Module GR;
                  (c) An associate of a controller as defined in Module GR;
                  (d) The extended family of a controller including a father, mother, father-in-law, mother-in-law, brother, sister, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, or grandparent;
                  (e) A corporate entity, whether or not licensed or incorporated in Bahrain, where any of the persons identified in Sub-Paragraphs (c) and (d) is a Director or would be considered a controller were the definition of controller set out in Paragraph GR-5.2.1 applied to that corporate entity; and
                  (f) [This Subparagraph has been deleted].
                  Amended: October 2016
                  Adopted: April 2008

              • Category 4

                • AU-1.1.18C

                  For the purposes of Volume 4 (Investment Business), category 4 investment firms are permitted to provide the following regulated investment services to accredited investors:

                  a) Operating a collective investment undertaking (CIU); and
                  b) In respect of venture capital CIUs that the category 4 investment firm operates/manages, act as custodian (i.e. safeguarding financial instruments).
                  Added: January 2022

                • AU-1.1.18D

                  While category 1 investment firms and category 2 investment firms can operate/manage all types of CIUs, targeting retail clients, expert investors and accredited investors, category 4 investment firm license caters to the business models of specialist fund managers who operate/manage CIUs targeted at accredited investors only. Examples of such CIUs are private equity funds, hedge funds, structured funds, real estate funds, venture capital funds and other alternative investment funds. An operator of CIUs who markets or manages a CIU targeted at retail clients or expert investors would not be eligible to obtain a category 4 investment firm license. Category 4 investment firms also act as placement agents of overseas domiciled CIUs they operate/manage.

                  Added: January 2022

                • AU-1.1.18E

                  Category 4 investment firms must appoint independent custodians to safeguard client assets. However, in accordance with Sub-paragraph AU-1.1.18C(b), category 4 investment firms may be authorised by the CBB to act as custodians of the venture capital CIUs they operate/manage provided they meet the requirements stipulated in Section C4-3.3 of the CBB Rulebook, Volume 4 regarding the safeguarding of client assets and client money. This entails that category 4 investment firms can safeguard the illiquid assets of the venture capital CIUs, but client money must be kept in a client bank account.

                  Added: January 2022

                • AU-1.1.18F

                  Category 4 investment firms are only subject to Sections AU-1.1, AU-1.4, AU-1.5 and the provisions of Modules PB, C4, FC and EN. Category 4 investment firms must also comply with CBB Rulebook Volume 7 requirements for authorisation/registration/filing of CIUs to be offered to accredited investors.

                  Added: January 2022

            • Combining Regulated Investment Services

              • AU-1.1.19

                Investment firm licensees may combine two or more regulated investment services, providing these fall within the permitted list of services for their investment firm category, and such combinations are not restricted by Module BC (Business Conduct).

              • AU-1.1.20

                Module BC (Business Conduct) may restrict licensees from undertaking certain combinations of activities, where such combinations potentially create conflicts of interest that could compromise the interests of customers. See Chapter BC-2.

            • Suitability

              • AU-1.1.21

                [This Paragraph was deleted in January 2011].

                Deleted: January 2011
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.1.22

                [This Paragraph was deleted in January 2011].

                Deleted: January 2011
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.1.22A

                As per Article 48 of the CBB Law, investment firm licensees must seek CBB’s prior written approval before undertaking new regulated investment services.

                Added: July 2020

              • AU-1.1.22B

                Investment firm licensees wishing to undertake the activity of Arranging Credit and Advising on Credit must satisfy the CBB that they have sufficient expertise to undertake this activity and must obtain the CBB’s prior written approval for undertaking the same.

                Added: July 2020

              • AU-1.1.22C

                For purposes of Paragraph AU-1.1.22B, investment firm licensees must ensure that the officer responsible for dealing with the customers for Arranging Credit and Advising on Credit is competent and has demonstrated his competence through appropriate qualifications and experience to carry out such function.

                Added: July 2020

              • AU-1.1.22D

                Investment firm licensees wishing to undertake the following regulated investment services involving crypto-assets that fall under the definition of financial instruments must seek the CBB’s prior approval before undertaking such activity:

                (a) Dealing in financial instruments as agent;
                (b) Arranging deals in financial instruments;
                (c) Managing financial instruments;
                (d) Safeguarding financial instruments (i.e. a custodian);
                (e) Advising on financial instruments; and
                (f) Operating a collective investment undertaking (i.e. an operator).

                Investment firm licensees must not undertake the activity of dealing in crypto-assets as principal.

                Added: January 2024

              • AU-1.1.22E

                Investment firm licensees offering the regulated investment services referred to in Paragraph AU-1.1.22D must comply with the requirements stipulated in Appendix AU-1, as applicable.

                Added: January 2024

              • AU-1.1.22F

                Investment firm licensees undertaking the regulated investment service involving safe custody of crypto-assets (custody service), whether through “in house” arrangement or through a “third party”, remain responsible for safeguarding, storing, holding or maintaining custody of crypto-assets and must have systems and controls in place to:

                (a) Ensure the proper safeguarding of crypto-assets;
                (b) Ensure that such safe custody of crypto-assets is identifiable and secure at all times; and
                (c) Ensure protection against the risk of loss, theft or hacking.
                Added: January 2024

              • AU-1.1.22G

                For the purpose of Paragraph AU-1.1.22Finvestment firm licensees may implement the following three types of custodial arrangements or any other type of custodial arrangement that is acceptable to the CBB:

                (a) The licensee is wholly responsible for custody of client’s crypto-assets and provides this service “in-house” through its own crypto-assets wallet solution. Such an arrangement includes scenarios where a licensee provides its own inhouse proprietary wallet for clients to store any crypto-assets bought through that licensee or transferred into the wallet from other sources.
                (b) The licensee is wholly responsible for the custody of client’s crypto-assets but outsources this service to a third party crypto-asset custodian. Such an arrangement includes the scenario where a licensee uses a third-party service provider to hold all its clients’ crypto-assets (e.g., all or part of the clients’ private keys).
                (c) The licensee wholly allows clients to “self-custodise” their crypto-assets. Such an arrangement includes scenarios where licensees require clients to self-custodise their crypto-assets. Such licensees only provide the platform for clients to buy and sell crypto-assets. Clients are required to source and use their own third party crypto-asset custodians (which the licensee have no control over or responsibility for). This arrangement also includes the scenario where licensees provide an in-house wallet service for clients, but also allow clients to transfer their crypto-assets out of this wallet to another wallet from a third-party wallet provider chosen by the client (and which the licensee does not control).
                Added: January 2024

              • AU-1.1.22H

                Where investment firm licensees provide a third-party crypto-asset custodian to a client it must undertake an appropriate risk assessment of that crypto-asset custodianLicensees must also retain ultimate responsibility for safe custody of crypto-assets held on behalf of clients and ensure that they continue to meet all their regulatory obligations with respect to crypto-asset custody service and outsourced activities.

                Added: January 2024

              • AU-1.1.22I

                Investment firm licensees offering the regulated investment services referred to in Paragraph AU-1.1.22D must provide a report from an independent third-party expert that they have established adequate policies, procedures, systems and controls to manage the associated risks and undertake such activities in compliance with the requirements of Chapter FC-11 and Appendix AU-1. In addition, licensees must satisfy the CBB that they have sufficient competence and expertise to undertake the activities.

                Added: January 2024

              • AU-1.1.22J

                For purpose of Paragraph AU-1.1.22Dinvestment firm licensees must submit a board resolution to undertake the activity together with the following information:

                (a) Description of the services/products;
                (b) Changes to organisation structure and framework (if any);
                (c) Experience of resources responsible for such services and their details; and
                (d) Enhancements to its risk management framework to capture, monitor, measure, control and report risks arising from the activity.
                Added: January 2024

            • Conventional and Islamic Investment Firms

              • AU-1.1.23

                Investment firm licensees may deal in both conventional and Islamic financial instruments. Only those investment firm licensees whose operations are fully shari'a compliant, however, may hold themselves out to be an Islamic investment firm.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.1.24

                Where licensees are undertaking regulated activities in accordance with Shari'a, all transactions and contracts concluded by investment firm licensees must comply with Shari’a standards issued by the Accounting and Auditing Organisation for Islamic Financial Institutions (AAOIFI). The validity of the contract or transaction is not impacted, if at a later date, the relevant AAOIFI Shari’a standard are amended.

                Amended: January 2022
                Amended: October 2014
                Amended: April 2013
                Amended: October 2009
                July 2007

              • AU-1.1.24A

                In accordance with Paragraph HC-9.2.1, Category 1 and 2 Islamic investment firms must maintain a Shari'a Supervisory Board, comprised of at least 3 Shari'a board members, to verify that their operations are Shari'a compliant.

                Added: October 2014

              • AU-1.1.24B

                Category 3 and Category 4 Islamic investment firms must appoint a minimum of one Shari'a advisor or scholar to verify that their operations are Shari'a compliant.

                Amended: January 2022
                Added: October 2014

              • AU-1.1.25

                Investment firm licensees (whether conventional or Islamic) may not accept shari'a money placements or deposits. They may not enter into shari'a financing contracts (except where it is an incidental part of assisting a client to buy, sell, subscribe for or underwrite a financial instrument). Finally, they may not offer Shari'a Profit Sharing Investment Accounts (whether restricted or unrestricted).

                Amended: October 2012
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.1.26

                Shari'a money placements or deposits include money taken under q'ard or al-wadia contracts. Shari'a financing contracts include contracts such as murabaha, bay muajjal, bay islam, ijara wa iktina and istisna'a. Profit sharing investment accounts include those accounts undertaken under mudaraba and musharaka contracts.

              • AU-1.1.27

                The transactions prohibited under Rule AU-1.1.25 may only be undertaken by bank licensees.

          • AU-1.2 AU-1.2 Approved Persons

            • General Requirement

              • AU-1.2.1

                Investment firm licensee must obtain the CBB's prior written approval for any person wishing to undertake a controlled function in an investment firm licensee. The approval from the CBB must be obtained prior to their appointment, subject to the variations contained in Paragraphs AU-1.2.3 to AU-1.2.5.

                Amended: January 2016
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.2.2

                Controlled functions are those of:

                (a) Director;
                (b) Chief Executive or General Manager;
                (c) Head of function;
                (d) Compliance officer;
                (e) Money Laundering Reporting Officer;
                (f) [Subparagraph deleted in January 2011];
                (g) [Subparagraph deleted in January 2021];
                (h) Financial Instruments Trader; and
                (i) Investment consultant or investment adviser.
                Amended: January 2021
                Amended: April 2018
                Amended: January 2016
                Amended: January 2011
                Amended: October 2009
                July 2007

              • AU-1.2.3

                In the case of Bahraini investment firm licensees, prior approval is required for all of the above controlled functions. Combination of the above controlled functions is subject to the requirements contained in Modules HC and RM.

                Amended: October 2009
                July 2007

              • AU-1.2.4

                In the case of overseas investment firm licensees, prior approval is required for controlled functions (b), defined as the 'Branch Manager' of the Bahrain branch (however titled by the licensee), (c), (d), (e), (f), (h) and (i). Combination of the above controlled functions is subject to the requirements contained in Modules HC and RM.

                Amended: October 2009
                July 2007

              • AU-1.2.5

                [This Paragraph was deleted in January 2021].

                Amended: January 2021
                Amended: October 2009

            • Basis for Approval

              • AU-1.2.6

                Approval under Paragraph AU-1.2.1 is only granted by the CBB, if it is satisfied that the person is fit and proper to hold the particular position in the licensee concerned. 'Fit and proper' is determined by the CBB on a case-by-case basis. The definition of 'fit and proper' and associated guidance is provided in Sections AU-3.1 and AU-3.2 respectively.

                Amended: July 2007

            • Definitions

              • AU-1.2.7

                Director is any person who is a member of the licensee's Board of Directors, and is individually, and collectively with other Directors responsible for directing the affairs and overseeing the activities of the licensee, as detailed in section HC-1.2.

                Amended: July 2019
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.2.8

                The fact that a person may have 'Director' in their job title does not of itself make them a Director within the meaning of the definition noted in Paragraph AU-1.2.7. For example, a 'Director of Marketing', is not necessarily a member of the Board of Directors and therefore may not fall under the definition of Paragraph AU-1.2.7.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.2.9

                Investment firm licensees must appoint a person to undertake the function of Chief Executive, General Manager or Managing Director. The Chief Executive or General Manager means a person who is responsible for the conduct of the licensee (regardless of actual title). The Chief Executive or General Manager must be resident in Bahrain. This person is responsible for the conduct of the whole of the firm, or, in the case of an overseas investment firm licensee, for all of the activities of the branch (ref. HC-6.3.4).

                Amended: January 2011
                Amended: July 2010

              • AU-1.2.9A

                A licensee may appoint a Director on the Board to undertake the responsibility of the Chief Executive or General Manager, i.e a Managing Director, in which case the appointment of a Chief Executive or General Manager in addition to the Managing Director will not be permitted.

                Amended: April 2011
                Adopted: January 2011

              • AU-1.2.9B

                The Chief Executive, General Manager or Managing Director of the licensee:

                (a) Should be fully responsible for the executive management and performance of the licensee, within the framework of delegated authorities set by the Board;
                (b) Must devote full-time working hours to the licensee; and
                (c) Must not be employed at any other firm.
                Adopted: January 2011

              • AU-1.2.9C

                The Chairman of the Board may not undertake any executive role, including that of Chief Executive, General Manager or Managing Director.

                Adopted: January 2011

              • AU-1.2.9D

                The Chief Executive Officer or Managing Director are not permitted, at any time to assume Chairmanship or Deputy Chairmanship of the Board.

                Adopted: January 2011

              • AU-1.2.9E

                Residency requirements apply to Chief Executives, General Managers or Managing Directors: see Section AU-2.2.

                Adopted: January 2011

              • AU-1.2.10

                Head of function means a person who exercises major managerial responsibilities, is responsible for a significant business or operating unit, or has senior managerial responsibility for maintaining accounts or other records of the licensee.

              • AU-1.2.11

                Whether a person is a head of function will depend on the facts in each case and is not determined by the presence or absence of the word in their job title. Examples of head of function might include, depending on the scale, nature and complexity of the business, a deputy Chief Executive; heads of departments such as Risk Management, Compliance or Internal Audit; or the Chief Financial Officer.

              • AU-1.2.12

                Financial Instruments Trader means a person who is engaged in buying or selling financial instruments.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.2.13

                An investment consultant or investment adviser refers to the function of advising a client or potential client with respect to buying, selling, subscribing for or underwriting a particular financial instrument or exercising any right conferred by such a financial instrument.

                Amended: October 2012
                Amended: July 2012
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.2.13A

                If a person is merely responsible for maintaining a client relationship and providing administrative support without giving advice, such person is not considered an investment consultant nor an investment adviser and need not be approved by the CBB, as such a function would not be considered a controlled function.

                Added: July 2012

              • AU-1.2.13B

                Any other staff of an investment firm licensee must not provide advice to a client or potential client, as defined in Paragraph AU-1.2.13. Other approved persons, must not provide advice to a client or potential client, as defined in Paragraph AU-1.2.13, unless such approved person has been specifically approved by the CBB as an investment consultant or investment adviser, in addition to their initial controlled function.

                Added: July 2012

              • AU-1.2.14

                Where a firm is in doubt as to whether a function should be considered a controlled function it must discuss the case with the CBB.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.2.15

                The controlled function of compliance officer is defined in accordance with the compliance function under Section HC-6.5. The controlled functions of Money Laundering Reporting Officer/Deputy Money Laundering Reporting Officer are defined under Chapter FC-3.

                Amended: January 2011
                Amended: October 2009

              • AU-1.2.16

                All investment firm licensees must designate an employee, of appropriate standing and resident in Bahrain, as compliance officer. The duties of the compliance officer include:

                (a) Having responsibility for oversight of the licensee's compliance with the requirements of the CBB; and
                (b) Reporting to the licensee's Board in respect of that responsibility.
                Amended: July 2012
                Adopted: April 2011

          • AU-1.3 AU-1.3 [This Section deleted 07/2007]

            Deleted: July 2007

            • AU-1.3.1

              A person may not carry on the business of an administrator without being registered as such with the BMA.

            • AU-1.3.2

              For the purposes of Rule AU-1.3.1, administrators are defined as persons who administer financial instruments and related services such as cash/ collateral management.

            • AU-1.3.3

              Acting as an administrator refers to administering certain specified functions in relation to financial instruments that include the following:

              a) legal and fund management accounting services;
              b) client inquiries;
              c) valuation and pricing (including tax returns);
              d) regulatory compliance monitoring;
              e) maintenance of unit-holder register;
              f) distribution of income;
              g) unit issues and redemption;
              h) contract settlements (including certificate dispatch); and
              i) record-keeping.

            • AU-1.3.4

              An application for registration must be in the form prescribed by the BMA in Section AU-5.3.

            • AU-1.3.5

              A registered administrator may not undertake any regulated investment services.

          • AU-1.4 AU-1.4 Definition of Regulated Investment Services

            • AU-1.4.1

              For the purposes of Volume 4 (Investment Business), regulated investment services are any of the activities listed under Paragraph AU-1.1.13, as further defined in this Section, carried on by way of business.

              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-1.4.2

              For the purposes of Volume 4 (Investment Business), carrying on a regulated investment service by way of business means:

              (a) Undertaking one or more of the activities listed under Paragraph AU-1.1.13 on a professional basis and for commercial gain;
              (b) Holding oneself out as willing and able to engage in that activity; or
              (c) Regularly soliciting other persons to engage in transactions constituting that activity.
              Amended: October 2012
              Amended: July 2007

            • General Exclusions

              • AU-1.4.3

                A person does not carry on an activity constituting a regulated investment service if the activity:

                (a) Is carried on in the course of a business which does not ordinarily constitute the carrying on of a regulated activity;
                (b) May reasonably be regarded as a necessary part of any other services provided in the course of that business; and
                (c) Is not remunerated separately from the other services.
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.4.4

                A person does not carry on an activity constituting a regulated investment service if the person is a body corporate and carries on that activity solely with or for other bodies corporate that are members of the same group.

              • AU-1.4.5

                A person does not carry on an activity constituting a regulated investment service if such person carries on an activity with or for another person, and they are both members of the same family.

              • AU-1.4.6

                A person does not carry on an activity constituting a regulated investment service if the sole or main purpose for which the person enters into the transaction is to limit any identifiable risks arising in the conduct of his business, providing the business conducted does not itself constitute a regulated activity.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.4.7

                For example, an industrial company entering into an interest rate swap to switch floating-rate borrowings for fixed rate borrowings, in order to manage interest rate risk, would not be considered to be dealing in financial instruments as principal, and would not therefore be required to be licensed as an investment firm.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.4.8

                A person does not carry on an activity constituting a regulated investment service if that person enters into that transaction solely as a nominee for another person, and acts under instruction from that other person; or is an employee or Director of a person who is an investment firm licensee.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.4.9

                A person does not carry on an activity constituting a regulated investment service if that person is a government body charged with the management of financial instruments on behalf of a government or public body.

              • AU-1.4.10

                A person does not carry on an activity constituting a regulated investment service if that person is an exempt person, as specified by Royal decree.

            • Dealing in Financial Instruments as Principal

              • AU-1.4.11

                Dealing in financial instruments as principal means buying, selling, subscribing for or underwriting any financial instrument on own account, including underwriting transactions.

                Amended: October 2014
                Amended: October 2012
                Amended: October 2009

              • AU-1.4.11A

                Only Category 1 investment firms are permitted to underwrite the issuance of financial instruments. However, the CBB will only permit such activity if the licensee has the financial ability to absorb the size of the commitment.

                Amended: October 2014
                Amended: October 2012
                Added: January 2012

              • AU-1.4.11B

                In assessing the financial ability of a licensee, the CBB will consider, amongst other factors, the licensee's capital adequacy, its capacity to undertake the activity, and its track record in complying with applicable regulatory requirements. Any underwriting activities require the prior approval of the CBB's Capital Market Supervision Directorate and are subject to Module OFS (Offering of Securities) of Volume 6 of the CBB Rulebook.

                Amended: October 2014
                Added: January 2012

              • AU-1.4.12

                A person carries on an activity specified in Rule AU-1.4.11 only if he is a market maker or deals on own account on an organised, frequent and systematic basis by providing a system accessible to third parties in order to engage in dealings with them.

              • AU-1.4.13

                A licensee that carries on an activity of the kind specified by Rule AU-1.4.11 is authorised to act as a market maker and has the ability to deal in financial instruments on terms determined by it. Such a licensee undertakes such an activity using its own financial resources, but may also control client assets or liabilities in the course of its designated investment business.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.4.14

                A person does not carry on an activity specified in Rule AU-1.4.11 if the activity relates to the person issuing his own shares/debentures, warrants or bonds.

              • AU-1.4.15

                The activity specified in Rule AU-1.4.11 may also include providing credit, where it is an incidental part of buying, selling, subscribing for or underwriting financial instruments. However, the amount provided as credit must be paid out of the investment firm licensee's capital and not out of clients' assets.

                Amended: October 2012

              • AU-1.4.16

                Examples of the type of 'incidental' credit activity provided for under Rule AU-1.4.15 include the provision of margin facilities on trading accounts or credit elements intrinsic to a structured or leveraged financial product.

            • Dealing in Financial Instruments as Agent

              • AU-1.4.17

                Dealing in financial instruments as agent means buying, selling, subscribing for or underwriting financial instruments on behalf of a client.

                Amended: October 2012

              • AU-1.4.18

                A licensee that carries on an activity of the kind specified by Rule AU-1.4.17 is not a market maker, does not have the ability to deal in financial instruments on terms determined by it and does not use its own financial resources for the purpose of buying, selling, subscribing for or underwriting financial instruments. Such a licensee may however receive or hold client assets in connection with a client transaction, in its capacity as agent.

                Amended: October 2012
                Amended: July 2007

            • Arranging Deals in Financial Instruments

              • AU-1.4.19

                Arranging deals in financial instruments means making arrangements on behalf of another person, whether as principal or agent, buying, selling or subscribing for deals in financial instruments. This activity does not include the execution of a deal for which the arrangement has been made.

                Amended: January 2012
                Amended: October 2009

              • AU-1.4.19A

                For Category 3 Investment Firms, the activity of arranging the deals is limited to handling the administration arrangements only.

                Added: January 2012

              • AU-1.4.20

                A person does not carry on an activity specified in Rule AU-1.4.19 if the arrangement does not bring about the transaction to which the arrangement relates.

              • AU-1.4.21

                A person does not carry on an activity specified in Rule AU-1.4.19 if a person's activities are limited solely to introducing clients to licensees.

              • AU-1.4.22

                The exclusion in Rule AU-1.4.21 does not apply if the agent receives from any person, other than the client, any pecuniary reward or other advantage, for which he does not account to the client, arising out of his entering into the transaction. Thus, if A receives a commission from B for arranging credit or deals in investment for C, the exclusion in Rule AU-1.4.21 does not apply.

              • AU-1.4.23

                A person does not carry on an activity specified in Rule AU-1.4.19 merely by providing the means of communication between two parties to a transaction.

              • AU-1.4.24

                A person does not carry on an activity specified in Rule AU-1.4.19 if they operate an exchange, duly recognised and authorised by the CBB.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.4.25

                The BFX, as a licensed exchange, is not therefore classed as an investment firm licensee subject to Volume 4 (Investment Business). It is subject to separate rules issued by the CBB (see Volume 6 of the CBB Rulebook).

                Amended: January 2011
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.4.26

                Negotiating terms for an investment on behalf of a client is an example of an activity which may be regarded as activities of the kind specified in Rule AU-1.4.19.

              • AU-1.4.27

                The following are examples of activities which, when taken in isolation, are unlikely to be regarded as an activity of the kind specified in Rule AU-1.4.19:

                (a) Appointing professional advisers;
                (b) Preparing a prospectus/business plan;
                (c) Identifying potential sources of funding;
                (d) Assisting investors/subscribers/borrowers to complete and submit application forms; or
                (e) Receiving application forms for processing/checking and/or onward transmission.
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.4.28

                The activity specified in Rule AU-1.4.19 may also include arranging credit, where it is an incidental part of assisting a client to buy, sell, subscribe for or underwrite any financial instrument.

                Amended: October 2012

              • AU-1.4.29

                Under Rule AU-1.4.28, arranging credit is an activity specified in Rule AU-1.4.19, only where it forms part of other arrangements to assist a client to buy, sell, subscribe for or underwrite a financial instrument. The activity of solely arranging credit is not a regulated activity for the purposes of Rule AU-1.4.19.

                Amended: October 2012

            • Managing Financial Instruments

              • AU-1.4.30

                Managing financial instruments means managing on a discretionary basis financial instruments on behalf of another person.

              • AU-1.4.31

                Activities involving initiating and carrying out investment transactions on behalf of a client on a discretionary basis are included under the definition of Rule AU-1.4.30.

            • Safeguarding Financial Instruments (i.e. Custodian)

              • AU-1.4.32

                Safeguarding financial instruments means the safeguarding of financial instruments for the account of clients.

              • AU-1.4.33

                A person undertaking an activity of the kind specified under Rule AU-1.4.32 may also be engaged in the administration of financial instruments as defined in CBB Rulebook Volume 5 Module AU (Administrators) Paragraphs AU-1.1.11 and AU-1.1.12, including related services such as cash/collateral management, given that strict adherence to segregation of duties is observed.

                Amended: July 2019
                Amended: January 2012
                Amended: July 2010

              • AU-1.4.34

                A person undertaking an activity of the kind specified under Rule AU-1.4.32 cannot execute negotiable instruments such as cheques on behalf of a client.

                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.4.35

                A person does not carry on an activity specified in Rule AU-1.4.32 if the person receives documents relating to a financial instrument for the purpose of onward transmission to, from or at the direction of the person to whom the financial instrument belongs; or else is simply providing a physical safekeeping service such as a deed box.

                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.4.36

                A person does not carry on an activity specified in Rule AU-1.4.32 if a third person, namely a qualifying custodian, accepts responsibility with regard to the financial instrument.

                Amended: July 2010

              • AU-1.4.37

                A 'qualifying custodian' is a licensee who has permission to carry on an activity of the kind specified in Rule AU-1.4.32.

                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.4.38

                A person does not carry on an activity specified in Rule AU-1.4.32 if they are managing a central depository, which is part of an exchange recognised by the CBB.

                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.4.39

                The following are examples of activities which, when taken in isolation, are unlikely to be regarded as an activity of the kind specified under Rule AU-1.4.32:

                (a) Providing information as to the number of units or the value of any assets safeguarded; and
                (b) Converting currency.
                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.4.40 [This Paragraph deleted 07/2007.]

                Deleted: July 2007

            • Advising on Financial Instruments

              • AU-1.4.41

                Advising on financial instruments means giving advice to an investor or potential investor (or a person in his capacity as an agent for an investor or potential investor) on the merits of buying, selling, subscribing for or underwriting a particular financial instrument or exercising any right conferred by such a financial instrument.

                Amended: October 2012

              • AU-1.4.41A

                For the purpose of Rule AU-1.4.41, advising on financial instruments includes giving digital financial advice also known as 'robo-advice' or 'automated advice' using a computer program and algorithm to generate the advice.

                Added: April 2019

              • AU-1.4.42

                The activity defined in Rule AU-1.4.41 above does not include advising on mergers and acquisitions, unless otherwise agreed with the CBB on a case by case basis.

                Added: July 2010

              • AU-1.4.43

                [This Paragraph was deleted in July 2020].

                Deleted: July 2020
                Added: July 2010

              • AU-1.4.44

                The following are examples of activities, which may be regarded as an activity as defined by Rule AU-1.4.41:

                (a) A person may offer to tell a client when shares reach a certain value on the basis that when the price reaches that value it would be a good time to buy or sell them;
                (b) Recommendation on the size or timing of transactions; and
                (c) Advice on the suitability of the financial instrument, or on the characteristics or performance of the financial instrument or credit facility concerned.
                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.4.45

                A person does not carry on an activity specified in Rule AU-1.4.41 by giving advice in any newspaper, journal, magazine, broadcast services or similar service in any medium if the principal purpose of the publication or service, taken as a whole, is neither:

                (a) That of giving advice of the kind mentioned in Rule AU-1.4.41; nor
                (b) That of leading or enabling persons to buy, sell, subscribe for or underwrite a financial instrument.
                Amended: October 2012
                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.4.46

                The following are examples of activities which, when taken in isolation, are unlikely to be regarded as an activity as defined by Rule AU-1.4.41:

                (a) Explaining the structure or the terms and conditions of a financial instrument or credit facility;
                (b) Valuing financial instruments for which there is no ready market;
                (c) Circulating company news or announcements;
                (d) Comparing the benefits and risks of one financial instrument to another; and
                (e) Advising on the likely meaning of uncertain provisions in an agreement relating to, or the terms of, a financial instrument or on the effect of contractual terms and their commercial consequences or on terms that are commonly accepted in the market.
                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.4.47

                A person undertaking an activity of the kind specified under Rule AU-1.4.41 cannot accept or hold client assets or execute negotiable instruments such as cheques on behalf of a client.

                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: July 2007

            • Arranging Credit and Advising on Credit

              • AU-1.4.47A

                Arranging Credit means making arrangements for a borrower, to enter into a credit facility with a credit provider.

                Added: July 2020

              • AU-1.4.47B

                An investment firm licensee may only arrange for, or advise on credit facilities with a credit provider licensed to provide such facilities.

                Added: July 2020

              • AU-1.4.47C

                Activities that constitute Arranging Credit includes:

                (a) Introducing potential borrowers to a credit provider (refer to Rule AU-1.4.47B);
                (b) Providing the required assistance to potential borrowers to obtain credit, such as the completion of application forms and other processes relevant to such transactions;
                (c) Negotiating terms of credit, including fees and charges;
                (d) Arranging for collaterals or other types of assurances required to be provided by the potential borrower to obtain credit; and
                (e) Arranging for corporate structuring and financing such as the acquisition, disposal, structuring, restructuring, financing or refinancing of a legal entity.
                Added: July 2020

              • AU-1.4.47D

                Advising on Credit means giving advice to a borrower, a potential borrower, or a person in his capacity as an agent of a borrower or a potential borrower, on the merits of entering into a particular credit facility.

                Added: July 2020

              • AU-1.4.47E

                For the purposes of Paragraphs AU-1.4.47A to AU-1.4.47D, a borrower is:

                (a) A natural person who is an accredited investor; or
                (b) A legal person who is an accredited investor or expert investor, and the credit facility in question is provided for use in the business activities of:
                (i) the legal person;
                (ii) a controller of the legal person;
                (iii) any member of the group to which the legal person belongs; or
                (iv) a joint venture of a legal person referred to in (i) – (iii).
                Added: July 2020

              • AU-1.4.47F

                For purposes of Subparagraph AU-1.4.47E (a), investment firm licensees are prohibited from dealing with retail clients and/or expert investors.

                Added: July 2020

              • AU-1.4.47G

                Investment firm licensees are encouraged to consider and give priority to CBB licensed credit providers when arranging for, or advising on credit facilities.

                Added: July 2020

            • Operating a Collective Investment Undertaking (i.e. operator)

              • AU-1.4.48

                Operating a collective investment undertaking ('CIU') means operating, managing, establishing or winding up a collective investment undertaking.

                Amended: January 2022
                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.4.49

                For the purposes of Rule AU-1.4.48, a collective investment undertaking is an undertaking the sole object of which is the collective investment of capital raised from the public in financial instruments or other assets and which operates on the basis of risk-spreading; and the holdings of which are re-purchased or redeemed, directly or indirectly, out of those undertakings' assets.

                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.4.50

                A person does not carry on an activity specified in Rule AU-1.4.48 if the activity relates to the person establishing or winding up a collective investment undertaking, and that activity may be reasonably regarded as a necessary in the course of providing legal services or providing accounting services.

                Amended: July 2010

              • AU-1.4.51

                In the case of CIUs whose holdings are listed and traded on a stock exchange (such as a closed-ended fund), actions taken by the CIU to align the stock exchange value of its holdings and its net asset value is taken as equivalent to the repurchase or redemption specified in Rule AU-1.4.49. The definition in Rule AU-1.4.49 thus recognises both open-ended funds and closed-ended funds: unit trusts, investment trusts, mutual funds, SICAV and collective investment schemes are all examples of CIUs. CIUs may also be constituted under contract law (as common funds managed by management companies); trust law (as unit trusts); or under statute (as investment companies).

                Amended: July 2010
                Adopted: July 2007

              • AU-1.4.52

                See Volume 7 (CIU) of the CBB Rulebook, for the rules that apply to CIUs domiciled in Bahrain or domiciled in an overseas jurisdiction, and offered to investors resident in Bahrain. These rules also contain requirements that apply to the operators of such CIUs.

                Amended: October 2012
                Amended: July 2010
                Adopted: July 2007

              • AU-1.4.53

                [Paragraph deleted 07/2006.]

                Amended: July 2010

              • AU-1.4.54

                [Paragraph deleted 07/2006.]

                Amended: July 2010

          • AU-1.5 AU-1.5 Definition of Financial Instruments

            For the purposes of Volume 4, a financial instrument means any of the following:

            Amended: July 2007

            • Transferable Securities

              • AU-1.5.1

                Those classes of securities which are negotiable, with the exception of instruments of payment. Transferable securities include:

                (a) Shares in companies and other securities equivalent to shares in companies, partnerships or other entities, and depositary receipts in respect of shares;
                (b) Bonds or other forms of securitised debt, including depositary receipts in respect of such securities;
                (c) Warrants;
                (d) Any other securities giving the right to acquire or sell any such transferable securities or giving rise to a cash settlement determined by reference to transferable securities, currencies, interest rates or yields, commodities or other indices or measures.
                Amended: July 2007

            • Islamic Financial Instruments

              • AU-1.5.2

                Those financial instruments — as defined elsewhere in Section AU-1.5 — that are shari'a compliant.

                Amended: July 2007

            • Money-market Instruments

              • AU-1.5.3

                Those classes of instruments which are normally dealt in on the money market, such as treasury bills and commercial papers and excluding instruments of payment.

            • Holdings in Collective Investment Undertakings

              • AU-1.5.4

                Rights or interests (however described) of the participants in a collective investment undertaking.

                Amended: July 2007

            • Derivative Contracts other than Commodity Derivatives

              • AU-1.5.5

                Options, futures, forwards, swaps, forward rate agreements and any other derivative contracts relating to securities, currencies, interest rates or yields, or other derivative instruments, financial indices or financial measures which may be settled physically or in cash.

            • Derivative Contracts relating to Commodities Settled in Cash

              • AU-1.5.6

                Options, futures, swaps, forward rate agreements and any other derivative contracts relating to commodities that must be settled in cash or may be settled in cash at the option of one of the parties (otherwise than by reason of a default or other termination event).

            • Derivative Contracts Relating to Commodities

              • AU-1.5.7

                Options, futures, swaps, and any other derivative contract relating to commodities that can be physically settled.

              • AU-1.5.8

                Options, futures, swaps, forwards and any other derivative contracts relating to commodities, that can be physically settled not otherwise mentioned in Rule AU-1.5.7 above and not being for commercial purposes, which have the characteristics of other derivative financial instruments.

                Amended: July 2007

            • Credit Derivatives

              • AU-1.5.9

                Over the counter derivative instruments, which provide for the transfer of credit risk.

            • Financial Contracts for Differences

              • AU-1.5.10

                Comprise rights under a contract for differences, or any other contract the purpose or pretended purpose of which is to secure a profit or avoid a loss by reference to fluctuations in:

                (a) The value or price of investment or property of any description;
                (b) Any currency;
                (c) The rate of interest in any currency or any index of such rates (including interest rate options);
                (d) The level of any index which is derived for the prices of an investment or physical commodity (including index options); or
                (e) Any combination of the above.
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-1.5.11

                The following are excluded from this definition of contracts for differences:

                (a) Contracts where the parties intend that the profit is to be secured or the loss to be avoided by taking delivery of property; and
                (b) Contracts under which money is received by way of deposit on terms that any return to be paid on the sum deposited will be calculated by reference to an index, interest rate, exchange rate or other factor.
                Amended: July 2007

            • Other Derivative Contracts

              • AU-1.5.12

                Options, futures, swaps, forward rate agreements and any other derivative contracts relating to climatic variables, freight rates, emission allowances or inflation rates or other official economic statistics that must be settled in cash or may be settled in cash at the option of one of the parties (otherwise than by reason of a default or other termination event), as well as any other derivative contracts relating to assets, rights, obligations, indices and measures not otherwise mentioned in this Section, which have the characteristics of other derivative financial instruments.

            • Interests in Real Estate Property

              • AU-1.5.13

                Any financial instrument giving right to or interests in real estate property other than owner occupied properties. This excludes the taking of charges over real estate property.

            • Certificates Representing Certain Securities

              • AU-1.5.14

                Certificates or other instruments which confer contractual or property rights:

                (a) In respect of any investment held by someone other than the person on whom the rights are conferred by the certificate or other instrument; and
                (b) The transfer of which may be effected without requiring the consent of that person.
                Amended: July 2007

            • Rights or Interests in Financial Instruments

              • AU-1.5.15

                Rights to or interests in all financial instruments under section AU-1.5.

        • AU-2 AU-2 Licensing Conditions

          • AU-2.1 AU-2.1 Condition 1: Legal Status

            • Category 1 and 2 Investment Firms

              • AU-2.1.1

                The legal status of a Category 1 or Category 2 investment firm licensee must be:

                (i) A Bahraini joint stock company (BSC); or
                (ii) A branch resident in Bahrain of a company incorporated under the laws of its territory of incorporation and (where local regulation so requires) authorised as market-maker in that territory.
                Amended: July 2007

            • Category 3 Investment Firms

              • AU-2.1.2

                The legal status of a Category 3 investment firm licensee must be:

                (i) A Bahraini joint stock company (BSC);
                (ii) A Bahraini company with limited liability ('WLL'); or
                (iii) A branch resident in Bahrain of a company incorporated under the laws of its territory of incorporation and (where local regulation so requires) authorised as market-maker in that territory.
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-2.1.3

                Where the investment firm licensee is a branch of an overseas investment firm, an application for licensing will be considered after extensive enquiries into the firm's shareholders, management structure, financial position, its activities and how these activities are regulated.

                Amended: July 2007

          • AU-2.2 AU-2.2 Condition 2: Mind and Management

            • AU-2.2.1

              Investment firm licensees with their Registered Office in the Kingdom of Bahrain must maintain their Head Office in the Kingdom. Overseas investment firm licensees must maintain a local management presence and premises in the Kingdom appropriate to the nature and scale of their activities.

            • AU-2.2.2

              In assessing the location of an investment firm licensee's Head Office, the CBB will take into account the residency of its Directors and senior management.

              Amended: January 2012
              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-2.2.3

              The CBB requires that all approved persons occupying controlled functions outlined in Paragraph AU-1.2.2, except for Subparagraph (a) director, be resident in Bahrain.

              Amended: January 2021
              Added: January 2012

          • AU-2.3 AU-2.3 Condition 3: Controllers and Close Links

            • AU-2.3.1

              Investment firm licensees must satisfy the CBB that their controllers are suitable and pose no undue risks to the licensee. Investment firm licensees must also satisfy the CBB that their close links do not prevent the effective supervision of the investment firm licensee by the CBB and otherwise pose no undue risks to the licensee.

              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-2.3.2

              For Category 1 and Category 2 investment firm licensees, at least one of the controllers of an investment firm licensee must be a reputable financial institution of financial soundness, operating within a regulated jurisdiction, with a legal structure, all of which must be acceptable to the CBB.

              Amended: January 2012
              Amended: October 2009
              July 2007

            • AU-2.3.3

              Chapters GR-5 and GR-6 contain the CBB's requirements and definitions regarding controllers and close links.

              Amended: October 2009

            • AU-2.3.4

              In summary, controllers are persons who directly or indirectly are significant shareholders in an investment firm licensee, or who are otherwise able to exert significant influence on the investment firm licensee. The CBB seeks to ensure that controllers pose no significant risks to the licensee. In general terms, controllers are assessed in terms of their financial standing, their judicial and regulatory record, and standards of business and (where relevant) personal probity.

              Amended: October 2009
              July 2007

            • AU-2.3.5

              An investment firm licensee has close links with its subsidiaries, with its parent undertakings, and with subsidiaries of its parent undertakings. It also has close links with any entity in which the licensee, its subsidiaries, its parent undertakings, and the subsidiaries of its parent undertakings has an equity interest of more than 20% (either in terms of capital or voting rights). The CBB seeks to ensure that these closely linked entities do not pose any material financial, reputational or other risks to the licensee. The CBB also seeks to ensure that the structure and geographical spread of the group is such that it is subject to adequate scrutiny at group level.

              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-2.3.6

              In all cases, when judging applications from existing groups, the CBB will have regard to the reputation and financial standing of the group as a whole. Where relevant, the CBB will also take into account the extent and quality of supervision applied to overseas members of the group and take into account any information provided by other supervisors in relation to any member of the group.

              Amended: October 2009
              July 2007

          • AU-2.4 AU-2.4 Condition 4: Board and Employees

            • AU-2.4.1

              Those nominated to carry out controlled functions must satisfy CBB's approved person's requirements.

              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-2.4.2

              The definition of controlled functions is contained in AU-1.2, whilst AU-3 sets out CBB's approved persons requirements. Applications for approved person status must be submitted using the prescribed approved persons form.

              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-2.4.3

              The investment firm licensee's staff, taken together, must collectively provide a sufficient range of skills and experience to manage the affairs of the licensee in a sound and prudent manner. Investment firm licensees must ensure their employees meet any training and competency requirements specified by the CBB.

              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-2.4.4

              The CBB's training and competency requirements are contained in Module TC (Training and Competency).

              Amended: July 2007

          • AU-2.5 AU-2.5 Condition 5: Financial Resources

            • AU-2.5.1

              Investment firm licensees must maintain a level of financial resources, as agreed with the CBB, adequate for the level of business proposed. The level of financial resources held must exceed at all times the minimum requirements contained in Module CA (Capital Adequacy), as specified for the category of investment license held.

              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-2.5.2

              [This Paragraph deleted 07/2010.]

              Deleted: July 2010

            • AU-2.5.3

              Overseas applicants are required to provide written confirmation from their head office that the head office will provide financial support to the branch sufficient to enable it to meet its obligations as and when they fall due. Overseas applicants must also demonstrate that the company as a whole is adequately resourced for the amount of risks undertaken.

              Amended: July 2007

          • AU-2.6 AU-2.6 Condition 6: Systems and Controls

            • AU-2.6.1

              Investment firm licensees must maintain systems and controls that are, in the opinion of the CBB, adequate for the scale and complexity of their activities. These systems and controls must meet the minimum requirements contained in Modules HC (High Level Controls) and RM (Risk Management), as specified for the category of investment firm license held.

              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-2.6.2

              Investment firm licensees must maintain adequate segregation of responsibilities in their staffing arrangements, to protect against the misuse of systems or errors. Such segregation should ensure that no single individual has control over all stages of a transaction.

            • AU-2.6.3

              Investment firm licensees must maintain systems and controls that are, in the opinion of the CBB, adequate to address the risks of financial crime occurring in the licensee. These systems and controls must meet the minimum requirements contained in Module FC (Financial Crime), as specified for the category of investment firm license held.

              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-2.6.4

              As part of the licensing approval process, applicants must demonstrate in their business plan (together with any supporting documentation) what risks their business would be subject to and how they would manage those risks. Applicants may also be asked to provide an independent assessment of the appropriateness of their systems and controls to the CBB.

              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-2.6.5

              Investment firm licensees must, in connection with any client assets received in the course of their business, establish and maintain separate client accounts, segregated from those used for their own funds, as required in Module CL.

              Amended: July 2007

          • AU-2.7 AU-2.7 Condition 7: External Auditors

            • AU-2.7.1

              Investment firm licensees must appoint external auditors, subject to prior CBB approval. The minimum requirements regarding auditors contained in Module AA (Auditors and Accounting Standards) must be met.

              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-2.7.2

              [This Paragraph deleted 07/2010.]

              Deleted: July 2010

          • AU-2.8 AU-2.8 Condition 8: Other Requirements

            • Books and Records

              • AU-2.8.1

                Investment firm licensees must maintain comprehensive books of accounts and other records, which must be available for inspection within the Kingdom of Bahrain by the CBB, or persons appointed by the CBB, at any time. Investment firm licensees must comply with the minimum record-keeping requirements contained in Module GR. Books of accounts must comply with IAS (and relevant AAOIFI) standards.

                Amended: July 2007

            • Provision of Information

              • AU-2.8.2

                Investment firm licensees must act in an open and cooperative manner with the CBB. Investment firm licensees must meet the regulatory reporting and public disclosure requirements contained in Modules BR and PD respectively.

                Amended: July 2007

            • General Conduct

              • AU-2.8.3

                Investment firm licensees must conduct their activities in a professional and orderly manner, in keeping with good market practice standards. Investment firm licensees must comply with the general standards of business conduct contained in Module PB, as well as the standards relating to treatment of customers contained in Module BC.

            • License Fees

              • AU-2.8.4

                Investment firm licensees must comply with any license fee requirements applied by the CBB.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-2.8.5

                License fee requirements are contained in Chapter AU-6.

                Amended: July 2007

            • Additional Conditions

              • AU-2.8.6

                Investment firm licensees must comply with any other specific requirements or restrictions imposed by the CBB on the scope of their license.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-2.8.7

                When granting a license, the CBB specifies the regulated investment services that the licensee may undertake and the category of investment firm license granted. Licensees must respect the scope of their license. AU-5.4 sets out the process for varying the scope of an authorisation, should a licensee wish to undertake new regulated investment services.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-2.8.8

                In addition, the CBB may vary existing requirements or impose additional restrictions or requirements, beyond those already specified in Volume 4, to address specific risks.

                Amended: July 2007

        • AU-3 AU-3 Approved Persons Conditions

          • AU-3.1 AU-3.1 Condition 1: 'Fit and Proper'

            • AU-3.1.1

              Licensees seeking an approved person authorisation for an individual, must satisfy the CBB that the individual concerned is 'fit and proper' to undertake the controlled function in question.

              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-3.1.2

              The authorisation requirement for persons nominated to carry out controlled functions is contained in Section AU-1.2. The authorisation process is described in Section AU-5.2.

              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-3.1.3

              Each applicant applying for approved person status and those individuals occupying approved person positions must comply with the following conditions:

              (a) Has not previously been convicted of any felony or crime that relates to his/her honesty and/or integrity unless he/she has subsequently been restored to good standing;
              (b) Has not been the subject of any adverse finding in a civil action by any court or competent jurisdiction, relating to fraud;
              (c) Has not been adjudged bankrupt by a court unless a period of 10 years has passed, during which the person has been able to meet all his/her obligations and has achieved economic accomplishments;
              (d) Has not been disqualified by a court, regulator or other competent body, as a director or as a manager of a corporation;
              (e) Has not failed to satisfy a judgement debt under a court order resulting from a business relationship;
              (f) Must have personal integrity, good conduct and reputation;
              (g) Has appropriate professional and other qualifications for the controlled function in question (see Appendix TC-1 in Module TC (Training and Competency)); and
              (h) Has sufficient experience to perform the duties of the controlled function (see Appendix TC-1 in Module TC (Training and Competency)).
              Amended: January 2016
              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-3.1.4

              In assessing the conditions prescribed in Rule AU-3.1.3, the CBB will take into account the criteria contained in Section AU-3.2. The CBB reviews each application on a case-by-case basis, taking into account all relevant circumstances. A person may be considered 'fit and proper' to undertake one type of controlled function but not another, depending on the function's job size and required levels of experience and expertise. Similarly, a person approved to undertake a controlled function in one investment firm licensee may not be considered to have sufficient expertise and experience to undertake nominally the same controlled function but in a much bigger licensee.

              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-3.1.5

              In assessing a person's fitness and propriety, the CBB will also consider previous professional and personal conduct (in Bahrain or elsewhere) including, but not limited to, the following:

              (a) The propriety of a person's conduct, whether or not such conduct resulted in a criminal offence being committed, the contravention of a law or regulation, or the institution of legal or disciplinary proceedings;
              (b) A conviction or finding of guilt in respect of any offence, other than a minor traffic offence, by any court or competent jurisdiction;
              (c) Any adverse finding in a civil action by any court or competent jurisdiction, relating to misfeasance or other misconduct in connection with the formation or management of a corporation or partnership;
              (d) Whether the person, or any body corporate, partnership or unincorporated institution to which the applicant has, or has been associated with as a director, controller, manager or company secretary been the subject of any disciplinary proceeding, investigation or fines by any government authority, regulatory agency or professional body or association;
              (e) The contravention of any financial services legislation;
              (f) Whether the person has ever been refused a license, authorisation, registration or other authority;
              (g) Dismissal or a request to resign from any office or employment;
              (h) Whether the person has been a Director, partner or manager of a corporation or partnership which has gone into liquidation or administration or where one or more partners have been declared bankrupt whilst the person was connected with that partnership;
              (i) The extent to which the person has been truthful and open with supervisors; and
              (j) Whether the person has ever entered into any arrangement with creditors in relation to the inability to pay due debts.
              Added: January 2016

            • AU-3.1.6

              With respect to Paragraph AU-3.1.5, the CBB will take into account the length of time since any such event occurred, as well as the seriousness of the matter in question.

              Added: January 2016

            • AU-3.1.7

              Approved persons undertaking a controlled function must act prudently, and with honesty, integrity, care, skill and due diligence in the performance of their duties. They must avoid conflicts of interest arising whilst undertaking a controlled function.

              Amended: January 2016
              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-3.1.8

              In determining where there may be a conflict of interest arising, factors that may be considered will include whether:

              (a) A person has breached any fiduciary obligations to the company or terms of employment;
              (b) A person has undertaken actions that would be difficult to defend, when looked at objectively, as being in the interest of the licensee; and
              (c) A person has failed to declare a personal interest that has a material impact in terms of the person's relationship with the licensee.
              Amended: January 2016
              Amended: July 2007

            • AU-3.1.9

              Further guidance on the process for assessing a person's 'fit and proper' status is given in Module EN (Enforcement): see Chapter EN-8.

              Added: January 2016

          • AU-3.2 AU-3.2 [This Section was deleted in January 2016]

            • AU-3.2.1

              [This Paragraph was deleted in January 2016.]

            • AU-3.2.2

              [This Paragraph was deleted in January 2016.]

            • AU-3.2.3

              [This Paragraph was moved to Paragraph AU-3.1.9 in January 2016.]

        • AU-4 AU-4 [This Chapter deleted 07/2007]

          Deleted: July 2007

          • AU-4.1 AU-4.1 Condition 1: Relevant Expertise

            • AU-4.1.1

              Administrators seeking registration must satisfy the BMA that they have relevant expertise. They must hold appropriate professional qualifications from a relevant, recognised professional body.

            • AU-4.1.2

              In the case of corporate persons wishing to provide administration services, the BMA expects management and other staff collectively to have sufficient appropriate expertise to ensure a professional level of service.

          • AU-4.2 AU-4.2 Condition 2: General Suitability

            • AU-4.2.1

              Administrators seeking registration must satisfy the BMA that they are generally suitable to operate as such.

            • AU-4.2.2

              The Agency will have regard to the fitness and propriety of the person seeking registration to operate as Administrators, using the rules and guidance contained in Sections AU-3.1 and AU-3.2.

            • AU-4.2.3

              The Agency will have regard to the person's reputation, financial soundness, and business conduct. The BMA will also review closely linked entities against the same criteria, using the definition of close links contained in Module GR (General Requirements).

          • AU-4.3 AU-4.3 Condition 3: Systems and Controls

            • AU-4.3.1

              Administrators seeking registration must maintain systems and controls that are, in the opinion of the BMA, adequate for the scale and complexity of their activities.

            • AU-4.3.2

              Administrators seeking registration must maintain systems and controls that are, in the opinion of the BMA, adequate to address the risks of financial crime occurring. These systems and controls must meet the minimum requirements contained in Module FC (Financial Crime)

          • AU-4.4 AU-4.4 Condition 4: External Auditors

            • AU-4.4.1

              Administrators seeking registration must appoint external auditors, subject to prior BMA approval. The minimum requirements regarding auditors contained in Module AA (Auditors and Accounting Standards) must be met.

            • AU-4.4.2

              Administrators seeking registration must submit details of their proposed external auditors to the BMA.

          • AU-4.5 AU-4.5 Condition 5: Other requirements

            • Books and Records

              • AU-4.5.1

                Administrators must maintain comprehensive books of accounts and other records, which must be available for inspection within the Kingdom of Bahrain by the BMA, or persons appointed by the BMA, at any time. Administrators must comply with the minimum record-keeping requirements contained in Module GR.

            • Provision of Information

              • AU-4.5.2

                Administrators must act in an open and cooperative manner with the BMA.

        • AU-5 AU-5 Information Requirements and Processes

          • AU-5.1 AU-5.1 Licensing

            • Application Form and Documents

              • AU-5.1.1

                Applicants for a license must fill in the Application Form 1 (Application for a License) online, available on the CBB website under E-services/online Forms. The applicant must upload scanned copies of supporting documents listed in Paragraph AU-5.1.5, unless otherwise directed by the CBB.

                Amended: July 2019
                Amended: April 2018
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.1.2

                Articles 44 to 47 of the CBB Law govern the licensing process. This prescribes a single stage process, with the CBB required to take a decision within 60 calendar days of an application being deemed complete (i.e. containing all required information and documents). See below, for further details on the licensing process and time-lines.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.1.3

                References to applicant mean the proposed licensee seeking authorisation. An applicant may appoint a representative — such as a law firm or professional consultancy — to prepare and submit the application. However, the applicant retains full responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the application, and is required to certify the application form accordingly. The CBB also expects to be able to liaise directly with the applicant during the authorisation process, when seeking clarification of any issues.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.1.4

                This Paragraph was deleted in January 2016.]

              • AU-5.1.5

                Unless otherwise directed by the CBB, the following documents must be provided in support of a Form 1:

                (a) A duly completed Form 2 (Application for Authorisation of Controller) for each controller of the proposed licensee;
                (b) A duly completed Form 3 (Application for Approved Person status), for each individual proposed to undertake controlled functions (as defined in Rule AU-1.2.2) in the proposed licensee;
                (c) A comprehensive business plan for the application, addressing the matters described in AU-5.1.6;
                (d) For overseas companies, a copy of the company's current commercial registration or equivalent documentation;
                (e) Where the applicant is an existing Bahraini company, a copy of the applicant's commercial registration certificate;
                (f) A certified copy of a Board resolution of the applicant, confirming its decision to seek a CBB investment firm license;
                (g) Details of the proposed licensee's close links, if any, as defined under Chapter GR-6;
                (h) In the case of applicants that are part of a regulated group, a letter of non-objection to the proposed license application from the applicant's lead supervisor, together with confirmation that the group is in good regulatory standing and is in compliance with applicable supervisory requirements, including those relating to capital requirements;
                (i) In the case of branch applicants, a letter of non-objection to the proposed license application from the applicant's home supervisor, together with confirmation that the applicant is in good regulatory standing and the company concerned is in compliance with applicable supervisory requirements, including those relating to capital;
                (j) In the case of branch applicants, copies of the audited financial statements of the applicant (head office) for the three years immediately prior to the date of application;
                (k) In the case of applicants that are part of a group, copies of the audited financial statements of the applicant's group, for the three years immediately prior to the date of application;
                (l) In the case of applicants not falling under either (j) or (k) above, copies of the audited financial statements of the applicant's major shareholder (where they are a legal person), for the three years immediately prior to the date of application;
                (m) In the case of applicants seeking to raise part of their capital through a private placement, a draft of the relevant private placement memorandum, together with a formal, independent legal opinion confirming that the memorandum complies with all applicable capital markets laws and regulations;
                (n) A copy of the applicant's memorandum and articles of association (in draft form for applicants creating a new company) addressing the matters described in AU-5.1.8;
                (o) [Subparagraph deleted in January 2008]; and
                (p) [Subparagraph deleted in January 2008].
                Amended: April 2011
                Amended: October 2009
                Amended: January 2008
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.1.5A

                The CBB, in its complete discretion may ask for a guarantee from the applicant's controlling or major shareholders on a case by case basis as it deems appropriate/necessary as part of the required documents to be submitted as mentioned in Paragraph AU-5.1.5 above.

                Amended: January 2011
                Amended: July 2010
                Added: January 2008

              • AU-5.1.6

                The business plan submitted in support of an application must include:

                (a) An outline of the history of the applicant and its shareholders;
                (b) The reasons for applying for a license, including the applicant's strategy and market objectives;/div>
                (c) The proposed type of activities to be carried on by the applicant in/from the Kingdom of Bahrain;
                (d) The proposed Board and senior management of the applicant and the proposed organisational structure of the applicant;
                (e) An independent assessment of the risks that may be faced by the applicant, together with the proposed systems and controls framework to be put in place for addressing those risks and to be used for the main business functions; and
                (f) An opening balance sheet for the applicant, together with a three-year financial projection, with all assumptions clearly outlined, demonstrating that the applicant will be able to meet applicable capital adequacy requirements.
                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.1.7

                In the case of applicants seeking to raise capital (refer to AU-5.1.5(m)), the CBB's review is aimed at checking that the proposed private placement complies with applicable capital markets laws and regulations, and that the information contained in the private placement memorandum ('PPM') is consistent with the information provided in the license application. The CBB's review does not in any way constitute an approval or endorsement as to any claims made in the PPM regarding the future value of the company concerned. Note also that the CBB will not license applicants without a core group of sponsoring shareholders (who can demonstrate a strong business track record with relevant expertise), and where failure of the private placement to raise its targeted amount would leave the institution unable to comply with the CBB's minimum capital requirements. The CBB will normally expect core shareholders to account for at least 40% of the applicant's initial proposed total capital.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.1.7A

                The PPM must comply with the requirements contained under Module OFS (Offering of Securities) of Volume 6 of the CBB Rulebook and is subject to the CBB's Capital Market Supervision Directorate's prior approval.

                Added: October 2014

              • AU-5.1.8

                The applicant's memorandum and articles of association must explicitly provide for it to undertake the activities proposed in the license application, and must preclude the applicant from undertaking other regulated services, or commercial activities, unless these arise out of its investment activities or are incidental to those.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.1.9

                All documentation provided to the CBB as part of an application for a license must be in either the Arabic or English languages. Any documentation in a language other than English or Arabic must be accompanied by a certified English or Arabic translation thereof.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.1.10

                Any material changes or proposed changes to the information provided to the CBB in support of an authorisation application that occurs prior to authorisation must be reported to the CBB.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.1.11

                Failure to inform the CBB of the changes specified in Rule AU-5.1.10 is likely to be viewed as a failure to provide full and open disclosure of information, and thus a failure to meet licensing condition Rule AU-2.8.2.

                Amended: July 2007

            • Licensing Process and Timelines

              • AU-5.1.12

                By law, the 60 day time limit referred to in Paragraph AU-5.1.2 only applies once the application is complete and all required information (which may include any clarifications requested by the CBB) and documents have been provided. This means that all the items specified in Rule AU-5.1.5 have to be provided, before the CBB may issue a license.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.1.12A

                The CBB recognises, however, that applicants may find it difficult to secure suitable senior management (refer AU-5.1.5(b) above) in the absence of preliminary assurances regarding the likelihood of obtaining a license.

                Amended: July 2010
                Adopted: July 2007

              • AU-5.1.12B

                Therefore, applicants may first submit an unsigned Form 1 in draft, together with as many as possible of the items specified in Rule AU-5.1.5. This draft application should contain at least items AU-5.1.5(a); AU-5.1.5(b), with respect to proposed Directors (but not necessarily senior management); AU-5.1.5(c); AU-5.1.5(d); and AU-5.1.5(g) to AU-5.1.5(m) inclusive.

                Amended: July 2010
                Adopted: July 2007

              • AU-5.1.12C

                On the basis of the information specified in Paragraph AU-5.1.12B, the CBB may provide an initial 'in principle' confirmation that the applicant appears likely to meet the CBB's licensing requirements, subject to the remaining information and documents being assessed as satisfactory. The 'in principle' confirmation will also list all outstanding documents required before an application can be considered complete and subject to formal consideration.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • AU-5.1.12D

                An 'in principle' confirmation does not constitute a license approval, nor does it commit the CBB to issuing a license. However, it provides sufficient assurance for an applicant to complete certain practical steps, such as securing suitable executive staff that satisfy CBB's 'fit and proper' requirements. Once this has been done, the applicant may finalise its application, by submitting the remaining documents required under Rule AU-5.1.1 and, once assessed as complete by the CBB, a signed and dated final version of Form 1. However, a Bahraini company proposing to undertake financial services activities would not be eligible to obtain a Commercial Registration from the Ministry of Industry and Commerce unless it receives the final approval from the CBB.

                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: April 2008
                Adopted: July 2007

              • AU-5.1.12E

                Regardless of whether an applicant submits a draft application or not, all potential applicants are strongly encouraged to contact the CBB at an early stage to discuss their plans, for guidance on the CBB's license categories and associated requirements. The Licensing Directorate would normally expect to hold at least one pre-application meeting with an applicant, prior to receiving an application (either in draft or in final).

                Amended: April 2018
                Adopted: July 2007

              • AU-5.1.12F

                Potential applicants should initiate pre-application meetings in writing, setting out a short summary of their proposed business and any issues or questions that they may have already identified, once they have a clear business proposition in mind and have undertaken their preliminary research. The Central Bank can then guide the applicant on the specific areas in the Rulebook that will apply to them and the relevant requirements that they must address in their application.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • AU-5.1.12G

                At no point should an applicant hold themselves out as having been licensed by the CBB, prior to receiving formal written notification of the fact in accordance with Rule AU-5.1.12H below. Failure to do so may constitute grounds for refusing an application and result in a contravention of Articles 40 and 41 of the CBB Law (which carries a maximum penalty of BD 1 million).

                Adopted: July 2007

            • Granting or Refusal of License

              • AU-5.1.12H

                To be granted a license, an applicant must demonstrate compliance with the applicable requirements of the CBB Law and this Module. Should a license be granted, the CBB will notify the applicant in writing of the fact; the CBB will also publish its decision to grant a license in the Official Gazette and in two local newspapers (one published in Arabic, the other in English). The license may be subject to such terms and conditions as the CBB deems necessary for the additional conditions being met.

                Amended: October 2019
                Adopted: July 2007

              • AU-5.1.12I

                The CBB may refuse to grant a license if in its opinion:

                (a) The requirements of the CBB Law or this Module are not met;
                (b) False or misleading information has been provided to the CBB, or information which should have been provided to the CBB has not been so provided; or
                (c) The CBB believes it necessary in order to safeguard the interests of potential customers.
                Amended: October 2019
                Adopted: July 2007

              • AU-5.1.12J

                Where the CBB proposes to refuse an application for a license, it will give the applicant a written notice to that effect. Applicants will be given a minimum of 30 calendar days from the date of the written notice to appeal the decision, as per the appeal procedures specified in the notice; these procedures will comply with the provisions contained in Article 46 of the CBB Law.

                Amended: October 2019
                Adopted: July 2007

              • AU-5.1.12K

                Before the final approval is granted to a licensee, confirmation from a retail bank addressed to the CBB that the licensee's capital (injected funds) — as specified in the business plan submitted under Rule AU-5.1.5) — has been paid in must be provided to the CBB.

                Added: July 2010

            • Starting Operations

              • AU-5.1.13

                Within 6 months of the license being issued, the new licensee must provide to the CBB (if not previously submitted):

                (a) The registered office address and details of premises to be used to carry out the business of the proposed licensee;
                (b) The address in the Kingdom of Bahrain where full business records will be kept;
                (c) The licensee's contact details including telephone and fax number, e-mail address and website;
                (d) A copy of its business continuity plan;
                (e) A description of the IT system that will be used, including details of how IT systems and other records will be backed up;
                (f) A copy of the auditor's acceptance to act as auditor for the applicant;
                (g) [Sub paragraph deleted July 2010];
                (h) A copy of the licensee's professional indemnity insurance policy or confirmation that a deposit to an amount specified by the CBB has been placed in escrow in an account at a bank licensed in the Kingdom of Bahrain (see Section GR-9.1); and
                (i) A copy of the applicant's notarised memorandum and articles of association, addressing the matters described in Paragraph AU-5.1.8;
                (j) A copy of the Ministry of Industry and Commerce commercial registration certificate in Arabic and in English;
                (k) An updated organisation chart showing the reporting lines, committees (if any) and including the names of the persons undertaking the controlled functions.
                (l) A copy of the licensee's business card and any written communication (including stationery, website, e-mail, business documentation, etc.) including a statement that the investment firm is licensed by the CBB; and
                (m) Any other information as may be specified by the CBB.
                Amended: January 2011
                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: January 2008
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.1.14

                New licensees must start their operations within 6 months of being granted a license by the CBB, failing which the CBB may cancel the license, as per the powers and procedures set out in Article 48 of the CBB Law.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.1.15

                The procedures for amending or cancelling licenses are contained in Sections AU-5.4 and AU-5.5 respectively.

                Amended: July 2007

          • AU-5.2 AU-5.2 Approved Persons

            • Prior Approval Requirements and Process

              • AU-5.2.1

                Investment firm licensees must obtain CBB's prior written approval before a person is formally appointed to a controlled function. The request for CBB approval must be made by submitting to the CBB a duly completed Form 3 (Application for Approved Person status) and Curriculum Vitae after verifying that all the information contained in the Form 3, including previous experience, is accurate. Form 3 is available under Volume 4 Part B Authorisation Forms of the CBB Rulebook.

                Amended: January 2016
                Amended: July 2015
                Amended: October 2009
                July 2007

              • AU-5.2.2

                When the request for approved person status forms part of a license application, the Form 3 must be marked for the attention of the Director, Licensing Directorate. When the submission to undertake a controlled function is in relation to an existing investment firm licensee, the Form 3, except if dealing with a MLRO, must be marked for the attention of the Director, Financial Institutions Supervision Directorate. In the case of the MLRO, Form 3 should be marked for the attention of the Director, Compliance Directorate.

                Amended: April 2018
                Amended: April 2008
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.2.3

                When submitting Form 3, investment firm licensees must ensure that the Form 3 is:

                (a) Submitted to the CBB with a covering letter signed by an authorised representative of the investment firm licensee, seeking approval for the proposed controlled function;
                (b) Submitted in original form;
                (c) Submitted with a certified copy of the applicant's passport, original or certified copies of educational and professional qualification certificates (and translation if not in Arabic or English) and the Curriculum Vitae; and
                (d) Signed by an authorised representative of the licensee and all pages stamped with the licensee's seal.
                (e) Submitted with the existing organisation chart or a proposed organisation chart (if the existing organisation chart is to be amended) reflecting the reporting line of the applicant. This is for all controlled functions listed in Rule AU-1.2.2 except a & e.
                Amended: October 2016
                Amended: July 2015
                Amended: October 2009

              • AU-5.2.3A

                Investment firm licensees seeking to appoint Board Directors must seek CBB approval for all the candidates to be put forward for election/approval at a shareholders' meeting, in advance of the agenda being issued to shareholders. CBB approval of the candidates does not in any way limit shareholders' rights to refuse those put forward for election/approval.

                Added: July 2015

              • AU-5.2.4

                For existing licensees applying for the appointment of a Director or the Chief Executive/General Manager, the authorised representative should be the Chairman of the Board or a Director signing on behalf of the Board. For all other controlled functions, the authorised representative should be the Chief Executive/General Manager.

                Amended: July 2015
                Amended: October 2009

              • AU-5.2.5

                [This Paragraph was deleted in July 2015.]

                Deleted: July 2015

              • AU-5.2.6

                [This Paragraph was moved to Paragraph AU-5.2.3A in July 2015.]

                Amended: July 2015
                Amended: October 2009
                Amended: July 2007

            • Assessment of Application

              • AU-5.2.6A

                The CBB shall review and assess the application for approved person status to ensure that it satisfies all the conditions required in Paragraph AU-3.1.3 and the criteria outlined in Paragraph AU-3.1.5.

                Amended: January 2016
                Added: July 2015

              • AU-5.2.6B

                For purposes of Paragraph AU-5.2.6A, investment firm licensees should give the CBB a reasonable amount of notice in order for an application to be reviewed. The CBB shall respond within 15 business days from the date of meeting all regulatory requirements, including but not limited to receiving the application complete with all the required information and documents, as well as verifying references.

                Amended: January 2016
                Added: July 2015

              • AU-5.2.6C

                The CBB reserves the right to refuse an application for approved person status if it does not satisfy the conditions provided for in Paragraph AU-3.1.3 and does not satisfy the CBB criteria in Paragraph AU-3.1.5. A notice of such refusal is issued by registered mail to the licensee concerned, setting out the basis for the decision.

                Amended: January 2016
                Added: July 2015

              • AU-5.2.7

                [This Paragraph was deleted in January 2016.]

            • Appeal Process

              • AU-5.2.7A

                Investment firm licensees or the nominated approved persons may, within 30 calendar days of the notification, appeal against the CBB's decision to refuse the application for approved person status. The CBB shall decide on the appeal and notify the investment firm licensee of its decision within 30 calendar days from submitting the appeal.

                Added: July 2015

              • AU-5.2.7B

                Where notification of the CBB's decision to grant a person approved person status is not issued within 15 business days from the date of meeting all regulatory requirements, including but not limited to, receiving the application complete with all the required information and documents, investment firm licensees or the nominated approved persons may appeal to the Executive Director, Financial Institutions Supervision of the CBB provided that the appeal is justified with supporting documents. The CBB shall decide on the appeal and notify the investment firm licensee of its decision within 30 calendar days from the date of submitting the appeal.

                Amended: January 2016
                Added: July 2015

            • Notification Requirements and Process

              • AU-5.2.8

                Investment firm licensees must immediately notify the CBB when an approved person ceases to hold a controlled function together with an explanation as to the reasons why (see Paragraph AU-5.5.5). In such cases, their approved person status is automatically withdrawn by the CBB.

                Amended: October 2009
                Amended: July 2008
                Amended: April 2008
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.2.9

                Investment firm licensees must immediately notify the CBB in case of any material change to the information provided in a Form 3 submitted for an approved person.

                Amended: October 2009

              • AU-5.2.10

                Investment firm licensees must immediately notify the CBB when they become aware of any of the events listed in Paragraph EN-8.2.3, affecting one of their approved persons.

                Amended: October 2009

          • AU-5.3 AU-5.3 [This Section deleted 07/2007]

            Deleted: July 2007

            • AU-5.3.1

              Persons wishing to be registered as an administrator must submit a duly completed Form 4 (Application for Registration). The form must be marked for the attention of the Director, Licensing and Policy Directorate.

            • AU-5.3.2

              BMA aims to respond to applications for registration within 2 weeks of receipt of a Form 4, although in some cases, where referral to an overseas supervisor is required, the response time is likely to be longer.

            • AU-5.3.3

              All refusals by the BMA to grant a person registered person status have to be reviewed and approved by an Executive Director of the BMA. A notice of intent is issued to the person concerned, setting out the basis for the decision. The person has 30 calendar days from the date of the notice in which to appeal the decision. The BMA then has 30 calendar days from the date of the representation in which to make a final determination. See also Chapter EN-10.

          • AU-5.4 AU-5.4 Amendment of Authorisation

            • Licenses

              • AU-5.4.1

                Investment firm licensees wishing to vary the scope of their license must obtain the CBB's written approval, before effecting any such change. Approval must be sought whenever a licensee wishes to add or cease undertaking a regulated investment service, change license category, or to vary a condition imposed on their license.

                Amended: January 2022
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.4.2

                Failure to secure the CBB approval prior to effecting such changes is likely to be viewed as a serious breach of a licensee's regulatory obligations, and may constitute a breach of Article 40(a), as well as Article 50(a), of the CBB Law.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.4.3

                In addition to any other information requested by the CBB, and unless otherwise directed by the CBB, an investment firm licensee requesting CBB approval to undertake a new regulated investment service must provide the following documentation:

                (a) A summary of the rationale for undertaking the proposed new service;
                (b) A description of how the new service will be managed and controlled; and
                (c) An analysis of the financial impact of the new service.
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.4.4

                The CBB will only agree to amend a license if doing so poses, in its judgement, no unacceptable risks to customers. As provided for under Article 48 of the CBB Law, the CBB may itself move to amend a license, for instance if a licensee fails to satisfy any of its existing license conditions or protecting the legitimate interests of customers or creditors of the licensee requires such a change. See also Chapter EN-7, regarding the cancellation or amendment of licenses, including the procedures used in such instances.

                Amended: July 2007

            • Approved Persons

              • AU-5.4.5

                Investment firm licensees must seek prior CBB approval before an approved person may move from one controlled function to another within the same licensee.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • AU-5.4.6

                In such instances, a new Form 3 (Application for Approved Person status) should be completed and submitted to the CBB. Note that a person may be considered ‘fit and proper’ for one controlled function, but not for another, if for instance the new role requires a different set of skills and experience. Where an approved person is moving to a controlled function in another licensee, the first licensee should notify the CBB of that person’s departure (see Rule AU-5.5.5), and the new licensee should submit a request for approval under Rule AU-1.2.1.

                Adopted: July 2007

          • AU-5.5 AU-5.5 Cancellation of Authorisation

            • Voluntary Surrender of a License or Closure of a Branch

              • AU-5.5.1

                In accordance with Article 50 of the CBB Law, investment firm licensees wishing to cancel their license or cease activities for a branch must obtain the CBB's written approval, before ceasing their activities. All such requests must be made in writing to the Director, Financial Institutions Supervision, setting out in full the reasons for the request and how the business is to be wound up.

                Amended: October 2011
                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.5.2

                Investment firm licensees must satisfy the CBB that their customers' interests are to be safeguarded during and after the proposed cancellation. The requirements contained in Module GR regarding cessation of business must be satisfied.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.5.3

                Failure to comply with Rule AU-5.5.1 constitutes a breach of Article 50(a) of the CBB Law. The CBB will only approve such a request where it has no outstanding regulatory concerns and any relevant customer interests would not be prejudiced. A voluntary surrender of a license will not be accepted where it is aimed at pre-empting supervisory actions by the CBB. A voluntary surrender will only be allowed to take effect once the licensee, in the opinion of the CBB, has discharged all its regulatory responsibilities to customers.

                Amended: January 2011
                Amended: July 2007

            • Cancellation of a License by the CBB

              • AU-5.5.4

                As provided for under Article 48(c) of the CBB Law, the CBB may itself move to cancel a license, for instance if a licensee fails to satisfy any of its existing license conditions or protecting the legitimate interests of customers or creditors of the licensee requires a cancellation. The CBB generally views the cancellation of a license as appropriate only in the most serious of circumstances, and generally tries to address supervisory concerns through other means beforehand. See also Chapter EN-7, regarding the cancellation or amendment of licenses, including the procedures used in such instances and the licensee's right to appeal the formal notice of cancellation issued by the CBB.

                Amended: October 2011
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.5.4A

                Cancellation of a license requires the CBB to issue a formal notice of cancellation to the licensee concerned. The notice of cancellation describes the CBB's rationale for the proposed cancellation, as specified in Article 48(d) of the CBB Law.

                Amended: October 2012
                Adopted: October 2011

              • AU-5.5.4B

                Where the cancellation of a license has been confirmed by the CBB, the CBB will only effect the cancellation once a licensee has discharged all its regulatory responsibilities to clients. Until such time, the CBB will retain all its regulatory powers towards the licensee and will direct the licensee so that no new regulated investment services may be undertaken whilst the licensee discharges its obligations to its clients.

                Adopted: October 2011

            • Cancellation of Approved Person Status

              • AU-5.5.5

                In accordance with Paragraph AU-5.2.8, investment firm licensees must promptly notify the CBB in writing as soon as they become aware, when a person undertaking a controlled function will no longer be carrying out that function. If a controlled function falls vacant, the investment firm licensee must appoint a permanent replacement (after obtaining CBB approval), within 120 calendar days of the vacancy occurring. Pending the appointment of a permanent replacement, the investment firm licensee must make immediate interim arrangements to ensure continuity of the duties and responsibilities of the controlled function affected, provided that such arrangements do not pose a conflict of duties. These interim arrangements must be approved by the CBB.

                Amended: July 2015
                Amended: January 2012
                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: April 2008
                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.5.6

                The explanation given for any such changes should simply identify if the planned move was prompted by any concerns over the person concerned, or is due to a routine staff change, retirement or similar reason.

                Amended: July 2007

              • AU-5.5.7

                The CBB may also move to declare someone as not 'fit and proper', in response to significant compliance failures or other improper behaviour by that person: see Chapter EN-8 regarding the cancellation of 'fit and proper' approval.

                Amended: July 2007

          • AU-5.6 AU-5.6 Publication of the Decision to Grant, Cancel or Amend a License

            • AU-5.6.1

              In accordance with Articles 47 and 49 of the CBB Law, the CBB will publish its decision to grant, cancel or amend a license in the Official Gazette and in two local newspapers, one in Arabic and the other in English.

              Amended: October 2019
              Added: July 2017

            • AU-5.6.2

              For the purposes of Paragraph AU-5.6.1, the cost of publication must be borne by the Licensee.

              Added: July 2017

            • AU-5.6.3

              The CBB may also publish its decision on such cancellation or amendment using any other means it considers appropriate, including electronic means.

              Added: July 2017

        • AU-6 AU-6 License Fees

          • AU-6.1 AU-6.1 License Application Fees

            • AU-6.1.1

              Applicants seeking an investment firm license from the CBB must pay a non-refundable license application fee of BD 100 at the time of submitting their formal application to the CBB.

              Amended: July 2010
              Adopted: July 2007

            • AU-6.1.2

              There are no application fees for those seeking approved person status.

              Adopted: July 2007

          • AU-6.2 AU-6.2 Annual License Fees

            • AU-6.2.1

              Investment firm licensees must pay the relevant annual license fee to the CBB, on the 1st of December of the preceding year for which the fees are due.

              Amended: July 2013
              Adopted: July 2007

            • AU-6.2.2

              The relevant fees are specified in Rules AU-6.2.3 to AU-6.2.5 below: different fees are specified for Category 1, Category 2 and Category 3 investment firms. The fees due on 1st December are those due for the following calendar year, and are calculated on the basis of the firm's latest audited financial statements for the previous calendar year: i.e. the fee payable on 1st December 2013 for the 2014 year (for example) is calculated using the audited financial statements for 2012, assuming a 31st December year end. Where a licensee does not operate its accounts on a calendar-year basis, then the most recent audited financial statements available are used instead.

              Amended: July 2013
              Adopted: July 2007

            • AU-6.2.3

              Category 1 investment firms must pay a variable annual licensing fee based on 0.25% of their relevant operating expenses, subject to a minimum ('floor') of BD 6,000 and a maximum ('cap') of BD 24,000.

              Amended: July 2013
              Adopted: July 2007

            • AU-6.2.4

              Category 2 investment firms must pay a variable annual licensing fee based on 0.25% of their relevant operating expenses, subject to a minimum ('floor') of BD 4,000 and a maximum ('cap') of BD 12,000.

              Amended: July 2013
              Adopted: July 2007

            • AU-6.2.5

              Category 3 investment firms must pay a variable annual licensing fee based on 0.25% of their relevant operating expenses, subject to a minimum ('floor') of BD 1,000 and a maximum ('cap') of BD 4,000.

              Amended: July 2013
              Adopted: July 2007

            • AU-6.2.6

              Relevant operating expenses are defined as the total operating expenses of the licensee concerned, as recorded in the most recent audited financial statements available, subject to the adjustments specified in Rule AU-6.2.7.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • AU-6.2.7

              The adjustments to be made to relevant operating expenses are the exclusion of the following items from total operating expenses:

              (a) Training costs;
              (b) Charitable donations;
              (c) CBB fees paid; and
              (d) Non-executive Directors' remuneration.
              Adopted: July 2007

            • AU-6.2.8

              For the avoidance of doubt, operating expenses for the purposes of this Section, do not include items such as depreciation, provisions, interest expense, and dividends.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • AU-6.2.9

              The CBB would normally rely on the audited accounts of a licensee as representing a true and fair picture of its operating expenses. However, the CBB reserves the right to enquire about the accounting treatment of expenses, and/or policies on intra-group charging, if it believes that these are being used artificially to reduce a license fee.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • AU-6.2.9A

              Investment firm licensees must pay a fixed annual fee of BD 1,000 for each locally incorporated SPV in Bahrain which is under the control of and/or providing an actual business function, service or activity (whether actively or passively) for the licensee and/or others at the licensee's direction or having been established under the licensee's direction for that purpose.

              Adopted: April 2011

            • AU-6.2.9B

              The annual fee for SPVs stipulated in Paragraph AU-6.2.9A does not apply to SPVs of Bahrain domiciled CIUs. In the case of Bahrain domiciled CIUs, investment firm licensees should refer to the relevant Chapter in Module ARR of Volume 7, depending on the classification of the Bahrain domiciled CIU.

              Amended: July 2013
              Added: January 2012

            • AU-6.2.10

              Investment firm licensees must complete and submit Form ALF (Annual License Fee) to the CBB, no later than 15th October of the preceding year for which the fees are due.

              Amended: July 2013
              Adopted: July 2007

            • AU-6.2.10A

              All licensees are subject to direct debit for the payment of the annual fee and must complete and submit to the CBB a Direct Debit Authorisation Form by 15th September available under Part B of Volume 4 (Investment Business) CBB Rulebook on the CBB Website.

              Added: July 2013

            • AU-6.2.11

              For new licensees, their first annual license fee is payable when their license is issued by the CBB. The amount payable is the floor amount specified for their category of license.

              Amended: July 2010
              Adopted: July 2007

            • AU-6.2.12

              For the first full year of operation for investment firm licensees, the licensee would calculate its fee as the floor amount. For future years, the licensee would submit a Form ALF by 15th October of the preceding year for which the fees are due and calculate its fee using its last audited financial statements (or alternative arrangements as agreed with CBB, should its first set of accounts cover an 18-month period).

              Amended: July 2013
              Deleted: July 2010
              Adopted: July 2007

            • AU-6.2.13

              Where a license is cancelled (whether at the initiative of the firm or the CBB), no refund is paid for any months remaining in the calendar year in question.

              Amended: July 2010
              Adopted: July 2007

            • AU-6.2.14

              Investment firm licensees failing to comply with this Section may be subject to financial penalties for date sensitive requirements as outlined in Section EN-5.3A or may have their licenses withdrawn by the CBB.

              Added: July 2013

      • PB PB Principles of Business

        • PB-A PB-A Introduction

          • PB-A.1 PB-A.1 Purpose

            • Executive Summary

              • PB-A.1.1

                The Principles of Business are a general statement of the fundamental obligations of all Central Bank of Bahrain (‘CBB’) investment firm licensees and approved persons. They serve as a basis for other material in Volume 4 (Investment Business), and help address specific circumstances not covered elsewhere in the Rulebook.

                Amended: January 2007

              • PB-A.1.2

                The Principles of Business have the status of Rules and apply alongside other Rules contained in Volume 4 (Investment Business). However, these other Rules do not exhaust the fundamental obligations contained in the Principles. Compliance with all other Rules, therefore, does not necessarily guarantee compliance with the Principles of Business.

            • Legal Basis

              • PB-A.1.3

                This Module contains the CBB's Directive (as amended from time to time) relating to Principles of Business and is issued under the powers available to the CBB under Article 38 of the Central Bank of Bahrain and Financial Institutions Law 2006 ('CBB Law'). The Directive in this Module is applicable to all investment firm licensees (including their approved persons).

                Amended: January 2011
                Added: January 2007

              • PB-A.1.4

                For an explanation of the CBB’s rule-making powers and different regulatory instruments, see Section UG-1.1.

                Added: January 2007

          • PB-A.2 PB-A.2 Module History

            • Evolution of Module

              • PB-A.2.1

                This Module was first issued in April 2006 by the BMA, as part of the first phase of Volume 4 (Investment Business) to be released. Any material changes that have subsequently been made to this Module are annotated with the calendar quarter date in which the change was made: Chapter UG-3 provides further details on Rulebook maintenance and version control.

                Amended: January 2007

              • PB-A.2.2

                When the CBB replaced the BMA in September 2006, the provisions of this Module remained in force. Volume 4 was updated in July 2007 to reflect the switch to the CBB; however, new calendar quarter dates were only issued where the update necessitated changes to actual requirements.

                Added: July 2007

              • PB-A.2.3

                A list of recent changes made to this Module is provided below:

                Module Ref. Change Date Description of Changes
                PB-A.1 07/2007 New Rule PB-A.1.3 introduced, categorising this Module as a Directive.
                PB-1.1.1 07/2007 Small expansion of Principle 1 to refer to disclosure of all relevant information to customers, as required by CBB Regulations and Directives.
                PB-A.1.3 01/2011 Clarified legal basis.

              • PB-A.2.4

                Guidance on the implementation and transition to Volume 4 (Investment Business) is given in Module ES (Executive Summary).

            • Superseded Requirements

              • PB-A.2.5

                This Module does not supersede any previously issued circulars or other regulatory instruments.

                Amended: January 2007

              • PB-A.2.6

                [This Paragraph was deleted in April 2008]

                Deleted: April 2008

        • PB-B PB-B Scope of Application

          • PB-B.1 PB-B.1 Scope of Application

            • PB-B.1.1

              The 10 Principles of Business apply to all CBB investment firm licensees, in accordance with Paragraph PB-B.1.2. Principles 1–8 (Paragraphs PB-1.1 to PB-1.8 inclusive) also apply to all approved persons, in accordance with Paragraph PB-B.1.3.

              Amended: January 2007

            • PB-B.1.2

              Principles 1 to 10 apply to activities carried out by the licensee, including activities carried out through overseas branches (if any). Principles 9 and 10 also take into account any activities of other members of the group of which the licensee is a member.

            • PB-B.1.3

              Principles 1 to 8 apply to approved persons in respect of the controlled function for which they have been approved.

            • PB-B.1.4

              Principles 1 to 8 do not apply to behaviour by an approved person with respect to any other functions or activities they may undertake. However, behaviour unconnected to their controlled function duties may nonetheless be relevant to an assessment of that person's fitness and propriety.

            • PB-B.1.5

              The CBB's requirements regarding approved persons and controlled functions are located in Module AU (Authorisation).

              Amended: January 2007

          • PB-B.2 PB-B.2 Non-compliance

            • PB-B.2.1

              Breaching a Principle of Business makes the investment firm licensee or approved person concerned liable to enforcement action. In the case of a licensee, this may call into question whether they continue to meet the licensing conditions (see Chapter AU-2). In the case of an approved person, this may call into question whether they continue to meet the "fit and proper" requirements for the function for which they have been approved (see Chapter AU-3).

            • PB-B.2.2

              Module EN (Enforcement) sets out the CBB's policy and procedures on enforcement action.

              Amended: January 2007

        • PB-1 PB-1 The Principles

          • PB-1.1 PB-1.1 Principle 1 — Integrity

            • PB-1.1.1

              Investment firm licensees and approved persons must observe high standards of integrity and fair dealing. They must be honest and straightforward in their dealings with clients, and disclose fully all relevant information to clients, as required by the CBB's Regulations and Directives.

              Amended: January 2007

          • PB-1.2 PB-1.2 Principle 2 — Conflicts of Interest

            • PB-1.2.1

              Investment firm licensees and approved persons must take all reasonable steps to identify, and prevent or manage, conflicts of interest that could harm the interests of a client.

          • PB-1.3 PB-1.3 Principle 3 — Due Skill, Care and Diligence

            • PB-1.3.1

              Investment firm licensees and approved persons must act with due skill, care and diligence.

          • PB-1.4 PB-1.4 Principle 4 — Confidentiality

            • PB-1.4.1

              Investment firm licensees and approved persons must observe in full any obligations of confidentiality, including with respect to client information. This requirement does not over-ride lawful disclosures.

          • PB-1.5 PB-1.5 Principle 5 — Market Conduct

            • PB-1.5.1

              Investment firm licensees and approved persons must observe proper standards of market conduct, and avoid action that would generally be viewed as improper.

          • PB-1.6 PB-1.6 Principle 6 — Customer Assets

            • PB-1.6.1

              Investment firm licensees and approved persons must take reasonable care to safeguard the assets of customers for which they are responsible.

              Amended: January 2007

          • PB-1.7 PB-1.7 Principle 7 — Customer Interests

            • PB-1.7.1

              Investment firm licensees and approved persons must pay due regard to the legitimate interests and information needs of their clients and communicate with them in a fair and transparent manner. Investment firm licensees and approved persons, when dealing with clients who are entitled to rely on their advice or discretionary decisions, must take reasonable care to ensure the suitability of such advice or decisions.

          • PB-1.8 PB-1.8 Principle 8 — Relations with Regulators/Supervisors

            • PB-1.8.1

              Investment firm licensees and approved persons must act in an open and co-operative manner with the CBB and other regulatory/supervisory bodies under whose authority they come under. They must take reasonable care to ensure that their activities comply with all applicable laws and regulations.

              Amended: January 2007

          • PB-1.9 PB-1.9 Principle 9 — Adequate Resources

            • PB-1.9.1

              Investment firm licensees must maintain adequate human, financial and other resources sufficient to run their business in an orderly manner.

          • PB-1.10 PB-1.10 Principle 10 — Management, Systems & Controls

            • PB-1.10.1

              Investment firm licensees must take reasonable care to ensure that their affairs are managed effectively and responsibly, with appropriate systems and controls in relation to the size and complexity of their operations. Investment firm licensees' systems and controls, as far as is reasonably practical, must be sufficient to manage the level of risk inherent in their business and ensure compliance with the CBB Rulebook.

              Amended: January 2007

      • HC High-Level Controls

        • HC-A Introduction

          • HC-A.1 Executive Summary

            • Purpose

              • HC-A.1.1

                The purpose of this Module is to:

                (a) Explicitly reinforce the collective oversight and risk governance responsibilities of the board;
                (b) Emphasise key components of risk governance such as risk culture, risk appetite and their relationship to a licensee’s risk capacity;
                (c) Delineate the specific roles of the board, board committees, senior management, chief financial officer, internal auditor, chief risk officer and head of compliance; and
                (d) Strengthen licensees’ overall checks and balances.
                Added: July 2023

              • HC-A.1.2

                All references in this Module to ‘he’ or ‘his’ shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be construed as also being references to ‘she’ and ‘her’.

                Added: July 2023

            • Legal Basis

              • HC-A.1.3

                This Module contains the CBB’s Directive (as amended from time to time) relating to high-level controls and is issued under the powers available to the CBB under Article 38 of the Central Bank of Bahrain and Financial Institutions Law 2006 (‛CBB Law’). The Directive in this Module is applicable to licensees (including their approved persons).

                Added: July 2023

                • HC-A.1.4

                  All Rulebook content that is categorised as a Rule must be complied with by those to whom the content is addressed. Other parts of this Module are Guidance paragraphs which are considered best market practices and licensees are encouraged to implement the same.

                  Added: July 2023

            • Effective Date

              • HC-A.1.5

                The new requirements in this amended Module are effective from January 2024 on which date the existing Module HC will become redundant, and any exemptions allowed under the existing Module will be subject to grandfathering requirements unless the relevant requirement has undergone change within this amended Module.

                Added: July 2023

          • HC-A.2 Module History

            • HC-A.2.1

              This Module was first issued in July 2007. Following the issuance of the Corporate Governance Code by the Ministry of Industry and Commerce in March 2010, the Module was amended in January 2011 to be in line with the new Code and to include previous requirements that were in place in the originally issued Module HC. Any material changes that have subsequently been made to this Module are annotated with the calendar quarter date in which the change was made: Chapter UG-3 provides further details on Rulebook maintenance and version control.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-A.2.2

              A list of recent changes made to this Module is detailed in the table below:

              Module Ref. Change Date Description of Changes
              Full Module HC 07/2023 New restructured HC Module supersedes the previous version.

            • HC-A.2.3

              Guidance on the implementation and transition to Volume 4 (Investment Business) is given in Module ES (Executive Summary).

              Added: July 2023

        • HC-B Scope of Application

          • HC-B.1 Scope of Application

            • HC-B.1.1

              The contents of this Module, unless otherwise stated, apply to Category 1, Category 2 and Category 3 investment firm licensees. The requirements in this Module must, however, be treated as guidance for Category 3 investment firm licensees , except for Paragraphs HC-1.1.3, HC-2.2.3, HC-2.3.3, HC-3.1.6, HC-7.1.1, HC-8.1.1, HC-9.1.1 and HC-9.1.2, which must be treated as Rules.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-B.1.2

              The implementation of the rules in this Module should be commensurate with the size, complexity, structure, economic significance, risk profile and business model of the licensee and the group to which it belongs, if any. In cases of certain licensees (e.g. overseas investment firm licensees, smaller and limited scope firms where CBB assesses that certain specific rules in this Module are less relevant or too cumbersome to apply, it will be willing to consider alternative governance arrangement.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-B.1.3

              For overseas investment firm licensees, all references in this Module to the board of directors or a board sub-committee should be interpreted as references to the Head Office (HO), Regional Office (RO) or the relevant function(s) at HO or RO (as applicable).

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-B.1.4

              Overseas investment firm licensees should satisfy the CBB that equivalent or similar arrangements are in place at either the branch or the parent entity level, and that such arrangements provide for effective high-level controls over activities conducted by the branch, commensurate with the size, complexity, nature and the risk profile of the branch. If the branch is unable to satisfy the CBB that the governance arrangements are equivalent, the CBB will assess the potential impact of risks and require that the licensee satisfy that compensating alternative arrangements are in place to address any risks relevant to the Bahrain operations.

              Added: July 2023

          • HC-B.2 Subsidiaries and overseas Branches of Bahraini Investment Firm Licensees

            • HC-B.2.1

              Licensees must ensure that, as a minimum, the same or equivalent provisions of this Module apply to their subsidiaries and overseas branches. In instances where local jurisdictional requirements are more stringent than those applicable in this Module, the local requirements are to be applied.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-B.2.2

              Where a licensee is unable to satisfy the CBB that its subsidiaries and overseas branches are subject to the same or equivalent arrangements, the CBB will assess the potential impact of risks to the licensee arising from inadequate high-level controls. In such instances, the CBB may impose certain restrictions on the licensee. Where weaknesses in controls are assessed by the CBB to pose a major threat to the financial soundness of the licensee and/or the financial stability in the Kingdom, then its license may be called into question.

              Added: July 2023

        • HC-1 Board’s Overall Responsibilities

          • HC-1.1 Responsibilities of the Board

            • HC-1.1.1

              The board of directors (“Board”) of the licensee must:

              (a) Set the “tone at the top” and play a leading role in establishing the licensee’s corporate culture and values, and oversee management’s role in fostering and maintaining a sound corporate and risk culture;
              (b) Ensure that no individual or group of directors dominates the Board’s decision-making and no individual or group has unfettered powers of decision;
              (c) Approve and oversee the development of the licensee’s strategy, business plans and budget, and monitor their implementation;
              (d) Actively engage in the affairs of the licensee, keep up with material changes in the licensee’s business and the external environment and act in a timely manner to protect the long-term interests of the licensee;
              (e) Convene and prepare the agenda for shareholder meetings;
              (f) Approve, and oversee the implementation of, the licensee’s governance framework, risk management framework and all policies, and review the relevant parts of these as well as review key controls in case a new business activity is considered, or in case of material changes to the licensee’s size, complexity, business strategy, markets or regulatory requirements, or the occurrence of a major failure of controls;
              (g) Establish, along with senior management and the chief risk officer, the licensee’s risk appetite, considering the licensee’s strategy, competitive and regulatory landscape, the licensee’s long-term interests, risk exposure and ability to manage risk effectively, and oversee the licensee’s adherence to the risk appetite statement, risk policy and risk limits;
              (h) Ensure that:
              i. Adequate systems, controls, processes and procedures are implemented by senior management in line with the Board approved policies;
              ii. The licensee has adequate processes to ensure full compliance with the requirements of the CBB Law, other relevant laws and the pertinent rulebooks;
              iii. The licensee has a robust finance function responsible for accounting and financial data;
              iv. The risk management, compliance and internal audit functions are properly positioned, staffed and resourced and carry out their responsibilities independently, objectively and effectively; and
              v. Senior management maintains an effective and transparent relationship with the CBB;
              (i) Approve the annual financial statements and, where applicable, the interim financial statements;
              (j) At minimum, approve the selection and oversee the performance of the chief executive officer (CEO), chief financial officer and heads of the risk management, compliance and internal audit functions;
              (k) Actively oversee the remuneration system’s design and operation for approved persons and monitor and review executive compensation and assess whether it is aligned with the licensee’s remuneration policy, risk culture and risk appetite; and
              (l) Consider the legitimate interests of shareholders and other relevant stakeholders in their decision-making process.
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-1.1.2

              The Board may, where appropriate, delegate some of its functions, but not its responsibilities, to the Board committees.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-1.1.3

              The members of the Board must exercise their fiduciary and other duties of care, candor and loyalty to the licensee in accordance with local laws and regulations.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-1.1.4

              Each director must:

              (a) Understand the Board’s role and responsibilities pursuant to the CBB Rulebook, the Commercial Companies Law and any other laws or regulations that may govern their responsibilities from time to time;
              (b) Consider themselves as representing all shareholders and must act accordingly; and
              (c) Ensure that they receive adequate and timely information before each meeting and must study it carefully.
              Added: July 2023

          • HC-1.2 Corporate Culture and Values

            • HC-1.2.1

              In order to promote a sound corporate culture, the Board must:

              (a) Approve an appropriate code of conduct/ ethics that must outline the acceptable practices that all Board members, senior management and other staff must follow in performing their duties, and the unacceptable practices/ conduct that must be avoided;
              (b) Set and adhere to corporate values that create expectations that the business must be conducted in a legal, professional and ethical manner, and oversee the adherence to such values by Board members, senior management and other employees;
              (c) Promote risk awareness within a strong risk culture, convey the Board’s expectation that it does not support risk-taking beyond the risk appetite and risk limits set by the Board, and that all employees are responsible for ensuring that the licensee operates within the established risk appetite and risk limits;
              (d) Ensure that the corporate values, professional standards and codes of conduct it sets, together with supporting policies, are adequately communicated throughout the licensee; and
              (e) Ensure that all directors, senior management and other staff are aware that appropriate disciplinary or other actions will follow unacceptable behaviour, practices and transgressions.
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-1.2.2

              Employees must be encouraged and be able to communicate, confidentially and without the risk of reprisal, legitimate concerns about illegal, unethical or questionable practices. This must be facilitated through a well communicated and Board approved whistleblowing policy and adequate procedures and processes, consistent with applicable laws. This includes the escalation of material concerns to the CBB.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-1.2.3

              The Board of the investment firm licensees must:

              (a) Have oversight of the whistleblowing policy mechanism and ensure that senior management addresses legitimate issues that are raised;
              (b) Take responsibility for ensuring that staff who raise concerns are protected from detrimental treatment or reprisals, and that their rights are not undermined;
              (c) Approve and oversee how and by whom legitimate material concerns shall be investigated and addressed such as by an objective and independent internal or external body, senior management and/or the Board itself; and
              (d) Ensure that, after verifying the validity of the allegations, the person responsible for any misconduct is held accountable and is subjected to an appropriate disciplinary measure.
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-1.2.4

              The Board must establish a conflict of interest policy on identifying and managing potential conflicts of interest related to all approved persons. The policy must include:

              (a) An approved person’s duty to:
              i. Avoid, to the extent possible, activities that could create conflicts of interest or the appearance of conflicts of interest. An approved person shall be considered to have a “personal interest” in a transaction with a company if they themselves, or a member of their family (i.e. spouse, father, mother, sons, daughters, brothers or sisters), or another company of which they are a director or controller, are a party to the transaction or have a material financial interest in the transaction or are expected to derive material personal benefit from the transaction (transactions and interests which are de minimis in value should not be included);
              ii. Promptly disclose any matter that may result, or has already resulted, in a conflict of interest;
              iii. Abstain from getting involved in or voting on any matter where they may have a conflict of interest or where their objectivity or ability to properly fulfil duties to the licensee may be otherwise compromised. Any decision to enter into a transaction in which an approved person appears to have a material conflict of interest must be formally and unanimously approved by the entire Board;
              iv. Act with honesty, integrity and care for the best interest of the licensee and its shareholders and other stakeholders;
              v. Not use properties of the licensee for their personal needs;
              vi. Not misuse or misappropriate the licensee’s assets or resources;
              vii. Not disclose confidential information of the licensee or use it for their personal profit or interest;
              viii. Make every practicable effort to arrange their personal and business affairs to avoid a conflict of interest with the licensee;
              ix. Not take business opportunities of the licensee for themselves; and
              x. Not compete in business with the licensee or serve the licensee’s interest in any transaction with a company in which they have a personal interest.
              (b) Examples of where conflict of interest may arise when serving as an approved person;
              (c) A rigorous review and approval process for approved persons to follow before they engage in certain activities (such as serving on another Board) so as to ensure that such activity will not create a conflict of interest;
              (d) Adequate requirements that transactions with related parties must be made on an arm’s length basis;
              (e) Sufficient restrictions on and/or a robust and transparent process for the employment of relatives of approved persons;
              (f) Requirements for properly managing and disclosing conflict of interest that cannot be prevented;
              (g) Requirements for all approved persons to annually declare in writing all their other interests in other enterprises or activities (whether as a shareholder of above 5% of the voting capital of a company, a manager or other form of significant participation) to the Board or a designated Board committee; and
              (h) The way in which the Board will deal with any non-compliance with the policy.
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-1.2.5

              Where there is a potential for conflict of interest, or there is a need for impartiality, the Board must assign a sufficient number of independent Board members capable of exercising independent judgement, to address the conflict.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-1.2.6

              The CEO/General Manager of the investment firm licensees must disclose to the Board of directors on an annual basis those individuals who are occupying controlled functions and who are relatives of any other approved person within the licensee.

              Added: July 2023

          • HC-1.3 Oversight of Senior Management

            • HC-1.3.1

              The Board must exercise proper oversight of senior management against formal performance and remuneration standards consistent with the long-term strategic objectives and the financial soundness of the licensee. In doing so, the Board must:

              (a) Meet regularly with senior management;
              (b) Subject senior management to annual performance assessment and document such assessments;
              (c) Ensure that approved persons’ collective knowledge and expertise remain appropriate given the licensee’s nature of business and risk profile;
              (d) Ensure that senior management’s actions are in full compliance with applicable laws and regulations and consistent with the strategy, business plan and policies approved by the Board, including risk appetite;
              (e) Question, challenge and critically review the explanations and information provided by senior management; and
              (f) Ensure that appropriate succession plans are in place for all approved persons within senior management (provided that such plans are subject to review in case of any changes to approved persons within senior management).
              Added: July 2023

        • HC-2 Board Formation

          • HC-2.1 Board Composition

            • HC-2.1.1

              The Board must comprise of individuals with a balance of skills, diversity and expertise, who individually and collectively possess the necessary qualifications commensurate with the size, complexity and risk profile of the licensee.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-2.1.2

              The Board must have a sufficient number of independent directors. In case of a Bahraini investment firm licensees with a controller, at least one-third of the Board must be independent.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-2.1.3

              If the Bahraini investment firm licensee has a controller or a group of controllers acting in concert, such person(s) must recognise their specific responsibility to the minority shareholders as Board members have responsibilities to the licensee’s overall interests, regardless of who appoints them.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-2.1.4

              The CBB may call upon each independent director at its discretion to have a general discussion on the affairs of the Bahraini investment firm licensee.

              Added: July 2023

          • HC-2.2 Board Member Selection

            • HC-2.2.1

              The Board must have a clear and rigorous process for identifying, assessing and selecting Board candidates. The Board, and not management, must nominate the candidates for shareholders’ approval.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-2.2.2

              Board candidates must:

              (a) Possess the knowledge, skills, experience and, particularly in the case of non-executive directors, independence of mind necessary to discharge their responsibilities on the Board in light of the licensee’s business and risk profile;
              (b) Have a record of integrity and good repute;
              (c) Have sufficient time to fully carry out their responsibilities;
              (d) Not have any conflicts of interest that may impede their ability to perform their duties independently and objectively and subject them to undue influence from:
              i. Other approved persons, controllers or other connected parties;
              ii. Past or present positions held; or
              iii. Personal, professional or other economic relationships with other approved persons (or with other entities within the group); and
              (e) Not have more than two directorships of investment firm licensees inside Bahrain. Licensees may approach the CBB for exemption from this limit where the Directorships concern financial institutions within the same group.
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-2.2.3

              Board candidates should not hold more than three directorships in public companies in Bahrain. In case such directorships exist, there must be no conflict of interest, and the Board must not propose the election or re-election of any director where such conflict of interest exists

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-2.2.4

              Nominated directors of a Bahraini investment firm licensee must possess the requisite experience and competencies specified in Module TC (Training and Competency).

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-2.2.5

              A CEO of a Bahraini investment firm licensee who has resigned or retired, may serve as a Board member of the same licensee but not as an independent director.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-2.2.6

              Each proposal by the Board to the shareholders for election or re-election of a director must be accompanied by a recommendation from the Board and the following specific information:

              (a) The term to be served, which may not exceed three years;
              (b) Biographical details and professional qualifications;
              (c) In the case of an independent director, a statement that the Board has determined that the applicable rules and criteria for independent director have been met;
              (d) Any other directorships held;
              (e) Particulars of other positions which involve significant time commitments; and
              (f) Details of relationships (if any) between:
              i. the candidate and the licensee, and
              ii. the candidate and other approved persons of the licensee.
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-2.2.7

              Newly appointed directors must be made aware of their duties before their nomination, particularly as to the time commitment required.

              Added: July 2023

          • HC-2.3 Board Members’ Appointment and Induction

            • Board Members’ Appointment

              • HC-2.3.1

                The chairperson of the Board must confirm to shareholders when proposing re-election of a director that, following a formal performance evaluation, the person’s performance continues to be effective and they continue to demonstrate commitment to the role.

                Added: July 2023

              • HC-2.3.2

                Where an independent director has served three consecutive terms on the Board, such director will lose his independence status and must not be classified as an independent director if reappointed.

                Added: July 2023

              • HC-2.3.3

                Bahraini investment firm licensees must have a written appointment agreement with each director which recites the directors’ powers, duties and responsibilities, accountability, term, the time commitment envisaged, the committee assignment (if any), remuneration, expense reimbursement entitlement and their access to independent legal or other professional advice at the expense of the licensee when needed to discharge their responsibilities as directors.

                Added: July 2023

            • Board Members’ Induction

              • HC-2.3.4

                The Board must ensure that:

                (a) Sufficient time, budget and other resources are allocated annually for the Board members’ induction programmes;
                (b) Each new director receives a formal and tailored induction and has access to ongoing training on relevant issues which may involve internal or external resources to ensure their effective contribution to the Board from the beginning of their term; and
                (c) The induction programmes include meetings with senior management, visits to the investment firm licensee’s facilities, presentations regarding strategic plans, significant financial, accounting and risk management issues, compliance programs, and meetings with internal and external auditors and legal counsel.
                Added: July 2023

              • HC-2.3.5

                Board members must understand their oversight and corporate governance role and be able to exercise sound, objective judgment about the affairs of the investment firm licensee.

                Added: July 2023

              • HC-2.3.6

                All continuing directors must be invited to attend orientation meetings and all directors must continually educate themselves as to the licensee’s business and corporate governance.

                Added: July 2023

        • HC-3 Board’s Structure and Practices

          • HC-3.1 Organisation and Assessment of the Board

            • HC-3.1.1

              The Board of a Bahraini investment firm licensees must:

              (a) Adopt a formal Board charter specifying matters which are reserved for it, which must include, but are not limited to, the specific requirements and responsibilities of directors stipulated in this Module and the Commercial Companies Law;
              (b) Structure itself in terms of leadership, size and the use of committees so as to effectively carry out its oversight role and other responsibilities. This includes ensuring that the Board has the time and means to cover all necessary subjects in sufficient depth and have a robust discussion of key issues;
              (c) Maintain and periodically update its governance structure, organisational rules, by-laws and other similar documents setting out its organisation, rights, responsibilities and key activities; and
              (d) Carry out annual evaluation and assessments – alone or with the assistance of external experts – of the Board, its committees and individual Board members. This must include:
              i. Assessing how the Board operates in terms of the requirements of the CBB Rulebook and the Commercial Companies Law;
              ii. Evaluating the performance of each committee considering its specific purposes and responsibilities, which shall include review of the self-evaluations undertaken by each committee;
              iii. Reviewing each director's work, their attendance at Board and committee meetings, and their independence and constructive involvement in discussions and decision making;
              iv. Reviewing the Board’s current structure, size, composition as well as committees’ structures and composition in order to maintain an appropriate balance of skills, diversity and experience and for the purpose of planned and progressive refreshing of the Board; and
              v. Recommendations for new directors to replace long-standing members or those members whose contribution to the Board or its committees is not adequate.
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.1.2

              Where the Board has serious reservations about the performance or integrity of a Board member, or he ceases to be qualified, the Board must take appropriate action and inform the CBB accordingly.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.1.3

              The Board must report to the shareholders, at each annual shareholder meeting, that evaluations have been done and report its findings.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.1.4

              Executive directors must provide the Board with all relevant business and financial information within their knowledge and must recognise that their role as a director is different from their role as a member of management.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.1.5

              Non-executive directors must be fully independent of management and must constructively scrutinise and challenge management and executive directors.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.1.6

              The Board must maintain appropriate records of meeting minutes, including key points of discussions held, recommendations made, decisions taken and dissenting opinions (if any).

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.1.7

              The Board must meet at least four times a year to enable it to discharge its responsibilities effectively, and half of all Board meetings in any financial year must be held in the Kingdom of Bahrain.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.1.8

              Individual Board members must attend at least 75% of all Board meetings in a given financial year, whether in-person or virtually (if needed) so as to enable the Board to discharge its responsibilities effectively (see table below). Voting and attendance proxies for Board meetings are prohibited.

              Meetings per year 75% Attendance requirement
              4 3
              5 4
              6 5
              7 5
              8 6
              9 7
              10 8
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.1.9

              The absence of Board members at Board and committee meetings must be noted in the relevant meeting minutes. In addition, Board attendance percentage must be reported during any general assembly meeting when Board members stand for re-election (e.g. Board member XYZ attended xx% of scheduled meetings this year).

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.1.10

              If a Board member has not attended at least 75% of Board meetings in any given financial year, the licensee must notify the CBB, within one month from its financial year-end, indicating which member has failed to satisfy this requirement, their level of attendance and the reason for non-attendance. The CBB shall then consider the matter and determine whether enforcement action pursuant to Article 65 of the CBB Law is appropriate.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.1.11

              Board governance framework should require members to step down if they are not actively participating in Board meetings.

              Added: July 2023

          • HC-3.2 Board Chairperson

            • HC-3.2.1

              The Chairperson of the Board of the Bahraini investment firm licensees must:

              (a) Not be an executive director;
              (b) Not be the same person as the CEO. This applies also to the deputy chairperson;
              (c) Commit sufficient time to perform their role effectively;
              (d) Play a critical role in promoting mutual trust, efficient functioning of the Board, open discussion, constructive dissent from decisions and constructive support for decisions after they have been made;
              (e) Ensure that all directors receive an agenda, minutes of prior meetings and adequate background information on each agenda item in writing well before each Board meeting;
              (f) Encourage and promote critical and objective discussion and ensure that dissenting views can be freely expressed, discussed and recorded in the minutes of the Board meeting; and
              (g) Ensure that Board decisions are taken on sound and well-informed basis.
              Added: July 2023

          • HC-3.3 Board Committees

            • HC-3.3.1

              Bahraini investment firm licensees must comply with the requirements of this Section for each of the Board committees it establishes. The Board must at minimum establish an Audit Committee.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.3.2

              Objectivity and independence must be ensured by the selection of appropriate Board members in each committee.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.3.3

              Committees may be combined provided that no conflict of interest arises between the duties of such committees, and subject to the CBB’s prior approval.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.3.4

              Every committee must have a formal written charter or other instrument which sets out its roles and responsibilities, how the committee will report to the Board, what is expected of committee members and any tenure limits for serving on the committee.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.3.5

              Each committee must have the resources and the authority necessary to discharge its duties and responsibilities, including the authority to select, retain, terminate and approve the fees of external legal, accounting or other advisors as it deems necessary.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.3.6

              Each Board committee must maintain appropriate records of their deliberations and decisions in their meeting minutes, including key points of discussions held, recommendations made, decisions taken (and update on their subsequent implementation) and dissenting opinions (if any).

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.3.7

              Each committee must prepare and review with the Board an annual performance evaluation of the committee and its members and must recommend to the Board any improvements deemed necessary or desirable to the committee’s charter or composition. The report must be in the form of a written report presented at any regularly scheduled Board meeting.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.3.8

              Members of each committee must exercise judgment free from any personal conflicts of interest or bias.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.3.9

              The Board should consider occasional rotation of membership and chair of the Board committees provided that doing so does not impair the collective skills, experience and effectiveness of these committees.

              Added: July 2023

          • HC-3.4 Audit Committee

            • HC-3.4.1

              The audit committee of the Bahraini investment firm licensee must have at least three directors of which the majority must be independent and have no conflict of interest with any other duties they have.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.4.2

              The Chairperson of the audit committee must:

              (a) Be independent; and
              (b) Not be the chairperson of the board, unless he is considered independent.
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.4.3

              The CEO and other senior management of the Bahraini investment firm licensee must not be members of the audit committee.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.4.4

              The audit committee members must have sufficient experience in audit practices, financial reporting and accounting.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.4.5

              The audit committee must meet:

              (a) At least four times a year.
              (b) At least twice a year with the external auditor.
              (c) At least once a year in the absence of the CEO and any executive management, but in presence of the Head of Compliance, Internal Auditor and CRO.
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.4.6

              The audit committee must, at minimum:

              (a) Ensure that the licensee has effective and adequate policies covering all its business activities, internal audit, financial reporting, compliance, risk management, prevention of frauds and cyber security breaches, etc.;
              (b) Oversee the financial reporting process;
              (c) Oversee and interact with the licensee’s internal and external auditors;
              (d) Review the integrity of the licensee’s financial statements;
              (e) Recommend to the Board, based on a Board approved objective criteria, the appointment, remuneration, dismissal and rotation of external auditors;
              (f) Review and approve the internal and external audit and compliance scope;
              (g) Receive internal and external audit and compliance reports and ensure that senior management is taking necessary corrective actions in a timely manner to address any control weaknesses, non-compliance with policies, laws and regulations, and other problems identified by auditors, the head of compliance and other control functions;
              (h) Assess once a year the extent to which the licensee is managing its compliance risk effectively;
              (i) Ensure that the agenda for their meetings includes compliance and internal audit issues at least every quarter;
              (j) Recommend the appointment and dismissal of the heads of internal audit and compliance functions. The licensee must also discuss the reasons for their dismissal with the CBB.
              (k) Make a determination, at least once a year, of the external auditor’s independence;
              (l) Review and supervise the implementation and enforcement of the licensee's code of conduct, unless such mandate is delegated to another committee such as the Governance Committee; and
              (m) Ensure that senior management establishes and maintains an adequate and effective internal control systems, procedures and processes for the business of the licensee.
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.4.7

              In case the licensee has a different board committee overseeing and monitoring compliance issues, then all of the above compliance-related requirements in Paragraph HC-3.4.6 can be handled by such committee instead.

              Added: July 2023

          • HC-3.5 Risk Committee

            • HC-3.5.1

              Where a Bahraini investment firm licensee establishes a Board risk committee, such committee should have at least three directors of which the majority, including the chairperson should be independent. In addition, the committee members should have experience in risk management issues and practices and have no conflict of interest with any other duties they may have.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.5.2

              There should be effective communication and coordination between the audit committee and the risk committee to facilitate the exchange of information and effective coverage of all risks, including emerging risks, and any needed adjustments to the risk governance framework of the licensee.

              Added: July 2023

          • HC-3.6 Remuneration Committee

            • HC-3.6.1

              Where a Bahraini investment firm licensee establishes a Board remuneration committee, such committee should have at least three directors.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.6.2

              Members of the remuneration committee should be independent of any risk-taking function or committee.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.6.3

              The remuneration committee should include only independent directors or, alternatively, only non-executive directors of whom a majority are independent directors and the chairperson should be an independent director.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.6.4

              The remuneration committee should meet at least twice a year.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.6.5

              The remuneration committee should:

              (a) Recommend to the Board:
              i. An appropriate remuneration policy designed to reduce employees’ incentives to take excessive and undue risk, which must be approved by the shareholders; and
              ii. A fair and internally transparent remuneration system, which includes relevant performance measures and effective controls;
              (b) Ensure on an annual basis that the remuneration policy and its implementation:
              i. Are in full compliance with CBB requirements;
              ii. Are consistent with the licensee’s strategy, culture, long-term business objectives, risk appetite, performance and control environment; and
              iii. Are creating the desired incentives for managing risk, capital and liquidity.
              (c) Work closely with the risk committee in evaluating the incentives created by the remuneration system. The risk committee must, without prejudice to the tasks of the remuneration committee, examine whether incentives provided by the remuneration system take into consideration risk, capital, liquidity and the likelihood and timing of earnings;
              (d) Approve the remuneration package and amounts for each approved person and material risk-taker, as well as the total variable remuneration to be distributed based on the results of the performance evaluation system and taking account of total remuneration including salaries, fees, expenses, bonuses and other employee benefits;
              (e) Regularly review remuneration outcomes, risk measurements, and risk outcomes for consistency with Board’s approved risk appetite;
              (f) Question payouts for income that cannot be realised or whose likelihood of realisation remains uncertain at the time of payout;
              (g) Recommend Board member remuneration based on their attendance and in compliance with the Commercial Companies Law;
              (h) Evaluate practices by which remuneration is paid for potential future revenues whose timing and likelihood remain uncertain by means of both quantitative and qualitative key indicators. It must demonstrate that its decisions are consistent with the assessment of the licensee’s financial condition and future prospects; and
              (i) Obtain feedback on performance evaluation of the Chief Risk Officer, Chief Internal Auditor and Head of Compliance from the designated Board committee responsible for oversight of these functions.
              Added: July 2023

          • HC-3.7 Corporate Governance Committee

            • HC-3.7.1

              The Bahraini investment firm licensee should assign to one of its senior management the role of a corporate governance officer who is responsible for the tasks of verifying the licensee’s compliance with corporate governance rules and regulations.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.7.2

              The Board should establish a corporate governance committee for developing and recommending changes from time to time in the licensee’s corporate governance policy framework. Such committee should have at least three directors of which the majority should be independent.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.7.3

              The corporate governance committee should:

              (a) Oversee and monitor the implementation of the governance policy framework by working with the management and the Audit Committee; and
              (b) Provide the Board of directors with reports and recommendations based on its findings in the exercise of its functions.
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-3.7.4

              The responsibilities of the corporate governance officer may be assumed by the head of compliance and should include, at minimum:

              (a) Coordinating and following up on the licensee’s compliance with corporate governance requirements;
              (b) Ensuring that the corporate governance policies, their implementation and related internal controls are consistent with the regulatory and legal requirements;
              (c) Working closely with the Board and/or the relevant Board committee to improve the governance framework of the licensee; and
              (d) Reviewing the annual corporate governance disclosure to ensure that its contents are in conformity with the licensee’s internal policies and the CBB rulebook requirements.
              Added: July 2023

        • HC-4: Group Structures

          • HC-4.1 Governance of Group Structures

            • HC-4.1.1

              The Board of a Bahraini investment firm licensee which acts as a parent must:

              (a) Have the overall responsibility for the group and exercise adequate oversight over subsidiaries and overseas branches while respecting the independent legal and governance responsibilities that might apply to subsidiary Boards;
              (b) Establish, subject to CBB’s approval, a group structure (including the legal entity and business structure) and a group corporate governance framework with clearly defined roles and responsibilities at both the parent licensee’s and the subsidiaries’ level as may be appropriate based on the complexity, risks and significance of the subsidiaries;
              (c) Set adequate and comprehensive criteria for composing Boards at subsidiaries’ level;
              (d) Have a clear strategy and group policy for establishing new structures and legal entities, and ensure that they are consistent with the policies and interests of the group;
              (e) Have sufficient resources at group and subsidiaries levels to monitor risks and compliance at the level of the group and its subsidiaries;
              (f) Pay special attention and due care to any significant subsidiary based on its risk profile or systemic importance or due to its size relative to the parent licensee;
              (g) Assess and discuss material risks and issues that might affect the group and its subsidiaries and overseas branches;
              (h) Establish effective group functions at the parent licensee, including but not limited to, internal audit, compliance, risk management and financial controls to whom the relevant subsidiaries’ functions must report;
              (i) Maintain an effective relationship, through the subsidiary Board or direct contact, with the regulators of all subsidiaries and overseas branches; and
              (j) ensure that:
              i. The group has appropriate policies and controls to identify and address potential intragroup conflicts of interest, such as those arising from intragroup transactions;
              ii. The group is governed and operating under clear group strategies, business policies and specific set of group policies on risk management, internal audit, compliance and financial controls;
              iii. There are no barriers to exchanging information between the subsidiaries and the parent licensee and that there are robust systems in place to facilitate the exchange of information to enable the parent licensee to effectively supervise the group and manage its risks; and
              iv. Adequate authority is available to each subsidiary pursuant to local legislations.
              Added: July 2023

            • Subsidiaries’ Boards

              • HC-4.1.2

                Boards and senior management of subsidiaries of Bahraini investment firm licensees must remain responsible for developing effective governance and risk management framework for their entities and must clearly understand the reporting obligations they have to the parent licensee.

                Added: July 2023

              • HC-4.1.4

                Material risk-bearing subsidiaries and overseas branches must be captured by the licensee-wide risk management system and must be part of the overall risk governance framework.

                Added: July 2023

                • HC-4.1.3

                  The strategy, business plan, policies, risk governance framework, corporate values and corporate governance framework of each subsidiary must align with group strategy and policies, and the subsidiary Board must make necessary adjustments where a group policy conflicts with an applicable legal or regulatory provision or prudential rule or would be detrimental to the sound and prudent management of the subsidiary.

                  Added: July 2023

        • HC-5 Remuneration of Approved Persons

          • HC-5.1 Remuneration of Approved Persons

            • HC-5.1.1

              Bahraini investment firm licensees must have in place a Board approved remuneration policy. Licensees must ensure that all approved persons are remunerated fairly and responsibly. More specifically, the remuneration must be sufficient to attract, retain and motivate persons.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-5.1.2

              The performance evaluation and remuneration of senior management and staff of the licensees must be based, among other factors, on their adherence to all relevant laws, regulations and CBB rulebook requirements, including but not limited to AML/CFT requirements in the FC module.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-5.1.3

              Remuneration of non-executive directors must not include performance-related elements such as grants of shares, share options or other deferred stock-related incentive schemes, bonuses, or pension benefits.

              Added: July 2023

        • HC-6 Senior Management

          • HC-6.1 Senior Management

            • HC-6.1.1

              The Board must establish an adequate organisational structure that promotes accountability and transparency and facilitates effective decision-making and good governance throughout the licensee. This includes clarity on the role, authority and responsibility of the various positions within senior management, including that of the CEO.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-6.1.2

              Senior management must:

              (a) Be selected through an appropriate promotion or recruitment process which considers the qualifications and competencies required for the position in question;
              (b) Have the necessary experience, competencies, personal qualities and integrity to manage the businesses and employees under their supervision;
              (c) Be subject to regular training to maintain and enhance their competencies and stay up to date on developments relevant to their areas of responsibility;
              (d) Act within the scope of their responsibilities which must be clearly defined;
              (e) Independently assess and question the policies, processes and procedures of the licensee, with the intent to identify and initiate management action on issues requiring improvement;
              (f) Not interfere in the independent duties of the risk management, compliance and internal audit functions;
              (g) Carry out and manage the licensee’s activities in compliance with all laws and regulations, and in a manner consistent with the business strategy, risk appetite, business plans and remuneration and other policies approved by the Board;
              (h) Have a robust governance framework for all management committees;
              (i) Not primarily control the remuneration system in the licensee;
              (j) Actively communicate and consult with the control functions on management’s major plans and activities so that the control functions can effectively discharge their responsibilities; and
              (k) Provide the Board and its committees with timely, complete, accurate and understandable information and documents so that they are equipped for upholding their responsibilities, and keep them adequately informed and updated on a timely basis about material issues including:
              i. Changes in the implementation of business strategy, risk strategy and risk appetite;
              ii. The licensee’s performance and financial condition;
              iii. Breaches of risk limits or regulations;
              iv. Internal control failures, frauds and cyber-security incidents;
              v. Legal or regulatory concerns;
              vi. Customer complaints; and
              vii. Issues raised as a result of the licensee’s whistleblowing policy.
              Added: July 2023

        • HC-7 Compliance

          • HC-7.1 Compliance

            • HC-7.1.1

              The Board must:

              (a) Oversee the management of the licensee’s compliance risk;
              (b) Establish an independent compliance function and approve an appropriate compliance framework for the licensee based on its size and complexity of its operations;
              (c) Set priorities for the management of its compliance risk in a way that is consistent with its risk management strategy and structures; and
              (d) Approve the licensee’s compliance policy for identifying, assessing, monitoring, reporting and advising on compliance risk.
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-7.1.2

              The compliance function and the internal audit function must be separate.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-7.1.3

              The Board, Audit Committee or the designated Board committee and senior management must:

              (a) Ensure that, based on an agreed remedial action plan, all compliance findings are resolved within a reasonable period of time to be set based on level and magnitude of risk;
              (b) Not restrict the compliance function from reporting any irregularities or breaches that are identified as a result of its work or investigations, and must ensure that such reporting can be done without fear of retaliation or disfavour from management, board members or other staff members;
              (c) Ensure that the head of compliance and his staff are not placed in a position where there is a possible conflict of interest between their compliance responsibilities and any other responsibilities they may have;
              (d) Not consider the compliance function as a cost center; instead it should be viewed as an activity that helps the licensee avoid enforcement action for non-compliance, enhances the licensee’s reputation and promotes the right environment for better financial performance; and
              (e) Ensure the compliance function’s right to:
              i. Have unrestricted access to any records or files necessary to carry out its responsibilities, and the corresponding duty of licensee staff to co-operate in supplying this information;
              ii. Conduct investigations of possible breaches of the applicable laws, regulations and the compliance policy; and
              iii. Appoint, subject to audit committee’s approval, outside experts to perform a specific task, if appropriate.
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-7.1.4

              Licensees must appoint a head of compliance with overall responsibility for the licensee’s compliance function.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-7.1.5

              In groups (applicable to Category 1 investment firms):

              (a) The audit committee and senior management, with assistance of the group head of compliance, should ensure that adequate resources, commensurate with the scale and complexity of operations, are assigned for compliance activities at the head office, subsidiaries and overseas branches; and
              (b) The group head of compliance should ensure that:
              i. Adequate reports and information are received from subsidiaries and overseas branches on compliance related issues and must report the same to the audit committee; and
              ii. It conducts annual compliance testing on subsidiaries and overseas branches whose total revenue represents 20% or more of the group’s total revenue and every two years for other overseas operations.
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-7.1.6

              Subject to the CBB’s approval, the role of head of compliance may be combined with the head of risk if the size and nature of the licensee justify the same.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-7.1.7

              The head of compliance must:

              (a) Report to the Audit Committee or the designated Board committee and administratively to the CEO. In the case of overseas investment firm licensees, the reporting must be to the Group or Regional Head of Compliance and administratively to the CEO/GM of the branch;
              (b) Establish the operating compliance procedures and processes for identifying, assessing, monitoring, reporting and advising on compliance risk;
              (c) Establish written guidance to the licensee’s staff on the appropriate implementation of laws and regulations;
              (d) Conduct, under the sponsorship of the CEO, awareness sessions for the licensee’s staff on compliance policy requirements and issues; and
              (e) Report to the Audit Committee or the designated Board Committee:
              i. On a quarterly basis, the licensee’s management of its compliance risk, in such a manner as to assist committee members to make an informed judgment on whether the licensee is managing its compliance risk effectively; and
              ii. Immediately any material compliance failures as they arise (e.g. failures that may attract a significant risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, or loss of reputation).
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-7.1.8

              The compliance function must:

              (a) Have a formal status with sufficient authority within the licensee;
              (b) Carry out its responsibilities under a risk-based compliance programme that sets out its planned activities, such as the implementation and review of specific policies and procedures, compliance risk assessment and compliance testing;
              (c) Assess in cooperation with the relevant functions, in case of new regulations, the appropriateness of the licensee’s relevant policies as well as the compliance policy and related procedures and processes. It must promptly follow up regarding any identified deficiencies, and, where necessary, formulate proposals for amendments in cooperation with the relevant functions;
              (d) On a proactive basis, identify, measure, document and assess the compliance risks associated with the licensee’s business activities including the development of new products and business practices, proposed establishment of new types of business or customer relationships, or material changes in the nature of such relationships. If the licensee has a new products and services committee, the compliance function staff must be represented on the committee;
              (e) Monitor and test compliance by performing sufficient and representative compliance testing. The results of such testing must be reported to the Audit Committee ;
              (f) Advise the audit committee and senior management on all relevant laws, regulations and standards in all jurisdictions in which the licensee conducts its business and inform them on developments on the subject;
              (g) Must provide to the CBB a compliance assessment report on every application/request for approval to the CBB confirming that all related legal and regulatory requirements pertaining to the request have been thoroughly checked, including the impact of such request on the licensee’s financial position and compliance status, and a reference must be made to any previously approved arrangements by the CBB. In cases where the requests have a potential financial impact on the licensee, a report from the financial control function in consultation with external auditors must also be submitted as part of the compliance assessment report, whereas in case of any legal implication of such a request a legal opinion on the matter must be submitted;
              (h) Act as a contact point within the licensee for compliance queries from staff members; and
              (i) Have sufficient and appropriate resources to carry out its functions effectively, commensurate with the size and complexity of the licensee.
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-7.1.9

              The compliance function staff must:

              (a) Have the necessary qualifications, experience and professional and personal qualities to enable them to carry out their specific duties;
              (b) Have a sound understanding of applicable laws, regulations and standards and their practical impact on the licensee’s business activities and operations; and
              (c) Be subject to regular and systematic training to remain up-to-date with developments in laws, regulations and standards.
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-7.1.10

              The CBB may at its own discretion communicate directly with the Head of Compliance to discuss issues of material concerns related to compliance risk.

              Added: July 2023

        • HC-8 Internal Audit

          • HC-8.1 Internal Audit

            • HC-8.1.1

              Investment firm licensees must establish an effective and independent internal audit function (IAF).

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-8.1.2

              The Audit Committee remains ultimately responsible for the IAF regardless of whether internal audit activities are outsourced.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-8.1.3

              The Board, Audit Committee and senior management must:

              (a) Promote a strong and robust internal control environment within the licensee;
              (b) Provide the IAF staff full and unconditional access to all files, records, data, documents, systems, properties, subsidiaries and overseas branches of the licensee;
              (c) Require that all internal audit findings and recommendations are resolved within a reasonable period of time to be set based on level and magnitude of risk;
              (d) Allocate sufficient annual budget to support the IAF’s activities and plans; and
              (e) Inform the IAF of new developments, initiatives, projects, products and operational changes.
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-8.1.4

              All Bahraini investment firm licensees must have an internal audit charter which must be drawn up and reviewed annually by the head of internal audit and approved by the Board or Audit Committee. It must be available to all internal stakeholders, and to external stakeholders in case of a listed investment firm.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-8.1.5

              The internal audit charter must establish, at a minimum:

              (a) The IAF’s standing within the licensee, its authority, responsibilities and relations with other control functions in a manner that promotes the effectiveness of the function;
              (b) The purpose and scope of the IAF;
              (c) The obligation of the internal auditors to communicate the results of their engagements and a description of how and to whom this must be done (reporting line);
              (d) The criteria for when and how the IAF may outsource some of its engagements to external experts;
              (e) The terms and conditions according to which the IAF can be called upon to provide consulting or advisory services or to carry out other special tasks without creating a conflict with its core function;
              (f) The responsibility and accountability of the head of internal audit;
              (g) The requirement to comply with the international standard on internal audit issued by The Institute of Internal Auditor; and
              (h) Procedures for the coordination of the IAF with the external auditor.
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-8.1.6

              The IAF must:

              (a) Be independent of all functions;
              (b) Have sufficient standing and authority within the licensee;
              (c) Have sufficient skilled resources to be able to judge outcomes and make an impact at the highest level of the organization;
              (d) Be able to perform its assignments on its own initiative in all areas and functions of the licensee based on the audit plan established by the head of the IAF and approved by the audit committee;
              (e) Be free to report its findings and assessments internally;
              (f) Independently review and evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of all functions, internal controls, risk management, internal risk and finance models, governance framework, policies, procedures, systems and processes, including the licensee’s outsourced activities and its subsidiaries (including SPVs) and local and overseas branches, and must ensure adequate coverage of matters of regulatory interest within the audit plan;
              (g) Develop an independent and informed view of the risks faced by the licensee based on its access to all licensee records and data, its enquiries and its professional competence;
              (h) Discuss its views, findings and conclusions directly with the audit committee and, if necessary, with the board of directors at their routine quarterly meetings; and
              (i) Not be involved in designing, selecting, implementing or operating specific internal control measures. However, the independence of the IAF must not prevent senior management from requesting input from the IAF on matters related to risk and internal controls. Nevertheless, the development and implementation of internal controls must remain the responsibility of management.
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-8.1.7

              Licensees must appoint a head of internal audit who shall:

              (a) Report directly to the Audit Committee and administratively to the CEO;
              (b) Demonstrate appropriate leadership and have the necessary personal characteristics and professional skills to fulfil his responsibility for maintaining the function’s independence and objectivity;
              (c) Inform senior management of all significant findings so that timely corrective actions can be taken, and subsequently, he must follow up with senior management on the outcome of those corrective measures;
              (d) Report quarterly to the Audit Committee the status of pending findings;
              (e) Arrange appropriate ongoing training for the internal audit staff to meet the growing technical complexity of the licensee’s activities and the increasing diversity of tasks that need to be undertaken as a result of the introduction of new products and processes and other developments in the financial sector;
              (f) Establish an annual internal audit plan approved by the audit committee. The plan must be based on a robust risk assessment, including direct or indirect input from the board, audit committee and senior management;
              (g) Develop and maintain appropriate tools to assess the quality of the IAF; and
              (h) Define, in a group structure, the group’s internal audit strategy, determine the organisation of the internal audit function both at the parent’s and the subsidiary’s level (in consultation with these entities’ respective audit committees and in accordance with local laws) and formulate the internal audit principles, the audit methodology and quality assurance measures. He must also determine the audit scope for every internal audit exercise, by the parent’s internal audit function, for every subsidiary on an annual basis in compliance with local regulations and incorporate local knowledge and experience.
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-8.1.8

              The head of IAF should, whenever practicable and without jeopardising competence and expertise, periodically rotate internal audit staff within the internal audit function.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-8.1.9

              The CBB may at its own discretion communicate directly with the head of the IAF to discuss issues of material concerns related to risks, compliance and internal controls.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-8.1.10

              For purposes of Paragraph HC-8.1.7, licensees may outsource the IAF.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-8.1.11

              Internal audit reports must be provided to the audit committee without management filtering.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-8.1.12

              All internal audit staff must:

              (a) Apply the care and skills expected of a reasonably prudent and competent professional. Due professional care does not imply infallibility. Internal auditors having limited competence and experience in a particular area must be appropriately supervised by more experienced staff;
              (b) Avoid conflicts of interest. Internal auditors appointed from within the licensee must not engage in auditing activities for which they have had previous responsibility before a one year “cooling off” period has elapsed;
              (c) Act with integrity (being straightforward, honest and truthful);
              (d) Be diligent in the protection of information acquired in the course of their duties and must not use it for personal gain or malicious action;
              (e) Adhere to the code of ethics of the licensee, the institute of internal auditors and any other relevant professional or standard setting body;
              (f) Collectively be competent to examine all areas in which the licensee operates; and
              (g) Adhere to international professional standards established by the institute of internal auditors.
              Added: July 2023

        • HC-9 Islamic Investment Firm Licensees

          • HC-9.1 Governance and Disclosure per Shari’a Principles

            • HC-9.1.1

              Companies which refer to themselves as “Islamic” must follow the principles of Islamic Shari’a.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-9.1.2

              Category 1 and Category 2 investment firm licensees, which are guided by the principles of Islamic Shari’a have additional responsibilities to their stakeholders. Investment firm licensees which refer to themselves as “Islamic” are subject to additional governance requirements and disclosures to provide assurance to stakeholders that they are following Shari’a Principles. In ensuring compliance with Shari’a principles, such licensees must establish a Shari’a Supervisory Board consisting of at least three Shari’a board members. Category 3 investment firm licensees, which are guided by the principles of Islamic Shari'a and refer to themselves as “Islamic” must appoint a minimum of one Shari’a advisor or scholar to verify that their operations are Shari’a compliant.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-9.1.3

              In addition to its duties outlined in Section HC-3.4, the Audit Committee shall communicate and co-ordinate with the investment firm licensee’s Corporate Governance Committee and the Shari’a Supervisory Board (“SSB”) (where applicable) to ensure that information on compliance with Islamic Shari’a rules and principles is reported in a timely manner.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-9.1.4

              The Board shall set up a Corporate Governance Committee (see also Paragraph HC-3.7.2). In this case, the Committee shall comprise at least three members to co-ordinate and integrate the implementation of the governance policy framework.

              Added: July 2023

            • HC-9.1.5

              The Corporate Governance Committee established under Chapter HC-9 shall comprise at a minimum of:

              (a) An independent director to chair the Corporate Governance Committee. The Chairman of the Corporate Governance Committee should not only possess the relevant skills, such as the ability to read and understand financial statements, but should also be able to coordinate and link the complementary roles and functions of the Corporate Governance Committee and the Audit Committee;
              (b) A Shari’a scholar who is an SSB member for the purpose of leading the Corporate Governance Committee on Shari’a-related governance issues (if any), and also to coordinate and link the complementary roles and functions of the Corporate Governance Committee and the SSB; and
              (c) An independent director who can offer different skills to the committee, such as legal expertise and business proficiency, which are considered particularly relevant by the Board of directors for cultivating a good corporate governance culture, and deemed “fit and proper” by the CBB.
              Added: July 2023

            • HC-9.1.6

              The Corporate Governance Committee shall be empowered to:

              (a) Oversee and monitor the implementation of the governance policy framework by working together with the management, the Audit Committee and the SSB; and
              (b) Provide the Board of directors with reports and recommendations based on its findings in the exercise of its functions.
              Added: July 2023

      • AA AA Auditors and Accounting Standards

        • AA-A AA-A Introduction

          • AA-A.1 AA-A.1 Purpose

            • Executive Summary

              • AA-A.1.1

                This Module presents requirements that have to be met by investment firm licensees with respect to the appointment of external auditors. This Module also sets out certain obligations that external auditors have to comply with, as a condition of their appointment by investment firm licensees.

              • AA-A.1.2

                This Module is issued under the powers given to the Central Bank of Bahrain (‘CBB’) under Decree No. (64) of 2006 with respect to promulgating the Central Bank of Bahrain and Financial Institutions Law 2006 (‘CBB Law’). It supplements Article 61 of the CBB Law, which requires licensees to appoint an external auditor acceptable to the CBB.

                Amended: January 2007

            • Legal Basis

              • AA-A.1.3

                This Module contains the CBB's Directive (as amended from time to time) relating to auditors and accounting standards used by investment firm licensees, and is issued under the powers available to the CBB under Article 38 of the CBB Law. The Directive in this Module is applicable to all investment firm licensees.

                Amended: January 2011
                Added: January 2007

              • AA-A.1.4

                For an explanation of the CBB’s rule-making powers and different regulatory instruments, see Section UG-1.1.

                Added: January 2007

          • AA-A.2 AA-A.2 Module History

            • Evolution of Module

              • AA-A.2.1

                This Module was first issued in April 2006 by the BMA, as part of the first phase of Volume 4 (Investment Business) to be released. Any material changes that have subsequently been made to this Module are annotated with the calendar quarter date in which the change was made: Chapter UG-3 provides further details on Rulebook maintenance and version control.

                Amended: January 2007

              • AA-A.2.2

                When the CBB replaced the BMA in September 2006, the provisions of this Module remained in force. Volume 4 was updated in July 2007 to reflect the switch to the CBB; however, new calendar quarter dates were only issued where the update necessitated changes to actual requirements.

                Added: January 2007

              • AA-A.2.3

                A list of recent changes made to this Module is provided below:

                Module Ref. Change Date Description of Changes
                AA-A.1 07/2007 New Rule AA-A.1.3 introduced, categorising this Module as a Directive.
                AA-1.2 07/2007 Rule AA-1.2.3 redrafted to clarify reporting obligation
                AA-1.5 07/2007 Paragraphs AA-1.5.4 and AA-1.5.6 updated to reflect CBB Law requirements on auditor independence.
                AA-3.1.1 04/2008 Clarified that auditor's review is to be attached to the QPR.
                AA-1.5 10/2009 Paragraphs AA-1.5.2 and AA-1.5.3 updated to clarify outsourcing of internal audit function.
                AA-3.1.1 10/2009 Updated to reflect requirement in Module BR.
                AA-5 07/2010 New Chapter added regarding Reporting Accountants.
                AA-A.1.3 01/2011 Clarified legal basis.
                AA-1.1.1A 01/2011 Added Guidance referring to the CBB's power to appoint an external auditor should the investment firm licensee fail to do so.
                AA-5 10/2011 Chapter amended and content moved to Section BR-3.5 and retitled as Role of External Auditor as Appointed Expert.
                AA-3.3 01/2012 Deleted Section on Compliance with Financial Crime Rules.
                AA-4.1 10/2014 Clarified the application of accounting standards for investment firms based on whether they undertake conventional and/or Shari'a compliant activities.
                AA-3.1 07/2016 Clarified that this requirement only applies to Category 1 and Category 2 investment firm licensees.
                AA-3.2.1 10/2017 Amended Paragraph to clarify that licensees are to formally declare in writing that they do not possess any Client assets.
                AA-3.2.2 04/2018 Amended Paragraph.

            • Superseded Requirements

              • AA-A.2.4

                This Module supersedes the following provisions contained in circulars or other regulatory instruments:

                Circular / other reference Provision Subject
                Standard Conditions and Licensing Criteria: investment advisers/brokers. Article 7 Auditors
                Standard Conditions and Licensing Criteria: broking company Article 6 Auditors
                Standard Conditions and Licensing Criteria: stockbrokerage Article 6 Auditors

              • AA-A.2.5

                Guidance on the implementation and transition to Volume 4 (Investment Business) is given in Module ES (Executive Summary).

        • AA-B AA-B Scope of Application

          • AA-B.1 AA-B.1 Investment Firm Licensees

            • AA-B.1.1

              The contents of this Module — unless otherwise stated — apply to all investment firm licensees.

            • AA-B.1.2

              The contents of Chapters AA-1 to AA-4 apply to both Bahraini investment firm licensees and overseas investment firm licensees.

          • AA-B.2 AA-B.2 Auditors

            • AA-B.2.1

              Certain requirements in this Module indirectly extend to auditors, by virtue of their appointment by investment firm licensees. Auditors appointed by investment firm licensees must be independent (cf. Sections AA-1.4 and AA-1.5). Auditors who resign or are otherwise removed from office are required to inform the CBB in writing of the reasons for the termination of their appointment (cf. Sections AA-1.2). Other requirements are contained in Sections AA-1.3 (Audit partner rotation) and AA-3.1 (Auditor reports).

              Amended: January 2007

        • AA-1 AA-1 Auditor Requirements

          • AA-1.1 AA-1.1 Appointment of Auditors

            • AA-1.1.1

              Investment firm licensees must obtain prior written approval from the CBB before appointing or re-appointing their auditors.

              Amended: January 2007

            • AA-1.1.1A

              Where an investment firm licensee fails to appoint an external auditor within four months from the beginning of the financial year, Article 61 (b) of the CBB Law provides the CBB with the power to appoint the external auditor.

              Adopted: January 2011

            • AA-1.1.2

              As the appointment of auditors normally takes place during the course of the firm's annual general meeting, investment firm licensees should notify the CBB of the proposed agenda for the annual general meeting in advance of it being circulated to shareholders. The CBB's approval of the proposed auditors does not limit in any way shareholders' rights to subsequently reject the Board's choice.

              Amended: January 2007

            • AA-1.1.3

              The CBB, in considering the proposed (re-) appointment of an auditor, takes into account the expertise, resources and reputation of the audit firm, relative to the size and complexity of the licensee. The CBB will also take into account the track record of the audit firm in auditing investment firm licensees within Bahrain; the degree to which it has generally demonstrated independence from management in its audits; and the extent to which it has identified and alerted relevant persons of significant matters.

              Amended: January 2007

            • AA-1.1.4

              In the case of overseas investment firm licensees, the CBB will also take into account who act as the auditors of the parent firm. As a general rule, the CBB does not favour different parts of an investment group having different auditors.

              Amended: January 2007

          • AA-1.2 AA-1.2 Removal or Resignation of Auditors

            • AA-1.2.1

              Investment firm licensees must notify the CBB as soon as they intend to remove their auditors, with an explanation of their decision, or as soon as their auditors resign.

              Amended: January 2007

            • AA-1.2.2

              Investment firm licensees must ensure that a replacement auditor is appointed (subject to CBB approval as per Section AA-1.1), as soon as reasonably practicable after a vacancy occurs, but no later than three months.

              Amended: January 2007

            • AA-1.2.3

              In accordance with the powers granted to CBB under Article 63 of the CBB Law, auditors of investment firm licensees must inform the CBB in writing, should they resign or their appointment as auditor be terminated, within 30 calendar days, of the event occurring, setting out the reasons for the resignation or termination.

              Amended: January 2007

          • AA-1.3 AA-1.3 Audit Partner Rotation

            • AA-1.3.1

              Unless otherwise exempted by the CBB, investment firm licensees must ensure that the audit partner responsible for their audit does not undertake that function more than five years in succession.

              Amended: January 2007

            • AA-1.3.2

              Investment firm licensees must notify the CBB of any change in audit partner.

              Amended: January 2007

          • AA-1.4 AA-1.4 Auditor Independence

            • AA-1.4.1

              Before an investment firm licensee appoints an auditor, it must take reasonable steps to ensure that the auditor has the required skill, resources and experience to carry out the audit properly, and is independent of the licensee.

              Amended: January 2007

            • AA-1.4.2

              For an auditor to be considered independent, it must, among things, comply with the restrictions in Section AA-1.5.

            • AA-1.4.3

              If an investment firm licensee becomes aware at any time that its auditor is not independent, it must take reasonable steps to remedy the matter and notify the CBB of the fact.

              Amended: January 2007

            • AA-1.4.4

              If in the opinion of the CBB, independence has not been achieved within a reasonable timeframe, then the CBB may require the appointment of a new auditor.

              Amended: January 2007

          • AA-1.5 AA-1.5 Licensee/Auditor Restrictions

            • Financial Transactions with Auditors

              • AA-1.5.1

                Investment firm licensees must not provide regulated investment services to their auditors.

            • Outsourcing to Auditors

              • AA-1.5.2

                Investment firm licensees may not outsource their internal audit function to the same firm that acts as their external auditors.

                Amended: October 2009
                Amended: January 2007

              • AA-1.5.3

                Further Guidance on this issue is provided in the Risk Management Module.

                Amended: October 2009
                Amended: January 2007

            • Other Relationships

              • AA-1.5.4

                Investment firm licensees and their auditors must comply with the restrictions contained in Article 217(c) of the Commercial Companies Law (Legislative Decree No. (21) of 2001), as well as in Article 61(d) of the CBB Law.

                Amended: January 2007

              • AA-1.5.5

                Article 217(c) prohibits an auditor from (i) being the chairman or a member of the Board of Directors of the company he/she audits; (ii) holding any managerial position in the company he/she audits; and (iii) acquiring any shares in the company he/she audits, or selling any such shares he/she may already own, during the period of his audit. Furthermore, the auditor must not be a relative (up to the second degree) of a person assuming management or accounting duties in the company.

                Amended: January 2007

              • AA-1.5.6

                Article 61(d) prohibits an auditor from (i) being the chairman or a member of the Board of Directors of the company he/she audits; (ii) acting as a managing director, agent or representative of the company concerned; and (iii) taking up any administrative work in the company, or supervising its accounts, or having a next of kin in such a position.

                Added: January 2007

              • AA-1.5.7

                The restriction in Paragraph AA-1.5.4 applies to overseas investment firm licensees as well as Bahraini investment firm licensees.

              • AA-1.5.8

                A partner, Director or manager on the engagement team of auditing an investment firm licensee may not serve on the Board or in a controlled function of the licensee, for two years following the end of their involvement in the audit, without prior authorisation of the CBB.

                Amended: January 2007

              • AA-1.5.9

                Chapter AU-1.2 sets out the CBB's "controlled functions" requirements.

                Amended: January 2007

            • Definition of 'Auditor'

              • AA-1.5.10

                For the purposes of Section AA-1.5, 'auditor' means the partners, Directors and managers on the engagement team responsible for the audit of the investment firm licensee.

                Amended: January 2007

        • AA-2 AA-2 Access

          • AA-2.1 AA-2.1 CBB Access to Auditors

            • AA-2.1.1

              Investment firm licensees must waive any duty of confidentiality on the part of their auditors, such that their auditors may report to the CBB any concerns held regarding material failures by the investment firm licensee to comply with CBB requirements.

              Amended: January 2007

            • AA-2.1.2

              The CBB may, as part of its on-going supervision of investment firm licensees, request meetings with a licensee's auditors. If necessary, the CBB may direct that the meeting be held without the presence of the licensee's management or Directors.

              Amended: January 2007

          • AA-2.2 AA-2.2 Auditor Access to Outsourcing Providers

            • AA-2.2.1

              Outsourcing agreements between investment firm licensees and outsourcing providers must ensure that the licensee's internal and external auditors have timely access to any relevant information they may require to fulfil their responsibilities. Such access must allow them to conduct on-site examinations of the outsourcing provider, if required.

              Amended: January 2007

            • AA-2.2.2

              Further Rules and Guidance on outsourcing will be contained in Module RM (Risk Management), to be issued later in 2007.

              Amended: January 2007

        • AA-3 AA-3 Auditor Reports

          • AA-3.1 AA-3.1 Review of Quarterly Prudential Returns

            • AA-3.1.1

              In accordance with Paragraph BR-1.1.8, Category 1 and Category 2 investment firm licensees must arrange for their auditors to review the licensee's Quarterly Prudential Return for the quarter ending 30 June (or semi-annually depending on the licensee's financial year-end) prior to its submission to the CBB, unless otherwise exempted in writing by CBB. Auditors must complete the prescribed form attesting to their review, which must be attached to the Quarterly Prudential Return.

              Amended: July 2016
              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: April 2008
              Amended: January 2007

            • AA-3.1.2

              Investment firm licensees are required to submit a Quarterly Prudential Return (QPR). Category 1 and Category 2 investment firm licensees may apply in writing to CBB for an exemption from the requirement that the QPR be reviewed by the licensee's external auditors: this exemption would normally only be given where the licensee had established a track record of accurate and timely reporting, and there were no other supervisory issues of concern. Further details on the CBB's reporting and related requirements, including the precise scope of the auditor's review and attestation, will be contained in Module BR (CBB Reporting).

              Amended: July 2016
              Amended: January 2007

          • AA-3.2 AA-3.2 Report on Compliance with Client Asset Rules

            • AA-3.2.1

              Investment firm licensees that hold or control client assets must arrange for their external auditors to report on the licensee's compliance with the requirements contained in Module CL (Client Assets), at least once a year. Investment firm licensees Category 1 and Investment firm licensees category 2 which do not hold or control Client Assets are obligated to confirm the same annually.

              Amended: October 2017
              Amended: January 2007

            • AA-3.2.2

              The report must be in the form agreed by CBB, and must be submitted to the CBB within three months of the licensee's financial year-end.

              Amended: April 2018
              Amended: January 2007

            • AA-3.2.3

              Further information on the above can be found in Section CL-1.5.

          • AA-3.3 AA-3.3 [This Section was deleted in January 2012]

            • AA-3.3.1

              [This paragraph was deleted in January 2012]

              Deleted: January 2012

            • AA-3.3.2

              [This paragraph was deleted in January 2012]

              Deleted: January 2012

            • AA-3.3.3

              [This paragraph was deleted in January 2012]

              Deleted: January 2012

        • AA-4 AA-4 Accounting Standards

          • AA-4.1 AA-4.1 General Requirements

            • AA-4.1.1

              Investment firm licensees which deal only in conventional financial instruments must comply with International Financial Reporting Standards / International Accounting Standards.

              Amended: October 2014

            • AA-4.1.1A

              Investment firm licensees that undertake both conventional finance and Shari'a compliant transactions must comply with International Financial Reporting Standards / International Accounting Standards and, to the extent that they undertake Shari'a compliant activities, relevant standards issued by the Accounting and Auditing Organisation for Islamic Financial Institutions (AAOIFI). Such firms must also apply AAOIFI Financial Accounting Standard 18, "Islamic Financial Services Offered by Conventional Financial Institutions".

              Added: October 2014

            • AA-4.1.2

              Overseas investment firm licensees that do not, at the parent company level, apply IFRS/IAS are still required under Paragraph AA-4.1.1 to produce pro-forma accounts for the Bahrain branch in conformity with these standards. Where this requirement is difficult to implement, the overseas investment firm licensee should contact the CBB in order to agree to a solution.

              Amended: April 2014
              Amended: January 2007

            • AA-4.1.3

              Investment firm licensees that operate exclusively on a Shari'a compliant basis must comply with Financial Accounting Standards (FAS) issued by the Accounting and Auditing Organisation for Islamic Financial Institutions (AAOIFI). For products and activities not covered by AAOIFI, International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) / International Accounting Standards (IAS) must be followed.

              Amended: October 2014
              Amended: January 2007

        • AA-5 AA-5 Role of External Auditor as Appointed Expert

          • AA-5.1 AA-5.1 General Requirements

            • AA-5.1.1

              In accordance with Articles 114 and 121 of the CBB Law, the CBB may appoint appointed experts to undertake on-site examinations or report by way of investigations on specific aspects of an investment firm licensee's business. External auditors may be called upon to be appointed experts and should be aware of their role in that capacity by referring to Section BR-3.5.

              [The Rules and guidance in this Section were moved to Section BR-3.5 in October 2011]

              Amended: October 2011
              Amended: July 2010

            • AA-5.1.2

              The purpose of the contents of this chapter is to set out the roles and responsibilities of reporting accountants when appointed pursuant to Article 114 of the CBB Law (see EN-2). This Article empowers the CBB to assign some of its officials or others to inspect licensees' or listed companies' businesses.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • AA-5.1.3

              The CBB uses its own inspectors to undertake on-site examinations of licensees as an integral part of its regular supervisory efforts. In addition, the CBB may commission reports on matters relating to the business of licensees in order to help it assess their compliance with CBB requirements, as contained in Article 114 of the CBB Law. Such inspections may be carried out either by the CBB's own officials, by duly qualified “Reporting Accountants” appointed for the purpose by the CBB, or a combination of the two. Article 111 requires licensees to make available to the CBB's inspectors, their books and other records, and to provide all relevant information within the time limits deemed reasonable.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • AA-5.1.4

              Investment firm licensees must provide all relevant information and assistance to reporting accountants on demand as required by Articles 111 and 114 of the CBB Law. Failure by licensees to cooperate fully with the CBB's inspectors or reporting accountants, or to respond to their examination reports within the time limits specified, will be treated as demonstrating a material lack of cooperation with the CBB which will result in other enforcement measures being considered, as described elsewhere in EN Module. This rule is supported by Article 114(a) of the CBB Law.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • AA-5.1.5

              Article 163 of the CBB Law provides for criminal sanctions where false or misleading statements are made to the CBB or any person/reporting accountant appointed by the CBB to conduct an inspection on the business of the licensee or the listed company.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • AA-5.1.6

              The CBB will not, as a matter of general policy, publicise the appointment of reporting accountants, although it reserves the right to do so where this would help achieve its supervisory objectives. Both the reporting accountants and the CBB are bound to confidentiality provisions restricting the disclosure of confidential information with regards to any such information obtained in the course of the investigation.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • AA-5.1.7

              Unless the CBB otherwise permits, reporting accountants should not be the same firm appointed as external auditors of the licensee.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • AA-5.1.8

              Reporting accountants will be appointed in writing, through an appointment letter, by the CBB. In each case, the CBB will decide on the range, scope and frequency of work to be carried out by reporting accountants.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • AA-5.1.9

              Reporting accountants will report directly to and be responsible to the CBB in this context and will specify in their report any limitations placed on them in completing their work (for example due to the relevant licensee's group structure). The report produced by the reporting accountants is the property of the CBB (but is usually shared by the CBB with the firm concerned).

              Adopted: July 2010

            • AA-5.1.10

              Compliance by reporting accountants with the contents of this chapter will not, of itself, constitute a breach of any other duty owed by them to a particular licensee (i.e. create a conflict of interest).

              Adopted: July 2010

            • AA-5.1.11

              The CBB may appoint one or more of its officials to work on the reporting accountants' team for a particular licensee.

              Adopted: July 2010

          • AA-5.2 AA-5.2 The Required Report

            [The Rules and guidance in this Section were moved to Section BR-3.5 in October 2011]

            • AA-5.2.1

              Commissioned reporting accountants would normally be required to report on one or more of the following aspects of a licensee's business:

              (a) Accounting and other records;
              (b) Internal control systems;
              (c) Returns of information provided to the CBB;
              (d) Operations of certain departments; and/or
              (e) Other matters specified by the CBB.
              Adopted: July 2010

            • AA-5.2.2

              Reporting accountants will be required to form an opinion on whether, during the period examined, the licensee is in compliance with the relevant provisions of the CBB Law and the CBB's relevant requirements, as well as other requirements of Bahrain Law and, where relevant, industry best practice locally and/or internationally.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • AA-5.2.3

              The reporting accountants' report should follow the format set out in Appendix EN 1.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • AA-5.2.4

              Unless otherwise directed by the CBB or unless the circumstances described in section AA-5.3 apply, the report should be discussed with the board of directors and/or senior management in advance of it being sent to the CBB.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • AA-5.2.5

              Where the report is qualified by exception, the report should clearly set out the risks which the licensee runs by not correcting the weakness, with an indication of the severity of the weakness should it not be corrected. Reporting accountants will be expected to report on the type, nature and extent of any weaknesses found during their work, as well as the implications of a failure to address and resolve such weaknesses.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • AA-5.2.6

              If the reporting accountants conclude, after discussing the matter with the licensee, that they will give a negative opinion (as opposed to one qualified by exception) or that the issue of the report will be delayed, they must immediately inform the CBB in writing giving an explanation in this regard.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • AA-5.2.7

              The report should be completed, dated and submitted, together with any comments by directors or management (including any proposed timeframe within which the licensee has committed to resolving any issues highlighted by the report), to the CBB within the timeframe applicable.

              Adopted: July 2010

          • AA-5.3 AA-5.3 Other Notifications to the CBB

            [The Rules and guidance in this Section were moved to Section BR-3.5 in October 2011]

            • AA-5.3.1

              Reporting accountants should communicate to the CBB, during the conduct of their duties, any reasonable belief or concern they may have that any of the requirements of the CBB, are not or have not been fulfilled. These may include:

              (a) Criteria for licensing (see Module AU);
              (b) Material loss or significant risk of a material loss; or
              (c) Client interest at risk because of adverse changes in the financial position, management or other resources of the licensee.

              Notwithstanding the above, it is primarily the licensee's responsibility to report such matters to the CBB.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • AA-5.3.2

              The CBB recognises that reporting accountants cannot be expected to be aware of all circumstances which, had they known of them, would have led them to make a communication to the CBB as outlined above. It is only when reporting accountants, in carrying out their duties, become aware of such a circumstance that they should make detailed inquiries with the above specific duty in mind.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • AA-5.3.3

              If reporting accountants decide to communicate directly with the CBB in the circumstances set out in paragraph AA 5.3.1 above, they may wish to consider whether the matter should be reported at an appropriate senior level in the licensee at the same time and whether an appropriate senior representative of the licensee should be invited to attend the meeting with the CBB.

              Adopted: July 2010

          • AA-5.4 AA-5.4 Permitted Disclosure by the CBB

            [The Rules and guidance in this Section were moved to Section BR-3.5 in October 2011]

            • AA-5.4.1

              Information which is confidential and has been obtained under, or for the purposes of, this chapter or the CBB Law may only be disclosed by the CBB in the circumstances permitted under the Law. This will allow the CBB to disclose information to reporting accountants to fulfil their duties. It should be noted, however, that reporting accountants must keep this information confidential and not divulge it to a third party except with the CBB's permission and/or unless required by Bahrain Law.

              Adopted: July 2010

          • AA-5.5 AA-5.5 Trilateral Meeting

            [The Rules and guidance in this Section were moved to Section BR-3.5 in October 2011]

            • AA-5.5.1

              The CBB may, at its discretion, call for a trilateral meeting(s) to be held between the CBB and representatives of the relevant licensee and the reporting accountants. This meeting will provide an opportunity to discuss the reporting accountants' examination of, and report on, the licensee.

              Adopted: July 2010

      • GR GR General Requirements

        • GR-A GR-A Introduction

          • GR-A.1 GR-A.1 Purpose

            • Executive Summary

              • GR-A.1.1

                The General Requirements Module presents a variety of different requirements that are not extensive enough to warrant their own stand-alone Module, but for the most part are generally applicable. These include requirements on books and records; on the use of corporate and trade names; and on controllers and close links. Each set of requirements is contained in its own Chapter: a table listing these and their application to licensees is given in Chapter GR-B.

                Amended: July 2007

            • Legal Basis

              • GR-A.1.2

                This Module contains the Central Bank of Bahrain ('CBB') Directive (as amended from time to time) regarding general requirements applicable to investment firm licensees, and is issued under the powers available to the CBB under Article 38 of the Central Bank of Bahrain and Financial Institutions Law 2006 ('CBB Law'). This Module contains the requirements governing control in investment firm licensees under Resolution No (27) of 2015. Requirements regarding transfers of business (see Chapter GR-4) are also included in Regulations, to be issued by the CBB.

                Amended: October 2015
                Amended: January 2011
                Adopted: July 2007

              • GR-A.1.3

                For an explanation of the CBB's rule-making powers and different regulatory instruments, see section UG-1.1.

                Adopted: July 2007

          • GR-A.2 GR-A.2 Module History

            • Evolution of Module

              • GR-A.2.1

                This Module was first issued in April 2006, by the BMA, as part of the first phase of Volume 4 (Investment Business) to be released. Any material changes that have subsequently been made to this Module are annotated with the calendar quarter date in which the change was made: Chapter UG-3 provides further details on Rulebook maintenance and version control.

                Amended: July 2007

              • GR-A.2.2

                When the CBB replaced the BMA in September 2006, the provisions of this Module remained in force. Volume 4 was updated in July 2007 to reflect the switch to the CBB; however, new calendar quarter dates were only issued where the update necessitated changes to actual requirements.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • GR-A.2.3

                A list of recent changes made to this Module is detailed in the table below:

                Module Ref. Change Date Description of Changes
                GR-A.1.2 07/2007 New Rule, classifying this Module as a Directive.
                GR-B.1.2 07/2007 Reference to GR-10 in table removed, to reflect deletion of this Chapter (the contents of which have been moved to Module AU).
                GR-4 07/2007 Amendments made to align the Chapter with the requirements of the CBB Law.
                GR-5.1 07/2007 Minor changes to align controller requirements with the CBB Law.
                GR-5.2 07/2007 Clarification of definition of controller.
                GR-5.3 07/2007 Clarification of criteria for assessing suitability of controllers.
                GR-5.4 07/2007 Alignment of procedures for approving controllers with CBB Law.
                GR-7 07/2007 Amendments made to align the Chapter with the requirements of the CBB Law.
                GR-1.2.1 01/2008 Clarified the record retention period for customer and transaction records in line with Article 60 of the CBB Law.
                GR-9.1.1A 04/2008 Added Guidance concerning limitations on indemnification coverage.
                GR-B.1 10/2009 Corrected to reflect applicability of Chapter GR-3.
                GR-5.3.3 10/2009 Paragraph changed from Guidance to Rule.
                GR-5.3.5 10/2009 Paragraph changed from Guidance to Rule.
                GR-5.4.2 10/2009 Amended to read notices of refusal.
                GR-7.1 10/2009 Updated to include additional requirements for cessation of business.
                GR-9 10/2009 Amended heading to read Key Provisions
                GR-9.1.1 10/2009 Amended to include reference to Form PIIR.
                GR-9.1.4 10/2009 New rule added regarding professional indemnity insurance needs of licensees.
                GR-9.1.7 10/2009 Prior approval changed to prior notification
                GR-1 07/2010 Updated and amended to include cross reference and new paragraph regarding books and records.
                GR-2.2 07/2010 New section added regarding publication of documents by the licensee.
                GR-3.1.1 07/2010 Updated to include requirement for dividends.
                GR-A.1.2 01/2011 Clarified legal basis.
                GR-3.1.3 01/2011 Expanded guidance dealing with dividends.
                GR-5.1.4A 01/2011 Added a new Rule related to changes in shareholding when legal person is a controller.
                GR-5.1.5 01/2011 Clarified rule.
                GR-5.3.6 01/2011 Corrected minor typo.
                GR-10 04/2011 Added a new Chapter on Subsidiaries, Branches and Representative Offices.
                GR-3.1.3 10/2011 Clarified guidance Paragraph on CBB's non-objection for dividends to be in line with other Volumes of the CBB Rulebook.
                GR-5.3 10/2011 Amended to be in line with other Volumes of the CBB rulebook and to reflect the issuance of Resolution No.(43) of 2011.
                GR-7 10/2011 Clarified language on cessation of business to be in line with other Volumes of the CBB Rulebook.
                GR-1.3.1(d) 01/2012 Added reference to reports from the compliance officer.
                GR-1.1.3 04/2013 Corrected reference to 'transaction' records.
                GR-4.1.12 04/2013 Corrected cross reference to CBB Law.
                GR-B.1.2 07/2013 Added the reference to Chapter GR-10 under the scope of application.
                GR-10.1 07/2013 Various corrections and amendments.
                GR-B.1.2 and GR-8 10/2013 The Chapter on appointed representatives was deleted.
                GR-A.1.2, GR-B.1.2 and GR-5 10/2015 Updated to reflect issuance of Resolution No. (27) of 2015 governing control in investment firm licensees.
                GR-2.2 04/2016 Clarified Rule on publication of documents by the licensee.
                GR-10.1.8B 10/2016 Added reference to Module BR
                GR-5.1.5 01/2017 Consistency of notification timeline rule on controllers with other Volumes of the CBB Rulebook.
                GR-1.2.1 07/2017 Amended paragraph according to the Legislative Decree No. (28) of 2002.
                GR-1.2.2 07/2017 Deleted paragraph.
                GR-3.1.3 10/2017 Added additional requirement to submit when requesting no-objection letter for propose dividend.
                GR-5.1.1A 04/2019 Added a new Paragraph on exposure to controllers.
                GR-5.1.1B 04/2019 Added a new Paragraph on exposure to controllers.
                GR-3.1.1 07/2019 Amended Paragraph.
                GR-1.2.1 01/2020 Amended Paragraph.
                GR-7.1.8 04/2020 Amended Paragraph.
                GR-2.1.1 01/2022 Amended Paragraph on licensee legal and corporate name.
                GR-2.1.3 01/2022 Amended Paragraph on change in licensee legal name.

            • Superseded Requirements

              • GR-A.2.3

                This Module supersedes the following provisions contained in circulars or other regulatory instruments:

                Circular Ref. Module Ref. Subject
                BS/07/2004 GR-1 Record-keeping requirements
                BC/8/2000 GR-5 Controllers of, and holdings and transfers of significant ownership or controlling interests in Agency licensees
                Standard Conditions & Licensing Criteria for Licensing for Investment Advisor/Broker GR-1, GR-9, GR-10 Books and Records; Professional Indemnity Insurance
                Standard Conditions & Licensing Criteria for Licensing Investment Advisor/Consultants GR-1, GR-9, GR-10 Books and Records; Professional Indemnity Insurance; License Fees.
                Standard Conditions & Licensing Criteria for Licensing Stockbroking Company GR-1, GR-9, GR-10 Books and Records; Professional Indemnity Insurance; License Fees.
                Standard Conditions & Standard Criteria for Licensing Broking Company GR-1, GR-9, GR-10 Books and Records; Professional Indemnity Insurance; License Fees.

              • GR-A.2.4

                Further guidance on the implementation and transition to Volume 4 (Investment Business) is given in Module ES (Executive Summary).

        • GR-B GR-B Scope of Application

          • GR-B.1 GR-B.1 Investment Firm Licensees

            • GR-B.1.1

              The requirements in Module GR (General Requirements) apply to all investment firm licensees, with the exception of Chapter GR-3, which applies to Category 1 investment firms and Category 2 investment firms and Chapter GR-9, which applies to Category 2 investment firms and Category 3 investment firms only.

              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-B.1.2

              The scope of application of Module GR (General Requirements) is as follows:

              Chapter Bahraini Investment Firm Licensee Overseas Investment Firm Licensee
              GR-1 GR-1.1 and GR-1.3 apply to the whole firm; GR-1.2 applies to business booked in Bahrain only. Applies to the Bahrain branch only.
              GR-2 Applies to the whole firm. Applies to the Bahrain branch only.
              GR-3 Applies to Category 1 investment firms and Category 2 investment firms. Doesn't apply.
              GR-4 Applies to the whole firm. Applies to the Bahrain branch only.
              GR-5 GR-5.1 to GR-5.4 apply to the whole firm. Only GR-5.5 applies.
              GR-6 Applies to the whole firm. Applies to the whole firm.
              GR-7 Applies to the whole firm. Applies to the Bahrain branch only.
              GR-8 [Chapter deleted in October 2013] [Chapter deleted in October 2013]
              GR-9 Applies to Category 2 investment firms and Category 3 investment firms, with respect to Bahrain business. Applies to the Bahrain branch only.
              GR-10 Applies to the whole firm. Does not apply.
              Amended: October 2015
              Amended: October 2013
              Amended: July 2013
              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-B.1.3

              In the case of Bahraini investment firm licensees, certain requirements apply to the whole firm, irrespective of the location of its business; other requirements apply only in respect to business booked in Bahrain. In the case of overseas investment firm licensees, the requirements of Module GR mostly only apply to business booked in the Bahrain branch.

        • GR-1 GR-1 Books and Records

          • GR-1.1 GR-1.1 General Requirements

            • GR-1.1.1

              In accordance with Articles 59 of the CBB Law, all investment firm licensees must maintain books and records (whether in electronic or hard copy form) sufficient to produce financial statements and show a complete record of the business undertaken by a licensee. These records must be retained for at least ten years according to Article 60 of the CBB Law.

              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-1.1.2

              GR-1.1.1 includes accounts, books, files and other records (e.g. trial balance, general ledger, nostro/vostro statements, reconciliations, list of counterparties). It also includes records that substantiate the value of the assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet activities of the licensee (e.g. client activity files and valuation documentation).

              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-1.1.3

              Separately, Bahrain Law currently requires other transaction records to be retained for at least five years (see Ministerial Order No. 23 of 2002, Article 5(2), made pursuant to the Amiri Decree Law No. 4 of 2001).

              Amended: April 2013
              Added: July 2010

            • GR-1.1.4

              Unless otherwise agreed to by the CBB in writing, records must be kept in either English or Arabic. Any records kept in languages other than English or Arabic must be accompanied by a certified English or Arabic translation. Records must be kept current. The records must be sufficient to allow an audit of the licensee's business or an on-site examination of the licensee by the CBB.

              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-1.1.5

              Translations produced in compliance with Rule GR-1.1.4 may be undertaken in-house, by an employee or contractor of the licensee, providing they are certified by an appropriate officer of the licensee.

              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: July 2007

            • Location of Books and Records

              • GR-1.1.6

                Records must be accessible at any time from within the Kingdom of Bahrain, or as otherwise agreed with the CBB in writing.

                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: July 2007

              • GR-1.1.7

                Where older records have been archived, or in the case of records relating to overseas branches of Bahraini investment firm licensees, the CBB may accept that records be accessible within a reasonably short time frame (eg. within 5 business days), instead of immediately. The CBB may also agree similar arrangements for overseas investment firm licensees, as well as Bahraini investment firm licensees, where elements of record retention and management have been centralised in another group company, whether inside or outside of Bahrain.

                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: July 2007

              • GR-1.1.8

                Paragraphs GR-1.1.1 to GR-1.1.7 apply to Bahraini investment firm licensees, with respect to all its business activities. These requirements also apply to overseas investment firm licensees, but only with respect to the business booked in their branch in Bahrain.

                Amended: July 2010

          • GR-1.2 GR-1.2 Transaction Records

            • GR-1.2.1

              Investment firm licensees must keep completed transaction records for as long as they are relevant for the purposes for which they were made (with a minimum period in all cases of five years from the date when the transaction was terminated). Records of terminated transactions must be kept whether in hard copy or electronic format as per the Legislative Decree No. (54) of 2018 with respect to Electronic Transactions “The Electronic Communications and Transactions Law”and its amendments.

              Amended: January 2020
              Amended: July 2017
              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: January 2008

            • GR-1.2.2

              [This Paragraph has been deleted in July 2017].

              Deleted: July 2017

            • GR-1.2.3

              Rule GR-1.2.1 applies only to transactions relating to business booked in Bahrain by the licensee. It does not relate to transactions relating to business booked in overseas branches or subsidiaries of the licensee.

              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-1.2.4

              In the case of overseas investment firm licensees, Rule GR-1.2.1 therefore only applies to business booked in the Bahrain branch, not in the rest of the company.

          • GR-1.3 GR-1.3 Other Records

            • Corporate Records

              • GR-1.3.1

                Investment firm licensees must maintain the following records in original form or in hard copy at their premises in Bahrain:

                (a) Internal policies, procedures and operating manuals;
                (b) Corporate records, including minutes of shareholders', Directors' and management meetings;
                (c) Correspondence with the CBB and records relevant to monitoring compliance with CBB requirements;
                (d) Reports prepared by the investment firm licensee's internal and external auditors and compliance officer; and
                (e) Employee training manuals and records.
                Amended: January 2012
                Amended: July 2007

              • GR-1.3.2

                In the case of Bahraini investment firm licensees, these requirements apply to the licensee as a whole, including any overseas branches. In the case of overseas investment firm licensees, all the requirements of Chapter GR-1 are limited to the business booked in their branch in Bahrain and the records of that branch (see GR-1.1.7).

                Amended: July 2007

            • Customer Records

              • GR-1.3.3

                Record-keeping requirements with respect to customer records, including customer identification and due diligence records, are contained in Module FC (Financial Crime).

        • GR-2 GR-2 Corporate and Trade Names

          • GR-2.1 GR-2.1 Vetting of Names

            • GR-2.1.1

              Investment firm licensees must obtain CBB’s prior written approval for any change in their legal name. Licensees must notify the CBB of any change in their corporate name at least one week prior to effecting the proposed change.

              Amended: January 2022
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-2.1.2

              GR-2.1.1 applies to overseas investment firm licensees only with respect to their Bahrain branch.

            • GR-2.1.3

              In approving a change in a legal name, the CBB seeks to ensure that it is sufficiently distinct as to reduce possible confusion with other unconnected businesses, particularly those operating in the financial services sector. The CBB also seeks to ensure that names used by unregulated subsidiaries do not suggest those subsidiaries are in fact regulated.

              Amended: January 2022
              Amended: July 2007

          • GR-2.2 GR-2.2 Publication of Documents by the Licensee

            • GR-2.2.1

              Any written communication, including website, email, stationery, business cards or other business documentation published by the licensee, or used by its employees must include a statement that the licensee is regulated by the Central Bank of Bahrain, the type and category of license and the legal status. Additionally, written communication (stationery) should state the authorised and paid up capital of the licensee. All licensees should comply with this requirement by 31st December 2010 at the latest.

              Amended: April 2016
              Added: July 2010

        • GR-3 GR-3 Dividends

          • GR-3.1 GR-3.1 CBB Non-Objection

            • GR-3.1.1

              Bahraini investment firm licensees must obtain a letter of no-objection from the CBB to pay any dividend proposed, before announcing the proposed dividend by way of press announcement or any other means of communication and prior to submitting a proposal for a distribution of profits to a shareholder vote.

              Amended: July 2019
              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-3.1.2

              The CBB will grant a no-objection letter where it is satisfied that the level of dividend proposed is unlikely to leave the licensee vulnerable — for the foreseeable future — to breaching the CBB's financial resources requirements, taking into account (as appropriate) trends in the licensee's business volumes, expenses, trend performance and investment environment.

              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-3.1.3

              To facilitate the prior approval required under Paragraph GR-3.1.1, investment firm licensees subject to Paragraph GR-3.1.1 must provide the CBB with:

              (a) The licensee's intended percentage and amount of proposed dividends for the coming year;
              (b) A letter of no objection from the licensee's external auditor on such profit distribution; and
              (c) A detailed analysis of the impact of the proposed dividend on the capital adequacy requirements outlined in Module CA (Capital Adequacy) and liquidity position of the licensee.
              Amended: October 2017
              Amended: October 2011
              Amended: January 2011
              Amended: July 2007

        • GR-4 GR-4 Business Transfers

          • GR-4.1 GR-4.1 CBB Approval

            • GR-4.1.1

              An investment firm licensee must seek prior written approval from the CBB before transferring any of its business to a third party.

              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-4.1.2

              Rule GR-4.1.1 is intended to apply to circumstances where an investment firm licensee wishes to sell all or part of its business to a third party. It does not apply where an investment firm licensee is simply transferring client assets to a third party, on instruction from the client concerned.

              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-4.1.3

              In the case of a Bahraini investment firm licensee, Chapter GR-4 applies both to its business booked in Bahrain and in the firm's overseas branches. In the case of an overseas investment firm licensee, Chapter GR-4 applies only to business booked in the firm's Bahrain branch.

              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-4.1.4

              In all cases, CBB approval to transfer business will only be given where:

              (a) The transfer of business will not damage or otherwise prejudice the legitimate interests of the licensee's customers;
              (b) The transferee is duly licensed to undertake the business which it is to receive; and
              (c) The CBB is satisfied that the transfer will not breach any applicable laws or regulations, and would not create any supervisory concerns.
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-4.1.5

              In assessing the criteria outlined in Paragraph GR-4.1.4, the CBB will, amongst other factors, take into account the financial strength of the transferee; its capacity to manage the business being transferred; its track record in complying with applicable regulatory requirements; and (where applicable) its track record in treating customers fairly. The CBB will also take into account the impact of the transfer on the transferor, and any consequences this may have for the transferor's remaining customers.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • GR-4.1.6

              Investment firm licensees seeking to obtain the CBB's permission to transfer business must apply to the CBB in writing, in the form of a covering letter together with supporting attachments. Unless otherwise directed by the CBB, the application must provide:

              (a) Full details of the business to be transferred;
              (b) The rationale for the proposed transfer;
              (c) If applicable, an assessment of the impact of the transfer on any customers directly affected by the transfer, and any mitigating factors or measures;
              (d) If applicable, an assessment of the impact of the transfer on the transferor's remaining business and customers, and any mitigating factors or measures; and
              (e) Evidence that the proposed transfer has been duly authorised by the transferor (such as a certified copy of a Board resolution approving the transfer).
              Adopted: July 2007

            • GR-4.1.7

              Firms intending to apply to transfer business are advised to contact the CBB at the earliest possible opportunity, prior to submitting a formal application, in order that the CBB may determine the nature and level of documentation to be provided and the need for an auditor or other expert opinion to be provided to support the application. The documentation specified in Paragraph GR-4.1.6 may be varied by the CBB, depending on the nature of the proposed transfer, such as the materiality of the business concerned and its impact on customers.

              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-4.1.8

              The CBB's approval may be given subject to any conditions deemed appropriate by the CBB. In all cases where additional requirements are imposed, the CBB shall state the reasons for doing so.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • GR-4.1.9

              At its discretion, the CBB may require that a notice of proposed transfer of business be published in the Official Gazette, and/or in at least two local daily newspapers (one in Arabic, the other in English), in order to give affected customers the right to comment on the proposed transfer. Where such a requirement has been imposed, the CBB's decision on the application will also be published in the Official Gazette and in at least two local daily newspapers. In all such cases, the costs of publication must be met by the transferor.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • GR-4.1.10

              Publication under paragraph GR-4.1.9 will generally only be required where a proposed transfer involves a large number of customers or is otherwise deemed necessary in order to protect customer interests.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • GR-4.1.11

              Investment firm licensees are also reminded of the requirements regarding client assets contained in Module CL (Client Assets).

              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-4.1.12

              The requirements in this Chapter are based on the powers available to the CBB in Article 68 of the CBB Law.

              Amended: April 2013
              Adopted: July 2007

        • GR-5 GR-5 Controllers

          • GR-5.1 GR-5.1 Key Provisions for Bahraini Investment Firm Licensees

            • GR-5.1.1

              Bahraini investment firm licensees must obtain prior approval from the CBB for any of the following changes to their controllers (as defined in Section GR-5.2):

              (a) A new controller;
              (b) An existing controller increasing its holding from 10% to 20%;
              (c) An existing controller increasing its holding from below 20% to 30%;
              (d) An existing controller increasing its holding from below 30% to 40%;
              (e) An existing controller increasing its holding to above 40% for licensees not listed on any exchange in Bahrain or abroad; and
              (f) An existing controller reducing its holding to below 10%.
              Amended: October 2015
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-5.1.1A

              Licensees must not incur or otherwise have an exposure (either directly or indirectly) to their controllers, including subsidiaries and associated companies of such controllers.

              Added: April 2019

            • GR-5.1.1B

              For the purpose of Paragraph GR-5.1.1A, licensees that already have an exposure to controllers must have an action plan agreed with the CBB's supervisory point of contact to address such exposures within a timeline agreed with the CBB.

              Added: April 2019

            • GR-5.1.2

              Articles 52 to 56 of the CBB Law require notification to the CBB of all controllers of licensees and of listed companies; it further gives the CBB the right to refuse approval of controllers if deemed damaging to the interests of the market, customers, or in contravention of the criteria set by the CBB.

              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-5.1.3 [This Paragraph deleted 07/2007.]

              Deleted: July 2007

            • GR-5.1.4

              Requests for approval under Paragraph GR-5.1.1 must be made by submitting a duly completed Form 2 (Application for Authorisation of Controller) to the CBB.

              Amended: October 2015
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-5.1.4A

              Where the direct controller of a Bahraini investment firm licensee is not the ultimate parent undertaking of the licensee, the CBB will require that Form 2 be completed by the ultimate parent undertaking and that the details be provided of the structure of the group, clearly detailing the relationship between the licensee and the ultimate parent undertaking (e.g. by providing an organisational structure of the group).

              Added: October 2015

            • GR-5.1.4B

              Bahraini investment firm licensees must immediately notify the CBB in case of any material change to the information provided in a Form 2 submitted for a controller.

              Added: October 2015

            • GR-5.1.4C

              Where a controller is a legal person, any change in its shareholding must be notified to the CBB at the earlier of:

              (a) When the change takes effect; and
              (b) When the controller becomes aware of the proposed change.
              Amended: October 2015
              Adopted: January 2011

            • GR-5.1.5

              If, as a result of circumstances outside the Bahraini investment firm licensee's knowledge and/or control, one of the changes specified in Paragraph GR-5.1.1 is triggered prior to CBB approval being sought or obtained, the Bahraini investment firm licensee must notify the CBB no later than 15 calendar days from the date on which those changes have occurred (see Paragraph BR-2.2.23).

              Amended: January 2017
              Amended: October 2015
              Amended: January 2011
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-5.1.6

              For approval under Rule GR-5.1.1 to be granted, the applicant must satisfy the CBB that the proposed change in controller poses no undue risks to the licensee or its customers, and is not damaging to the interests of the market, as defined in the suitability criteria for controllers, contained in Section GR-5.3.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • GR-5.1.7

              An approval of controller is valid for the period specified in the approval letter issued by the CBB. The CBB may impose any restrictions that it considers necessary to be observed when granting its approval.

              Amended: October 2015
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-5.1.7A

              The approval process is specified in Section GR-5.4.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • GR-5.1.8

              Bahraini investment firm licensees must submit, within 3 months of their financial year-end, a report on their controllers. This report must identify all controllers of the licensee, as defined in Section GR-5.2 (see Paragraph BR-1.4.1).

              Amended: October 2015
              Amended: July 2007

          • GR-5.2 GR-5.2 Definition of Controller of a Bahraini Investment Firm Licensee

            • GR-5.2.1

              A controller of a Bahraini investment firm licensee is a natural or legal person who, either alone or with his associates:

              (a) Holds 10% or more of the issued and paid up capital in the licensee or parent undertaking; or
              (b) Is able to exercise more than 10% of the voting power over the licensee or the parent undertaking.
              Amended: October 2015
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-5.2.2

              For the purposes of Paragraph GR-5.2.1, 'associate' includes:

              (a) In the case of natural persons, a member of the controller's family;
              (b) An undertaking of which a controller is a Director;
              (c) A person who is an employee or partner of the controller;
              (d) If the controller is a legal person, a Director of the controller, a subsidiary of the controller, or a Director of any subsidiary undertaking of the controller; and
              (e) Any other person or undertaking with which the controller has entered into an agreement or arrangement as to the acquisition, holding or disposal of shares or other interests in the investment firm licensee, or under which they undertake to act together in exercising their voting power in relation to the investment firm licensee.
              Amended: October 2015
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-5.2.3

              In addition to the provisions of this Chapter, listed companies and their controllers shall be bound by the CBB s regulatory requirements for capital markets stipulated in the CBB s Rulebook related to changes in the ownership of shares in listed companies. For overseas investment firm licensees, Section GR-5.5 shall apply.

              Amended: October 2015
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-5.2.4

              The restrictions set forth in this Chapter shall apply to any changes in the legality of the shares ownership of the controllers in the licensees, or to the voting powers the controllers are entitled to in the licensees. Failure to comply with such restrictions shall result in the imposition of penalties as indicated in Module EN (Enforcement) of the CBB Rulebook. The imposition of such penalties shall not affect the CBB s right to impose other penalties and to take any other administrative measures against the controller in accordance with the provisions of the Law including preventing the controller from exercising his voting right or transferring of shares.

              Added: October 2015

          • GR-5.3 GR-5.3 Suitability of Controllers for Bahraini Investment Firm Licensees

            • GR-5.3.1

              Bahraini investment firm licensees must satisfy the CBB of the suitability of their proposed controllers.

              Amended: October 2015
              Amended: October 2011
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-5.3.1A

              [This Paragraph was deleted in October 2015.]

              Deleted: October 2015
              Adopted: October 2011

            • Natural Persons

              • GR-5.3.2

                The percentage of direct or indirect control of a natural person in a Bahraini investment firm licensee must not exceed 30% of the issued and paid up capital. This limit does not apply to category 3 investment firms.

                Added: October 2015

              • GR-5.3.3

                In assessing the suitability of controllers who are natural persons, the CBB will consider the following:

                (a) Whether the approval or refusal of a controller is or could be detrimental to the licensee, Bahrain's financial sector and the national interest of the Kingdom of Bahrain;
                (b) The legitimate interests of clients, creditors, non-controlling interests, and all other stakeholders of the licensee;
                (c) A conviction or finding of guilt in respect of any offence, other than a minor traffic offence, by any court or competent jurisdiction;
                (d) Any adverse finding in a civil action by any court or competent jurisdiction, relating to fraud, misfeasance or other misconduct in connection with the formation or management of a corporation or partnership;
                (e) Whether the person has been the subject of any disciplinary proceeding by any government authority, regulatory agency or professional body or association;
                (f) The contravention of any financial services legislation or regulation;
                (g) Whether the person has ever been refused an authorisation as controller, a license to undertake regulated activities by the CBB or any other regulator in another jurisdiction;
                (h) Dismissal or a request to resign from any office or employment;
                (i) Disqualification by a court, regulator or other competent body, as a Director or as a manager of a corporation;
                (j) Whether the person has been a Director, partner or manager of a corporation or partnership which has gone into liquidation or declared bankrupt or one or more of its partners or managers have been declared bankrupt;
                (k) The extent to which the person has been truthful and open with regulators;
                (l) Whether the person has ever been adjudged bankrupt, entered into any arrangement with creditors in relation to the inability to pay due debts, or failed to satisfy a judgement debt under a court order or has defaulted on any debts;
                (m) The track record as a controller in another company or investor in a financial institution, whether in the Kingdom of Bahrain or abroad;
                (n) The financial resources of the person and the stability of their shareholding;
                (o) Existing Directorships or ownership of more than 20% of the issued or paid up capital in any financial institution in the Kingdom of Bahrain or elsewhere, and the potential for conflicts of interest that such Directorships or ownership may imply;
                (p) The ability of the person to deal with existing shareholders and the Board in a constructive and co-operative manner; and
                (q) The propriety of a person's conduct, whether or not such conduct resulted in conviction for a criminal offence, the contravention of a law or regulation, or the institution of legal or disciplinary proceedings.
                Amended: October 2015
                Amended: July 2007

            • Unregulated Legal Persons

              • GR-5.3.3A

                The percentage of direct or indirect control of an unregulated legal person in a Bahraini investment firm licensee must not exceed 30% of the issued and paid up capital.

                Added: October 2015

              • GR-5.3.4

                In assessing the suitability of controllers who are unregulated legal persons, the CBB will consider the following:

                (a) Whether their approval or refusal of a controller is or could be detrimental to the licensee, Bahrain's financial sector and the national interest of the Kingdom of Bahrain;
                (b) The legitimate interests of investors, creditors, non-controlling interests and all other stakeholders of the licensee;
                (c) The financial strength of the controller, its parent(s) and its subsidiaries, its implications for the investment firm licensee and the likely stability of the controller's shareholding in the investment firm licensee;
                (d) Whether the unregulated legal person or any of its subsidiaries or any of its shareholders have ever been adjudged bankrupt, or failed to satisfy a judgement debt under a court order, or have defaulted on any debts, or entered into any arrangement with creditors in relation to the inability to pay due debts;
                (e) The controller's jurisdiction of incorporation, location of Head Office, group structure and close links, and the implications for the investment firm licensee as regards effective supervision of the investment firm licensee and potential conflicts of interest;
                (f) The controller's (and other subsidiaries') propriety and general standards of business conduct, including the contravention of any laws or regulations related to financial services, or the institution of disciplinary proceedings by a government authority, regulatory agency or professional body;
                (g) Any conviction related to fraud, misfeasance or other misconduct;
                (h) Whether the unregulated legal person or any of its subsidiaries has been subject to any disciplinary proceeding whether by court order any proceeding by a specialised body, and whether the unregulated legal person is sued in any court;
                (i) The extent to which the controller or its subsidiaries have been truthful and open with regulators and supervisors;
                (j) Whether the unregulated legal person has ever been refused an authorisation as controller, a license to undertake regulated activities by the CBB or any other regulator in another jurisdiction;
                (k) The track record as a controller or investor in financial institutions;
                (l) The ability of the unregulated legal person to deal with existing shareholders and the Board in a constructive and co-operative manner;
                (m) Directorships in the Kingdom of Bahrain or elsewhere or ownership of more than 20% of the capital or voting rights of any financial institution, and the potential for conflicts of interest that such directorships or ownership may imply; and
                (n) Whether the unregulated legal person or any of its subsidiaries have ever entered into any arrangement with creditors in relation to the inability to pay due debts.
                Amended: October 2015
                Amended: July 2007

            • Regulated Legal Persons

              • GR-5.3.5

                The percentage of direct or indirect control of a regulated legal person in a Bahraini investment firm licensee must not exceed 40% of the issued and paid up capital.

                Added: October 2015

              • GR-5.3.6

                The 40% limit referred to in Paragraph GR-5.3.5 does not apply to Bahraini investment firm licensees not listed on a licensed exchange or an exchange abroad, or to mergers or acquisitions which have been approved by the CBB.

                Added: October 2015

              • GR-5.3.7

                Subject to the discretion of the CBB, regulated financial institutions may be allowed to own or control holdings of voting capital of listed licensees in excess of the abovementioned 40% level, if such control is not detrimental to the licensee, Bahrain s financial sector and the national interest of the Kingdom of Bahrain.

                Added: October 2015

              • GR-5.3.8

                Regulated financial institutions wishing to acquire more than 40% of the voting capital of a Bahraini investment firm licensee must observe the criteria set forth in Guidance GR-5.3.4 related to unregulated legal persons, in addition to the conditions set forth under Guidance GR-5.3.9.

                Added: October 2015

              • GR-5.3.9

                In assessing the suitability of controllers who are regulated legal persons, the CBB will consider the following:

                (a) The person must be subject to effective consolidated supervision by a supervisory authority which effectively implements the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision Core Principles, or the IOSCO Core Principles or the IAIS Core Principles as well as the FATF Recommendations on Money Laundering and the financing of terrorism & proliferation;
                (b) The home supervisor of the person must give its formal written prior approval for (or otherwise raise no objection to) the proposed acquisition of the Bahraini investment firm licensee;
                (c) The home supervisor of the person must confirm to the CBB that it will require the person to consolidate the activities of the concerned Bahraini investment firm licensee for regulatory and accounting purposes if the case so requires;
                (d) The home supervisor of the person must formally agree to the exchange of customer information between the person and its prospective Bahraini subsidiary/acquisition for AML/CFT purposes and for Large Exposures monitoring purposes;
                (e) The home supervisor of the person and the CBB must conclude a Memorandum of Understanding in respect of supervisory responsibilities, exchange of information and mutual inspection visits; and
                (f) The person must provide an acceptably worded letter of guarantee to the CBB in respect of its obligation to support the licensee, should such letter be requested.
                Added: October 2015

          • GR-5.4 GR-5.4 Approval Process for Bahraini Investment Firm Licensees

            • GR-5.4.1

              Within 3 months of receipt of an approval request under Paragraph GR-5.1.1, with the complete documentation requirements to the satisfaction of the CBB, the CBB will issue a written notice of approval or of refusal by registered mail, to the Bahraini investment firm licensee and the applicant. Where an approval notice is given, it will specify the period for which it is valid and any conditions that may be applied.

              Amended: October 2015
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-5.4.1A

              The CBB may refuse an application for approval if the applicant does not meet the criteria set forth in Section GR-5.3. The notice of refusal will specify the reasons for the objection and specify the applicant s right of appeal.

              Added: October 2015

            • GR-5.4.2

              Article 53 of the CBB Law allows the CBB up to 3 months in which to respond to an application, although the CBB normally aims to respond within 30 calendar days. Notices of refusal have to be approved by the concerned Executive Director of the CBB.

              Amended: October 2015
              Amended: October 2009
              Adopted: July 2007

            • Appeal Process

              • GR-5.4.2A

                The applicant has 30 calendar days from the date of a notice in which to appeal a decision to refuse the application or any conditions imposed as a condition of approval. The CBB then has 30 calendar days from the date of the appeal in which to consider any mitigating evidence submitted and make a final determination.

                Added: October 2015

              • GR-5.4.3

                Where a person has become a controller by virtue of their shareholding in contravention of Paragraph GR-5.1.1, or a notice of refusal has been served on them under Paragraph GR-5.4.1 and the period of appeal has expired, the CBB may, by notice in writing served on the person concerned, instruct the person concerned to transfer such shares, or refrain from exercising voting rights in respect of such shares.

                Amended: July 2007

              • GR-5.4.4

                If the person concerned fails to take the action specified under Paragraph GR-5.4.3, then the CBB may seek a court order to take appropriate measures: these may include forcing the person to sell their shares.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • GR-5.4.5

                [This Paragraph was deleted in October 2015.]

                Deleted: October 2015
                Adopted: July 2007

              • GR-5.4.6

                In addition to the above requirements, Bahraini investment firm licensees are encouraged to notify the CBB as soon as they become aware of events that are likely to lead to major changes in their controllers. Any supervisory implications of such changes can then be discussed prior to the filing of a formal approval request.

                Amended: October 2015
                Adopted: July 2007

              • GR-5.4.7

                The CBB may contact references and supervisory bodies in connection with any information provided to support an application for controller. The CBB may also ask for further information, in addition to that provided in the Form 2, if required to satisfy itself as to the suitability of the applicant.

                Added: October 2015

              • GR-5.4.8

                In accordance with Paragraph EN-8.2.6, and where a controller is a natural person, the CBB may, depending on the seriousness of a situation, impose enforcement measures, which may include disqualification from being a controller of any licensed firm.

                Added: October 2015

          • GR-5.5 GR-5.5 Key Provisions for Overseas Investment Firm Licensees

            • GR-5.5.1

              In the case of overseas investment firm licensees, the licensee must notify the CBB of any new significant ownership in excess of 50% of the issued and paid up capital of the concerned licensee s direct parent undertaking as soon as the licensee becomes aware of the change (see Paragraph BR-2.2.23A). The overseas investment firm licensee must provide a copy of the relevant approval by the home supervisor of the parent. The CBB will take the appropriate action in such case.

              Added: October 2015

            • GR-5.5.2

              In assessing the suitability of a controller of the parent of an overseas investment firm licensee, the CBB will take into regard that the change in control poses no undue risks to the licensee or its customers, and is not damaging to the interests of the market.

              Added: October 2015

            • GR-5.5.3

              Overseas investment firm licensees must submit, within 3 months of their financial year-end, a report on their controllers. This report must identify all controllers of the branch, and details of the type of control (See BR-1.4.1).

              Added: October 2015

            • GR-5.5.4

              For overseas investment firm licensees, the controller is the direct parent undertaking. Any material changes as outlined in Paragraph GR-5.5.1, to the control of the direct parent undertaking must be filed through submission of an updated Form 2 to the CBB.

              Added: October 2015

        • GR-6 GR-6 Close Links

          • GR-6.1 GR-6.1 Key Provisions

            • GR-6.1.1

              Condition 3 of the CBB's licensing conditions specifies, amongst other things, that investment firm licensees must satisfy the CBB that their close links do not prevent the effective supervision of the licensee and otherwise pose no undue risks to the licensee. (See Paragraph AU-2.3.1).

              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-6.1.2

              Applicants for an investment firm license must provide details of their close links, as provided for under Form 1 (Application for a License). (See Paragraph AU-5.1.1).

            • GR-6.1.3

              Investment firm licensees must submit to the CBB, within 3 months of their financial year-end, a report on their close links. The report must identify all undertakings closely linked to the licensee, as defined in Section GR-6.2.

              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-6.1.4

              Investment firm licensees may satisfy the requirement in Paragraph GR-6.1.3 by submitting a corporate structure chart, identifying all undertakings closely linked to the licensee.

              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-6.1.5

              Investment firm licensees must provide information on undertakings with which they are closely linked, as requested by the CBB.

              Amended: July 2007

          • GR-6.2 GR-6.2 Definition of Close Links

            • GR-6.2.1

              An investment firm licensee ('L') has close links with another undertaking ('U'), if:

              (a) U is a parent undertaking of L;
              (b) U is a subsidiary undertaking of L;
              (c) U is a subsidiary undertaking of a parent undertaking of L;
              (d) U, or any other subsidiary undertaking of its parent, owns or controls 20% or more of the voting rights or capital of L; or
              (e) L, any of its parent or subsidiary undertakings, or any of the subsidiary undertakings of its parent, owns or controls 20% or more of the voting rights or capital of U.
              Amended: July 2007

          • GR-6.3 GR-6.3 Assessment Criteria

            • GR-6.3.1

              In assessing whether an investment firm licensee's close links may prevent the effective supervision of the firm, or otherwise poses no undue risks to the investment firm licensee, the CBB takes into account the following:

              (a) Whether the CBB will receive adequate information from the investment firm licensee, and those with whom the licensee has close links, to enable it to determine whether the licensee is complying with CBB requirements;
              (b) The structure and geographical spread of the licensee, its group and other undertakings with which it has close links, and whether this might hinder the provision of adequate and reliable flows of information to the CBB, for instance because of operations in territories which restrict the free flow of information for supervisory purposes;
              (c) In the case of an overseas investment firm licensee, whether the investment firm licensee and its group will be subject to supervision on a consolidated basis (for example, if a financial resources requirement is determined for the group as a whole); and
              (d) Whether it is possible to assess with confidence the overall financial position of the group at any particular time, and whether there are factors that might hinder this, such as group members having different financial year ends or auditors, or the corporate structure being unnecessarily complex and opaque.
              Amended: July 2007

        • GR-7 GR-7 Cessation of Business

          • GR-7.1 GR-7.1 CBB Approval

            • GR-7.1.1

              As specified in Article 50 of the CBB Law, an investment firm licensee wishing to cease to provide or suspend all or any of its licensed regulated services, completely or at any of its branches, must obtain prior written approval from the CBB.

              Amended: October 2011
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-7.1.2

              If the investment firm licensee wishes to transfer client assets to a third party, it must also comply with the requirements contained in Chapter GR-4.

              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-7.1.2A

              If the investment firm licensee wishes to liquidate its business, the CBB will revise its license to restrict the firm from entering into new business. The licensee must continue to comply with all applicable CBB requirements until such time as it is formally notified by the CBB that its obligations have been discharged and that it may surrender its license.

              Adopted: October 2011

            • GR-7.1.3

              In the case of a Bahraini investment firm licensee, Chapter GR-7 applies both to its business booked in Bahrain and in the firm's overseas branches. In the case of an overseas investment firm licensee, Chapter GR-7 applies only to business booked in the firm's Bahrain branch.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • GR-7.1.4

              Investment firm licensees seeking to obtain the CBB's permission to cease business must apply to the CBB in writing, in the form of a formal request together with supporting documents. Unless otherwise directed by the CBB, the following requirements must be provided in support of the request:

              (a) Full details of the business to be terminated;
              (b) The rationale for the cessation;
              (c) How the licensee proposes to cease business;
              (d) Notice of an Extraordinary Meeting setting out the agenda to discuss and approve the cessation, and inviting the CBB for such meeting;
              (e) Evidence that the proposed cessation has been duly authorised by the licensee (such as a certified copy of a Board resolution approving the cessation).
              (f) Formal request to the CBB for the appointment of a liquidator acceptable to the CBB;
              (g) A cut-off date by which the licensee will stop its operations;
              (h) If the investment firm licensee wishes to cease its whole business, confirmation that the licensee will not enter into new business with effect from the cut-off date;
              (i) Once the CBB has given its approval to an application to cease business, the licensee must publish a notice of its intention to cease business in two local daily newspapers (one in Arabic, the other in English). Notices must also be displayed in the premises (including any branch offices) of the licensee concerned. These notices must be given not less than 30 calendar days before the cessation is to take effect, and must include such information as the CBB may specify;
              (j) The audited accounts of the licensee as of the last date on which it stopped operations. The commencement of such accounts should be the beginning of the financial year of the licensee;
              (k) If applicable, an assessment of the impact of the cessation on any customers directly affected by the cessation, and any mitigating factors or measures;
              (l) If applicable, an assessment of the impact of the cessation on the licensee's remaining business and customers, and any mitigating factors or measures; and
              (m) The final liquidator's report of the licensee.
              Amended: October 2011
              Amended: October 2009
              Adopted: July 2007

            • GR-7.1.5

              Licensees intending to apply to cease business are advised to contact the CBB at the earliest possible opportunity, prior to submitting a formal application, in order that the CBB may determine the nature and level of documentation to be provided and the need for an auditor or other expert opinion to be provided to support the application. The documentation specified in Paragraph GR-7.1.4 may be varied by the CBB, depending on the nature of the proposed cessation, such as the materiality of the business concerned and its impact on customers.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • GR-7.1.6

              Approval to cease business will generally be given where adequate arrangements have been made to offer alternative arrangements to any affected customers. The CBB's approval may be given subject to any conditions deemed appropriate by the CBB. In all cases where additional requirements are imposed, the CBB shall state the reasons for doing so.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • GR-7.1.7 [Deleted]

              Deleted: October 2009

            • GR-7.1.7

              The notice referred to in Subparagraph GR-7.1.4(i) must include a statement that written representations concerning the liquidation may be submitted to the CBB before a specified day, which shall not be later than thirty calendar days after the day of the first publication of the notice. The CBB will not decide on the application until after considering any representations made to the CBB before the specified day.

              Amended: October 2011
              Amended: October 2009
              Adopted: July 2007

            • GR-7.1.8

              Upon satisfactorily meeting the requirements set out in GR-7.1.4, the investment firm licensee must surrender the original license certificate issued by the Licensing Directorate at the time of establishment, and submit confirmation of the cancellation of its commercial registration from the Ministry of Industry and Commerce.

              Amended: April 2020
              Amended: October 2011
              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-7.1.9

              Where the CBB has given its approval to cancel or amend a license, then it will also publish its decision in the Official Gazette, as well as in two local daily newspapers (one in Arabic, the other in English), once this decision has been implemented.

              Amended: October 2011
              Amended: October 2009
              Adopted: July 2007

            • GR-7.1.9A

              The publication cost of these notices mentioned in Paragraph GR-7.1.9 is to be met by the investment firm licensee concerned.

              Adopted: October 2011

            • GR-7.1.10

              The investment firm licensee must continue to comply with all applicable CBB requirements until such time as it is formally notified by the CBB that its obligations have been discharged.

              Amended: October 2011
              Adopted: October 2009

            • GR-7.1.11

              An investment firm licensee in liquidation must continue to meet its contractual and regulatory obligations to customers and creditors.

              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-7.1.11A

              If no objections to the liquidation are upheld by the CBB, the CBB may then issue a written notice of approval for the surrender of the license.

              Adopted: October 2011

            • GR-7.1.12

              If a Category 2 investment firm or a Category 3 investment firm applies to the CBB for voluntary surrender of its authorisation, it must ensure that suitable arrangements are in place for professional indemnity coverage, to continue in respect of any unreported claims arising from past sales or advice, in accordance with Rule GR-9.1.8.

              Amended: October 2011
              Adopted: October 2009

            • GR-7.1.5

              Once the investment firm licensee believes that it has discharged all its remaining contractual obligations to clients and creditors, it must publish a notice in two national newspapers in Bahrain approved by the BMA (one being in English and one in Arabic), stating that is has settled all its dues and wishes to leave the market.

            • GR-7.1.6

              The notice referred to in Paragraph GR-7.1.5 must include a statement that written representations concerning the liquidation may be sent to the BMA before a specified day, which shall not be earlier than sixty days after the day of the first publication of the notice. The BMA will not decide on the application until after considering any representations made to the BMA before the specified day.

            • GR-7.1.7

              If no objections to the liquidation are upheld by the BMA, then the BMA may issue a written notice of approval for the surrender of the license.

        • GR-8 GR-8 Appointed Representatives [This Chapter was deleted in October 2013]

          • GR-8.1 GR-8.1 Key Provisions [This Section was deleted in October 2013]

            • GR-8.1.1

              [This Paragraph was deleted in October 2013].

              Deleted: October 2013

            • GR-8.1.2

              [This Paragraph was deleted in October 2013].

              Deleted: October 2013

            • GR-8.1.3

              [This Paragraph was deleted in October 2013].

              Deleted: October 2013

            • GR-8.1.4

              [This Paragraph was deleted in October 2013].

              Deleted: October 2013

            • GR-8.1.5

              [This Paragraph was deleted in October 2013].

              Deleted: October 2013

            • GR-8.1.6

              [This Paragraph was deleted in October 2013].

              Deleted: October 2013

            • GR-8.1.7

              [This Paragraph was deleted in October 2013].

              Deleted: October 2013

            • GR-8.1.8

              [This Paragraph was deleted in October 2013].

              Deleted: October 2013

            • GR-8.1.9

              [This Paragraph was deleted in October 2013].

              Deleted: October 2013

            • GR-8.1.10

              [This Paragraph was deleted in October 2013].

              Deleted: October 2013

            • GR-8.1.11

              [This Paragraph was deleted in October 2013].

              Deleted: October 2013

            • GR-8.1.12

              [This Paragraph was deleted in October 2013].

              Deleted: October 2013

            • GR-8.1.13

              [This Paragraph was deleted in October 2013].

              Deleted: October 2013

        • GR-9 GR-9 Professional Indemnity Coverage

          • GR-9.1 GR-9.1 Key Provisions

            • GR-9.1.1

              Category 2 investment firms and Category 3 investment firms must maintain professional indemnity coverage. The professional indemnity coverage must be obtained from an insurance firm acceptable to the CBB and licensed in the Kingdom of Bahrain. Category 2 investment firms and Category 3 investment firms must submit a Professional Indemnity Insurance Return (Form PIIR) on a quarterly basis as part of the Quarterly Prudential Return Form (ref. BR-1.1). Additionally, they must provide, upon request, evidence to the CBB of the coverage in force.

              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-9.1.1A

              In accordance with Paragraph EN-B.3.1, investment firm licensees may not enter into or make a claim under a contract of insurance that is intended to, or has the effect of, indemnifying them from the financial penalties provided for in Module EN.

              Adopted: April 2008

            • GR-9.1.2

              The requirement to maintain professional indemnity coverage will normally be met by the investment firm licensee concerned obtaining an insurance policy from an insurance firm. The CBB may also accept an insurance indemnity policy issued at group level, e.g. issued with respect to the parent of the investment firm licensee, provided the terms of the policy explicitly provide indemnity coverage with respect to the investment firm licensee. Similarly, overseas investment firm licensees may provide evidence of professional indemnity coverage maintained by their head office, providing that the coverage of the professional indemnity extends to the operations of the branch operating in Bahrain.

              Amended: April 2008
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-9.1.3

              Upon written application to the CBB, the requirement in Rule GR-9.1.1 may instead be met by the investment firm licensee depositing with a retail bank licensed to operate in the Kingdom of Bahrain, an amount, specified by the CBB, to be held in escrow against future claims. This amount will not be less than the minimum required policy limit.

              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-9.1.4

              An investment firm licensee must assess its insurance needs with respect to professional indemnity to ensure its adequacy to the level of business undertaken, notwithstanding the minimum limit of indemnity.

              Adopted: October 2009

            • GR-9.1.5

              The minimum limit of indemnity is BD 100,000 for Category 2 investment firms and BD 75,000 for Category 3 investment firms.

              Amended: October 2009

            • GR-9.1.6

              The maximum excess or deductible allowable under the policy shall be BD 15,000.

              Amended: October 2009

            • GR-9.1.7

              Unless otherwise agreed in writing with the CBB, the policy must contain a clause that it may not be cancelled or lapsed without the prior notification of the CBB. The policy must also contain a provision for an automatic extended reporting period in the event that the policy is cancelled or lapsed, such that claims relating to the period during which the policy was in force may subsequently still be reported.

              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-9.1.8

              If a Category 2 investment firm or Category 3 investment firm applies to the CBB for a voluntary surrender of its authorisation, it must ensure that suitable arrangements are in place for professional indemnity coverage to continue in respect of any unreported claims arising from past sales or advice.

              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-9.1.9

              The CBB will not allow a voluntary surrender of authorisation to take effect until the investment firm licensee, in the opinion of the CBB, has discharged all its regulatory responsibilities to its clients. See also Section AU-5.5, on the cancellation of authorisation.

              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-9.1.10

              As provided for in Module ES, professional indemnity coverage requirements must be met by Category 2 investment firms and Category 3 investment firms, which were licensed prior to the introduction of Volume 4 (Investment Business) in April 2006, by December 31, 2006. Category 2 investment firms and Category 3 investment firms licensed after April 2006 are required to comply with the CBB's professional indemnity coverage requirements, from the point they are given a license.

              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-9.1.11

              Category 2 investment firms and Category 3 investment firms must prominently display in their premises a notice stating that they have in place professional indemnity coverage that meets the minimum requirements of the CBB and the period of coverage, such that claims relating to the period during which the policy was in force may subsequently still be reported.

              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: July 2007

            • GR-9.1.12

              The above notice may either be issued by the insurance company on behalf of the investment firm licensee, or by the licensee itself. The notice should specify the main features of the coverage maintained (or, where relevant, the amount of funds placed in escrow, in accordance with Rule GR-9.1.3). It should also specify the procedures for submitting a claim under the coverage maintained.

              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: July 2007

        • GR-10 GR-10 [This Chapter deleted 07/2007.]

          Deleted: July 2007

          • GR-10.1 GR-10.1 Annual License Fees

            • GR-10.1.1

              Investment firm licensees must pay the relevant annual license fee to the BMA, upon the issuance of their license and thereafter on 1 January each year. The annual license fee charged upon issuance of a license is charged on a pro-rata basis, proportionate to the period remaining between the issuance of the license and the end of the calendar year in question.

            • GR-10.1.2

              The annual license fee payable is as follows:

              Category 1 investment firms: BD 4,000
              Category 2 investment firms: BD 1,000
              Category 3 investment firms: BD 500

            • GR-10.1.3

              The above fee structure is temporary, pending the development of an integrated license fee structure covering all BMA licensees. Such a system, which will be the subject of consultation prior to implementation, is to be finalized for implementation in January 2007. The guiding principles of the new system will be (i) to remain internationally competitive in terms of direct costs imposed on licensees; (ii) to be relatively simple and straightforward to calculate and apply; and (iii) to align more closely the level of fees charged with the scale and likely complexity of a licensee.

        • GR-10 GR-10 Branches, Subsidiaries and Representative Offices

          • GR-10.1 GR-10.1 General Requirements

            • GR-10.1.1

              As specified in Articles 51 and 57 of the CBB Law, a Bahraini investment firm licensee incorporated in Bahrain must seek CBB approval and give reasonable advance notice of its intention to:

              (a) Enter into a merger with another undertaking;
              (b) Enter into a proposed acquisition, disposal or establishment of a new subsidiary undertaking;
              (c) Open a new place of business as a subsidiary undertaking or a branch within the Kingdom of Bahrain or other jurisdiction; or
              (d) Open a representative office in another jurisdiction.
              Amended: July 2013
              Added: April 2011

            • GR-10.1.1A

              The Rules in this Section apply to all Bahraini investment firm licensees proposing to establish a new subsidiary undertaking, either directly by way of holding majority shareholding or having majority voting control by virtue of direct ownership or indirectly, by proxy/nominee arrangements, or through a management agreement.

              Added: July 2013

            • GR-10.1.2

              Rule GR-10.1.1 applies whether or not the Bahraini investment firm licensee is required to be regulated locally in the jurisdiction where it proposes to undertake the investment business.

              Amended: July 2013
              Added: April 2011

            • GR-10.1.3

              The CBB will consider as one of its criteria to approve, impose additional requirements on the Bahraini investment firm licensee or refuse an application under Paragraph GR-10.1.1, the information related to Paragraph GR-10.1.2.

              Amended: July 2013
              Added: April 2011

            • GR-10.1.4

              Bahraini investment firm licensees will also need to consider the implications of a merger, acquisition, disposal or establishment of a new subsidiary undertaking in the context of the controllers and close links rules set out in Sections GR-5 and GR-6.

              Added: April 2011

            • GR-10.1.5

              [This Paragraph was deleted in July 2013]

              Deleted: July 2013
              Added: April 2011

            • Establishment of a Subsidiary

              • GR-10.1.6

                The purpose and objectives of a subsidiary undertaking referred to in Rule GR-10.1.1 must be limited to the permissible activities within the scope of the investment business license as defined under regulated investment services in Section AU-1.4.

                Added: April 2011

              • GR-10.1.7

                Bahraini investment firm licensees wishing to establish or acquire a subsidiary undertaking must submit the following information to the CBB as part of the approval process referred to in Paragraph GR-10.1.1:

                (a) Proposed name of subsidiary;
                (b) Country of incorporation;
                (c) Legal structure;
                (d) Proposed paid-up capital;
                (e) Proposed shareholding structure;
                (f) Purpose of establishing or acquiring the subsidiary;
                (g) Draft incorporation documents of the subsidiary;
                (h) Board Resolution approving the establishment or acquisition of the subsidiary;
                (i) Names of the board members of the proposed subsidiary and the relationship of the board member to the investment firm licensee;
                (j) Names of the authorised signatories of the proposed subsidiary;
                (k) An undertaking from the board of the investment firm licensee that the board will be held ultimately responsible for any misconduct or action committed by the proposed subsidiary; and
                (l) Any other information or documentation as required by the CBB.
                Amended: July 2013
                Added: April 2011

              • GR-10.1.7A

                Any change in the criteria listed under Rule GR-10.1.7, including any changes to the incorporation documents, are subject to the CBB prior written approval, prior to the change taking place.

                Added: July 2013

              • GR-10.1.8

                Bahraini investment firm licensees referred to in Paragraph GR-10.1.7 must comply with Paragraphs GR-6.1.3 (reporting requirements for close links), RM-B.2.2 (risk management of subsidiaries), CA-1.2.9 and CA-2.1.13 (impact of investment in subsidiaries on capital adequacy).

                Amended: July 2013
                Added: April 2011

              • GR-10.1.8A

                Bahraini investment firm licensees must ensure that the scope of their internal audit extends to the activities of their subsidiaries, to satisfy themselves of the compliance of the subsidiaries with all relevant internal and regulatory rules and regulations.

                Added: July 2013

              • GR-10.1.8B

                Bahraini investment firm licensees must submit to the CBB audited financial statements of their subsidiaries within 3 months of the year end of the subsidiary (ref. BR 1.4.6A).

                Amended: October 2016
                Added: July 2013

            • Establishment of a Branch or Representative Office

              • GR-10.1.9

                Investment firm licensees wishing to establish a branch or a representative office in a jurisdiction other than the Kingdom of Bahrain, must submit the following information to the CBB as part of the approval process referred to in Paragraph GR-10.1.1:

                (a) Name of the host supervisor;
                (b) Proposed license type of the branch;
                (c) Purpose of establishing the branch or representative office;
                (d) Board Resolution approving the establishment of the branch or representative office;
                (e) The minimum requirements of the host jurisdiction; and
                (f) Any other information or documentation as required by the CBB.
                Added: April 2011

    • Business Standards

      • CA CA Capital Adequacy

        • CA-A CA-A Introduction

          • CA-A.1 CA-A.1 Purpose

            • Executive Summary

              • CA-A.1.1

                This Module lays down requirements that apply to all investment firm licensees, with respect to the minimum level of capital they must maintain. Category 1 investment firms are also required to make their own assessment of the appropriate level of capital that they need to hold.

                Amended: January 2007

              • CA-A.1.2

                Principle 9 of the Principles of Business requires that investment firm licensees maintain adequate human, financial and other resources, sufficient to run their business in an orderly manner (see Section PB-1.9). In addition, Condition 5 of the Central Bank of Bahrain's ('CBB') Licensing Conditions (Section AU-2.5) requires investment firm licensees to maintain financial resources in excess of the minimum requirements specified in Module CA (Capital Adequacy).

                Amended: January 2011
                Amended: January 2007

              • CA-A.1.3

                The requirements specified in this Module vary according to the category of investment firm licensee concerned, their inherent risk profile, and the volume and type of business undertaken. The purpose of such requirements is to ensure that investment firm licensees hold sufficient capital to provide some protection against unexpected losses, and otherwise allow investment firms to effect an orderly wind-down of their operations, without loss to their customers or those of other firms. The minimum capital requirements specified here are not sufficient to absorb all unexpected losses.

            • Legal Basis

              • CA-A.1.4

                This Module contains the CBB's Directive (as amended from time to time) relating to the capital adequacy of investment firm licensees, and is issued under the powers available to the CBB under Article 38 of the Central Bank of Bahrain Financial Institutions Law 2006 ('CBB Law'). The Directive in this Module is applicable to all investment firm licensees.

                Amended: January 2011
                Adopted: January 2007

              • CA-A.1.5

                For an explanation of the CBB's rule-making powers and different regulatory instruments, see Section UG-1.1.

                Adopted: January 2007

          • CA-A.2 CA-A.2 Module History

            • Evolution of Module

              • CA-A.2.1

                This Module was first issued in April 2006 by the BMA, as part of the first phase of Volume 4 (Investment Business) to be released. It is dated April 2006. Any material changes that have subsequently been made to this Module are annotated with the calendar quarter date in which the change was made: Chapter UG-3 provides further details on Rulebook maintenance and version control.

                Amended: July 2007

              • CA-A.2.2

                When the CBB replaced the BMA in September 2006, the provisions of this Module remained in force. Volume 4 was updated in July 2007 to reflect the switch to the CBB; however, new calendar quarter dates were only issued where the update necessitated changes to actual requirements.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • CA-A.2.3

                A list of recent changes made to this Module is provided below:

                Module Ref. Change Date Description of Changes
                CA-A.1 07/2007 New Rule CA-A.1.4 introduced, categorising this Module as a Directive.
                CA-1.1 07/2007 Minor change to notification period in Rule CA-1.1.4.
                CA-2.1.5 01/2008 Clarified the definition of Tier 1 capital re preference shares.
                CA-2.1.8 01/2008 Clarified definition of Tier 2 capital
                CA-B.1 10/2009 New Rules CA-B.1.4 and CA-B.1.3 introduced to clarify calculation of regulatory capital for overseas investment firm licensees.
                CA-1.1 10/2009 New Rule CA-1.1.4 introduced regarding CBB's requirements for maintaining capital in Bahrain.
                CA-1.2 and CA-2.1.5 10/2009 Amended terminology.
                CA-2.1.8 10/2009 Clarified definition of Tier 2 capital.
                CA-3.4 10/2009 Clarified definition of foreign exchange requirement.
                CA-A.1.4 01/2011 Clarified legal basis.
                CA-B.1 01/2011 New title given to this section.
                CA-1 01/2011 Restructured by moving Paragraphs in Section CA-B.1 and categorised capital adequacy requirements for different legal forms of investment firms (Bahraini and Overseas) and added new Rule on the booking of assets and liabilities.
                CA-1.1.5A 01/2011 Added Guidance on alternative to increase capital.
                CA-1.2.11 and CA-1.2.12 01/2011 Paragraphs relocated from Section CA-1.1.
                CA-2.1.8 01/2011 Added dated subordinated term debt with an original term of over 5 years to Tier 2 capital instruments.
                CA-1.2.9 and CA-1.2.9A 04/2011 Clarified notification requirements where investment firm licensees do not meet certain requirements.
                CA-3.1 04/2011 Provided new Rule to deal with newly established investment firm licensees.
                CA-A.2.3 01/2012 Corrected typo.
                CA-2.2.3 01/2012 Corrected cross reference.
                CA-1.2.9A 10/2012 Clarified Rule.
                CA-1.1.5A to CA-1.1.5C 01/2013 Updated Rules and Guidance dealing with issuance of subordinated debt.
                CA-2.2.2 01/2013 Corrected typo and added cross reference.
                CA-3.1.3 10/2013 Removed reference to appointed representatives.
                CA-4.1 10/2014 Added new guidance for capital for underwriting purposes.
                CA-1.1.7 and CA-1.1.8 07/2015 Guidance paragraphs deleted as reference is out of date.
                CA-1.1.5A and CA-2.1.14 01/2016 Corrected cross references.
                CA-2.1.3 01/2016 Clarified Rule on type of capital that can be used to satisfy the regulatory capital requirement.
                CA-2.1.8 01/2016 Corrected numbering of Subparagraphs.
                CA-1.1.1 10/2019 Amended Paragraph on the obligation to maintain adequate capital.
                CA-1.1.4 10/2019 Amended Paragraph on minimum capital requirement.
                CA-2.1.3 10/2019 Amended Paragraph on eligible components.
                CA-3.2.1 10/2019 Added new PRR in Schedule 1 for claims on sovereigns, PSEs, International Organisations and MDBs.
                CA-3.2.2 10/2019 Added a new Paragraph on PRR for claims on sovereigns to governments and central banks.
                CA-3.2.3 10/2019 Added a new Paragraph on PRR for Bahraini PSEs, International Organisations and MDBs.
                CA-1.2.7 04/2023 Amended minimum capital requirement for Category 3 Investment firms.
                CA-1.2.7A 04/2023 Added a new Paragraph on minimum liquid funds required to be maintained by Category 3 investment firms.

            • Superseded Requirements

              • CA-A.2.4

                This Module supersedes the following provisions contained in circulars or other regulatory instruments:

                Circular/other reference Provision Subject
                Standard Conditions and Licensing Criteria: investment advisers/brokers. Article 1 Capital Funds
                Standard Conditions and Licensing Criteria: broking company Article 1 Minimum Capital
                Standard Conditions and Licensing Criteria: stockbrokerage Article 1 Minimum Capital

              • CA-A.2.5

                Guidance on the implementation and transition to Volume 4 (Investment Business) is given in Module ES (Executive Summary).

        • CA-B CA-B Scope of Application

          • CA-B.1 CA-B.1 Scope

            • CA-B.1.1

              This Module applies to both Bahraini investment firm licensees and overseas investment firm licensees.

            • CA-B.1.2 [deleted]

              [This Paragraph was moved to CA-1.1.A].

              Deleted: January 2011

            • CA-B.1.3 [deleted]

              [This Paragraph was moved to CA-1.1A.3].

              Deleted: January 2011

            • CA-B.1.4 [deleted]

              [This Paragraph was moved to CA-1.1A.1].

              Deleted: January 2011

            • CA-B.1.5 [deleted]

              [This Paragraph was moved to CA-1.1A.2].

              Amended: January 2011

        • CA-1 CA-1 Capital Adequacy Requirements

          • CA-1.1 CA-1.1 Bahraini Investment Firm Licensees

            • Obligation to Maintain Adequate Capital

              • CA-1.1.A

                Bahraini investment firm licensees must calculate their Regulatory Capital based on their shareholders' equity (and other eligible components of Regulatory Capital, as defined in Chapter CA-2).

                Adopted: January 2011

              • CA-1.1.1

                In accordance with Principle of Business 9 (cf. Section PB-1.9), investment firm licensees must maintain adequate human, financial and other resources sufficient to run their business in an orderly manner. This includes meeting the minimum capital requirements specified in Section CA-1.2 onwards and maintaining, at all times, a level of financial resources commensurate with the nature, size and complexity of their business.

                Amended: October 2019

              • CA-1.1.2

                In addition to the minimum capital requirements specified in Section CA-1.2 onwards, the CBB may, at its discretion, require investment firm licensees to hold additional capital, should this be necessary (in the CBB's view) to meet additional risks that are not sufficiently addressed in either the Risk-based Capital Requirement or the Minimum Capital Requirement.

                Amended: October 2009
                Amended: January 2007

              • CA-1.1.3

                The CBB would typically invoke Rule CA-1.1.2 in rare circumstances — for instance, where in its assessment a licensee was running high levels of operational risk because of a particularly weak controls environment.

                Amended: January 2007

              • CA-1.1.4

                Investment firm licensees are required to deposit the initial capital specified in Section AU-5.1.12K in a retail bank licensed to operate in the Kingdom of Bahrain. Assets equivalent to the minimum capital requirement are required to be maintained, at all times, free from any pledge or any other restriction.

                Amended: October 2019
                Adopted: October 2009

              • CA-1.1.5

                In the event that an investment firm licensee fails to meet any of the requirements specified in this Module, it must, on becoming aware that it has breached these requirements, immediately notify the CBB in writing. Unless otherwise directed, the licensee must in addition submit to CBB, within 30 calendar days of its notification, a plan demonstrating how it will achieve compliance with these requirements.

                Amended: October 2009
                Amended: January 2007

              • CA-1.1.5A

                Should the CBB direct an investment firm licensee to inject additional working capital in order to maintain the minimum capital requirements for its category of license, the investment firm licensee may inject cash in the form of a subordinated loan from the shareholders, subject to the CBB's prior approval. Such amount will be included as Tier 2 capital and must have a minimum original fixed term to maturity of more than 5 years (See Rule CA-2.1.8(h)).

                Amended: January 2016
                Amended: January 2013
                Adopted: January 2011

              • CA-1.1.5B

                Subject to the CBB's prior approval, an investment firm licenseemay settle a subordinated debt, partially or in full, prior to the end of its term.

                Added: January 2013

              • CA-1.1.5C

                Where Paragraph CA-1.1.5B applies, the CBB will take into consideration whether the investment firm licensee has received confirmation from its external auditor that the investment firm licensee's financial position has improved and its capability to repay the debt (see Paragraph BR-2.3.27B).

                Added: January 2013

              • CA-1.1.6

                Should an investment firm licensee fail to comply with the requirements of this Module, the CBB may impose enforcement measures, as described in Module EN.

                Amended: October 2009
                Amended: January 2007

              • CA-1.1.7

                [This Paragraph was deleted in July 2015.]

                Deleted: July 2015
                Amended: October 2009

              • CA-1.1.8

                [This Paragraph was deleted in July 2015.]

                Deleted: July 2015
                Amended: October 2009
                Amended: January 2007

            • [deleted]

              Deleted: January 2011

              • CA-1.1.9 [deleted]

                [This Paragraph was amended and moved to CA-1.2.11].

                Deleted: January 2011

              • CA-1.1.10 [deleted]

                [This Paragraph was amended and moved to CA-1.2.12].

                Deleted: January 2011

            • Booking of Assets and Liabilities

              • CA-1.1.9

                Bahraini investment firm licensees must not book any obligation/liabilities in their books, without booking the corresponding asset in Bahrain.

                Adopted: January 2011

          • CA-1.1A CA-1.1A Overseas Investment Firm Licensees

            • Obligation to Maintain Adequate Capital

              • CA-1.1A.1

                Overseas investment firm licensees must calculate their Regulatory Capital based on the audited net assets booked in the Bahrain branch, determined in accordance with accounting standards that would be applicable if they were a joint stock company incorporated in Bahrain. Overseas investment firm licensees must ensure that their Regulatory Capital meets the minimum capital requirements specified in Section CA-1.2 onwards.

                Adopted: January 2011

              • CA-1.1A.2

                While the capital adequacy requirements for Bahraini investment firm licensees and for overseas investment firm licensees are identical (and are defined in CA-1 and CA-3), the calculation of the licensee's regulatory capital varies, according to whether the investment firm licensee is locally incorporated or a branch operation.

                Adopted: January 2011

            • Booking of Assets and Liabilities

              • CA-1.1A.3

                Overseas investment firm licensees must book in Bahrain all assets pertaining to the operations of the Bahrain branch.

                Adopted: January 2011

              • CA-1.1A.4

                Overseas investment firm licensees must not book any obligation/liabilities in their Bahrain branch, without booking the corresponding asset in Bahrain.

                Adopted: January 2011

          • CA-1.2 CA-1.2 Initial and Risk-Based Capital Requirements

            • Key Requirements

              • CA-1.2.1

                Investment firm licensees must ensure that, at all times, their Regulatory Capital is in excess of their Regulatory Capital Requirement. They must monitor compliance with this requirement on an on-going basis.

              • CA-1.2.2

                For Category 1 and Category 2 investment firms, their Regulatory Capital Requirement is defined as the higher of their Risk-based Capital Requirement and their Minimum Capital Requirement.

                Amended: October 2009

              • CA-1.2.3

                For Category 3 investment firms, their Regulatory Capital Requirement is their Minimum Capital Requirement.

                Amended: October 2009

              • CA-1.2.4

                The above requirements reflect the different risk profiles of the 3 investment firm categories. Risk-based Capital Requirements vary according to the level of position and other risks undertaken, and the size of the firm (measured in terms of adjusted annual expenditure). For larger firms, or those exposed to relatively higher levels of risk, Risk-based Capital Requirements are therefore likely to exceed the relevant Minimum Capital Requirement. Because of the limited nature of their activities, which pose limited risks to counterparties or customers, Category 3 investment firms are not required to apply Risk-based Capital Requirements. They are only required to comply with their Minimum Capital Requirement.

                Amended: October 2009

            • Definitions

              • CA-1.2.5

                For Bahraini investment firm licensees, Regulatory Capital is capital held by the firm that satisfies the criteria set out in Chapter CA-2. For overseas investment firm licensees, Regulatory Capital is defined as audited net assets booked in the Bahrain branch, determined in accordance with accounting standards that would be applicable if they were a joint stock company incorporated in Bahrain.

                Amended: July 2007

              • CA-1.2.6

                See Section CA-B.1 above, regarding scope of application. Overseas investment firms are also required to provide information — and meet certain requirements — with respect to the capital adequacy of their parent entity and — where relevant — their wider group. See Module GS (Group Supervision).

              • CA-1.2.7

                Minimum Capital Requirements are:

                (a) Category 1 investment firms: BD 1,000,000;
                (b) Category 2 investment firms: BD 1,000,000 if undertaking the activity of safeguarding financial instruments (i.e. custodian), BD250,000 in all other cases; and
                (c) Category 3 investment firms: BD25,000.
                Amended: April 2023
                Amended: October 2009
                Amended: January 2007

              • CA-1.2.7A

                Category 3 investment firms must maintain adequate liquid funds representing 25% of operating expenses incurred in the preceding financial year at all times in the form of cash or liquid assets that can be converted to cash in the short-term to cover its operating expenses.

                Added: April 2023

              • CA-1.2.8

                The Risk-based Capital Requirement is the sum of a firm's Expenditure Requirement, Position Risk Requirement (PRR), Counterparty Risk requirement (CRR), and Foreign Exchange Risk Requirement (FER), as defined in Chapter CA-3.

            • Notification Requirements

              • CA-1.2.9

                Category 1 and 2 investment firms must notify the CBB if:

                (a) The ratio of Regulatory Capital to their Regulatory Capital Requirement falls below 110% (see Paragraph CA-1.1.5);
                (b) Any single probable contingency, financial commitment or large exposure exceeds 25% of their Regulatory Capital; and
                (c) Any instrument, transaction or situation does not appear to be catered for under Module CA.
                Amended: April 2011
                Amended: January 2007

              • CA-1.2.9A

                Investment firm licensees must submit to the CBB, within 30 calendar days of the event occurring, a plan demonstrating how it will:

                (a) Raise its regulatory capital to bring it to a level in excess of its regulatory capital requirement (refer to Paragraph CA-1.2.1); or
                (b) Reduce the single contingency, financial commitment or large exposure to below 25% of the regulatory capital.
                Amended: October 2012
                Added: April 2011

            • Group Risks

              • CA-1.2.10

                Investment firm licensees that are members of a wider group are also subject to additional requirements, aimed at addressing group risks: see Module GS (Group Supervision).

            • Firm Assessment

              • CA-1.2.11

                Investment firm licensees must regularly carry out their own assessment of their capital needs, appropriate to their risk profile, and maintain a process for monitoring and maintaining their actual capital in line with their assessment.

                Adopted: January 2011

              • CA-1.2.12

                Rule CA-1.2.12 is in addition to the other requirements in Module CA. If a firm's own assessment suggests its required capital is less than the regulatory minima specified in this Module, the latter must still be complied with. Where a firm's assessment suggests that a higher level of capital should be held, the CBB would expect firms to hold capital in line with their assessment. The CBB is not prescribing the detailed form such assessments should take, in order to give firms flexibility to develop their own approaches. Nonetheless, the CBB would expect the sophistication of such assessments to match the risk profile of the firm concerned.

                Adopted: January 2011

        • CA-2 CA-2 Definition of Regulatory Capital

          • CA-2.1 CA-2.1 Eligible Components

            • CA-2.1.1

              Regulatory Capital is the sum of the following three components (as defined in Rules CA-2.1.5 to CA-2.1.13), subject to the restrictions set out in Section CA-2.2:

              (a) Tier 1: Core capital;
              (b) Tier 2: Supplementary capital; and
              (c) Tier 3: Ancillary capital.

            • CA-2.1.2

              Limits apply to the proportion of Tier 2 and 3 capital allowed, relative to Tier 1. Any excess held is not taken into account in calculating total Regulatory Capital held. See Section CA-2.2.

            • CA-2.1.3

              Except as limited under Paragraph CA-2.2.1, Tiers 1 and 2 can be used to satisfy all elements of the Regulatory Capital Requirement. Tier 3 capital can only be used to meet the Position Risk Requirement (as defined in Section CA-3.2).

              Amended: October 2019
              Amended: January 2016
              Amended: January 2007

            • CA-2.1.4

              Any Tier 3 capital held in excess of the Position Risk Requirement, therefore, is not taken into account when calculating total Regulatory Capital held. See Section CA-2.2.

            • Tier 1 Capital

              • CA-2.1.5

                Tier 1 capital comprises:

                (a) Paid-up ordinary shares (net of treasury shares);
                (b) Share premium reserve;
                (c) Perpetual non-cumulative preference shares;
                (d) General reserves, including statutory reserves, but excluding revaluation reserves;
                (e) Unappropriated retained earnings brought forward;
                (f) Audited retained profits net of declared dividends and tax expenses;
                (g) Current year appropriations including statutory reserves, general reserves and other appropriations; and
                (h) Minority interests, arising on consolidation, in the equity of subsidiaries which are less than wholly owned.

                LESS:

                (i) Goodwill; and
                (j) Current year's cumulative net losses which have been reviewed or audited as per the International Standards on Auditing (ISA) by external auditors.
                Amended: October 2009
                Amended: January 2008
                Amended: January 2007

              • CA-2.1.6

                Tier 1 capital elements included under Paragraph CA-2.1.5(a) to (c) can only be so included if:

                (a) They are issued by the investment firm licensee;
                (b) They are fully paid (only that portion of the shares for which payment has been received may be included);
                (c) They:
                (i) Cannot be redeemed or can only be redeemed on a winding up of the investment firm licensee; or
                (ii) They are only redeemable at the option of the investment firm licensee and comply with any conditions applicable to joint stock companies in Bahrain;
                (d) Any coupon is non-cumulative, and can only be paid out of accumulated realised profits;
                (e) They are able to absorb losses;
                (f) They rank for repayment, upon winding up, no higher than a share of a company incorporated under the Joint Stock companies law of Bahrain; and
                (g) The proceeds of the issue are immediately and fully available to the investment firm licensee.
                Amended: January 2007

              • CA-2.1.7

                An investment firm licensee must not redeem any Tier 1 instrument that it has included in its Regulatory Capital for the purpose of satisfying its Regulatory Capital Requirement without the prior written approval of the CBB.

                Amended: January 2007

            • Tier 2: Supplementary Capital

              • CA-2.1.8

                Tier 2 capital comprises:

                (a) Interim retained profits reviewed by external auditors in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (ISA);
                (b) Limited life redeemable preference shares with an original term of at least five years;
                (c) Asset revaluation reserves, comprising:
                (i) the revaluation of fixed assets to reflect changes in market values, that are reflected in the balance sheet as a revaluation reserve; and
                (ii) hidden or 'latent' revaluation reserves represented by long-term holdings of equity securities valued in the balance sheet at the historical cost of acquisition; and
                (iii) 'latent' revaluation reserves represented by revaluation of 'available for sale' securities to reflect changes in the market value.
                (d) Dated subordinated debt with an original term of over 5 years.

                All types of revaluation reserve may be included, with the concurrence of the external auditor, provided that the assets are prudently valued, fully reflecting the possibility of price fluctuation and forced sale. In the case of 'latent' revaluation reserves, a discount of 55% must be applied to the difference between the historical cost book value and the market value to reflect the potential volatility of this form of unrealized capital;
                (e) General provisions held against future, presently unidentified losses, providing these are freely available to meet losses that subsequently materialise, subject to a maximum of 1.25% of Tier 1 capital. Provisions ascribed to impairment of particular assets or known liabilities are excluded;
                (f) Cumulative preference shares;
                (g) Hybrid instruments, that combine characteristics of equity capital and of debt, and which meet the requirements in CA-2.1.9 and CA-2.1.10;
                (h) Subordinated term debt, comprising conventional unsecured borrowing subordinated (in respect of both interest and principal) to all other liabilities of the investment firm licensee except the share capital and limited life redeemable preference shares. To be eligible for inclusion in Tier 2 capital, subordinated debt capital instruments must have a minimum original fixed term to maturity of over five years. During the last five years to maturity, a cumulative discount (or amortisation) factor of 20% per year will be applied to reflect the diminishing value of these instruments as a continuing source of strength. Unlike instruments included in item (f) above, these instruments are not normally available to participate in the losses of an investment firm licensee which continues trading. For this reason, these instruments will be limited to a maximum of 50% of tier 1 capital; and
                (i) 45% of unrealised gains on equity securities held as available-for-sale (on an aggregate net-basis).
                Amended: January 2016
                Amended: January 2011
                Amended: October 2009
                Amended: January 2008

              • CA-2.1.9

                A hybrid capital instrument may only be included in Regulatory Capital, as a Tier 2 component, if it meets the following conditions:

                (a) It is unsecured, subordinated and fully paid-up;
                (b) It is not redeemable at the initiative of the holder, nor without the prior consent of the CBB;
                (c) It is available to participate in losses without the investment firm licensee being obliged to cease trading (unlike conventional subordinated debt); and
                (d) Although the capital instrument may carry an obligation to pay interest that cannot permanently be reduced or waived (unlike dividends on ordinary shareholders' equity), it allows such obligations to be deferred (as with cumulative preference shares) where the profitability of the investment firm licensee would not support payment.
                Amended: January 2007

              • CA-2.1.10

                In addition to those contained in Rule CA-2.1.9, the following conditions also apply:

                (a) The only events of default must be non-payment of any amount falling due under the terms of the instrument or the winding-up of the investment firm licensee;
                (b) The remedies available to the subordinated creditor in the event of non-payment or other breach of the written agreement or instrument must be limited to petitioning for the winding up of the investment firm licensee or proving the debt in a liquidation of the investment firm licensee;
                (c) Any events of default and any remedy described in (b) must not prejudice the matters in (a);
                (d) The debt must not become due and payable before its stated final maturity date (if any) except on an event of default complying with (a);
                (e) The debt agreement or terms of the instrument are governed by the laws of Bahrain;
                (f) To the fullest extent permitted under the laws of the relevant jurisdictions, creditors must waive their right to set off amounts they owe the investment firm licensee against subordinated amounts included in the investment firm licensee's capital resources owed to them by the investment firm licensee;
                (g) The terms of the instrument must be set out in a written agreement that contains terms that provide for the conditions set out in (a) to (f); and
                (h) The investment firm licensee has obtained an external legal opinion stating that the requirements in (a) to (g) have been met.
                Amended: January 2007

            • Tier 3: Ancillary Capital

              • CA-2.1.11

                Tier 3 capital consists of short-term subordinated debt that meets the following conditions:

                (a) It is unsecured, subordinated and fully paid up;
                (b) It has an original maturity of at least two years;
                (c) It is not repayable before the agreed repayment date; and
                (d) It is subject to a lock-in clause which stipulates that neither interest nor principal may be paid (even at maturity) if such payment means that the investment firm licensee's Regulatory Capital would fall below its Regulatory Capital Requirement.
                Amended: January 2007

            • Deductions, etc.

              • CA-2.1.12

                No value, for Regulatory Capital purposes, may be attributed to any other instrument or resource, without the CBB's written consent. Without limiting the generality of this rule, no value is attributed to any of the following:

                (a) Any implicit items (which relate to future profits and hidden reserves); and
                (b) The unpaid element of any issued shares some or all of which are not 'fully paid' shares.
                Amended: January 2007

              • CA-2.1.13

                Significant investments in and lending of a capital nature to subsidiaries and associated companies engaged in financial activities must be deducted from the sum of Tiers 1 and 2.

              • CA-2.1.14

                For the purposes of CA-2.1.13, 'significant investments' are investments where the investment firm licensee holds more than 20% of the share capital of the investee company. The underlying assets associated with those investments are not included in the investment firm's assets for the purpose of computing its Regulatory Capital Requirement. See also Module GR (Group Supervision).

                Amended: January 2016

          • CA-2.2 CA-2.2 Limits on Components

            • Tier 1: Core Capital

              • CA-2.2.1

                Tier 1 capital must constitute at least half of total Regulatory Capital, i.e. the sum of Tier 2 and Tier 3 capital must not exceed total Tier 1 capital.

            • Tier 2: Supplementary Capital

              • CA-2.2.2

                Long-term subordinated term debt may not comprise more than 50% of Tier 1 (see Paragraph CA-1.1.5A).

                Amended: January 2013

              • CA-2.2.3

                Rule CA-2.1.8(h) sets out the requirements regarding long-term subordinated debt.

                Amended: January 2012

            • Tier 3: Ancillary Capital

              • CA-2.2.4

                Tier 3 capital may only be used to satisfy an investment firm's Position Risk Requirement (PRR). It is limited to 250% of the portion of Tier 1 capital also used to meet the Position Risk Requirement (PRR).

              • CA-2.2.5

                Tier 2 elements may be substituted for Tier 3 up to the Tier 3 limit of 250% (cf. Rule CA-2.2.4), in so far as eligible Tier 2 capital does not exceed total Tier 1 capital, and long-term subordinated debt does not exceed 50% of Tier 1 capital.

              • CA-2.2.6

                Investment firm licensees may hold capital elements in excess of the above limits, but any excess is ignored for the purposes of calculating Regulatory Capital.

        • CA-3 CA-3 Calculation of Risk-Based Capital Requirements

          • CA-3.1 CA-3.1 Expenditure Requirement

            • CA-3.1.1

              The Expenditure Requirement is equal to one quarter of the relevant annual expenditure.

            • CA-3.1.2

              Except in instances noted under Paragraph CA-3.1.2A, relevant annual expenditure equals the total annual expenditure (based on audited financial statements) less those items of expenditure that could be reduced or eliminated within a short period of time if required. Subject to prior CBB written approval, exceptional items of expenditure may also be excluded.

              Amended: April 2011
              Amended: January 2007

            • CA-3.1.2A

              For newly established investment firm licensees, for the first year of operations, the total annual expenditure is based on the projected annual expenditure figure for the first year as stated in the business plan submitted during the authorisation stage in accordance with Paragraph AU-5.1.6.

              Added: April 2011

            • CA-3.1.3

              Items that could be reduced or eliminated within a short period for the purposes of Rule CA-3.1.2 are:

              (a) Bonuses paid out of the relevant year's profits which have not been guaranteed;
              (b) Profit shares and other appropriations of profit, except for fixed or guaranteed remuneration which is payable even if the investment firm licensee makes a loss for the year;
              (c) Paid commissions shared, other than to employees or Directors of the investment firm licensee;
              (d) Fees, brokerage and other charges paid to clearing houses, clearing firms, exchanges, and intermediate brokers for the purposes of executing, registering or clearing transactions;
              (e) Interest payable to counterparties; and
              (f) Interest payable on borrowings to finance the investment firm licensee's investment firm and associated firm.
              Amended: October 2013
              Amended: January 2007

          • CA-3.2 CA-3.2 Position Risk Requirement (PRR)

            • CA-3.2.1

              An investment firm licensee's Position Risk Requirement is the sum of its individual Position Risk Requirements, calculated as a percentage of the market or realisable value of each financial instrument held, as specified in Schedule 1 below:

              Schedule 1 — Position Risk Requirement
              (a) Claims on Sovereigns, Public Sectors Entities, International Organisations, and Multilateral Development Banks
              Includes:
              1. Claims on governments of GCC member states and their central banks;
              2. Claims on other sovereigns and their central banks where such claims are denominated and funded in the relevant domestic currency of that sovereign/central bank;
              3. Claims on Bahraini Public Sectors Entities listed in Appendix CA-1;
              4. Claims on International Organisations and Multilateral Development Banks listed in Appendix CA-1.
              0%
              (b) Debt <90 days 90 days–1 yr 1–5 yrs >5 yrs
                OECD 2% x MV 2% x MV 5% x MV 10% x MV
              Issued or accepted by banks 2% x MV 2% x MV 5% x MV 10% x MV
              Other marketable financial instruments 10% x MV 10% x MV 20% x MV 30% x MV
              Floating rate notes <20 yrs 5% x MV    
                >20 yrs 10% x MV    
              (c) Equities
                Listed on a regulated financial instrument exchange 25% x MV
              Listed on Bahrain Stock Exchange 25% x MV
              Traded on a regulated financial instrument exchange 35% x MV
              Traded on Bahrain Stock Exchange 35% x MV
              Other 100% x MV
              (d) Commodities
                Stock positions in physical commodities associated with an investment firm licensee's investment firm 30% of realisable value
              (e) Futures, options and contracts for differences
                Exchange traded futures and written options 4 x initial margin requirement
              Off exchange futures and written options The appropriate percentage shown in a, b and c above should be applied to the value of the underlying position.
              Purchased options As for off exchange written options but limited to the current value of the option.
              Contracts for differences 20% of the market value of the contract.
              (f) Other investments
                Single premium unit linked bonds and units in a regulated collective investment scheme unless covered below 25% of realisable value
              Units in a regulated scheme which is a geared futures and options fund, or a property fund, or a warrant fund 50% of realisable value
              With profit life policies 20% of surrender value
              Any other investments 100% of amount of asset
              Amended: October 2019

            • CA-3.2.2

              With reference to Paragraph CA-3.2.1(a), claims on sovereigns means receivables from a sovereign government or its central bank, generally in the form of sovereign debt (such as bonds, sukuk etc.). Position Risk Requirement (PRR) of 0% applies to claims on the governments of GCC member states and their central banks. Claims on the governments of other sovereign states and their central banks also attract a PRR of 0% provided such claims are denominated and funded in the relevant domestic currency of that sovereign/central bank. PRR of 0% for claims on GCC/other sovereigns and their central banks will apply only if the relevant supervisor of that jurisdiction also provides a similar relief on claims on its government and central bank.

              Added: October 2019

            • CA-3.2.3

              With reference to Any claims on Bahraini Public Sectors Entities listed in Appendix CA-1 are treated as claims on the government of Bahrain and are eligible for a PRR of 0%. Similarly, claims on International Organisations and Multilateral Development Banks listed in Appendix CA-1 are also eligible for a PRR of 0%.

              Added: October 2019

          • CA-3.3 CA-3.3 Counterparty Risk Requirement (CRR)

            • CA-3.3.1

              An investment firm licensee's Counterparty Risk Requirement is the sum of its individual Counterparty Risk Requirements, calculated in accordance with Schedule 2 below:

              Schedule 2 — Counterparty Risk Requirement
              (a) Cash against document transactions
                Where an investment firm licensee has unsettled deals in any securities it must calculate the price difference to which it is exposed and then multiply this by the appropriate percentage below to calculate the CRR for each separate unsettled deal.
              Calendar days after settlement Percentage
              0–15 Nil
              16–30 25%
              31–45 50%
              46–60 75%
              Over 60 100%
              (b) Free deliveries
                Where an investment firm licensee makes payment or delivers securities to a counterparty without receiving the certificate/good title or payment respectively, it must calculate a CRR for each free delivery by applying the appropriate percentage below:
              Where free delivery has been made to: Business days since delivery
                0–3 4–15 >15
              A manager, underwriter or member of a selling syndicate to whom payment for securities has been made 0% 0% 100%
              An investment firm licensee to whom securities have been delivered or payment has been made with the expectation that market practice will result in a settlement date longer than three days from delivery date. 15% 15% 100%
              Any other counterparty 0% 100% 100%
              (c) Options purchased for a counterparty
                Where an investment firm licensee has purchased an option on behalf of a counterparty on terms which do not impose on the purchaser any actual or contingent margin requirement or liability to make any payment other than the initial purchase price of the option, and the counterparty has not paid the price by three days after trade date, the CRR is the amount by which the purchase price exceeds the current realisable value of the option.

              Where an investment firm licensee has purchased a traditional option for its own account or on behalf of a counterparty that has not paid the investment firm licensee, then, if the investment firm licensee has paid the option premium to the writer, it must calculate a CRR equal to the option premium.
              (d) Amounts owed in respect of exchange traded margined transactions
                (i) Where, as a result of a traded margined transaction, a counterparty of the investment firm licensee has an initial margin and/or variation margin requirement and has not met it fully with cash, acceptable collateral or a positive equity balance not used to meet variation margin, an investment firm licensee must calculate a CRR by multiplying the shortfall (or the relevant part of the shortfall) by the appropriate percentage contained in the schedule below:
              Initial and variation margin percentage schedule
              Business days since shortfall occurred

              Where the shortfall is for the account of:
              0–3 days 4 days and over
              A. A market counterparty who has been granted a credit line under an adequate credit management policy available to cover the relevant category of margin and to the extent that it is sufficient to cover the shortfall. 5% 5%
              B. A client who has been granted a credit line under an adequate credit management policy available to cover the relevant category of margin and to the extent that it is sufficient to cover the shortfall. 10% 10%
              C. A market counterparty or client not within A or B above, or to the extent that he is not within A or B (the shortfall then being limited to the excess). 0% 100%
              (ii) Local or traded option market makers. An investment firm licensee must calculate a 100% CRR for amounts of initial and variation margin not met with acceptable collateral or a positive equity balance and owed to it by a local (or by a traded option market maker) in respect of a traded margined transaction from the date of any shortfall, unless the investment firm licensee treats the local's (or market maker's) position as if it were its own (in which case the PRR rules under Section CA-3.2 will apply instead).
              (iii) Sums owed on closed out exchange traded margined transactions. When, as a result of a traded margined transaction which has been closed out, a counterparty of the investment firm licensee owes any amounts to it arising out of losses on those transactions, and has not fully met that amount through the deposit of cash, acceptable collateral or a positive equity balance not otherwise used, the investment firm licensee must after three days from the date of crystallisation of the loss calculate a CRR equal to the unpaid amount.
              (iv) Margin percentages. An investment firm licensee may, with the prior approval of the CBB, opt to calculate the CRR using a higher or the highest initial margin or variation margin percentage, in order to avoid undue complication.
              (e) Concentrated risk to one counterparty
                If the total amount due to a licensee for free deliveries or other debts attracting a CRR from a single counterparty (or a group of closely related counterparties) exceeds 25% of the licensee's capital available, it must calculate CRR by applying the appropriate percentage below:
              Amount of capital available Additional CRR
              0–25% Nil
              25.01–50% 15% (or the entire excess if less)
              Over 50% 40% (or the entire excess if less)
              (f) Repurchase and reverse repo transactions, including sale and buy back and securities lending
                An investment firm licensee shall notify the CBB if it has counterparty exposures in these investments.
              (g) Swaps, forward contracts, over the counter options, contracts for differences and off-exchange futures
                An investment firm licensee shall notify the CBB if it has counterparty exposures in these investments.
              (h) Loans to counterparties (including free delivery payments)
                An investment firm licensee must calculate a 100% CRR on the amount by which a loan to a counterparty is not properly secured, or offset against an amount owed by the investment firm licensee to the counterparty (provided there is an agreement in writing that the investment firm licensee deems to be legally enforceable and effective to secure such set-off).
              (i) Other receivables and accrued income
                Other receivables and accrued income not covered elsewhere attract 100% CRR from the time that they become due.
              Amended: January 2007

          • CA-3.4 CA-3.4 Foreign Exchange Risk Requirement (FER)

            • CA-3.4.1

              The foreign exchange requirement is 10% of the net open foreign currency position.

              Amended: October 2009

            • CA-3.4.2

              For each foreign currency (that is, any other currency other than that in which the investment firm licensee's financial statements are presented) in which the investment firm licensee has monetary assets or liabilities or any off balance sheet contracts which would give rise to a position in that currency, the investment firm licensee should calculate the net open position (netting assets and liabilities). This should be converted into the presentation currency. Where the price of an investment is quoted in more than one currency, a position in the investment shall be treated as an asset or a liability in the currency of the country in which the main or principal market in the investment is based. (Options included in the position risk requirement are to be excluded from these calculations).

              Amended: October 2009

            • CA-3.4.3

              Monetary assets or liabilities or any off balance sheet contracts which would give rise to a position in currencies of Gulf Cooperation Council countries or United States dollar are exempted for the purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirement.

              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: January 2007

            • CA-3.4.4

              An investment firm licensee's foreign exchange risk calculation must include the following items regardless of whether they are trading or non-trading positions

              (a) All spot positions in foreign currency (that is, all asset items less all liability items, including accrued interest, in the foreign currency in question); and
              (b) All forwards positions in foreign currency (net present value in respect of notional position).
              Amended: October 2009

            • CA-3.4.5

              An investment firm licensee's foreign exchange risk calculation shall not include the following:

              (a) Foreign currency assets which have been deducted in full from the firm's capital resources under the calculation under the capital resources table;
              (b) Position hedging where it is of a non trading or structural nature;
              (c) Positions of a non trading or structural nature that a firm has deliberately taken in order to hedge against the adverse effect of the exchange rate on the ratio of its capital resources to its capital resources requirements; and
              (d) Transactions to the extent that they fully hedge net future foreign currency income or expenses which are known but not yet accrued.
              Amended: October 2009

            • CA-3.4.6

              Where an Investment firm licensee does not include position hedging in its foreign exchange risk calculation, it shall:

              (a) Notify the CBB before such exclusion and the terms on which the relevant item will be excluded;
              (b) Document its policy in the use of that exclusion in its trading book policy statement.
              Adopted: October 2009

            • CA-3.4.7

              The net overall position is the sum of all the spot and forward positions. (Note that all the positions should be converted into the presentation currency)

              Adopted: October 2009

            • CA-3.4.8

              Spot net position is calculated as the difference between the gross spot assets and gross spot liabilities. Forward net position is calculated as the difference between the gross forward purchases and gross forward sales

              Adopted: October 2009

        • CA-4 CA-4 Underwriting

          • CA-4.1 CA-4.1 General Requirements

            • CA-4.1.1

              In assessing the financial ability of a Category 1 investment firm licensee to underwrite transactions, the CBB will consider, amongst other factors, the licensee's capital adequacy, its capacity to undertake the activity, and its track record in complying with applicable regulatory requirements. Any underwriting activities require the prior approval of the CBB's Capital Market Supervision Directorate and are subject to Module OFS (Offering of Securities) of Volume 6 of the CBB Rulebook.

              Added: October 2014

      • BC BC Business Conduct

        • BC-A BC-A Introduction

          • BC-A.1 BC-A.1 Purpose

            • Executive Summary

              • BC-A.1.1

                This Module contains requirements that have to be met by investment firm licensees with regards to their dealings with clients.

              • BC-A.1.2

                The Rules contained in this Module aim to ensure that investment firm licensees deal with their clients in a fair and open manner, and address their clients' information needs.

                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-A.1.3

                The Rules build upon several of the Principles of Business (see Module PB (Principles of Business)). Principle 1 (Integrity) requires investment firm licensees to observe high standards of integrity and fair dealing, and to be honest and straightforward in their dealings with clients. Principle 3 (Due skill, care and diligence) requires investment firm licensees to act with due skill, care and diligence when acting on behalf of their clients. Principle 7 (Client Interests) requires investment firm licensees to pay due regard to the legitimate interests and information needs of their clients, and to communicate with them in a fair and transparent manner.

                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-A.1.4

                The Rules contained in this Module are largely principles-based and focus on desired outputs rather than on prescribing detailed processes. This gives investment firm licensees flexibility in how to implement the basic standards prescribed in this Module.

                Amended: January 2007

            • Legal Basis

              • BC-A.1.5

                This Module contains the Central Bank of Bahrain's ('CBB') Directive (as amended from time to time) on business conduct by investment firm licensees, and is issued under the powers available to the CBB under Article 38 of the Central Bank of Bahrain and Financial Institutions Law 2006 (CBB Law). The directive in this Module is applicable to all investment firm licensees.

                Amended: January 2011
                Adopted: January 2007

              • BC-A.1.6

                For an explanation of the CBB's rule-making powers and different regulatory instruments, see Section UG-1.1.

                Adopted: January 2007

          • BC-A.2 BC-A.2 Module History

            • Evolution of the Module

              • BC-A.2.1

                This Module was first issued in April 2006 by the BMA, as part of the first phase of Volume 4 (Investment Business) to be released. Any material changes that have subsequently been made to this Module are annotated with the calendar quarter date in which the change was made: Chapter UG-3 provides further details on Rulebook maintenance and version control.

                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-A.2.2

                When the CBB replaced the BMA in September 2006, the provisions of this Module remained in force. Volume 4 was updated in July 2007 to reflect the switch to the CBB; however, new calendar quarter dates were only issued where the update necessitated changes to actual requirements.

                Adopted: January 2007

              • BC-A.2.3

                A list of recent changes made to this Module is provided below:

                Module Ref. Change Date Description of Changes
                BC-A.1 07/2007 New Rule BC-A.1.5 introduced, categorising this Module as a Directive.
                BC-2.8.14 and 2.12.2(k) 04/2008 Clarified the record retention period to be in line with Article 60 of the CBB Law.
                BC-A.1.3 07/2008 Corrected reference to read investment firm licensee.
                BC-2.2 07/2008 Added reference and definition of accredited investor and expert investor to client classification.
                BC-2.2 10/2009 Updated client classification and definitions.
                BC-2.7 10/2009 Corrected to read accredited investors.
                BC-2.8.6 07/2010 Paragraph amended.
                BC-2.9.1 and BC-2.9.2 07/2010 Updated to include requirements regarding complaints.
                BC-2.11.1 07/2010 Updated to be in line with Article 117 of the CBB Law.
                BC-A.1.6 01/2011 Clarified legal basis.
                BC-2.3.15 01/2001 Cross reference added to Section GR-2.2
                BC-B.1.3 10/2011 Updated scope of application to reflect new Chapter BC-3.
                BC-2.9 and BC-3 10/2011 Updated consumer complaints Section in line with results of consultation.
                BC-3.2 and BC-3.3 01/2012 Minor corrections to correct typos and clarify language.
                BC-3.3.9 01/2012 Deleted Paragraph as it repeats what is in Paragraph BC-3.3.7.
                BC-3.1.3A 07/2012 Added guidance on the appointment of the customer complaints officer.
                BC-2.7.14 and BC-2.7.16 07/2013 Clarified Rules on allocations.
                BC-3.7 07/2013 Additional details provided on reporting of complaints.
                BC-1.1.4 10/2013 Clarified language.
                BC-2.3.15 and BC-2.3.17 10/2013 Clarified the application of these two Paragraphs to the employees of the investment firm licensee.
                BC-2.10.2, BC-2.10.9 and BC-2.10.10 07/2015 Removed reference to corporate finance to be in line with Paragraph AU-1.4.43.
                BC-2.4.11 10/2017 Additional requirement on signed client agreement.
                BC-2.13 01/2019 Added a new Section on Brokerage Fees.
                BC-3.3.15 04/2020 Amended Paragraph adding reference to CBB consumer protection.
                BC-3.5.6 04/2020 Amended Paragraph adding reference to CBB consumer protection.
                BC-3.7.1 -  BC-3.7.3 04/2020 Amended Paragraph adding reference to CBB consumer protection.
                BC-C 10/2020 Added a new Chapter on Provision of Financial Services on a Non-discriminatory Basis.

            • Superseded Requirements

              • BC-A.2.4

                This Module supersedes the following provisions contained in circulars or other regulatory requirements:

                Document Ref. Date of Issue Module Ref. Document Subject
                OG/274/95 28 Aug 1995   Provision of investment and other financial services
                BC/15/98 6 Sept 1998   Code of Conduct for Investment advisory companies
                BC/83/96 19 May 1996   Minimum requirements for Terms and Conditions standard form
                BC/73/96 1 May 1996   Promotional Schemes

              • BC-A.2.5

                Further guidance on the implementation and transition to Volume 4 (Investment Business) is given in Module ES (Executive Summary).

        • BC-B BC-B Scope of Application

          • BC-B.1 BC-B.1 License Categories and Overseas Offices

            • License Categories

              • BC-B.1.1

                This Module applies to all categories of investment firm licensees (i.e. categories 1, 2 and 3) with regards to regulated investment services undertaken by them.

            • Client Categories

              • BC-B.1.2

                This Module provides for three categories of clients, and applies different levels of protection to each, depending on their level of sophistication.

              • BC-B.1.3

                The scope of application of this Module with regards to client categories is as follows:

                Section Subject Matter Client Category
                BC-2.1 Overarching Principles All categories.
                BC-2.2 Client Classification All categories.
                BC-2.3 Marketing and Promotion All categories; BC-2.3.18 applies to retail clients only.
                BC-2.4 Accepting Clients Retail clients only.
                BC-2.5 Suitability Retail clients only.
                BC-2.6 Disclosure of Information All categories; BC-2.6.5 to BC-2.6.12 apply to retail clients only.
                BC-2.7 Dealing and Managing All categories; various Rules apply to retail clients only.
                BC-2.8 Reporting to Clients All categories.
                BC-2.9 Complaints [Deleted in October 2011]
                BC-2.10 Conflicts of Interest All categories.
                BC-2.11 Confidentiality All categories.
                BC-2.12 Appendix All categories; various Paragraphs apply to retail clients only.
                BC-3 Customer Complaints Procedures All categories
                Amended: October 2011

            • Overseas Branches and Subsidiaries

              • BC-B.1.4

                Investment firm licensees must ensure that their branches and subsidiaries operating in foreign jurisdictions comply, at a minimum, with local conduct of business standards and regulatory requirements (where applicable).

              • BC-B.1.5

                Where conduct of business standards applied by overseas branches and subsidiaries of an investment firm licensee fall below the standards set out in this Module, the investment firm licensee must notify the CBB of the fact.

                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-B.1.6

                CBB encourages its investment firm licensees to apply — with respect to its overseas branches and subsidiaries — conduct of business standards at least equivalent to those set out in this Module. Where this is not the case, then CBB will consider any potential risk to the investment firm licensee that may arise through adverse reputational or other consequences.

                Amended: January 2007

        • BC-C BC-C Provision of Financial Services on a Non-discriminatory Basis

          • BC-C.1 BC-C.1 Provision of Financial Services on a Non-discriminatory Basis

            • BC-C.1.1

              Investment Firm Licensees must ensure that all regulated financial services are provided without any discrimination based on gender, nationality, origin, language, faith, religion, physical ability or social standing.

              Added: October 2020

        • BC-1 BC-1 Base Requirements

          • BC-1.1 BC-1.1 General Rules

            • BC-1.1.1

              This Module applies to the regulated investment services of all investment firm licensees.

            • BC-1.1.2

              This Module aims to encourage high standards of business conduct, which are broadly applicable to all investment firm licensees, all types of regulated investment services, and all types of clients. The CBB, nevertheless, recognises that clients' level of sophistication and understanding of risks underlying financial instruments vary. Accordingly, the level of safeguards provided for in the business conduct requirements for retail clients, for instance, are different from those for professional clients.

              Amended: January 2007

            • BC-1.1.3

              Investment firm licensees must comply with the Investment Business Code of Practice ('the Code') throughout the lifetime of their relationship with a client.

            • BC-1.1.4

              Investment firm licensees must take responsibility for compliance with the Code when carrying out regulated investment services. Investment firm licensees must put in place appropriate measures across all their business operations and distribution channels to ensure compliance with the Code.

              Amended: October 2013

            • BC-1.1.5

              The Investment Business Code of Practice comprises a number of overarching principles of business conduct, with respect to the conduct of regulated investment services by investment firm licensees; these cover the various stages of the life of a client relationship.

              Amended: January 2007

            • BC-1.1.6

              Investment firm licensees must maintain adequate records to demonstrate compliance with the Code.

            • BC-1.1.7

              The Code focuses on desired outcomes, rather than prescribing detailed measures to achieve those outcomes.

            • BC-1.1.8

              The CBB will monitor compliance with the Code and business conduct standards. If required, the CBB may develop more detailed rules and guidance to supplement the existing Code.

              Amended: January 2007

        • BC-2 BC-2 The Investment Business Code of Practice

          • BC-2.1 BC-2.1 Overarching Principles

            • BC-2.1.1

              In the course of regulated investment services, licensees must:

              (a) Act with due skill, care and diligence in all dealings with clients;
              (b) Act fairly and reasonably in all dealings with clients;
              (c) Identify clients' specific requirements in relation to the products and services about which they are enquiring;
              (d) Ensure that any advice to clients is aimed at the clients' interests and based on adequate standards of research and analysis;
              (e) Provide sufficient information to enable clients to make informed decisions when purchasing investment products and services offered to them;
              (f) Provide sufficient and timely documentation to clients to confirm that their investment arrangements are in place and provide all necessary information about their products, rights and responsibilities;
              (g) Maintain fair treatment of clients through the lifetime of the client relationships, and ensure that clients are kept informed of important events;
              (h) Ensure complaints from clients are dealt with fairly and promptly;
              (i) Ensure that all information provided to clients is clear, fair and not misleading, and appropriate to clients' information needs; and
              (j) Take appropriate measures to safeguard any money and property handled on behalf of clients and maintain confidentiality of client information.
              Amended: January 2007

          • BC-2.2 BC-2.2 Client Classification

            • BC-2.2.1

              An investment firm licensee must classify the persons with or for whom it intends to carry on regulated investment services, in accordance with the requirements in this section, and communicate its classification to the person concerned.

            • BC-2.2.2

              The purpose of the classification is to ensure that an investment firm licensee's clients are appropriately categorised so that regulatory protections are focused on those classes of client that need them most.

            • BC-2.2.3

              Before conducting regulated investment services with or for any client, an investment firm licensee must take reasonable steps to obtain appropriate information to establish whether that client is a retail client, expert investor or accredited investor.

              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: July 2008

            • BC-2.2.4

              The treatment of an investment firm licensee's clients must be in accordance with the classification it has established for the purpose of Rule BC-2.2.3.

            • BC-2.2.5

              Where specific rules do not exist for a particular class of clients, the CBB requires appropriate treatment in accordance with the overarching principles set forth in the Code.

              Amended: January 2007

            • BC-2.2.6

              Entities classified as expert investors or accredited investors under Rules BC-2.2.9 and BC-2.2.10 may request alternative treatment, in which case investment firm licensees must agree to treat them as retail clients.

              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: January 2007

            • BC-2.2.7 [Deleted]

              Deleted: October 2009

            • BC-2.2.7

              A retail client, as defined in Rule BC-2.2.8, may voluntarily elect to be treated as an expert investor, in which case the investment firm licensee must obtain a signed declaration to that effect prior to any provision of regulated investment services and must satisfy itself that the client qualifies as an expert investor.

              Amended: October 2009

            • Retail Client

              • BC-2.2.8 [Deleted]

                Deleted: October 2009

              • BC-2.2.8

                For the purposes of Rule BC-2.2.3 a retail client means a client who is not classified as an expert investor or an accredited investor under Rules BC-2.2.9 and BC-2.2.10.

                Amended: October 2009

              • BC-2.2.9 [Deleted]

                Deleted: October 2009

            • Expert Investor

              • BC-2.2.9

                Expert investors are:

                (a) Individuals who have a minimum net worth (or joint net worth with their spouse) of USD 100,000, excluding that person's principal place of residence;
                (b) Companies, partnerships, trusts or other commercial undertakings, which have financial assets available for investment of not less than USD 100,000; or
                (c) Governments, supranational organisations, central banks or other national monetary authorities, local authorities and state organisations.
                Amended: October 2009
                Added: July 2008

            • Accredited Investor

              • BC-2.2.10

                Accredited investors are:

                (a) Individuals who have a minimum net worth (or joint net worth with their spouse) of USD 1,000,000, excluding that person's principal place of residence;
                (b) Companies, partnerships, trusts or other commercial undertakings, which have financial assets available for investment of not less than USD 1,000,000; or
                (c) Governments, supranational organisations, central banks or other national monetary authorities, and state organisations whose main activity is to invest in financial instruments (such as state pension funds).
                Amended: October 2009
                Added: July 2008

            • Records

              • BC-2.2.11

                An investment firm licensee must make a record of the classification established for each client, including sufficient information to support such classification.

                Amended: October 2009

          • BC-2.3 BC-2.3 Marketing and Promotion

            • BC-2.3.1

              Investment firm licensees must ensure that all advertising and promotional material that is sent to any class of client is fair, clear and not misleading.

              Amended: January 2007

            • BC-2.3.2

              With respect to retail clients, in ensuring that the description of the product or the service in the promotional material is fair, clear and not misleading, the investment firm licensee should, among other precautionary measures, ensure that:

              a) The purpose, and to the extent practicable, the content, of the information or communication are likely to be understood by the average member of the group to whom the communication is addressed;
              b) Key items contained in the information are given due prominence;
              c) The method of presentation in the information does not disguise, diminish, or obscure important risks, warnings or information; and
              d) The communication does not omit information that is material to ensure it is fair, clear and not misleading.
              Amended: January 2007

            • BC-2.3.3

              In ensuring that the description of the product or the service in the promotional material is fair, the investment firm licensee should avoid exaggerating the potential benefits of the investment service or financial instrument in any communication with a retail client or potential retail client.

            • BC-2.3.4

              In ensuring that the description of the product or the service in relation to promotional material directed at retail clients is adequate, the investment firm licensee should ensure that the promotional material contains a balanced description of the main characteristics of the financial instrument and/or service to which it relates, including the nature of the financial commitment and risks involved; whether or not the financial instruments involved are illiquid, and traded in a recognised exchange or market; the existence or absence of any right of withdrawal or cancellation and, where such a right exists, its duration and the conditions for exercising it, including information on any amount that the retail client may be required to pay to exercise that right; and if the communication relates to a financial instrument or service of a person other than the investment firm licensee, the name of the person.

            • BC-2.3.5

              Investment firm licensees must ensure that the accuracy of all material statements of fact in promotional materials is supported by adequate evidence.

            • BC-2.3.6

              Investment firm licensees must not, in any form of communication with an individual client or any class of client, attempt to limit or avoid any duty or liability it may have to that individual client or class of client in relation to regulated investment services.

            • BC-2.3.7

              Investment firm licensees that underwrite or market public offerings must ensure that their promotional material complies with the relevant capital markets disclosure standards of the CBB.

              Amended: January 2007

            • BC-2.3.8

              Capital markets disclosure standards are currently contained in the Disclosure Standards Regulation of 3 December 2003.

            • Content of Promotions

              • BC-2.3.9

                Before an investment firm licensee communicates any promotional material to a client or a potential client it must ensure the promotional material at the very least contains the information laid out in Paragraph BC-2.12.1.

              • BC-2.3.10

                Investment firm licensees must not make use of the name of the CBB in any promotion in such a way that would indicate endorsement or approval of its products or services.

                Amended: January 2007

            • Records

              • BC-2.3.11

                Investment firm licensees must maintain a record of all promotional materials issued by them or on their behalf.

            • Real Time Promotions

              • BC-2.3.12

                Investment firm licensees must not make a real time promotion unless the client has been notified of the fact in advance and agreed to receive real time promotion.

                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.3.13

                For the purposes of Paragraph BC-2.3.12, a real time promotion is a promotion made in the course of a personal visit, telephone conversation or other interactive dialogue.

              • BC-2.3.14

                Consent to receive real time promotions could be, for instance, at the time of the initial client profiling, by means of signing a form clearly indicating such consent.

              • BC-2.3.15

                An employee of the investment firm licensee must, on making contact for the first time with a client, and again at any time when asked to do so by the client:

                (a) Identify himself as being an employee of the investment firm licensee;
                (b) State the name of the investment firm licensee; and
                (c) Present the client with a business card on meeting that client, unless he has given him such a card at a previous meeting. The business card must include the information specified in Section GR-2.2.
                Amended: October 2013
                Amended: January 2011
                January 2007

              • BC-2.3.16

                For the purposes of Rule BC-2.3.15(c), the statement on the business card should make clear the authorised status of the investment firm licensee; however it should not lead the client to believe that the product being offered has been approved by the CBB.

                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.3.17

                In oral communications with a retail client, whether in person or by telephone, the employee of the investment firm licensee must:

                (a) State the genuine purpose of the call at the commencement of the conversation;
                (b) Ascertain whether or not the client wishes him to proceed with the conversation if the time of the conversation was not previously agreed by the client;
                (c) Explain clearly the financial instruments or other services which he is authorised to arrange;
                (d) Recognise and respect the right of the client to terminate the call at any time; and
                (e) If he requests another appointment and the client refuses, shall accept that refusal courteously and in such a manner as to cause no embarrassment to the client.
                Amended: October 2013
                Amended: October 2011
                Amended: January 2007

            • Records

              • BC-2.3.18

                Investment firm licensees must keep sufficient records of real time promotions made by them, or on their behalf by other persons, for CBB's supervision purposes.

                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.3.19

                These records should include evidence that clients have been notified in advance and agreed to receive real time promotions, as required under Rule BC-2.3.12.

                Amended: January 2007

          • BC-2.4 BC-2.4 Accepting Clients

            • Applicability

              • BC-2.4.1

                This section applies to retail clients only.

            • Terms of Business

              • BC-2.4.2

                Investment firm licensees must provide their retail clients with their terms of business, setting out the basis on which the regulated investment services are to be conducted.

              • BC-2.4.3

                The terms of business in relation to providing regulated investment services to a retail client must take the form of a client agreement.

              • BC-2.4.4

                The terms of business must include the rights and obligations of parties to the agreement, as well as other terms relevant to the regulated investment services. The terms of business must include, but are not limited to, the items included in Paragraph BC-2.12.2.

              • BC-2.4.5

                An application form in relation to regulated investment services will be deemed to be a client agreement, provided the form includes the principal terms and conditions of the service, such that the client is provided sufficient information to allow him to understand the basis on which the service is to be conducted.

                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.4.6

                The client agreement must be provided in good time prior to providing the regulated investment service, and it must set out or refer to, among other matters, the rights and obligations of the parties to the agreement, and the terms on which the service is to be conducted.

              • BC-2.4.7

                For the purposes of Rule BC-2.4.6, "good time" should be taken to mean sufficient time to enable the client to consider properly the service or financial instrument on offer before he is bound.

            • Client Understanding and Acknowledgement

              • BC-2.4.8

                Investment firm licensees must not enter into a client agreement unless they have taken reasonable care to ensure that their retail client has had a proper opportunity to consider the terms.

              • BC-2.4.9

                Investment firm licensees must obtain their retail client's consent to the terms of the client agreement as evidenced by a signature or an equivalent mechanism.

              • BC-2.4.10

                The equivalent mechanism refers to instances where a client may have signed a mandate letter or other document accompanying the terms of the client agreement.

                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.4.11

                The client agreement must contain the signature of both parties to the agreement. If the agreement is signed by only the client, copies of the signed agreement must be provided by the investment firm licensee to the client. A copy of the signed client agreement must be provided by the Investment firm licensee to the client.

                Amended: October 2017

            • Records

              • BC-2.4.12

                Investment firm licensees must keep sufficient records of client agreements and any documents referred to in the client agreement as soon as the agreement comes into force, for CBB's supervision purposes.

                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.4.13

                Detailed record-keeping requirements are contained in Module GR (General Requirements) and Module FC (Financial Crime).

          • BC-2.5 BC-2.5 Suitability

            • Applicability

              • BC-2.5.1

                This section applies to retail clients only.

            • Information and Communication

              • BC-2.5.2

                Investment firm licensees must seek information from their retail clients (and potential retail clients) about their needs, circumstances and investment objectives (including their risk appetite), relevant to the services to be provided.

                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.5.3

                For the purposes of Rule BC-2.5.2, the investment firm licensee, when providing the regulated investment services, should ask the client or potential client to provide information regarding his knowledge and experience in the investment field relevant to the specific type of financial instrument or service offered or demanded so as to enable the licensee to assess whether the financial instrument or service is appropriate to the client. The evaluation of the client's needs, circumstances and investment objectives (including risk appetite) can be done through a structured questionnaire.

              • BC-2.5.4

                For the purposes of satisfying the requirement under Rule BC-2.5.2, investment firm licensees must ensure that the information and facts they hold about their clients are accurate, complete and up to date.

              • BC-2.5.5

                Where an investment firm licensee is managing financial instruments for a client, it must assess whether the client's portfolio or account remains suitable over the lifetime of the client relationship and advise the client if it is no longer suitable.

              • BC-2.5.6

                Where an investment firm licensee has pooled a client's assets with those of others, with a view to taking common discretionary management decisions, the investment firm licensee must take reasonable steps to ensure that the transaction is suitable for the related clients having regard to their stated investment objectives.

            • Records

              • BC-2.5.7

                Investment firm licensees must keep a record of each recommendation made to retail clients, and be able to demonstrate to the CBB compliance with this Section.

                Amended: January 2007

          • BC-2.6 BC-2.6 Disclosure of Information

            • Applicability

              • BC-2.6.1

                This section applies to investment firm licensees in relation to their dealings with all categories of clients, except when stated otherwise.

            • Initial Disclosure Requirement

              • BC-2.6.2

                Investment firm licensees must provide (with respect to regulated investment services), comprehensible information to clients or potential clients on:

                a) Itself and the types of services that it can provide;
                b) Whether it is acting as agent or principal;
                c) Fees, costs and associated charges such as:
                i. The basis or amount of its charges, remuneration and commission for conducting regulated investment services and
                ii. The nature or amount of any other income receivable by it or, to its knowledge, by its associate and attributable to that regulated investment service;
                d) Financial instruments and proposed strategies and appropriate guidance on and warnings of the risks associated with those financial instruments and strategies; and
                e) Information about methods of redress.
                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.6.3

                The purpose of BC-2.6.2 is to ensure that clients are reasonably able to understand the nature and risks of the investment service and type of financial instrument that is being offered and, consequently, to take investment decisions on an informed basis. This information may be provided in standard format.

            • Risks

              • BC-2.6.4

                Investment firm licensees must disclose adequate information to all classes of clients about risks underlying the financial instrument that are not readily apparent and which relate to the regulated investment service being provided.

              • BC-2.6.5

                Without prejudice to the scope of the requirement under Rule BC-2.6.2(c), investment firm licensees must provide retail clients with appropriate guidance on, and warnings of, relevant risks when providing regulated investment services, in relation to:

                a) Transactions in illiquid financial instruments;
                b) Leveraged transactions, including asset portfolios or collective investment schemes that have embedded leverage;
                c) Financial instruments subject to high volatility in normal market conditions;
                d) Securities repurchase agreements or securities lending agreements;
                e) Transactions which involve credit, margin payments, or deposit of collateral;
                f) Transactions involving material foreign exchange risk
                g) Interests in real estate; and/or
                h) Islamic financial instruments.
                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.6.6

                In relation to transactions involving warrants or derivatives, investment firm licensees must provide retail clients with a written statement that includes explanations of their characteristics, in particular their leverage effect, liquidity and price volatility.

              • BC-2.6.7

                To satisfy Rule BC-2.6.6, with respect to warrants, investment firm licensees should provide retail clients with a statement that includes, at a minimum, the information contained in Paragraph BC-2.12.3.

              • BC-2.6.8

                To satisfy Rule BC-2.6.6, with respect to futures contracts, investment firm licensees should provide retail clients with a statement that includes, at a minimum, the information contained in Paragraph BC-2.12.4.

              • BC-2.6.9

                To satisfy Rule BC-2.6.6, with respect to option transactions, investment firm licensees should provide retail clients with a statement that includes, at a minimum, the information contained in Paragraphs BC-2.12.5 and BC-2.12.6.

              • BC-2.6.10

                In relation to a transaction in a financial instrument that is not readily realisable, investment firm licensees must:

                (a) Warn the retail client that there is a restricted market for such financial instruments, and that it may therefore be difficult to deal in the financial instrument or to obtain reliable information about its value; and
                (b) Disclose any position knowingly held by the investment firm licensee or any of its associates in the financial instrument or in a related financial instrument.
                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.6.11

                The risk warning given to a retail client or potential retail client must be given due prominence in all related materials and must not be concealed or masked in any way by the wording, design or format of the information provided.

              • BC-2.6.12

                Risk warnings provided to a retail client or potential retail client about warrants or derivatives must make clear that the instrument can be subject to sudden and sharp falls in value. Where the retail client may not only lose his entire investment but may also be required to pay more later, he must also be warned about this fact and the possible obligation to provide extra funding.

            • Cancellation and Withdrawals

              • BC-2.6.13

                Investment firm licensees must disclose in their terms of business the existence or absence of a right to cancel as per the provisions of Paragraph BC-2.4.2.

              • BC-2.6.14

                Investment firm licensees must pay due regard to the interests of their clients and treat them fairly.

            • Records

              • BC-2.6.15

                Investment firm licensees must keep a record of statements issued in compliance with Rule BC-2.6.6, and of other information or recommendations provided to their clients, and be able to demonstrate to the CBB compliance with this Section.

                Amended: January 2007

          • BC-2.7 BC-2.7 Dealing and Managing

            • BC-2.7.1

              Investment firm licensees must apply the requirements contained in this Section to all client categories.

            • Best and Timely Execution

              • BC-2.7.2

                Investment firm licensees must take all reasonable steps to obtain, when executing orders, the best possible result for clients taking into account price, costs, speed, likelihood of execution and settlement, and any other consideration relevant to the execution of the order.

              • BC-2.7.3

                Investment firm licensees must establish and implement effective arrangements for complying with Rule BC-2.7.2:

                a) Execution policies for each class of financial instrument;
                b) Maintenance and disclosure to clients of information regarding execution venues and arrangements for disclosure to clients if orders are to be executed outside regulated markets;
                c) Monitoring of effectiveness of the order execution arrangements and execution policies in order to identify and, where appropriate, correct any deficiencies; and
                d) Maintenance of audit trails to demonstrate to their clients that orders were executed in accordance with the relevant execution policy.
                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.7.4

                Investment firm licensees are not required to provide best execution where they have agreed with the client in writing that they will not provide best execution.

              • BC-2.7.5

                In determining whether an investment firm licensee has taken reasonable care to provide the best overall price for a client in accordance with Rules BC-2.7.2 to BC-2.7.4, the CBB will take into account whether an investment firm licensee has:

                (a) Executed orders promptly and sequentially;
                (b) Discounted any fees and charges previously disclosed to the client;
                (c) Disclosed the price at which an order is executed; and
                (d) Taken into account the available range of price sources for the execution of its clients' transactions. In the case where the investment firm licensee has access to prices of different regulated financial markets or alternative trading systems, it must execute the transaction at the best overall price available having considered other relevant factors.
                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.7.6

                Investment firm licensees may only postpone the execution of a transaction if it is in the best interests of the client, and the prior consent of the client has been given, or when circumstances are beyond its control. The investment firm licensee must maintain a record of all postponements together with the reasons for the postponement.

                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.7.7

                Factors relevant to whether the postponement of an existing client order may be in the best interests of the client include where:

                (a) The client order is received outside of normal trading hours;
                (b) A foreseeable improvement in the level of liquidity in the financial instrument is likely to enhance the terms on which the investment firm licensee can execute the order; or
                (c) Executing the order as a series of partial executions over a period of time is likely to improve the terms on which the order as a whole is executed.
                Amended: January 2007

            • Non-market Price Transactions

              • BC-2.7.8

                Investment firm licensees must not enter into a non-market price transaction in any capacity, with or for a client, if it has reasonable grounds to suspect that the client is entering into the transaction for an illegal or improper purpose.

              • BC-2.7.9

                For the purposes of Paragraph BC-2.7.8, a non-market price transaction is one where the price paid by the investment firm licensee, or its client, differs from the prevailing market price. With respect to transactions in financial instruments traded on the Bahrain Stock Exchange, licensees are reminded that in Bahrain the law prohibits off-market transactions.

                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.7.10

                For the purposes of Paragraph BC-2.7.8, examples of improper purposes for transactions include:

                (a) The perpetration of a fraud;
                (b) The disguising or concealment of the nature of a transaction or of profits, losses or cash flows;
                (c) Transactions which amount to market abuse;
                (d) High-risk transactions under the Anti Money Laundering Regulations; and
                (e) "Window dressing", in particular around the year end, to disguise the true financial position of the person concerned.
                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.7.11

                Rule BC-2.7.8 does not apply to a non-market-price transaction if it is subject to the rules of a recognised investment exchange.

            • Aggregation and Allocation

              • BC-2.7.12

                Investment firm licensees may only aggregate an order for a client with an order for other clients, or with an order for its own account, where:

                (a) It is unlikely that the aggregation will disadvantage the clients whose orders have been aggregated; and
                (b) It has disclosed to each client concerned in writing that it may aggregate orders, where these work to the client's advantage.
                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.7.13

                If an investment firm licensee has aggregated orders of clients, it must make a record of the intended basis of allocation and the identity of each client before the order is effected.

              • BC-2.7.14

                Where an allocation takes place, prices must not be marked up or marked down, so that no customer, broker or the investment firm licensee is advantaged over any change.

                Amended: July 2013

              • BC-2.7.15

                Investment firm licensees must have written policies on aggregation and allocation which are consistently applied; these must include the policy that will be adopted when only part of the aggregated order has been filled.

              • BC-2.7.16

                Where an investment firm licensee has aggregated a client order with an order for other clients or with an order for its own account, and part or all of the aggregated order has been filled, it must:

                (a) Promptly allocate the financial instruments concerned;
                (b) Allocate the financial instruments in accordance with its stated policy;
                (c) Ensure the allocation is done fairly and uniformly by not giving undue preference to itself or to any of those for whom it dealt;
                (d) Give priority to satisfying client orders where the aggregation order combines a client order and an own account order, if the aggregate total of all orders cannot be satisfied, unless it can demonstrate on reasonable grounds that without its own participation it would not have been able to execute those orders on such favourable terms, or at all; and
                (e) Make and maintain a record of:
                (i) The date and time of the allocation;
                (ii) The relevant financial instruments;
                (iii) The identity of each client concerned;
                (iv) The amount allocated to each client and to the investment firm licensee; and
                (v) The price of each financial instrument and allocation.
                Amended: July 2013
                Amended: January 2007

            • Excessive Dealing

              • BC-2.7.17

                Investment firm licensees must not advise any client to transact with a frequency or in amounts that might result in those transactions being deemed excessive in light of historical volumes, market capitalisation, client portfolio size and related factors. This Rule does not apply to clients classified as accredited investors.

                Amended: October 2009
                Amended: January 2007

            • Right to Realise a Retail Client's Assets

              • BC-2.7.18

                Investment firm licensees must not realise a retail client's assets, unless it is legally entitled to do so, and has either:

                (a) Set out in the terms of business:
                (i) The action it may take to realise any assets of the retail client;
                (ii) The circumstances in which it may do so;
                (iii) The asset (if relevant) or type or class of asset over which it may exercise the right; or
                (b) Given the retail client written or oral notice of its intention to exercise its rights before it does so.
                Amended: January 2007

            • Lending to Retail Clients

              • BC-2.7.19

                Investment firm licensees providing credit pursuant to Paragraph AU-1.4.15, must not lend money or grant credit to a retail client (or arrange for any other person to do so) unless:

                (a) They have made and recorded an assessment of the retail client's financial standing, based on information disclosed by the retail client;
                (b) They have taken reasonable steps to ensure that the arrangements for the loan or credit and the amount concerned are suitable, based on the information disclosed by the retail client, for the type of investment agreement proposed or which the retail client is likely to enter into; and
                (c) The retail client has given his prior written consent to both the maximum amount of the loan or credit and the amount or basis of any interest or fees to be levied in connection with the loan or credit.
                Amended: January 2007

            • Margin Requirements

              • BC-2.7.20

                Before conducting a transaction with or for a retail client, investment firm licensees must notify the client of:

                (a) The circumstances in which the client may be required to provide any margin;
                (b) The form in which the margin may be provided;
                (c) The steps the investment firm licensee may be required or entitled to take if the client fails to provide the required margin, including:
                (i) The fact that the client's failure to provide margin may lead to the investment firm licensee closing out his position after a time limit specified by the firm;
                (ii) The circumstances in which the investment firm licensee will have the right or duty to close out the client's position; and
                (d) The circumstances, other than failure to provide the required margin, that may lead to the investment firm licensee closing out the client's position without prior reference to him.
                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.7.21

                Investment firm licensees must close out a retail client's open position if that client has failed to meet a margin call within five business days following the date on which the obligation to meet the call accrues, unless:

                (i) The investment firm licensee has received confirmation from a relevant third party (such as a clearing firm) that the retail client has given instructions to pay in full; or
                (ii) The investment firm licensee has taken reasonable care to establish that the delay is owing to circumstances beyond the retail client's control.
                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.7.22

                For the purposes of Rule BC-2.7.21, investment firm licensees may require the closing of a retail client's open position in less than five business days, for their own risk management purposes.

            • Programme Trading

              • BC-2.7.23

                Before an investment firm licensee executes a programme trade, it must disclose to its client whether it will be acting as a principal or agent. An investment firm licensee must not subsequently act in a different capacity from that which is disclosed without the prior consent of the client.

              • BC-2.7.24

                The term "programme trade" describes a single transaction or series of transactions executed for the purpose of acquiring or disposing, for a client, of all or part of a portfolio or a large basket of financial instruments.

              • BC-2.7.25

                Investment firm licensees must ensure that neither they, nor an associate, execute an own account transaction in any financial instrument included in a programme trade, unless they have notified the client in advance that they may do this, or can otherwise demonstrate that they have provided fair treatment to the client concerned.

            • Records

              • BC-2.7.26

                Investment firm licensees must keep a record of each step they undertake in relation to each transaction to demonstrate to the CBB compliance with Section BC-2.7.

                Amended: January 2007

          • BC-2.8 BC-2.8 Reporting to Clients

            • BC-2.8.1

              Section BC-2.8 applies to all client categories.

            • Confirmation of Transactions

              • BC-2.8.2

                When an investment firm licensee executes a transaction in a financial instrument for a client, it must promptly despatch to the client, or a designated agent of the client, a written confirmation note recording the essential details of the transaction and essential information regarding the carrying out of his order.

              • BC-2.8.3

                For the purposes of Rule BC-2.8.2, the essential details of the transaction and essential information regarding the carrying out of the order include:

                (a) Execution price;
                (b) Charges; and
                (c) Time of execution.
                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.8.4

                For the purposes of Rule BC-2.8.2, investment firm licensees must include at the very least in their confirmation notes, the information included in Paragraph BC-2.12.7.

            • Periodic Statements

              • BC-2.8.5

                Investment firm licensees must promptly and at suitable intervals provide their clients with a written statement when they:

                (a) Undertake the activity of managing financial instruments; or
                (b) Operate a client's account containing financial instruments.
                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.8.6

                Investment firm licensees must provide a periodic statement:

                (a) Monthly, if the client is a retail client and the retail client's portfolio includes derivative transactions in highly volatile classes of financial instruments or leveraged transactions; or
                (b) At least semi-annually in other cases.
                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.8.7

                Periodic statements, issued in accordance with Rule BC-2.8.5, must contain, at the very least, the information contained in Paragraph BC-2.12.8, as at the end of the period covered.

              • BC-2.8.8

                Where an investment firm licensee undertakes the activity of managing financial instruments on a discretionary basis, the periodic statements, issued in accordance with Rule BC-2.8.5, must also include at the very least the information included in Paragraph BC-2.12.9.

              • BC-2.8.9

                In addition to Rules BC-2.8.7 and BC-2.8.8, where the retail client may not only lose his entire investment but may also be required to pay more later, investment firm licensees must also include the additional information included in Paragraph BC-2.12.10.

            • Records

              • BC-2.8.10

                Investment firm licensees must immediately record the essential elements of all orders that are received.

              • BC-2.8.11

                For the purposes of Rule BC-2.8.10, essential elements of orders received include the particulars of the client and order, time, price of execution, and number of instruments.

              • BC-2.8.12

                Investment firm licensees must record the essential elements of all:

                (a) Orders executed;
                (b) Transactions executed for their own account;
                (c) Non-market price transactions entered into by the investment firm licensee; and
                (d) Orders that have been aggregated with their basis of allocation.
                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.8.13

                For purposes of Rule BC-2.8.12, investment firm licensees should include, at the very least, the information provided in Paragraph BC-2.12.9.

              • BC-2.8.14

                Investment firm licensees must make a copy of any confirmation of a transaction or periodic statement provided to a client, and retain it for at least ten years from the date on which it was provided.

                Amended: April 2008

          • BC-2.9 BC-2.9 [This section was deleted in October 2011]

            • BC-2.9.1

              [This paragraph was deleted in October 2011]

              Deleted: October 2011
              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: January 2007

            • BC-2.9.2

              [This paragraph was deleted in October 2011]

              Deleted: October 2011
              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: January 2007

            • BC-2.9.3

              [This paragraph was deleted in October 2011]

              Deleted: October 2011
              Amended: January 2007

            • [Deleted]

              Deleted: October 2011

              • BC-2.9.4

                [This paragraph was deleted in October 2011]

                Deleted: October 2011

              • BC-2.9.5

                [This paragraph was deleted in October 2011]

                Deleted: October 2011
                Amended: January 2007

          • BC-2.10 BC-2.10 Conflicts of Interest

            • BC-2.10.1

              Investment firm licensees must undertake all reasonable steps to identify conflicts of interest between themselves (or any person directly or indirectly linked to them by control) and their clients, which may arise in the course of providing a regulated investment service.

            • BC-2.10.2

              Where conflicts arise, investment firm licensees must:

              (a) Disclose any material interest or conflict of interest to the client in writing (which may include a disclosure in the investment firm licensee's terms of business) either generally or in relation to a specific transaction, and take reasonable steps to ensure that the client does not object;
              (b) Establish information barriers between activities such as proprietary trading and portfolio management; and
              (c) Produce a written policy of independence, which requires an employee to disregard any conflict of interest or material interest when advising a client or exercising discretion.
              Amended: July 2015
              Amended: January 2007

            • BC-2.10.3

              If an investment firm licensee determines that it is unable to manage a conflict of interest or material interest using one of the methods described in Rule BC-2.10.2 it must decline to act for the client.

            • Personal Account Transactions

              • BC-2.10.4

                Investment firm licensees must establish and maintain adequate policies and procedures, to ensure that:

                (a) An employee does not undertake a personal account transaction unless:
                (i) The investment firm licensee has, in a written notice, drawn to the attention of the employee the conditions upon which the employee may undertake personal account transactions and that the contents of such a notice are made a term of his contract of employment or services;
                (ii) The investment firm licensee has given its written permission to that employee for that transaction or to transactions generally in financial instruments of that kind; and
                (iii) The transaction will not conflict with the investment firm licensee's duties to its clients;
                (b) It receives prompt notification or is otherwise aware of each employee's personal account transactions; and
                (c) If an employee's personal account transactions are conducted with the investment firm licensee, each employee's account must be clearly identified and distinguishable from other clients' accounts.
                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.10.5

                The written notice in sub-Paragraph BC-2.10.4(a)(i) must make it explicit that, if an employee is prohibited from undertaking a personal account transaction, he must not, except in the proper course of his employment:

                (a) Procure another person to enter into such a transaction; or
                (b) Communicate any information or opinion to another person if he knows, or ought to know, that the person will as a result, enter into such a transaction or procure some other person to do so.
                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.10.6

                Where an investment firm licensee has taken reasonable steps to determine that an employee will not be involved to any material extent in, or have access to information about, the investment firm licensee's investment business, then the conditions or restrictions on personal account transactions, in Rule BC-2.10.4, need not be applied to that employee.

              • BC-2.10.7

                Investment firm licensees must establish and maintain procedures and controls so as to ensure that an investment analyst does not undertake a personal account transaction in a financial instrument if the investment analyst is preparing investment research:

                (a) On that investment or its issuer; or
                (b) On a related investment, or its issuer;

                until the investment research is published or made available to the investment firm licensee's clients.

                Amended: January 2007

            • Investment Research

              • BC-2.10.8

                Where an investment firm licensee issues investment research, its conflicts policy must specify the types of investment research issued by it. An investment firm licensee that prepares and publishes investment research must have adequate procedures and controls to ensure:

                (a) The effective supervision of investment analysts by following at the very least the items listed in Paragraph BC-2.12.11;
                (b) That any actual or potential conflicts of interest are managed in accordance with Rule BC-2.10.1; and
                (c) That the investment research issued to clients is not biased.
                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.10.9

                Investment firm licensees that publish investment research must take reasonable steps to ensure that the investment research:

                (a) Identifies the types of clients for which it is principally intended;
                (b) Distinguishes fact from opinion or estimates, and includes references to sources of data used;
                (c) Specifies the date when it was first published;
                (d) Specifies the period the ratings or recommendations are intended to cover;
                (e) Contains a clear and unambiguous explanation of the rating or recommendation system used;
                (f) Includes a price chart or line graph depicting the performance of the financial instrument for the period that the investment firm licensee has assigned a rating or recommendation for that financial instrument, which must also show the dates on which the ratings were revised; and
                (g) Includes a distribution of the different ratings or recommendations, in percentage terms for all financial instruments in respect of which the investment business licensee publishes investment research.
                Amended: July 2015
                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.10.10

                Investment firm licensees must take reasonable steps to ensure that when it publishes investment research, disclosure is made of the following matters:

                (a) Any financial interest or material interest that the investment analyst or a close relative has, which relates to the financial instrument;
                (b) Any shareholding by the investment firm licensee or its associate of 1% or more of the total issued share capital of the issuer;
                (c) Whether the investment firm licensee or its associate acts as corporate broker for the issuer;
                (d) Any material shareholding by the issuer in the investment firm licensee;
                (e) [This Subparagraph was deleted in July 2015]; and
                (f) Whether the investment firm licensee is a market maker in the financial instrument.
                Amended: July 2015
                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.10.11

                If an investment firm licensee acts as a manager or co-manager of an initial public offering or a secondary offering it must take reasonable steps to ensure that it does not publish investment research relating to the financial instrument during the period beginning on the day of publication of the listing particulars or a prospectus relating to the offering of that financial instrument and ending on the 30th calendar day after the day on which the financial instrument is admitted to trading.

              • BC-2.10.12

                Investment firm licensees and their associates must not knowingly execute an own account transaction in a financial instrument, which is the subject of investment research, prepared either by the investment firm licensee or its associate, until the clients for whom the investment research was principally intended have had a reasonable opportunity to act upon it.

              • BC-2.10.13

                The restriction in Rule BC-2.10.11 does not apply if:

                (a) The investment firm licensee or its associate is a market maker in the relevant financial instrument;
                (b) The investment firm licensee or its associate executes an unsolicited transaction for a client; or
                (c) It is not expected to materially affect the price of the financial instrument.
                Amended: January 2007

            • Inducements

              • BC-2.10.14

                Investment firm licensees must have systems and controls, policies and procedures to ensure that neither they, nor any of their employees, offer, give, solicit or accept any inducement which is likely to conflict significantly with any duty that they owe to their clients.

              • BC-2.10.15

                Investment firm licensees may only accept goods and services under a soft dollar agreement if:

                (a) The goods and services do not constitute an inducement;
                (b) The goods and services are reasonably expected to assist in the provision of regulated investment activities to the investment firm licensee's clients;
                (c) The agreement is a written agreement for the supply of goods or services described in Rule BC-2.10.14, and these goods and services do not take the form of, or include, cash or any other direct financial benefit; and
                (d) The investment firm licensee makes adequate disclosures regarding the use of soft dollar agreements.
                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.10.16

                For the purpose of Sub-Paragraph BC-2.10.15(d), Paragraph BC-2.12.12 sets out the minimum disclosure requirements.

                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.10.17

                A soft dollar agreement is an agreement in any form under which an investment firm licensee receives goods or services in return for investment business put through or in the way of another person.

              • BC-2.10.18

                Before an investment firm licensee enters into a transaction for a client, either directly or indirectly, with or through the agency of another person, under a soft dollar agreement which the investment firm licensee has, or knows that another member of its group has, with that other person, it must disclose to its client:

                (a) The existence of the soft dollar agreement; and
                (b) The investment firm licensee's or its group's policy relating to soft dollar agreements.
                Amended: January 2007

              • BC-2.10.19

                If an investment firm licensee has a soft dollar agreement under which the investment firm licensee deals for a client, the investment firm licensee must provide that client with information as set out in Paragraph BC-2.12.12.

          • BC-2.11 BC-2.11 Confidentiality

            • BC-2.11.1

              Investment firm licensees must ensure that any information obtained from their clients is not used or disclosed unless:

              (a) They have the client's consent; or
              (b) Disclosure is made in accordance with the licensee's regulatory obligations.
              (c) The licensee is legally obliged to disclose the information in accordance with Article 117 of the CBB Law.
              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: January 2007

            • BC-2.11.2

              Investment firm licensees must take appropriate steps to ensure the security of any information handled or held on behalf of their clients.

          • BC-2.12 BC-2.12 Appendix

            • BC-2.12.1

              The minimum information that should be contained in promotional material includes:

              (a) The name of the investment firm licensee communicating the promotional material;
              (b) The investment firm licensee's category of license;
              (c) The investment firm licensee's address;
              (d) A description of the main characteristics of the financial instrument involved or service offered;
              (e) Suitable warning regarding the risks of the financial instrument involved and/or service offered; and
              (f) A clear statement indicating that, if a retail client (as defined in Section BC-2.2) is in any doubt about the suitability of the agreement which is the subject of the promotion, he should consult his own financial adviser, or else the investment firm licensee.
              Amended: January 2007

            • BC-2.12.2

              The minimum information that should be contained in terms of business includes:

              (a) The regulatory status of the investment firm licensee;
              (b) A statement that the licensee is bound by the CBB's regulation and licensing conditions;
              (c) The licensee's name, address, e-mail and telephone number;
              (d) A statement of the products and services provided by the licensee, as permitted by the CBB;
              (e) The total price to be paid by the client to the investment firm licensee for its services, or, where an exact price cannot be indicated, the basis for the calculation of the price enabling the client to verify it;
              (f) Information on any rights the parties may have to terminate the contract early or unilaterally under its terms, including any penalties imposed by the contract in such cases;
              (g) Where appropriate, the client's investment objectives;
              (h) Where appropriate, the extent to which the investment firm licensee will consider the clients' personal circumstances when considering suitability (as required under Section BC-2.5) and the details of such matters that will be taken into account;
              (i) Any conflict of interest disclosure as required by Section BC-2.10;
              (j) Any disclosure of soft dollar agreements under Section BC-2.10;
              (k) A statement that clearly indicates the following:
              (i) The client's right to obtain copies of records relating to his business with the licensee; and
              (ii) The client's record will be kept for 10 years or as otherwise required by Bahrain Law; and
              (l) The name and job title, address and telephone number of the person in the investment firm licensee to whom any complaint should be addressed (in writing) by the client.
              Amended: April 2008
              Amended: January 2007

            • BC-2.12.3

              The minimum information that should be contained in a notice in relation to a warrant includes:

              "A warrant is a time-limited right to subscribe for shares or debentures and is exercisable against the original issuer of the underlying securities. A relatively small movement in the price of the underlying security results in a disproportionately large movement, unfavourable or favourable, in the price of the warrant. The prices of warrants can therefore be volatile. It is essential for anyone who is considering purchasing warrants to understand that the right to subscribe which a warrant confers is invariably limited in time, with the consequence that if the investor fails to exercise this right within the predetermined time-scale then the investment becomes worthless. You should not buy a warrant unless you are prepared to sustain a total loss of the money you have invested plus any commission or other transaction charges."

            • BC-2.12.4

              The minimum information that should be contained in a notice in relation to a futures transaction includes:

              "Transactions in futures involve the obligation to make, or to take, delivery of the underlying asset of the contract at a future date, or in some cases to settle the position with cash. They carry a high degree of risk. The 'gearing' or 'leverage' often obtainable in futures trading means that a small deposit or down payment can lead to large losses as well as gains. It also means that a relatively small movement can lead to a proportionately much larger movement in the value of your investment, and this can work against you as well as for you. Futures transactions have a contingent liability, and you should be aware of the implications of this, in particular the margining requirements."

            • BC-2.12.5

              The minimum information that should be contained in a notice in relation to a purchased option includes:

              "Buying options: buying options involves less risk than selling options because, if the price of the underlying asset moves against you, you can simply allow the option to lapse. The maximum loss is limited to the premium, plus any commission or other transaction charges. However, if you buy a call option on a futures contract and you later exercise the option, you will acquire the future. This will expose you to the risks associated with 'futures' and 'contingent liability investment transactions'."

            • BC-2.12.6

              The minimum information that should be contained in a notice in relation to a written option includes:

              "Writing options: if you write an option, the risk involved is considerably greater than buying options. You may be liable for margin to maintain your position and a loss may be sustained well in excess of the premium received. By writing an option, you accept a legal obligation to purchase or sell the underlying asset if the option is exercised against you, however far the market price has moved away from the exercise price. If you already own the underlying asset which you have contracted to sell (when the options will be known as 'covered call options') the risk is reduced. If you do not own the underlying asset ('uncovered call options') the risk can be unlimited. Only experienced persons should contemplate writing uncovered options, and then only after securing full details of the applicable conditions and potential risk exposure."

            • BC-2.12.7

              The minimum information that should be included in a transaction confirmation includes:

              (a) The investment firm licensee's name and address;
              (b) Whether the investment firm licensee executed the transaction as principal or agent;
              (c) The client's name, account number or other identifier;
              (d) Where relevant, a description of the collective investment undertaking or fund, including the amount invested or number of units involved;
              (e) Whether the transaction was a sale or purchase;
              (f) The price or unit price at which the transaction was executed;
              (g) If applicable, a statement that the transaction was executed on an execution only basis;
              (h) The date and time of the transaction or a statement that the time of execution will be provided on request;
              (i) Due date and procedure for settlement of transaction and the bank account;
              (j) The amount the investment firm licensee charges in connection with the transaction, including commission charges and the amount of any mark-up or mark-down, fees, taxes or duties;
              (k) The amount or basis of any charges shared with another person or statement that this will be made available on request;
              (l) For collective investment undertakings, a statement that the price at which the transaction has been executed is on a historic price or forward price basis, as the case may be;
              (m) The regulated market on which the transaction was carried out or the fact that the transaction was undertaken outside a regulated market; and
              (n) Whether the retail client's counterparty was the investment firm licensee itself or any other person in the investment firm group.
              Amended: January 2007

            • BC-2.12.8

              The minimum information that should be included in a periodic statement includes:

              (a) The number, description and value of each financial instrument;
              (b) The amount of cash held;
              (c) The total value of the portfolio; and
              (d) A statement as to the basis on which the value of each financial instrument was calculated.
              Amended: January 2007

            • BC-2.12.9

              The minimum information that should be included in a periodic statement, where the relationship includes portfolio management, includes:

              (a) A statement of which financial instruments, if any, were at the closing date loaned to any third party and which financial instruments, if any, were at that date charged to secure borrowings made on behalf of the portfolio;
              (b) The aggregate of any interest payments made and income received during the account period in respect of loans or borrowings made during that period;
              (c) A management report on the strategy implemented (provided at least yearly);
              (d) Total amount of fees and charges incurred during the period and an indication of their nature;
              (e) Information on any remuneration received from a third party and details of calculation basis;
              (f) Total amount of dividends, interest and other payments received during the period in relation to the clients' portfolio;
              (g) Details of each transaction which have been entered into for the portfolio during the period;
              (h) The aggregate of money and details of all financial instruments transferred into and out of the portfolio during the period;
              (i) The aggregate of any interest payments, including the dates of their application and dividends or other benefits received by the investment firm licensee from the portfolio for its own account during that period;
              (j) A statement of the aggregate charges of the investment firm licensee and its associates; and
              (k) A statement of the amount of any remuneration received by the investment firm licensee or its associates or both from a third party.
              Amended: January 2007

            • BC-2.12.10

              The minimum information that should be included in periodic statements, where the relationship includes contingent liability investment transactions, includes:

              (a) The aggregate of money transferred into and out of the portfolio during the valuation period;
              (b) In relation to each open position in the account at the end of the account period, the unrealised profit or loss to the client (before deducting or adding any commission which would be payable on closing out);
              (c) In relation to each transaction executed during the account period to close out a client's position, the resulting profit or loss to the client after deducting or adding any commission;
              (d) The aggregate of each of the following in, or relating to, the client's portfolio at the close of business on the valuation date:
              (i) Cash;
              (ii) Collateral value;
              (iii) Management fees; and
              (iv) Commissions;
              (e) Option account valuations in respect of each open option contained in the account on the valuation date stating:
              (i) The share, or future or other financial instrument involved;
              (ii) The trade price and date for the opening transaction, unless the valuation statement follows the statement for the period in which the option was opened;
              (iii) The market price of the contract; and
              (iv) The exercise price of the contract.
              Amended: January 2007

            • BC-2.12.11

              The minimum requirements that should be met where the investment firm licensee prepares and publishes investment research include:

              (a) Analysts must not trade in securities or related derivatives ahead of publishing research on the issuer of these securities;
              (b) Analysts must not trade in securities or related derivatives of any issuer that they review in a manner contrary to their existing recommendations except in special circumstances subject to pre-approval by compliance or legal personnel;
              (c) Analysts must not accept inducements by issuers or others with a material interest in the subject matter of investment research; and
              (d) Investment firms must not promise issuers favorable research coverage, specific ratings or specific target prices in return for a future or continued business relationship, service or investment.
              Amended: January 2007

            • BC-2.12.12

              The minimum requirements that should be met where the investment firm licensee has a soft dollar agreement under which it deals with clients includes:

              (a) The percentage paid under soft dollar agreements of the total commission paid by or at the direction of:
              (i) The investment firm licensee; and
              (ii) Any other member of the investment firm licensee's group which is a party to those agreements;
              (b) The value, on a cost price basis, of the goods and services received by the investment firm licensee under soft dollar agreements, expressed as a percentage of the total commission paid by or at the direction of:
              (i) The investment firm licensee; or
              (ii) Other members of the investment firm licensee's group;
              (c) A summary of the nature of the goods and services received by the investment firm licensee under the soft dollar agreements; and
              (d) The total commission paid from the portfolio of that client.
              Amended: January 2007

          • BC-2.13 BC-2.13 Brokerage Fees

            • BC-2.13.1

              All investment firm licensees acting as money brokers in Bahrain must comply with the scale of brokerage fees as per Appendix BC-1 in Part B of the CBB Rulebook – Volume 4.

              Added: January 2019

        • BC-3 BC-3 Customer Complaints Procedures

          • BC-3.1 BC-3.1 General Requirements

            • BC-3.1.1

              All investment firm licensees must have appropriate customer complaints handling procedures and systems for effective handling of complaints made by customers by 31st March 2012.

              Adopted: October 2011

            • BC-3.1.2

              Customer complaints procedures must be documented appropriately and their customers must be informed of their availability.

              Adopted: October 2011

            • BC-3.1.3

              All investment firm licensees must appoint a customer complaints officer and publicise his/ her contact details at all branches. The customer complaints officer must be of a senior level at the investment business firm and must be independent of the parties to the complaint to minimize any potential conflict of interest.

              Adopted: October 2011

            • BC-3.1.3A

              The position of customer complaints officer may be combined with that of compliance officer.

              Added: July 2012

            • BC-3.1.4

              In the case of an overseas investment firm licensee, a local complaints officer must be present and must report all complaints to the head office complaints unit.

              Amended: January 2012
              Adopted: October 2011

          • BC-3.2 BC-3.2 Documenting Customer Complaints Handling Procedures

            • BC-3.2.1

              In order to make customer complaints handling procedures as transparent and accessible as possible, all investment firm licensees must document their customer complaints handling procedures. These include setting out in writing:

              (a) The procedures and policies for:
              (i) Receiving and acknowledging complaints;
              (ii) Investigating complaints;
              (iii) Responding to complaints within appropriate time limits;
              (iv) Recording information about complaints;
              (v) Identifying recurring system failure issues.
              (b) The types of remedies available for resolving complaints; and
              (c) The organisational reporting structure for the complaints handling function.
              Amended: January 2012
              Adopted: October 2011

            • BC-3.2.2

              Investment firm licensees must provide a copy of the procedures to all relevant staff, so that they may be able to inform customers. A simple and easy-to-use guide to the procedures must also be made available to all customers, on request, and when they want to make a complaint.

              Adopted: October 2011

            • BC-3.2.3

              Investment firm licensees are required to ensure that all investment services related documentation provided to the customer includes a statement informing the customer of the availability of a simple and easy-to-use guide on customer complaints procedures in the event the customer is not satisfied with the services provided.

              Amended: January 2012
              Adopted: October 2011

          • BC-3.3 BC-3.3 Principles for Effective Handling of Complaints

            • BC-3.3.1

              Adherence to the following principles is required for effective handling of complaints:

              Adopted: October 2011

            • Visibility

              • BC-3.3.2

                "How and where to complain" must be well publicised to customers and other interested parties, in both English and Arabic languages.

                Adopted: October 2011

            • Accessibility

              • BC-3.3.3

                A complaints handling process must be easily accessible to all customers and must be free of charge.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BC-3.3.4

                While an investment firm licensee's website is considered an acceptable mean for dealing with customer complaints, it should not be the only means available to customers as not all customers have access to the internet.

                Amended: January 2012
                Adopted: October 2011

              • BC-3.3.5

                Process information must be readily accessible and must include flexibility in the method of making complaints.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BC-3.3.6

                Support for customers in interpreting the complaints procedures must be provided, upon request.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BC-3.3.7

                Information and assistance must be available on details of making and resolving a complaint.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BC-3.3.8

                Supporting information must be easy to understand and use.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BC-3.3.9

                [This Paragraph was deleted in January 2012].

                Deleted: January 2012
                Adopted: October 2011

            • Responsiveness

              • BC-3.3.10

                Receipt of complaints must be acknowledged in accordance with Section BC-3.5 "Response to Complaints".

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BC-3.3.11

                Complaints must be addressed promptly in accordance with their urgency.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BC-3.3.12

                Customers must be treated with courtesy.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BC-3.3.13

                Customers must be kept informed of the progress of their complaint.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BC-3.3.14

                If a customer is not satisfied with an investment firm licensee's response, the investment firm licensee must advise the customer on how to take the complaint further within the organisation.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BC-3.3.15

                In the event that they are unable to resolve a complaint, investment firm licensees must outline the options that are open to that customer to pursue the matter further, including, where appropriate, referring the matter to the Consumer Protection Unit at the CBB.

                Amended: April 2020
                Adopted: October 2011

            • Objectivity and Efficiency

              • BC-3.3.16

                Complaints must be addressed in an equitable, objective, unbiased and efficient manner.

                Amended: January 2012
                Adopted: October 2011

              • BC-3.3.17

                General principles for objectivity in the complaints handling process include:

                (a) Openness: The process must be clear and well publicised so that both staff and customers can understand.
                (b) Impartiality:
                (i) Measures must be taken to protect the person the complaint is made against from bias;
                (ii) Emphasis must be placed on resolution of the complaint not blame; and
                (iii) The investigation must be carried out by a person independent of the person complained about.
                (c) Accessibility:
                (i) The investment firm licensee must allow customer access to the process at any reasonable point in time; and
                (ii) A joint response must be made when the complaint affects different participants.
                (d) Completeness: The complaints officer must find the relevant facts, talk to both sides, establish common ground and verify explanations wherever possible;
                (e) Equitability: Give equal treatment to all parties.
                (f) Sensitivity: Each complaint must be treated on its merits and paying due care to individual circumstances.
                (g) Objectivity for personnel — complaints handling procedures must ensure those complained about are treated fairly which implies:
                (i) Informing them immediately and completely on complaints about performance;
                (ii) Giving them an opportunity to explain and providing appropriate support;
                (iii) Keeping them informed of the progress and result of the complaint investigation;
                (iv) Full details of the complaint are given to those the complaint is made against prior to interview; and
                (v) Personnel must be assured they are supported by the process and should be encouraged to learn from the experience and develop a better understanding of the complaints process.
                (h) Confidentiality:
                (i) In addition to customer confidentiality, the process must ensure confidentiality for staff who have a complaint made against them and the details must only be known to those directly concerned;
                (ii) Customer information must be protected and not disclosed, unless the customer consents otherwise; and
                (iii) Protect the customer and customer's identity as far as is reasonable to avoid deterring complaints due to fear of inconvenience or discrimination.
                (i) Objectivity monitoring: Investment firm licensees must monitor responses to customers to ensure objectivity which could include random monitoring of resolved complaints.
                (j) Charges: The process must be free of charge to customers;
                (k) Customer Focused Approach:
                (i) Investment firm licensees must have a customer focused approach;
                (ii) Investment firm licensees must be open to feedback; and
                (iii) Investment firm licensees must show commitment to resolving problems.
                (l) Accountability: Investment firm licensees must ensure accountability for reporting actions and decisions with respect to complaints handling.
                (m) Continual improvement: Continual improvement of the complaints handling process and the quality of products and services must be a permanent objective of the investment firm licensee.
                Amended: January 2012
                Adopted: October 2011

          • BC-3.4 BC-3.4 Internal Complaint Handling Procedures

            • BC-3.4.1

              Investment firm licensee's internal complaint handling procedures must provide for:

              (a) The receipt of written complaints;
              (b) The appropriate investigation of complaints;
              (c) An appropriate decision-making process in relation to the response to a customer complaint;
              (d) Notification of the decision to the customer;
              (e) The recording of complaints; and
              (f) How to deal with complaints when a business continuity plan (BCP) is operative.
              Adopted: October 2011

            • BC-3.4.2

              An investment firm licensee's internal complaint handling procedures must be designed to ensure that:

              (a) All complaints are handled fairly, effectively and promptly;
              (b) Recurring systems failures are identified, investigated and remedied;
              (c) The number of unresolved complaints referred to the CBB is minimized;
              (d) The employee responsible for the resolution of complaints has the necessary authority to resolve complaints or has ready access to an employee who has the necessary authority; and
              (e) Relevant employees are aware of the investment firm licensee's internal complaint handling procedures and comply with them and receive training periodically to be kept abreast of changes in procedures.
              Adopted: October 2011

          • BC-3.5 BC-3.5 Response to Complaints

            • BC-3.5.1

              An investment firm licensee must acknowledge in writing customer written complaints within 5 working days of receipt.

              Adopted: October 2011

            • BC-3.5.2

              An investment firm licensee must respond in writing to a customer complaint within 4 weeks of receiving the complaint, explaining their position and how they propose to deal with the complaint.

              Adopted: October 2011

            • Redress

              • BC-3.5.3

                An investment firm licensee should decide and communicate how it proposes (if at all) to provide the customer with redress. Where appropriate, the investment firm licensee must explain the options open to the customer and the procedures necessary to obtain the redress.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BC-3.5.4

                Where an investment firm licensee decides that redress in the form of compensation is appropriate, the investment firm licensee must provide the complainant with fair compensation and must comply with any offer of compensation made by it which the complainant accepts.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BC-3.5.5

                Where an investment firm licensee decides that redress in a form other than compensation is appropriate, it must provide the redress as soon as practicable.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BC-3.5.6

                Should the customer that filed a complaint not be satisfied with the response received as per Paragraph BC-3.5.2, he can forward the complaint to the Consumer Protection Unit at the CBB within 30 calendar days from the date of receiving the letter from the investment firm licensee.

                Amended: April 2020
                Adopted: October 2011

          • BC-3.6 BC-3.6 Records of Complaints

            • BC-3.6.1

              An investment firm licensee must maintain a record of all customers' complaints. The record of each complaint must include:

              (a) The identity of the complainant;
              (b) The substance of the complaint;
              (c) The status of the complaint, including whether resolved or not, and whether redress was provided; and
              (d) All correspondence in relation to the complaint. Such records must be retained by the investment firm licensee for a period of 5 years from the date of receipt of the complaint.
              Adopted: October 2011

          • BC-3.7 BC-3.7 Reporting of Complaints

            • BC-3.7.1

              An investment firm licensee must submit to the CBB's Consumer Protection Unit a quarterly report summarising the following:

              (a) The number of complaints received;
              (b) The substance of the complaints;
              (c) The number of days it took the investment firm licensee to acknowledge and to respond to the complaints; and
              (d) The status of the complaint, including whether resolved or not, and whether redress was provided.
              Amended: April 2020
              Adopted: October 2011

            • BC-3.7.2

              The report referred to in Paragraph BC-3.7.1 must be sent electronically to complaint@cbb.gov.bh.

              Amended: April 2020
              Added: July 2013

            • BC-3.7.3

              Where no complaints have been received by the licensee within the quarter, a 'nil' report should be submitted to the CBB's Consumer Protection Unit.

              Amended: April 2020
              Added: July 2013

          • BC-3.8 BC-3.8 Monitoring and Enforcement

            • BC-3.8.1

              Compliance with these requirements is subject to the ongoing supervision of the CBB as well as being part of any CBB inspection of a licensee. Failure to comply with these requirements is subject to enforcement measures as outlined in Module EN (Enforcement).

              Adopted: October 2011

      • CL CL Client Assets

        • CL-A CL-A Introduction

          • CL-A.1 CL-A.1 Purpose

            • Executive Summary

              • CL-A.1.1

                This Module presents requirements that have to be met by investment firm licensees with regards to safeguarding and administrating financial instruments or when they hold or control assets of clients for which they are responsible.

              • CL-A.1.2

                The Rules contained in this Module are aimed at ensuring proper protection of client assets to minimise the risk of client assets being used by investment firm licensees without the client's written consent (except to the extent permitted by the Rules) and to restrict the commingling of client assets with investment firm licensee assets. This Module builds upon Principle 6 — Customer Assets (see Module PB (Principles of Business)). Principle 6 requires investment firm licensees to take reasonable care to safeguard the assets of customers for which they are responsible.

                Amended: January 2007

              • CL-A.1.3

                The Rules contained in this Module are largely principles-based and focus on desired outputs rather than on prescribing detailed processes. This gives investment firm licensees flexibility in how to implement the basic standards prescribed in this Module.

                Amended: January 2007

            • Legal Basis

              • CL-A.1.4

                This Module contains the Central Bank of Bahrain's ('CBB') Directive (as amended from time to time) on client assets, with respect to investment firm licensees, and is issued under the powers available to the CBB under Article 38 of the Central Bank of Bahrain and Financial Institutions Law 2006 ('CBB Law'). The Directive in this Module is applicable to Category 1 investment firms and Category 2 investment firms.

                Amended: January 2011
                April 2008
                Adopted: January 2007

              • CL-A.1.5

                For an explanation of the CBB's rule-making powers and different regulatory instruments, see Section UG-1.1.

                Adopted: January 2007

          • CL-A.2 CL-A.2 Module History

            • Evolution of Module

              • CL-A.2.1

                This Module was first issued in April 2006 by the BMA, as part of the first phase of Volume 4 (Investment Business) to be released. It is dated April 2006. Any material changes that have subsequently been made to this Module are annotated with the calendar quarter date in which the change was made: Chapter UG-3 provides further details on Rulebook maintenance and version control.

                Amended: January 2007

              • CL-A.2.2

                When the CBB replaced the BMA in September 2006, the provisions of this Module remained in force. Volume 4 was updated in July 2007 to reflect the switch to the CBB; however, new calendar quarter dates were only issued where the update necessitated changes to actual requirements.

                Adopted: January 2007

              • CL-A.2.3

                A list of recent changes made to this Module is provided below:

                Module Ref. Change Date Description of Changes
                CL-A.1 07/2007 New Rule CL-A.1.4 introduced, categorising this Module as a Directive.
                CL-A.1.4 04/2008 Clarified that this Directive only applies to Category 1 investment firms and Category 2 investment firms.
                CL-1.1.8 04/2008 Clarified that client bank accounts may only be opened with banks licensed to do business in Bahrain.
                CL-1.4.1 and 2.6.1 04/2008 Clarified the record retention period to be in line with Article 60 of the CBB Law.
                Table of Contents and CL-1.5.3 07/2008 Added reference to agreed upon procedures included in Part B of Volume 4 (Investment Business)
                CL-1.1.1 07/2008 Corrected reference.
                CL-1.1.20 07/2008 Clarified nature of reconciliation required.
                CL-1.5.4 07/2008 Reference made to effective date when first auditor report is required.
                CL-2.3.1 07/2008 Dematerialised safe custody financial instruments now included as a defined term in the Glossary under Part B.
                CL-A.1.4 01/2011 Clarified legal basis.
                CL-1.1.4(a) 01/2012 Amended as client asset protection rules not included in Glossary.
                CL-1.1.2 04/2013 Amended introductory Paragraph of Rule.
                CL-1.1.4 and CL-1.1.5 04/2013 Rule and Guidance deleted as all assets are subject to client asset protection Rules.
                CL-1.1.10 01/2016 Clarified Rule.
                CL-1.5.1 10/2017 Amended Paragraph to clarify that licensees are to formally declare in writing that they do not possess any Client assets.
                CL-1.5.2 01/2018 Amended paragraph.

            • Superseded Requirements

              • CL-A.2.4

                This Module does not replace any regulations or circulars in force prior to April 2006.

                Amended: January 2007

              • CL-A.2.5

                Further guidance on the implementation and transition to Volume 4 (Investment Business) is given in Module ES (Executive Summary).

                Amended: January 2007

        • CL-B CL-B Scope of Application

          • CL-B.1 CL-B.1 License Categories

            • CL-B.1.1

              This Module applies to every investment firm licensee that undertakes the activity of safeguarding clients' financial instruments; or holds or controls client assets.

            • CL-B.1.2

              Since Category 1 and Category 2 investment firms only are permitted to undertake the activity specified in Rule CL-B.1.1, the requirements contained in this Module do not apply to Category 3 investment firm licensees.

            • CL-B.1.3

              Client assets comprise money or financial instruments belonging to clients of an investment firm licensee, which are held or controlled by the investment firm licensee in connection with the conduct of regulated investment services.

            • CL-B.1.4

              Client assets are held or controlled by an investment firm licensee on behalf of a client if they are:

              (a) Directly held by the investment firm licensee;
              (b) Held in an account in the name of the investment firm licensee;
              (c) Held by a person, or in an account in the name of a person, controlled by the investment firm licensee; or
              (d) Held in an account with another person, controlled by the investment firm licensee.
              Amended: January 2007

            • CL-B.1.5

              The CBB would consider a person to be controlled by an investment firm licensee if that person is inclined to act in accordance with the instructions of the investment firm licensee.

              Amended: January 2007

            • CL-B.1.6

              The CBB would consider an account to be controlled by an investment firm licensee if that account is operated in accordance with the instructions of the investment firm licensee.

              Amended: January 2007

          • CL-B.2 CL-B.2 Overseas Subsidiaries and Branches

            • CL-B.2.1

              Investment firm licensees must ensure that their branches and subsidiaries operating in foreign jurisdictions comply, at a minimum, with local client asset rules (where applicable).

            • CL-B.2.2

              Where client asset rules applied by overseas branches and subsidiaries of an investment firm licensee fall below the standards set out in this Module, the investment firm licensee must notify the CBB of the fact.

              Amended: January 2007

            • CL-B.2.3

              The CBB encourages its investment firm licensees to apply — with respect to its overseas branches and subsidiaries — client asset rules at least equivalent to those set out in this Module. Where this is not the case, then the CBB will consider any potential risk to the investment firm licensee that may arise through adverse reputational or other consequences.

              Amended: January 2007

        • CL-1 CL-1 Client Asset Protection

          • CL-1.1 CL-1.1 Client Asset Protection Rules

            • Segregation of Client Assets

              • CL-1.1.1

                Except to the extent permitted by these rules (Paragraph CL-1.1.2), an investment firm licensee must hold client assets separate from its own.

                Amended: July 2008

              • CL-1.1.2

                An investment firm licensee may manage client's assets on a discretionary basis if:

                (a) That client has given his express consent in writing;
                (b) The use of the client assets is restricted to the terms agreed by him; and
                (c) The document in which that client's consent is requested by the investment firm licensee gives clear information to him on:
                (i) The obligations and responsibilities of the investment firm licensee and/or of the clients for whose account the investment firm licensee has been allowed to use the client's financial instruments, with respect to the use of the financial instruments (including the terms for the restitution of the financial instruments); and
                (ii) The risks involved.
                Amended: April 2013
                Amended: January 2007

              • CL-1.1.3

                An investment firm licensee should communicate to its clients in writing, at a minimum, the information specified in Guidance Paragraph CL-6.1.2, regarding client assets held. This information must be reported as soon as practicable, but no later than 10 business days from the initial transaction date. Subsequent statements must be provided in accordance with client reporting requirements under Section CL-1.3.

              • CL-1.1.4

                [This Paragraph was deleted in April 2013.]

                Deleted: April 2013

              • CL-1.1.5

                [This Paragraph was deleted in April 2013.]

                Deleted: April 2013

            • Client Money

              • CL-1.1.6

                An investment firm licensee must hold client money in a client bank account.

              • CL-1.1.7

                For the purposes of CL-1.1.5, a client bank account is an account holding client money of one or more clients in a bank account designated as such in accordance with the terms of agreement with the client/clients.

              • CL-1.1.8

                Client bank accounts may only be opened with banks licensed to do business in the Kingdom of Bahrain, after being subject to due diligence by the investment firm licensee. Islamic investment firms may only hold client bank accounts with Islamic banks licensed to do business in the Kingdom of Bahrain.

                Amended: April 2008

              • CL-1.1.9

                For the purposes of CL-1.1.8, when undertaking due diligence, the investment firm licensee should take reasonable steps to establish that the bank is appropriate considering, among other factors, the following:

                (a) Whether it is a duly licensed bank in good regulatory standing;
                (b) The capital adequacy of the bank;
                (c) The amount of client money to be placed, as a proportion of the bank's capital and deposits; and
                (d) The credit rating of the bank, if available.
                Amended: January 2007

            • Transfer of Money to Eligible Third Parties

              • CL-1.1.10

                An investment firm licensee may only pay, or permit to be paid, client money into an account other than the client bank account if that account is an eligible third party.

                Amended: January 2016

              • CL-1.1.11

                Eligible third parties are recognised exchanges, clearing houses and third party intermediaries (such as brokers), that are duly authorised or licensed by the appropriate regulatory oversight body to conduct investment activities.

              • CL-1.1.12

                An investment firm licensee may allow an eligible third party, such as an exchange, a clearing house or an intermediate broker, to hold or control client money:

                (a) The investment firm licensee transfers the client money
                (i) For the purpose of a transaction for a client through or with that eligible third party; or
                (ii) To meet a client's obligations to provide collateral for a transaction;
                (b) In the case of a retail client, that client has been notified in writing that the client money may be transferred to the other person.
                Amended: January 2007

              • CL-1.1.13

                For the purposes of CL-1.1.10, an investment firm licensee must assess the suitability of an eligible third party before allowing it to hold or control client money. This assessment must include, at a minimum, the information included in Paragraph CL-6.1.1.

              • CL-1.1.14

                An investment firm licensee must not hold money other than client money in a client bank account unless it is:

                (a) A minimum sum required to open the account or to keep it open;
                (b) Money temporarily held in the account in accordance with the mixed remittance rule stated in CL-1.1.16; or
                (c) Interest credited to the account which exceeds the amount due to clients as interest and which has not yet been withdrawn by the investment firm licensee.
                Amended: January 2007

              • CL-1.1.15

                If it is prudent to do so to ensure that client money is protected, an investment firm licensee may pay into a client bank account money of its own, and that money will then become client money for the purposes of the client asset protection rules until the licensee retrieves it.

              • CL-1.1.16

                If an investment firm licensee receives a mixed remittance (that is part client money and part other money), it must:

                (a) Pay the full sum into a client bank account; and
                (b) Pay the money that is not client money out of the client bank account within one business day.
                Amended: January 2007

              • CL-1.1.17

                An investment firm licensee should not hold excess client money in its client transaction accounts with intermediate brokers, settlement agencies and over the counter (OTC) counterparties; it should be held in a client bank account.

            • Reconciliation

              • CL-1.1.18

                An investment firm licensee must ensure that a system is implemented to perform reconciliations of both client bank accounts and eligible third party accounts in which client money is held. These reconciliations must be carried out on a regular basis, sufficient to ensure the accuracy of its records (but at a minimum, on a monthly basis as at the last business day of each calendar month).

              • CL-1.1.19

                An investment firm licensee must perform the reconciliations required under Rule CL-1.1.18 within 10 business days of the date to which the reconciliation relates.

                Amended: January 2007

              • CL-1.1.20

                An investment firm licensee must perform a reconciliation between the individual ledger balances and client bank accounts/third party balances.

                Amended: July 2008

              • CL-1.1.21

                In respect of reconciliation, the investment firm licensee must ensure that unresolved differences, shortfalls and excess balances are investigated and, where applicable, corrective action is taken as soon as is practicable.

          • CL-1.2 CL-1.2 Stock Lending Rules

            • CL-1.2.1

              An investment firm licensee must not undertake or otherwise engage in stock lending activity with or for a client unless the investment firm licensee has obtained the consent of the CBB and the client.

              Amended: January 2007

            • CL-1.2.2

              If a safe custody investment belonging to a retail client is used for stock lending activity, the investment firm licensee must ensure that:

              (a) Relevant collateral is provided by the borrower in favour of the client;
              (b) The current realisable value of the safe custody financial instrument and of the relevant collateral is monitored daily; and
              (c) The investment firm licensee provides relevant collateral to make up the difference where the current realisable value of the collateral falls below that of the safe custody financial instrument, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the client.
              Amended: January 2007

            • CL-1.2.3

              If safe custody financial instruments of more than one client are held together, none of those safe custody financial instruments may be used for a stock lending activity unless:

              (a) All of those clients have consented to their safe custody financial instrument being used for that activity; or
              (b) The investment firm licensee has adequate systems and procedures in place to ensure that only safe custody financial instruments belonging to clients who have given their consent are used for stock lending activity.
              Amended: January 2007

          • CL-1.3 CL-1.3 Client Reporting

            • CL-1.3.1

              An investment firm licensee that holds client assets for a client must send a statement of all client assets held by the investment firm licensee to its client at least once a year or as often as agreed with that client.

            • CL-1.3.2

              The statement of client assets referred to in CL-1.3.1 must:

              (a) Identify any clients' assets which have been provided as collateral;
              (b) Identify any client assets which have been lent; and
              (c) Show any movement of client assets based on either trade date or settlement date clearly and consistently.
              Amended: January 2007

            • CL-1.3.3

              An investment firm may include the information required in CL-1.3.1 in any periodic statement provided by the investment firm licensee to the client, or by other separate documents, as long as all sets of information:

              (a) Are prepared in relation to the same date and period; and
              (b) Are delivered to the client within a reasonable period of one another.
              Amended: January 2007

          • CL-1.4 CL-1.4 Record-Keeping

            • CL-1.4.1

              Investment firm licensees must ensure that proper records, sufficient to show and explain the investment firm licensee's transactions and commitments in respect of its client assets, are made and which demonstrate compliance with the provisions of this Module. These records must be retained for a period of a minimum of ten years after they were made, unless otherwise required by law.

              Amended: April 2008

            • CL-1.4.2

              An investment firm licensee that holds client assets must:

              (a) Check its record-keeping and client asset procedures regularly; and
              (b) Subject its record-keeping and client asset procedures to an appropriate independent review.
              Amended: January 2007

            • CL-1.4.3

              Detailed record-keeping requirements are contained in Module GR (General Requirements) and Module FC (Financial Crime).

          • CL-1.5 CL-1.5 Auditor Reports

            • CL-1.5.1

              Investment firm licensees that hold or control client assets (including where it pools financial instruments held for more than one client) must arrange for their external auditor to report on the licensees' compliance with the requirements contained in this Module. Investment firm licensees Category 1 and Investment firm licensees Category 2 which do not hold or control Client Assets are obligated to confirm the same annually.

              Amended: October 2017
              Amended: July 2008

            • CL-1.5.2

              The report must be in the form agreed by the CBB, and must be submitted to the CBB within three months of the licensee's financial year end.

              Amended: January 2018
              Amended: January 2007

            • CL-1.5.3

              The format of the Auditor's Report is included in Part B of the Rulebook, as part of the Supplementary Information.

              Amended: July 2008
              Amended: January 2007

            • CL-1.5.4

              Investment firm licensees are required to comply with the requirements of Section CL-1.5, effective for the period ending 31 December 2008.

              Added: July 2008

        • CL-2 CL-2 Custody Services

          • CL-2.1 CL-2.1 General Requirements

            • CL-2.1.1

              The rules in this section apply to investment firm licensees that undertake safeguarding of client financial instruments.

            • CL-2.1.2

              An investment firm licensee which holds or controls safe custody financial instruments must have systems and controls in place to:

              (a) Ensure the proper safeguarding of such safe custody financial instruments;
              (b) Ensure that such safe custody financial instruments are identifiable and secure at all times;
              (c) Be able to evidence compliance with the requirements in Section CL-2 to its external auditors and the CBB.
              Amended: January 2007

            • CL-2.1.3

              As part of these protections, the custody rules require an investment firm licensee to take appropriate steps to protect safe custody financial instruments for which it is responsible. These rules are designed primarily to restrict the commingling of client and investment firm licensee assets and minimise the risk of the client's safe custody financial instruments being used by the firm without the client's agreement or contrary to the client's wishes, or being treated as the investment firm licensee's assets in the event of insolvency.

          • CL-2.2 CL-2.2 Segregation

            • CL-2.2.1

              An investment firm licensee must segregate safe custody financial instruments from its own financial instruments except to the extent required by law or permitted by this module.

          • CL-2.3 CL-2.3 Reconciliation

            • CL-2.3.1

              An investment firm licensee must, as often as is necessary, but at a minimum on a monthly basis, perform a reconciliation of its record of safe custody financial instruments for which it is accountable but which it does not physically hold, with statements obtained from custodians. In the case of dematerialised safe custody financial instruments not held through a custodian, this reconciliation must be performed with statements obtained from the person who maintains the record of legal entitlement.

              Amended: July 2008

            • CL-2.3.2

              An investment firm licensee must, as often as is necessary, but no less than every six months (or twice in a period of twelve months but at least five months apart), carry out:

              (a) A count of all safe custody financial instruments it physically holds on behalf of clients and reconcile the result of that count with its record of safe custody financial instruments that it physically holds on behalf of its clients; and
              (b) A reconciliation between the investment firm licensee's record of client holdings, and the firm's record of the location of safe custody financial instruments.
              Amended: January 2007

            • CL-2.3.3

              Wherever possible, an investment firm licensee should ensure that the reconciliations are carried out by a person (for example an employee of the investment firm licensee) who is independent of the production or maintenance of the records to be reconciled.

          • CL-2.4 CL-2.4 Client Statements

            • CL-2.4.1

              Before investment firm licensees provide safe custody services to a client, they must notify the client as to the appropriate terms and conditions which apply to this service. These must cover, at a minimum, the following matters, wherever applicable:

              (a) The registration of the safe custody financial instruments, if these are not registered in the investment firm licensee clients' name;
              (b) The extent of the investment firm licensees' liability in the event of default by a custodian, except that the investment firm licensee must accept the same level of responsibility to its client for any nominee company controlled by the investment firm licensee or its affiliated company as for itself and may not disclaim responsibility for losses arising from the fraud, wilful default or negligence of the firm;
              (c) The circumstances in which the investment firm licensee may realise a safe custody financial instrument held as collateral to meet the client's liabilities;
              (d) The claiming and receiving of dividends, interest payments and other entitlements accruing to the client;
              (e) Dealing with takeovers, other offers or capital reorganisations and exercising voting, conversion and subscription rights;
              (f) Arrangements for the distribution of entitlements to shares and any other benefits arising from corporate events, where client balances have been pooled;
              (g) Arrangements for the provision of information to the client relating to the safe custody financial instruments which the investment firm licensee, or its nominee company, holds on behalf of the client;
              (h) How often a statement of custody assets will be sent to the client and the basis on which the assets shown on the statement are valued;
              (i) Fees and costs for safe custody services to the extent that they are not notified to the client elsewhere; and
              (j) If the firm intends to pool a safe custody financial instrument with that of one or more other clients, notification of its intention and, if the client is a retail client, an explanation of the effects of pooling to that retail client.
              Amended: January 2007

            • CL-2.4.2

              All statements produced by or on behalf of an investment firm licensee must list all safe custody assets held for the client and for which the investment firm licensee is accountable and:

              (a) Identify any safe custody financial instruments registered in the client's own name separately from those registered in any other name;
              (b) Identify any safe custody assets which are being used as collateral or have been pledged to third parties, separately from any custody assets;
              (c) Show the market value of any collateral held, as at the date of the statement;
              (d) For a retail client, base the statement on either trade date or settlement date information for cash balances and safe custody investment and notify the basis to the retail client; and
              (e) Details of movements of each client asset.
              Amended: January 2007

          • CL-2.5 CL-2.5 Third Party Custodians

            • CL-2.5.1

              An investment firm licensee must require that if a safe custody financial instrument is recorded in an account with a custodian, the custodian makes it clear in the title of the account that the safe custody financial instrument belongs to one or more clients of the investment firm licensee.

            • CL-2.5.2

              Before an investment firm licensee recommends a third party custodian to a retail client it must undertake an appropriate risk assessment of that custodian.

            • CL-2.5.3

              An investment firm licensee that holds safe custody financial instruments with a custodian or recommends custodians to retail clients, is expected to establish and maintain a system for assessing the appropriateness of its selection of the custodian and to assess the continued appointment of that custodian periodically as often as is reasonable in the relevant market. The investment firm licensee is also expected to make and retain a record of the grounds on which it satisfies itself as to the appropriateness of its selection or, following a periodic assessment, continued appropriateness of the custodian.

            • CL-2.5.4

              In undertaking an appropriate risk assessment of the custodian in accordance with CL-2.5.2, investment firm licensees may take into account any or all of the following:

              (a) The expertise and market reputation of the custodian, and once a safe custody financial instrument has been lodged by the firm with the custodian, the custodian's performance of its services to the investment firm licensee;
              (b) The arrangements for holding and safeguarding financial instruments;
              (c) An appropriate legal opinion as to the protection of custody assets in the event of insolvency of the custodian;
              (d) Current industry standard reports;
              (e) Whether the custodian is regulated and by whom;
              (f) The capital or financial resources of the custodian;
              (g) The credit rating of the custodian; and
              (h) Any other activities undertaken by the custodian and, if relevant, any affiliated company.
              Amended: January 2007

          • CL-2.6 CL-2.6 Record-Keeping

            • CL-2.6.1

              An investment firm licensee must ensure that proper records of the custody assets which it holds or receives, or arranges for another to hold or receive, on behalf of the client, are made and retained for a period of ten years after the account is closed.

              Amended: April 2008

            • CL-2.6.2

              For the purpose specified in CL-2.6.1, an investment firm licensee must maintain proper records in relation to a client account; these records must capture at a minimum the following details:

              (a) The name of the account;
              (b) The account number;
              (c) Type of account;
              (d) Type of asset;
              (e) The location of the account;
              (f) Whether the account is currently open or closed;
              (g) Details of assets held and movements in each account; and
              (h) The date of opening and where applicable, closure.
              Amended: January 2007

            • CL-2.6.3

              Detailed record-keeping requirements are contained in Module GR (General Requirements) and Module FC (Financial Crime).

        • CL-3 CL-3 Collateral

          • CL-3.1 CL-3.1 General Requirements

            • CL-3.1.1

              An investment firm licensee must take care to establish and maintain appropriate systems and controls when it receives or holds assets as collateral in connection with securing a client obligation to it.

            • CL-3.1.2

              The purpose of this section is to ensure that an appropriate level of protection is provided for those client assets over which a client gives an investment firm licensee the right to use, subject only to an obligation to return equivalent assets to the client upon satisfaction of the client's obligation to the investment firm licensee.

            • CL-3.1.3

              This section does not apply to an investment firm licensee that has only a bare security interest (without rights to hypothecate) in the client asset. In such circumstances, the investment firm licensee should comply with the custody rules or client asset protection rules as appropriate.

            • CL-3.1.4

              For the purpose of this section only, a bare security interest in the client's asset gives an investment firm licensee the right to realise the assets only on a client's default and without the right to use those assets other than in default.

            • CL-3.1.5

              Differing levels of regulatory protection to the assets form the basis of the two different types of arrangement described in CL-3.1.2 and CL-3.1.3. Under the bare security interest arrangement, the asset continues to belong to the client until the investment firm licensee's right to realise that asset crystallises. But under a "right to use arrangement", the client has transferred to the investment firm licensee the legal title and associated rights to the asset, so that when the firm exercises its right to treat the asset as its own, the asset ceases to belong to the client and in effect becomes the investment firm licensee's asset and is no longer in need of the full range of client asset protection rules.

          • CL-3.2 CL-3.2 Third Parties

            • CL-3.2.1

              An investment firm licensee may only permit a client's collateral to be held by a third party where:

              (a) It has reasonable grounds to believe that the third party is suitable to hold that collateral; and
              (b) The investment firm licensee is able to demonstrate to the CBB's satisfaction the grounds upon which it considers the third party to be suitable to hold clients' collateral.
              Amended: January 2007

            • CL-3.2.2

              Before an investment firm licensee deposits client assets with a third party it must notify the third party that:

              (a) The collateral does not belong to the investment firm licensee; and
              (b) The third party is not entitled to claim any lien or right of retention or sale over the collateral except to cover the obligations of the client which gave rise to that deposit, pledge, charge or security arrangement or any charges relating to the administration or safekeeping of the collateral.
              Amended: January 2007

          • CL-3.3 CL-3.3 Record-Keeping

            • CL-3.3.1

              An investment firm licensee that receives or holds client assets under an arrangement in this Section and which exercises its right to treat the assets as its own must ensure that it maintains adequate records to enable it to meet any future obligations including the return of equivalent assets to the client.

            • CL-3.3.2

              Detailed record-keeping requirements are contained in Module GR (General Requirements) and Module FC (Financial Crime).

            • Client Reports

              • CL-3.3.3

                An investment firm licensee which holds assets under an arrangement described in this section must (at least every six months or at other intervals as agreed in writing with the client) send to the client a statement listing those assets and their market value as at the date of reporting.

              • CL-3.3.4

                The statement sent to the client must be prepared and despatched to the client within one calendar month of the date of reporting.

        • CL-4 CL-4 Mandates

          • CL-4.1 CL-4.1 Mandates

            • CL-4.1.1

              This section applies to an investment firm licensee in respect of any written mandate from a client under which the investment firm licensee may control a client's assets or liabilities in the course of, or in connection with, the investment firm licensee's regulated investment services.

            • Systems and Controls

              • CL-4.1.2

                An investment firm licensee that holds mandates of the sort described in CL-4.1.1 must establish and maintain adequate records and internal controls in respect of its use of the mandates, which should include:

                (a) An up-to-date list of the mandates and any conditions placed by the client or the investment firm licensee's management on their use;
                (b) A record of all transactions entered into using the mandates, and internal controls to ensure that they are within the scope of authority of the person and the investment firm licensee entering into the transaction;
                (c) The details of the procedures for the giving and receiving of instructions under the authority; and
                (d) Where the investment firm licensee holds a passbook or similar documents belonging to the client, internal controls, for the safeguarding (including against loss, unauthorized destruction, theft, fraud or misuse) of any passbook or similar document belonging to the client held by the investment firm licensee.
                Amended: January 2007

        • CL-5 CL-5 Third Party Related Distribution

          • CL-5.1 CL-5.1 General Requirements

            • CL-5.1.1

              The third party related distribution rules under CL-5 apply to investment firm licensees that hold client money with a third party who becomes insolvent ("third party related distribution event").

            • CL-5.1.2

              The third party related distribution rules in this Module are subject to any applicable rules of law to the contrary.

          • CL-5.2 CL-5.2 Third Party Related Distribution

            • CL-5.2.1

              Upon the insolvency of a third party to which client money has been transferred or is held, the investment firm licensee continues to be accountable to the client in a fiduciary capacity. However, consistent with a fiduciary's responsibility (whether as an agent or trustee) for third parties under law, an investment firm licensee will not be held responsible for a shortfall in client money unless the general laws in the Kingdom of Bahrain or in the relevant jurisdiction requires otherwise, for instance, due to non-compliance with the terms of business in any respect.

            • CL-5.2.2

              To comply with its duties, the investment firm licensee must show proper care:

              (a) In the selection of a third party;
              (b) When monitoring the performance of the third party; and
              (c) When notifying clients in its terms of business the distribution rules applicable in the event of a third party distribution event.
              Amended: January 2007

            • CL-5.2.3

              Following the occurrence of a third party-related distribution event in relation to a designated bank or eligible third party:

              (a) The investment firm licensee must, as soon as is practicable, make and retain a record of each such client's share of the shortfall and must promptly notify the amount of the shortfall to the affected clients (except where the investment firm licensee chooses to make good the shortfall);
              (b) Unless the investment firm licensee chooses to make good any shortfalls in the client money balances held (or which should have been held) in the client bank accounts, or third party accounts held by an investment firm licensee with the relevant designated bank or eligible third party, such shortfalls shall be borne by clients, in proportion to the respective value of their client money balances; and
              (c) Client money received after the third party-related distribution event:
              (i) Must not be transferred to the designated bank or eligible third party which has suffered the third party-related distribution event unless this is on the specific instructions of the client (given after the occurrence of the third party-related distribution event) in order to settle an obligation of that client to that designated bank or eligible third party; and
              (ii) Must, subject to (i), be placed in a separate client bank account that has been opened with a different designated bank after the third party related distribution event has occurred.
              Amended: January 2007

        • CL-6 CL-6 Appendix

          • CL-6.1 CL-6.1 Appendix

            • CL-6.1.1

              The minimum information that should be assessed by an investment firm licensee to determine the suitability of an eligible third party should include but not be limited to the following information:

              (a) The eligible third party's credit rating, capital and financial resources;
              (b) The regulatory and insolvency regimes of the jurisdiction in which the eligible third party is located;
              (c) The eligible third party's reputation;
              (d) Its regulatory status and history; and
              (e) The other members of the eligible third party's group and their activities.
              Amended: January 2007

            • CL-6.1.2

              The minimum information that should be notified by the investment firm licensee to its client in respect of its holdings of that client's assets includes but is not limited to the following:

              (a) The basis and terms governing the way in which the client assets will be held;
              (b) That the client is subject to the protection conferred by the client asset protection rules and as a consequence:
              i. The client assets will be held separately from assets belonging to the investment firm licensee; and
              ii. In the event of an investment firm licensees' insolvency, winding-up or other similar event, the client's assets will be subject to the client asset distribution rules.
              (c) Whether interest is payable to the client and, if so, the terms and frequency of such payments;
              (d) That, notwithstanding that the client assets will benefit from the protections conferred by the client asset protection rules, the client will still be taking unsecured credit risk on any bank or third party with whom the investment firm licensee places the client assets that it holds;
              (e) If applicable, that the client assets may be held in a jurisdiction outside the remit of the CBB and that the market practices, insolvency and legal regimes applicable in that jurisdiction may differ from the regime applicable in the CBB;
              (f) If applicable, that the investment firm licensee holds or intends to hold the client money in a client bank account with a designated bank or in a third party account with an eligible third party which is in the same group as the investment firm licensee and the identity of the designated bank or eligible third party concerned;
              (g) If applicable, details about how any client money arising out of Islamic financial business is to be held; and
              (h) Details of any claims or set offs which the investment firm licensee may have in client assets held on behalf of the client in satisfaction of a default by the client or otherwise, and any rights which the investment firm licensee may have to closeout or liquidate contracts or positions in respect of any of the client assets, without the client's prior instruction or consent.
              Amended: January 2007

      • RM RM Risk Management

        • Chapter RM-A Chapter RM-A Introduction

          • RM-A.1 RM-A.1 Purpose

            • Executive Summary

              • RM-A.1.1

                This Module contains requirements relating to the management of risk by investment firm licensees. It expands on certain high level requirements contained in other Modules. In particular, Section AU-2.6 of Module AU (Authorisation) specifies requirements regarding systems and controls that have to be met as a license condition; Principle 10 of the Principles of Business (ref. PB-1.10) requires investment firm licensees to have systems and controls sufficient to manage the level of risk inherent in their business; and Module HC (High-level Controls) specifies various requirements relating to the role and composition of Boards, and related high-level controls.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-A.1.2

                This Module obliges investment firm licensees to recognise the range of risks that they face and the need to manage these effectively. Their risk management framework is expected to have the resources and tools to identify, monitor and control all material risks. The adequacy of a licensee's risk management framework is subject to the scale and complexity of its operations, however. In demonstrating compliance with certain Rules, licensees with very simple operational structures and business activities may need to implement less extensive or sophisticated risk management systems, compared to licensees with a complex and/or extensive customer base or operations.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-A.1.3

                The requirements contained in this Module apply to Category 1 investment firms and Category 2 investment firms only.

                Adopted: July 2007

            • Legal Basis

              • RM-A.1.4

                This Module contains the Central Bank of Bahrain's ('CBB') Directive (as amended from time to time) regarding Risk Management requirements applicable to investment firm licensees, and is issued under the powers available to the CBB under Article 38 of the Central Bank of Bahrain and Financial Institutions Law 2006 ('CBB Law').

                Amended: January 2011
                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-A.1.5

                For an explanation of the CBB's rule-making powers and different regulatory instruments, see section UG-1.1.

                Adopted: July 2007

          • RM-A.2 RM-A.2 Module History

            • Evolution of the Module

              • RM-A.2.1

                This Module was first issued in July 2007, as part of the second phase release of Volume 4's contents. It is dated July 2007. All subsequent changes to this Module are annotated with the end-calendar quarter date in which the change was made: UG-3 provides further details on Rulebook maintenance and version control.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-A.2.2

                A list of recent changes made to this Module is provided below:

                Module Ref. Change Date Description of Changes
                RM-1.1.11 04/2008 Clarified the requirement for investment firm licensees to have a separate risk management function.
                RM-7.3.3 04/2008 Clarified that CBB prior approval is required for intra-group outsourcing.
                RM-7.1.6,
                7.1.7 and
                7.1.16
                07/2008 Clarified that CBB prior approval is required for outsourcing arrangements.
                RM-B.1.2 10/2009 Amended to reflect applicability of Chapters RM-7 and RM-8.
                RM-7.1.16 10/2009 Amended to read approved person.
                RM-7.3.7 10/2009 New Rule added to clarify that licensees may not outsource core business activities, including internal audit, to their group.
                RM-7.4 10/2009 Updated to reflect CBB's requirements for outsourcing the internal audit function.
                RM-1.1.10, RM-1.1.11, and RM-1.1.13 07/2010 Updated and amended to include requirements for the risk management function.
                RM-7.1.7 07/2010 New Rule added regarding outsourcing core business functions or activities to third parties.
                RM-A.1.4 01/2011 Clarified legal basis.
                RM-B.2 01/2011 Removed reference in title to affiliates.
                RM-4.1.8 and RM-4.1.9 07/2012 Replaced reference to "securities" with "financial instruments".
                RM-7.4.5 10/2012 Corrected typo.
                RM-7.4.2A 01/2013 New Paragraph added to require that the outsourcing of the internal audit function must be supported by a board resolution or ratified by the audit committee.
                RM-7.1.9 07/2013 Added cross reference.
                RM-7.1.9A and RM-7.3.4 07/2013 Made reference to considerable outsourcing.
                RM-7.4.4 07/2013 Changed Guidance to Rule.
                RM-1.1.10 to RM-1.1.13 10/2013 Amendments made to allow overseas investment firm licensees to outsource the risk management function to their head office, subject to the CBB's prior written approval.
                RM-1.1.7 01/2016 Corrected cross reference.
                RM-1.1.9 01/2016 Aligned risk categories as per Module RM.
                RM-4.1.17 01/2016 Restructured Subparagraphs to avoid duplication.
                RM-7.1.9 01/2016 Clarified Guidance.
                RM-7.1.1 10/2017 Amended Paragraph to allow the utilization of cloud services.
                RM-7.1.3A 10/2017 Added a new Paragraph on outsourcing requirements.
                RM-7.1.6 10/2017 Amended Paragraph.
                RM-7.1.9 10/2017 Amended Paragraph.
                RM-7.1.11 10/2017 Amended Paragraph.
                RM-7.1.11A 10/2017 Added a new Paragraph on outsourcing.
                RM-7.1.13 10/2017 Amended Paragraph.
                RM-7.1.14 10/2017 Amended Paragraph.
                RM-7.1.14(f) 10/2017 Added a new sub-Paragraph.
                RM-7.1.17 10/2017 Amended Paragraph.
                RM-7.2.4 10/2017 Amended Paragraph.
                RM-7.2.11 10/2017 Amended Paragraph.
                RM-7.2.12 10/2017 Amended Paragraph.
                RM-7.2.18 10/2017 Amended Paragraph.
                RM-7.2.19 10/2017 Added a new Paragraph on security measures related to cloud services.
                RM-7.3.3 10/2017 Amended Paragraph.
                RM-7.3.4 10/2017 Amended Paragraph.
                RM-9 04/2019 Added a new Chapter on Cyber Security Risk.
                RM-9.1 01/2022 Enhanced Section on Cyber Security Risk Management.
                RM-9.1.58 04/2022 Amended Paragraph on the cyber security reporting.
                RM-9.1.59 04/2022 Amended Paragraph on the submission of the cyber security report.
                RM-7 07/2022 Replaced Chapter RM-7 with new Outsourcing Requirements.
                RM-9.1.22 10/2022 Amended Paragraph on email domains requirements.
                RM-9.1.22A 10/2022 Added a new Paragraph on additional domains requirements.
                RM-7.1.7 07/2023 Amended Sub-paragraph (v) and added Sub-paragraph (viii) on Outsourcing Requirements.

            • Superseded Requirements

              • RM-A.2.3

                This Module does not replace any regulations or circulars in force prior to July 2007.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-A.2.4

                Further guidance on the implementation and transition to Volume 4 (Investment Business) is given in Module ES (Executive Summary).

                Adopted: July 2007

        • Chapter RM-B Chapter RM-B Scope of Application

          • RM-B.1 RM-B.1 License Categories

            • RM-B.1.1

              The contents of this Module — unless otherwise stated — apply to Category 1 and Category 2 investment firms only.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-B.1.2

              Category 3 investment firms — unless otherwise stated — are exempted from the requirements of this Module with the exeption of Chapters RM-7 and RM-8.

              Amended: October 2009
              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-B.1.3

              In respect of Category 3 investment firms, however, the specific requirements contained in Module RM should be considered as good practice, which it may be appropriate to apply. Notwithstanding the exemption from the specific requirements of Module RM, specified in Rule RM-B.1.2, Category 3 investment firms are nonetheless required to maintain adequate systems and controls (see Sections AU-2.6 and PB-1.10).

              Adopted: July 2007

          • RM-B.2 RM-B.2 Branches and Subsidiaries

            • Bahraini Investment Firm Licensees

              • RM-B.2.1

                Bahraini investment firm licensees must ensure that, as a minimum, the same or equivalent provisions of this Module apply to their branches, whether located inside or outside the Kingdom of Bahrain, such that these are also subject to an effective risk management framework. In instances where local jurisdictional requirements are more stringent than those applicable in this Module, the local requirements are to be applied.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-B.2.2

                Bahraini investment firm licensees must satisfy the CBB that their subsidiaries and other group members (where relevant) are subject to appropriate arrangements such that they too effectively manage their risks.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-B.2.3

                Where an investment firm licensee is unable to satisfy the CBB that its subsidiaries and other group members are subject to appropriate risk management arrangements, the CBB will assess the potential impact of risks — both financial and reputational — that this poses to the investment firm licensee. The CBB recognises that different types of activity require different approaches to risk management, and it does not necessarily expect arrangements to be in place elsewhere in a group equivalent to those contained in this Module. However, where the CBB assesses that risk management weaknesses in subsidiaries and other group members pose material risks to the investment firm licensee, the CBB may impose restrictions on dealings between the licensee and other group members. Where such weaknesses are assessed by the CBB to pose a major threat to the stability of the investment firm licensee, then its authorisation may be called into question.

                Adopted: July 2007

            • Overseas Investment Firm Licensees

              • RM-B.2.4

                Overseas investment firm licensees must satisfy the CBB that the same or equivalent arrangements to those contained in this Module are in place at the head office level, as well as ensuring that there is effective risk management of activities conducted under the Bahrain license.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-B.2.5

                In assessing compliance with Paragraph RM-B.2.4, the CBB will take into account regulatory requirements applicable to the head office, i.e. the company of which the Bahrain branch is part, as well as the risk management framework applied to the Bahrain operation. With the exception of specific requirements that explicitly apply to overseas investment firm licensees, overseas investment firm licensees should consider the contents of this Chapter as guidance, in judging whether risk management controls applied to the branch satisfy RM-B.2.4.

                Adopted: July 2007

        • Chapter RM-1 Chapter RM-1 General Requirements

          • RM-1.1 RM-1.1 Risk Management

            • Board of Directors' Responsibility

              • RM-1.1.1

                The Board of Directors of investment firm licensees must take responsibility for the establishment of an adequate and effective framework for identifying, monitoring and managing risks across all its operations.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-1.1.2

                The CBB expects the Board to be able to demonstrate that it provides suitable oversight and establishes, in relation to all the risks the investment firm licensee is exposed to, a risk management framework that includes setting and monitoring policies, systems, tools and controls.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-1.1.3

                Although authority for the management of a firm's risks is likely to be delegated, to some degree, to individuals at all levels of the organisation, the overall responsibility for this activity should not be delegated from its governing body and relevant senior managers.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-1.1.4

                An investment firm licensee's failure to establish, in the opinion of the CBB, an adequate risk management framework will result in it being in breach of Condition 6 of the Licensing Conditions of Section AU-2.6. This failure may result in the CBB withdrawing or imposing restrictions on the licensee, or the licensee being required to inject more capital.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-1.1.5

                The Board of Directors must also ensure that there is adequate documentation of the licensee's risk management framework.

                Adopted: July 2007

            • Systems and Controls

              • RM-1.1.6

                The risk management framework of investment firm licensees must provide for the establishment and maintenance of effective systems and controls as are appropriate to their business, so as to identify, measure, monitor and manage risks.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-1.1.7

                An effective framework for risk management should include systems to identify, measure, monitor and control all major risks on an on-going basis. The risk management systems should be approved and periodically reviewed by the Board as outlined in HC-1.2.10.

                Amended: January 2016
                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-1.1.8

                The systems and controls required by RM-1.1.6 must be proportionate to the nature, scale and complexity of the firm's activities.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-1.1.9

                The processes and systems required must enable the licensee to identify the major sources of risk to its ability to meet its liabilities as they fall due, including the major sources of risk in each of the following Categories:

                (a) Counterparty risk;
                (b) Market risk;
                (c) Liquidity risk;
                (d) Operational risk; and
                (e) Derivative Transactions Risk;
                (f) Outsourcing Risk;
                (g) Group Risk; and
                (h) Any additional categories relevant to its business.
                Amended: January 2016
                Adopted: July 2007

            • Risk Management Function

              • RM-1.1.10

                A Bahraini investment firm licensee must have a risk management function commensurate with the nature, scale and complexity of its business.

                Amended: October 2013
                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: April 2008
                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-1.1.11

                Where a licensee maintains a risk management function, this function must be independent of risk-taking units. The duties of the risk management function include but are not limited to:

                (a) Identifying, measuring, monitoring, and controlling the major sources of risks associated with the operations of the Bahraini investment firm licensee including any entity it may own, control or manage on an ongoing basis;
                (b) Reporting to the Board and senior management on all material risks to the licensee; and
                (c) Documenting the processes and systems by which it identifies and monitors material risks, and how it reports to the Board and senior management these risks.
                Amended: October 2013
                Adopted: July 2010

              • RM-1.1.12

                The CBB will only consider a licensee not having a risk management function, where its investment activities are limited in scale and complexity, and appropriate mitigating controls are in place.

                Amended: October 2013
                Adopted: April 2008

              • RM-1.1.13

                Unless otherwise agreed in writing with the CBB, the risk management function of a Bahraini investment firm licensee, may not be outsourced to a third party.

                Amended: October 2013
                Adopted: July 2010

              • RM-1.1.14

                An overseas investment firm licensee may establish a risk management function commensurate with the nature, scale and complexity of its business. The risk management function may be combined with another function. The CBB will consider an overseas investment firm licensee not having a local risk management function, provided that it seeks CBB's approval to outsource this function to its Head Office, in accordance with Section RM-7.3 (Intra-group Outsourcing). In such case, the CBB must be satisfied that equivalent arrangements to those contained in this Module are in place at the Head Office level, and that such arrangements would entail effective risk management of activities conducted by the overseas investment firm licensee.

                Added: October 2013

        • Chapter RM-2 Chapter RM-2 Counterparty Risk

          • RM-2.1 RM-2.1 Counterparty Risk

            • RM-2.1.1

              Investment firm licensees must document in a credit policy their policies and procedures for identifying, measuring, monitoring and controlling counterparty risk. This policy must be approved and regularly reviewed by the Board of Directors of the licensee.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-2.1.2

              Among other things, the licensee's credit risk policy must identify the limits it applies to both individual counterparties and categories of counterparty, how it monitors movements in counterparty risk and how it mitigates loss in the event of counterparty failure.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-2.1.3

              A licensee's credit risk policy should provide a clear indication of the amount and nature of counterparty risk that the licensee wishes to incur. In particular, it should cover:

              (a) How, with particular reference to its activities, the licensee defines and measures credit risk;
              (b) The types and sources of counterparty risk to which the licensee wishes to be exposed (and the limits on that exposure) and those to which the investment firm licensee wishes not to be exposed (and how that is to be achieved, for example how exposure is to be avoided or mitigated); and
              (c) The level of diversification required by the licensee and the licensee's tolerance for risk concentrations (and the limits on those exposures and concentrations).
              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-2.1.4

              It is important that sound and legally enforceable documentation is in place for each agreement that gives rise to counterparty risk as this may be called upon in the event of a default or dispute. A licensee should therefore consider whether it is appropriate for an independent legal opinion to be sought on documentation used by the licensee. Best practise would dictate that documentation should normally be in place before the licensee enters into a contractual obligation or releases funds.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • Risk Monitoring

              • RM-2.1.5

                Investment firm licensees must implement an effective system for monitoring counterparty risk which should be described in a credit risk policy.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-2.1.6

                Investment firm licensees must meet the Counterparty Risk Requirements in Module CA-3.3. The licensee must monitor its exposures and must notify the CBB if its total exposure to an individual counterparty exceeds 25% of aggregate counterparty exposures and/or 25% of the licensee's regulatory capital.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-2.1.7

                Individual credit facilities and overall limits should be periodically reviewed, in order to check their appropriateness for both the current circumstances of the counterparty and the firm's current internal and external economic environment. The frequency of review should be appropriate to the nature of the facility, but in any event should take place at least once a year.

                Adopted: July 2007

            • Record Keeping

              • RM-2.1.8

                Investment firm licensees must maintain appropriate records of:

                (a) Counterparty exposures, including aggregations of individual counterparty exposures, as appropriate, by:
                (i) Groups of connected counterparties;
                (ii) Types of counterparty as defined, for example, by the nature or geographical location of the counterparty;
                (b) Investment decisions, including details of the decision and the facts or circumstances upon which it was made; and
                (c) Information relevant to assessing current counterparty and risk quality.
                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-2.1.9

                For the purposes of this Module, connected counterparties means all undertakings with which the licensee has close links; the Directors (and their family) of the licensee; and the Directors (and their family) of undertakings with which the licensee has close links.

                Adopted: July 2007

        • Chapter RM-3 Chapter RM-3 Liquidity Risk

          • RM-3.1 RM-3.1 Liquidity Risk

            • RM-3.1.1

              Investment firm licensees must maintain a liquidity risk policy for the management of liquidity risk of the licensee, which is appropriate to the nature, scale and complexity of its activities. This policy must be approved and regularly reviewed by the Board of Directors of the licensee.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-3.1.2

              Among other things, the licensee's liquidity risk policy must identify the limits it applies, how it monitors movements in risk and how it mitigates loss in the event of unexpected liquidity events.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-3.1.3

              The liquidity risk policy should cover the general approach that the licensee will take to liquidity risk management, including, as appropriate, various quantitative and qualitative targets. This general approach should be communicated to all relevant functions within the organisation.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-3.1.4

              The policy for managing liquidity risk should cover specific aspects of liquidity risk management. So far as appropriate to the nature, scale and complexity of the activities carried on, such aspects might include:

              (a) The basis for managing liquidity (for example, regional or central);
              (b) The degree of concentrations, potentially affecting liquidity risk, that are acceptable to the firm;
              (c) A policy for managing the liability side of liquidity risk;
              (d) The role of marketable, or otherwise realisable, assets;
              (e) Ways of managing both the licensee's aggregate foreign currency liquidity needs and its needs in each individual currency;
              (f) Ways of managing market access;
              (g) The use of derivatives to minimise liquidity risk;
              (h) The management of intra-day liquidity, where this is appropriate, for instance where the licensee is a member of or participates (directly or indirectly) in a system for the intra-day settlement of payments or transactions in investments; and
              (i) Policy on overdue and unsettled trades.
              Adopted: July 2007

            • Risk Identification

              • RM-3.1.5

                Investment firm licensees must identify significant concentrations within their asset portfolios. This should be done in relation to:

                (a) Individual counterparties or related groups of counterparties;
                (b) Credit ratings of the assets in its portfolio;
                (c) The proportion of an issue held;
                (d) Instrument types;
                (e) Geographical regions; and
                (f) Economic sectors.
                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-3.1.6

                Investment firm licensees must identify on and off balance sheet impacts on its liquidity.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-3.1.7

                For the purposes of RM-3.1.6, the licensee should take into account:

                (a) Possible changes in the market's perception of the licensee and the effects that this might have on the licensee's access to the markets, including:
                (i) Where the licensee funds its holdings of assets in one currency with liabilities in another, access to foreign exchange markets, particularly in less frequently traded currencies;
                (ii) Access to secured funding, including by way of repo transactions; and
                (iii) The extent to which the licensee may rely on committed facilities made available to it;
                (b) (If applicable) the possible effect of each scenario analysed on currencies whose exchange rates are currently pegged or fixed; and
                (c) That:
                (i) General market turbulence may trigger a substantial increase in the extent to which persons exercise rights against the licensee under off balance sheet instruments to which the licensee is party;
                (ii) Access to OTC derivative and foreign exchange markets are sensitive to credit-ratings;
                (iii) The scenario may involve the triggering of early amortisation in asset securitisation transactions with which the licensee has a connection; and
                (iv) Its ability to securitise assets may be reduced at certain times.
                Adopted: July 2007

            • Risk Measurement and Monitoring

              • RM-3.1.8

                An investment firm licensee must establish and maintain a process for the measurement, monitoring and controlling of liquidity risk, using a robust and consistent method which should be described in its liquidity risk policy statement.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-3.1.9

                An investment firm licensee's monitoring framework must include a system of management reporting which provides clear, concise, timely and accurate liquidity risk reports to relevant functions within the firm. These reports must alert management when the investment firm licensee approaches, or breaches, predefined thresholds or limits, including quantitative limits imposed by the CBB.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-3.1.10

                Reports on liquidity risk should be provided on a timely basis to the investment firm licensee's governing body, senior management and other appropriate personnel. The appropriate content and format of reports depends on a licensee's liquidity management practices and the nature, scale and complexity of the licensee's business. Reports to the investment firm licensee's governing body may be less detailed and less frequent than reports to senior management with responsibility for managing liquidity risk.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-3.1.11

                For the purposes of testing liquidity risk, licensees must carry out appropriate stress testing and scenario analysis, including taking reasonable steps to identify an appropriate range of realistic adverse circumstances and events in which liquidity risk might occur or crystallise. Licensees should normally consider scenarios based on varying degrees of stress and both firm-specific and market-wide difficulties. In developing any scenario of extreme market-wide stress that may pose systemic risk, it may be appropriate for an investment firm licensee to make assumptions about the likelihood and nature of CBB intervention.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-3.1.12

                A scenario analysis in relation to liquidity risk should include a cash-flow projection for each scenario tested, based on reasonable estimates of the impact (both on and off balance sheet) of that scenario on the firm's funding needs and sources.

                Adopted: July 2007

            • Limit Setting

              • RM-3.1.13

                Investment firm licensees must set limits in accordance with the nature, scale and complexity of their activities. The structure of limits should reflect the need for investment firm licensees to have systems and controls in place to guard against a spectrum of possible risks, from those arising in day-to-day liquidity risk management to those arising in stressed conditions.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-3.1.14

                The CBB would normally expect a licensee to consider setting limits on:

                (a) Liability concentrations in relation to:
                (i) Individual, or related groups of, liability providers;
                (ii) Instrument types including those arising from short selling;
                (iii) Maturities, including the amount of debt maturing in a particular period; and
                (iv) Wholesale funding liabilities;
                (b) Where appropriate, net leverage and gross leverage; and
                (c) Daily settlement limits.
                Adopted: July 2007

            • Contingency Planning

              • RM-3.1.15

                Investment firm licensees must maintain contingency funding plans for taking action to ensure, so far as they can, that they can access sufficient liquid financial resources to meet liabilities as they fall due. These plans must also include what events or circumstances may lead to action under the plan being triggered.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-3.1.16

                The contingency funding plan should contain administrative policies and procedures that will enable the licensee to manage the plan's implementation effectively, including:

                (a) The responsibilities of senior management;
                (b) Names and contact details of members of the team responsible for implementing the contingency funding plan;
                (c) Where, geographically, team members will be assigned;
                (d) Who within the team is responsible for contact with head office (if appropriate), analysts, investors, external auditors, press, significant customers, regulators, lawyers and others; and
                (e) Mechanisms that enable senior management and the governing body to receive management information that is both relevant and timely.
                Adopted: July 2007

        • Chapter RM-4 Chapter RM-4 Market Risk

          • RM-4.1 RM-4.1 Market Risk

            • RM-4.1.1

              Investment firm licensees must document their framework for the proactive management of market risk. This policy must be approved and regularly reviewed by the Board of Directors of the licensee.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-4.1.2

              Market risk relates to the exposure of the licensee to fluctuations in the market value, currency or yield in respect of positions in financial instruments (either long or short).

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-4.1.3

              A licensee's market risk policy document should identify its appetite for market risk, systems for identifying, reporting and documenting market risk and mitigation factors in place. In particular, the market risk policy should cover for market risk:

              (a) How, with particular reference to its activities, the licensee defines and measures market risk;
              (b) The licensee's business aims in incurring market risk including:
              (i) Identifying the types and sources of market risk to which the licensee wishes to be exposed (and the limits on that exposure) and those to which the licensee wishes not to be exposed (and how that is to be achieved);
              (ii) Specifying the level of diversification required by the licensee and the licensee's tolerance for risk concentrations (and the limits on those exposures and concentrations);
              (c) The licensee's investment strategy;
              (d) The financial instruments, commodities, assets and liabilities (and mismatches between assets and liabilities) that a licensee is exposed to and the limits on those exposures;
              (e) Activities that are intended to hedge or mitigate market risk including mismatches caused by, for example, differences in the assets and liabilities and maturity mismatches; and
              (f) The methods and assumptions used for measuring linear, non-linear and geared market risk including the rationale for selection, ongoing validation and testing. Methods might include stress testing and scenario analysis, option Greeks, asset/liability analysis, correlation analysis and Value-at-Risk (VaR). Exposure to non-linear or geared market risk is typically through the use of derivatives.
              Adopted: July 2007

            • Risk Identification

              • RM-4.1.4

                Investment firm licensees must have in place appropriate risk reporting systems that enable them to identify the types and amount of market risk to which they are (or potentially could be) exposed to. The information that systems should capture may include but is not limited to position data which may consist of raw time series of position rates, index levels and prices and derived time series of benchmark yield curves, spreads, implied volatilities, historical volatilities and correlations.

                Adopted: July 2007

            • Risk Measurement

              • RM-4.1.5

                Investment firm licensees must carry out stress testing to access the resilience of their financial resources to any identified areas of material market risk under reasonably foreseeable circumstances. This stress testing may take into account the rating and geographical spread of its assets, the duration of their maturity relative to the licensee's liabilities and the fluctuation of interest and currency rates.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-4.1.6

                The licensee should consider potential market risk events that may affect its solvency. These include the following:

                (a) Reduced value of equities due to stock market falls etc;
                (b) Variation in interest rates and the effect on the market value of investments;
                (c) A lower level of investment income than planned;
                (d) Inadequate valuation of assets;
                (e) The direct impact on the portfolio of currency devaluation, as well as the effect on related markets and currencies; and
                (f) The extent of any mismatch of assets and liabilities of any type (eg. maturity, currency, market, repricing etc.).
                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-4.1.7

                Where the licensee considers that the nature of its assets and the matching of its liabilities result in no significant market risk exposure (eg. its investments consist entirely of cash and bank deposits), it will not be expected to carry out stress testing. The CBB will expect it to document the reasons for its decision and be prepared to discuss these during an onsite visit.

                Adopted: July 2007

            • Valuation

              • RM-4.1.8

                Wherever possible, a licensee must mark to market the value of its financial instruments, based on readily available close out prices from independent sources.

                Amended: July 2012
                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-4.1.9

                Where marking to market is not possible, a firm must use mark to model in order to measure the value of its financial instruments. Marking to model is any valuation which has to be benchmarked, extrapolated or otherwise calculated from a market input.

                Amended: July 2012
                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-4.1.10

                A licensee must ensure that its Board of Directors and senior management are aware of the positions which are subject to mark to model and understand the materiality of the uncertainty this creates in the reporting of the performance of the business of the firm and the risks to which it is subject.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-4.1.11

                In addition to marking to market or marking to model, a licensee must perform independent price verification, such that market prices or model inputs are regularly verified for accuracy and independence.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-4.1.12

                Systems and controls regarding valuations should include the following:

                (a) The department responsible for the validation of the value of assets and liabilities should be independent of the business trading area, and should be adequately resourced by suitably qualified staff;
                (b) All valuations should be checked and validated at appropriate intervals;
                (c) A licensee should establish a review procedure to check :
                (i) The quality and appropriateness of the price sources used;
                (ii) The level of any valuation reserves held; and
                (iii) The valuation methodology employed for each product and consistent adherence to that methodology;
                (d) A licensee should document its policies and procedures relating to the entire valuation process. In particular, the following should be documented:
                (i) The valuation methodologies employed for all product categories;
                (ii) Details of the price sources used for each product;
                (iii) The procedures to be followed where a valuation is disputed internally or with a service provider;
                (iv) The level at which a difference between a valuation assigned to an asset or liability and the valuation used for validation purposes will be reported on an exceptions basis and investigated;
                (v) Where a licensee is using its own internal estimate to produce a valuation, it should document in detail the process followed in order to produce the valuation; and
                (vi) The review procedures established by a licensee in relation to the requirements of this section should be adequately documented and include the rationale for the policy.
                Adopted: July 2007

            • Risk Monitoring

              • RM-4.1.13

                The investment firm licensee's risk reporting and monitoring system should be independent of the employees who are responsible for exposing the licensee to risk.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-4.1.14

                The market risk policy of a licensee may require the production of market risk reports at various levels within the licensee. These reports should provide sufficiently accurate market risk data to relevant functions within the licensee, and should be timely enough to allow any appropriate remedial action to be proposed and taken, for example:

                (a) At firm wide level, a market risk report may include information:
                (i) Summarising and commenting on the total market risk that a firm is exposed to and market risk concentrations by business unit, asset class and country;
                (ii) On VaR calculations, compared to risk limits by business unit, asset class and country;
                (iii) Commenting on significant risk concentrations and market developments; and
                (iv) On market risk in particular legal entities and geographical regions;
                (b) At the business unit level, a market risk report may include information summarising market risk by currency, trading desk, maturity or duration band, or by instrument type;
                (c) At the trading desk level, a market risk report may include detailed information summarising market risk by individual trader, instrument, position, currency, or maturity or duration band; and
                (d) All risk data should be readily reconcilable back to the prime books of entry with a fully documented audit trail.
                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-4.1.15

                Risk monitoring reports and systems must be subject to periodic independent review by suitably qualified staff.

                Adopted: July 2007

            • Risk Control

              • RM-4.1.16

                Risk control is the independent monitoring, assessment and supervision of business units within the defined policies and procedures of the market risk policy. This may be achieved by:

                (a) Setting an appropriate market risk limit structure to control the licensee's exposure to market risk; for example, by setting out a detailed market risk limit structure at the corporate level, the business unit level and the trading desk level which addresses all the key market risk factors and is commensurate with the volume and complexity of activity that the licensee undertakes;
                (b) Setting limits on risks such as price or rate risk, as well as those factors arising from options such as delta, gamma, vega, rho and theta;
                (c) Setting limits on net and gross positions, market risk concentrations, the maximum allowable loss (also called 'stop-loss'), VaR, potential risks arising from stress testing and scenario analysis, gap analysis, correlation, liquidity and volatility; and
                (d) Considering whether it is appropriate to set intermediate (early warning) thresholds that alert management when limits are being approached, triggering review and action where appropriate.
                Adopted: July 2007

            • Record Keeping

              • RM-4.1.17

                In relation to market risk, an investment firm licensee must retain appropriate prudential records of:

                (a) [This Subparagraph was deleted in January 2016 and requirements moved to (c)];
                (b) The nature and amounts of off and on balance sheet exposures, including aggregations of exposures;
                (c) Off and on market trades in financial instruments and other assets and liabilities; and
                (d) Methods and assumptions used in stress testing and scenario analysis and in VaR models.
                Amended: January 2016
                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-4.1.18

                A licensee should keep a data history to enable it to perform back testing of methods and assumptions used for stress testing and scenario analysis and for VaR models.

                Adopted: July 2007

        • Chapter RM-5 Chapter RM-5 Operational Risk

          • RM-5.1 RM-5.1 Operational Risk

            • RM-5.1.1

              Investment firm licensees must document their framework for the proactive management of operational risk. This policy must be approved and regularly reviewed by the Board of Directors of the licensee.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-5.1.2

              Operational risk is the risk to the licensee of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. In identifying the types of operational risk losses that it may be exposed to, licensees should consider, for instance, the following:

              (a) The nature of a licensee's customers, products and activities, including sources of business, distribution mechanisms, and the complexity and volumes of transactions;
              (b) The design, implementation, and operation of the processes and systems used in the end-to-end operating cycle for a licensee's products and activities;
              (c) The risk culture and human resource management practices at a licensee; and
              (d) The business operating environment, including political, legal, socio-demographic, technological, and economic factors as well as the competitive environment and market structure.
              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-5.1.3

              A licensee should recognise that it may face significant operational exposures from a product or activity that may not be material to its business strategy. A licensee should consider the appropriate level of detail at which risk identification is to take place, and may wish to manage the operational risks that it faces in risk categories that are appropriate to its organisational and legal structures.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-5.1.4

              Investment firm licensees must consider the impact of operational risks on their financial resources and solvency.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-5.1.5

              An investment firm licensee's operational risk policy must outline the licensee's strategy and objectives for operational risk management and the processes, including internal controls and risk management mechanisms that it intends to adopt to achieve these objectives.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-5.1.6

              When assessing its operational risks, a licensee may be able to differentiate between expected and unexpected operational losses. A licensee should consider whether it is appropriate to adopt a more quantitative approach to the assessment of its expected operational losses, for example by defining tolerance, setting thresholds, and measuring and monitoring operational losses and exposures. In contrast, a licensee may wish to take a more qualitative approach to assessing its unexpected losses.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-5.1.7

              Although a licensee may currently be unable to assess certain operational risks with a high degree of accuracy or consistency, it should, according to the nature, scale and complexity of its business, consider the use of more sophisticated qualitative and quantitative techniques as they become available.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-5.1.8

              Investment firm licensees must establish mechanisms to ensure adequate internal controls are in place.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-5.1.9

              For the purposes of RM-5.1.8, internal controls for investment firm licensees should include books and records requirements, appropriate organisation structure, segregation of duties, and related controls that are designed to safeguard entity and client assets.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-5.1.10

              Investment firm licensees must establish mechanisms to verify that controls, once established, are being followed. The verification procedures must include internal audits, which must be independent of trading desks and the revenue side of the business.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-5.1.11

              In establishing mechanisms and controls, the investment firm licensee should consider:

              (a) Corporate structure;
              (b) Delegation of authorities;
              (c) Outsourcing of functions;
              (d) Financial and human resources;
              (e) Risk management tools and processes;
              (f) Administrative systems and procedures;
              (g) Audit trail;
              (h) Nature and complexity of client service and fee arrangements;
              (i) Investment decision procedures;
              (j) Management information systems;
              (k) Compliance history and procedures;
              (l) Complaints by investors;
              (m) Regulatory actions; and
              (n) Follow up on regulatory actions and inspection observations.
              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-5.1.12

              Investment firm licensee's business continuity planning, risk identification and reporting must cover reasonably foreseeable external events and their likely impact on the licensee and its business portfolio.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-5.1.13

              Business continuity management includes policies, standards, and procedures for ensuring that specified operations can be maintained or recovered in a timely fashion in the event of a disruption. Its purpose is to minimise the operational, financial, legal, reputational and other material consequences arising from a disruption. Effective business continuity management concentrates on the impact, as opposed to the source, of the disruption, which affords financial industry participants and financial authorities greater flexibility to address a broad range of disruptions. At the same time, however, investment firm licensees cannot ignore the nature of risks to which they are exposed.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • Risk Monitoring and Controlling

              • RM-5.1.14

                When monitoring their operational risk, investment firm licensees must:

                (a) Report regularly to the relevant level of management its operational exposures, loss experience (including if possible cumulative losses), and authorised deviations from the investment firm licensee's operational risk policy;
                (b) Engage in exception-based escalation to management of:
                (i) Unauthorised deviations from the investment firm licensee's operational risk policy;
                (ii) Likely or actual breaches in predefined thresholds for operational exposures and losses, where set; and
                (iii) Significant increases in the investment firm licensee's exposure to operational risk or alterations to its operational risk profile.
                Adopted: July 2007

            • Record Keeping

              • RM-5.1.15

                Investment firm licensees must retain an appropriate record of their operational risk management activities.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-5.1.16

                RM-5.1.15 may, for example, include records of:

                (a) The results of risk identification, measurement, and monitoring activities;
                (b) Actions taken to control identified risks;
                (c) Where relevant, any exposure thresholds that have been set for identified operational risks;
                (d) An assessment of the effectiveness of the risk control tools that are used; and
                (e) Actual operational risk losses or events against stated risk appetite or tolerance.
                Adopted: July 2007

        • Chapter RM-6 Chapter RM-6 Derivative Transactions Risk

          • RM-6.1 RM-6.1 Derivative Transactions Risk

            • RM-6.1.1

              Investment firm licensees must seek prior CBB approval before starting to undertake derivative transactions. Investment firm licensees that engage in derivatives trading for their own account or for clients must evaluate the systems needs for such activity.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-6.1.2

              Rule RM-6.1.1 requires a one-off approval, before undertaking derivatives activity, rather than approval for each such transaction. With the complexity of derivatives products and the size and rapidity of transactions, it is essential that licensees capture all relevant details of transactions, identify errors and process payments or move assets quickly and accurately. This requires a staff of sufficient size, knowledge and experience to support the volume and type of transactions.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-6.1.3

              Current and projected volumes should be considered together with the nature of the derivatives activity and the users' expectations. Consistent with other systems plans, a written contingency plan for derivative products should be in place.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-6.1.4

              Investment firm licensees must ensure that a mechanism exists whereby derivatives contract documentation is confirmed, maintained and safeguarded.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-6.1.5

              Investment firm licensees should establish a process through which documentation exceptions are monitored and resolved and appropriately reviewed by senior management and legal counsel.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-6.1.6

              The licensee should also have approved policies that specify documentation requirements for derivatives activities and formal procedures for saving and safeguarding important documents that are consistent with legal requirements and internal policies.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-6.1.7

              Investment firm licensees must have adequate systems support and operational capacity to accommodate the types of derivatives activities in which it engages.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-6.1.8

              Systems design and needs may vary according to the size and complexity of the derivatives business. However, each system should provide for accurate and timely processing and allow for proper risk exposure monitoring. Operational systems should be tailored to each licensee's needs. Limited end-users of derivatives may not require the same degree of automation needed by more active trading institutions. All operational systems and units should adequately provide for basic processing, settlement and control of derivatives transactions.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-6.1.9

              For the purposes of RM-6.1.7, the systems should consider:

              (a) The firm's ability to efficiently process and settle the volumes of transactions;
              (b) The firm's ability to monitor and predict margin calls and settlement calls;
              (c) Availability of data sets including statistical factors particularly in respect of derivatives (betas, gammas etc.);
              (d) Processes to ensure that the data sets used are current and subject to validation processes to provide support for the complexity of the transaction booked;
              (e) The integrity of the valuation models used for derivative transactions — the investment firm licensee should have appropriate policies and processes ensuring accuracy and completeness of the related data flows including the data sets mentioned above, stress testing, backtesting for ensuring; and
              (f) Support systems and the systems developed to interface with the core applications or databases should generate accurate information sufficient and to allow business unit management and senior management to monitor risk exposures in a timely manner.
              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-6.1.10

              The more sophisticated the licensee's activity, the more need there is to establish automated systems to accommodate the complexity and volume of the deals transacted, to report position data accurately and to facilitate efficient reconciliation.

              Adopted: July 2007

        • Chapter RM-7 Chapter RM-7 Outsourcing Requirements

          • RM-7.1 RM-7.1 Outsourcing Arrangements

            • RM-7.1.1

              This Chapter sets out the CBB’s approach to outsourcing by licensees. It also sets out various requirements that licensees must address when considering outsourcing an activity or function.

              Amended: July 2022
              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-7.1.2

              In the context of this Chapter, ‘outsourcing’ means an arrangement whereby a third party performs on behalf of a licensee an activity which commonly would have been performed internally by the licensee. Examples of services that are typically outsourced include data processing, cloud services, customer call centres and back-office related activities

              Amended: July 2022
              Amended: October 2017
              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-7.1.3

              In the case of branches of foreign entities, the CBB may consider a third-party outsourcing arrangement entered into by the licensee’s head office/regional office or other offices of the foreign entity as an intragroup outsourcing, provided that the head office/regional office submits to the CBB a letter of comfort which includes, but is not limited to, the following conditions:

              i. The head office/regional office declares its ultimate responsibility of ensuring that adequate control measures are in place; and
              ii. The head office/regional office is responsible to take adequate rectification measures, including compensation to the affected customers, in cases where customers suffer any loss due to inadequate controls applied by the third-party service provider.
              Amended: July 2022
              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-7.1.4

              The licensee must not outsource the following functions:

              (i) Compliance;
              (ii) AML/CFT;
              (iii) Financial control;
              (iv) Risk management; and
              (v) Business line functions offering regulated services directly to the customers (refer to Regulation No. (1) of 2007 and its amendments for the list of CBB regulated services).
              Amended: July 2022
              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-7.1.5

              For the purposes of Paragraph RM-7.1.4, certain support activities, processes and systems under these functions may be outsourced (e.g. call centres, data processing, credit recoveries, cyber security, e-KYC solutions) subject to compliance with Paragraph RM-7.1.7. However, strategic decision-making and managing and bearing the principal risks related to these functions must remain with the licensee.

              Amended: July 2022
              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-7.1.6

              Branches of foreign entities may be allowed to outsource to their head office, the risk management function stipulated in Subparagraph RM-7.1.4 (iv), subject to CBB’s prior approval.

              Amended: July 2022
              Amended: October 2017
              Amended: July 2008
              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-7.1.7

              Licensees must comply with the following requirements:

              (i) Prior CBB approval is required on any outsourcing to a third-party outside Bahrain (excluding cloud data services). The request application must:
              a. include information on the legal and technical due diligence, risk assessment and detailed compliance assessment; and
              b. be made at least 30 calendar days before the licensee intends to commit to the arrangement.
              (ii) Post notification to the CBB, within 5 working days from the date of signing the outsourcing agreement, is required on any outsourcing to an intragroup entity within or outside Bahrain or to a third-party within Bahrain, provided that the outsourced service does not require a license, or to a third-party cloud data services provider inside or outside Bahrain.
              (iii) Licensees must have in place sufficient written requirements in their internal policies and procedures addressing all strategic, operational, logistical, business continuity and contingency planning, legal and risks issues in relation to outsourcing.
              (iv) Licensees must sign a service level agreement (SLA) or equivalent with every outsourcing service provider. The SLA must clearly address the scope, rights, confidentiality and encryption requirements, reporting and allocation of responsibilities. The SLA must also stipulate that the CBB, external auditors, internal audit function, compliance function and where relevant the Shari’a coordination and implementation and internal Shari’a audit functions of the licensee have unrestricted access to all relevant information and documents maintained by the outsourcing service provider in relation to the outsourced activity.
              (v) Licensees must designate an approved person to act as coordinator for monitoring and assessing the outsourced arrangement to ensure compliance with the licensee’s internal policies and applicable laws and regulations.
              (vi) Licensee must submit to the CBB any report by any other regulatory authority on the quality of controls of an outsourcing service provider immediately after its receipt or after coming to know about it.
              (vii) Licensee must inform its normal supervisory point of contact at the CBB of any material problems encountered with the outsourcing service provider if they remain unresolved for a period of three months from its identification date.
              (viii) Where the internal audit function is fully or partially outsourced, licensees must ensure that:
              i. The use of external experts does not compromise the independence and objectivity of the internal audit function;
              ii. The outsourcing service provider has not been previously engaged in a consulting or external audit engagement with the licensee unless a one year “cooling-off” period has elapsed;
              iii. The outsourcing service provider must not provide consulting services to the licensee during the engagement period; and
              iv. Adequate oversight is maintained over the outsourcing service provider to ensure that it complies with the licensee’s internal audit charter, policy and applicable laws and regulations.
              Amended: July 2023
              Amended: July 2022
              Adopted: July 2010

            • RM-7.1.8

              For the purpose of Subparagraph RM-7.1.7 (iv), licensees as part of their assessments may use the following:

              a) Independent third-party certifications on the outsourcing service provider’s security and other controls;
              b) Third-party or internal audit reports of the outsourcing service provider; and
              c) Pooled audits organized by the outsourcing service provider, jointly with its other clients.

              When conducting on-site examinations, licensees should ensure that the data of the outsourcing service provider’s other clients is not negatively impacted, including impact on service levels, availability of data and confidentiality.

              Amended: July 2022
              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: July 2008
              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-7.1.9

              For the purpose of Subparagraph RM-7.1.7 (i), the CBB will provide a definitive response to any prior approval request for outsourcing within 10 working days of receiving the request complete with all the required information and documents.

              Amended: July 2022
              Amended: October 2017
              Amended: January 2016
              Amended: July 2013
              Amended: July 2010
              Adopted: July 2007

          • RM-7.2 [This Section was deleted in July 2022]

          • RM-7.3 [This Section was deleted in July 2022]

          • RM-7.4 [This Section was deleted in July 2022]

        • Chapter RM-8 Chapter RM-8 Group Risk

          • RM-8.1 RM-8.1 Group Risk

            • RM-8.1.1

              Section RM-8.1 applies only to Bahraini investment firm licensees.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-8.1.2

              Investment firm licensees must identify, manage and control risks to their activities arising from the activities and financial position of other members of their group.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-8.1.3

              The CBB may impose additional restrictions on the licensee should it have reason to believe that other members of the group pose undue risk to the licensee. These restrictions, for instance, may try to limit the risk of financial contagion, by restricting financial transactions between the licensee and group members.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-8.1.4

              For the purposes of Section RM-8.1, the term 'group' refers to a person or firm who is:

              (a) The parent of the licensee;
              (b) A subsidiary of the licensee (including subsidiaries of subsidiaries); or
              (c) A subsidiary of the licensee's parent.
              Adopted: July 2007

            • RM-8.1.5

              The Board is required to request sufficient information of its group members to allow it to address group risks.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • Systems and Controls

              • RM-8.1.6

                The investment firm licensee must have adequate, sound and appropriate risk management processes and internal control mechanisms for the purpose of assessing and managing its own exposure to group risk, including sound administrative and accounting procedures.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-8.1.7

                For the purposes of RM-8.1.6, the question of whether the risk management processes and internal control mechanisms are adequate, sound and appropriate should be judged in the light of the nature, scale and complexity of the group's business and the level of interaction between the investment firm and the group.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-8.1.8

                Where a licensee is part of a larger financial services group, it may rely on the systems and controls that the group (or its parent company) has put in place. The Board in these circumstances should establish what systems and controls are in place and should ensure that it is provided with sufficient and timely information on the financial position of the group. This should be evidenced in the prudential records retained in Bahrain.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-8.1.9

                The internal control mechanisms referred to in RM-8.1.6 must include:

                (a) Mechanisms that are adequate for the purpose of producing any data and information which would be relevant for the purpose of monitoring compliance with any prudential requirements (including any reporting requirements and any requirements relating to capital adequacy, solvency and large exposures):
                (i) To which the investment firm licensee is subject with respect to its membership of a group; or
                (ii) That apply to or with respect to that group or part of it; and
                (b) Mechanisms that are adequate to monitor funding within the group.
                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-8.1.10

                In assessing group risk systems and controls, the investment firm licensee must give consideration to:

                (a) The likely impact of activities of the group on the compliance of the licensee with CBB requirements;
                (b) The effectiveness of the linkages between group and central functions and the licensee;
                (c) Potential conflicts of interest and methods of minimising them; and
                (d) The risk of adverse events of other group entities on the licensee, in particular due to financial weakness, crime or fraudulent behaviour.
                Adopted: July 2007

              • RM-8.1.11

                A licensee should not be subject to material influence by other entities of the group through informal or undocumented channels. The overall governance, high-level controls and reporting lines within the group should be clearly documented.

                Adopted: July 2007

            • Reporting Requirement

              • RM-8.1.12

                Where the investment firm licensee's group or parent reports its own capital adequacy position to its regulatory authority (on a group or 'solo' basis), a copy of this calculation must be provided to the CBB within 30 calendar days from the due date to the other regulatory authority.

                Adopted: July 2007

        • Chapter RM-9 Chapter RM-9 Cyber Security Risk Management

          • RM-9.1 RM-9.1 Cyber Security Risk Management

            • Role of the Board and Senior Management

              • RM-9.1.1

                The Board of investment firm licensees must ensure that the licensee has a robust cyber security risk management framework to comprehensively manage the licensee’s cyber security risk and vulnerabilities. The Board must establish clear ownership, decision-making and management accountability for risks associated with cyber-attacks and related risk management and recovery processes.

                Amended: January 2022
                Added: April 2019

              • RM-9.1.2

                Licensees must ensure that the cyber security risk management framework encompasses, at a minimum, the following components:

                a) Cyber security strategy;
                b) Cyber security policy; and
                c) Cyber security risk management approach, tools and methodology and, an organization-wide security awareness program.
                Amended: January 2022
                Added: April 2019

              • RM-9.1.3

                The cyber security risk management framework must be developed in accordance with the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Cyber security framework which is summarized in Appendix A – Cyber security Control Guidelines. At the broader level, the Cyber security framework should be consistent with the licensee’s risk management framework.

                Amended: January 2022
                Added: April 2019

              • RM-9.1.4

                Senior management, and where appropriate, the board should receive comprehensive reports covering cyber security issues such as the following:

                a. Key Risk Indicators/ Key Performance Indicators;
                b. Status reports on overall cyber security control maturity levels;
                c. Status of staff Information Security awareness;
                d. Updates on latest internal or relevant external cyber security incidents; and
                e. Results from penetration testing exercises.
                Amended: January 2022
                Added: April 2019

              • RM-9.1.5

                The Board must ensure that the cyber security risk management framework is evaluated for scope of coverage, adequacy and effectiveness every three years or when there are significant changes to the risk environment, taking into account emerging cyber threats and cyber security controls.

                Amended: January 2022
                Added: April 2019

              • RM-9.1.6

                Licensees must have in place arrangements, commensurate with their size and risk profile, to handle cyber security risk management responsibilities. Licensees may assign the responsibilities to a qualified Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) reporting to an independent risk management function or incorporate the responsibilities of cyber security risk into the risk management function. Overseas investment firm licensees must be governed under a framework of cyber security risk management policies which ensure that an adequate level of oversight is exercised by the regional office or head office.

                Amended: January 2022
                Added: April 2019

              • RM-9.1.7

                Licensees should ensure that appropriate resources are allocated to the cyber security risk management function for implementing the cyber security framework.

                Amended: January 2022
                Added: April 2019

              • RM-9.1.8

                Licensees must ensure that the cyber security risk management function is headed by suitably qualified Chief Information Security Officer (CISO), with appropriate authority to implement the Cyber Security strategy.

                Amended: January 2022
                Added: April 2019

              • RM-9.1.9

                Licensees may establish a cyber security committee that is headed by an independent senior manager from a control function (like CFO / CRO), with appropriate authority to approve policies and frameworks needed to implement the cyber security strategy, and act as a governance committee for the cyber security function. Membership of this committee should include senior management members from business functions, IT, Risk and Compliance.

                Amended: January 2022
                Added: April 2019

              • RM-9.1.10

                The senior management must be responsible for the following activities:

                (a) Create the overall cyber security risk management framework and adequately oversee its implementation;
                (b) Formulate an organisation-wide cyber security strategy and cyber security policy;
                (c) Implement and consistently maintain an integrated, organisation-wide, cyber security risk management framework, and ensure sufficient resource allocation;
                (d) Monitor the effectiveness of the implementation of cyber security risk management practices and coordinate cyber security activities with internal and external risk management entities;
                (e) Ensure that internal management reporting caters to cyber threats and cyber security risk treatment;
                (f) Prepare quarterly or more frequent reports on all cyber incidents (internal and external) and their implications on the licensee; and
                (g) Ensure that processes for identifying the cyber security risk levels across the licensee are in place and annually evaluated.
                Amended: January 2022
                Added: April 2019

              • RM-9.1.11

                The senior management must ensure that:

                (a) The licensee has identified clear internal ownership and classification for all information assets and data;
                (b) The licensee has maintained an inventory of the information assets and data which is reviewed and updated regularly;
                (c) The cyber security staff are adequate to manage the licensee’s cyber security risks and facilitate the performance and continuous improvement of all relevant cyber security controls;
                (d) It provides and requires cyber security staff to attend regular cyber security update and training sessions (for example Security+, CEH, CISSP, CISA, CISM, CCSP) to stay abreast of changing cyber security threats and countermeasures.
                Amended: January 2022
                Added: April 2019

              • RM-9.1.12

                With respect to Subparagraph RM-9.1.11(a), data classification entails analyzing the data the licensee retains, determining its importance and value, and then assigning it to a category. When classifying data, the following aspects of the policy should be determined:

                a) Who has access to the data;
                b) How the data is secured;
                c) How long the data is retained (this includes backups);
                d) What method should be used to dispose of the data;
                e) Whether the data needs to be encrypted; and
                f) What use of the data is appropriate.

                The general guideline for data classification is that the definition of the classification should be clear enough so that it is easy to determine how to classify the data. In other words, there should be little (if any) overlap in the classification definitions. The owner of data (i.e. the relevant business function) should be involved in such classification.

                Amended: January 2022
                Added: April 2019

            • Cyber Security Strategy

              • RM-9.1.13

                An organisation-wide cyber security strategy must be defined and documented to include:

                (a) The position and importance of cyber security at the licensee;
                (b) The primary cyber security threats and challenges facing the licensee;
                (c) The licensee’s approach to cyber security risk management;
                (d) The key elements of the cyber security strategy including objectives, principles of operation and implementation approach;
                (e) Scope of risk identification and assessment, which must include the dependencies on third party service providers;
                (f) Approach to planning response and recovery activities; and
                (g) Approach to communication with internal and external stakeholders including sharing of information on identified threats and other intelligence among industry participants.
                Amended: January 2022
                Added: April 2019

              • RM-9.1.14

                The cyber security strategy should be communicated to the relevant stakeholders and it should be revised as necessary and, at least, once every three years. Appendix A provides cyber security control guidelines that can be used as reference to support the licensee’s cyber security strategy and cyber security policy.

                Amended: January 2022
                Added: April 2019

            • Cyber Security Policy

              • RM-9.1.15

                Licensees must implement a written cyber security policy setting forth its policies for the protection of its electronic systems and client data stored on those systems, which must be reviewed and approved by the licensee’s senior management, as appropriate, at least annually. The cyber security policy areas including but not limited to the following must be addressed:

                (a) Definition of the key cyber security activities within the licensee, the roles, responsibilities, delegated powers and accountability for these activities;
                (b) A statement of the licensee’s overall cyber risk tolerance as aligned with the licensee’s business strategy. The cyber risk tolerance statement should be developed through consideration of the various impacts of cyber threats including customer impact, service downtime, potential negative media publicity, potential regulatory penalties, financial loss, and others;
                (c) Definition of main cyber security processes and measures and the approach to control and assessment;
                (d) Policies and procedures (including process flow diagrams) for all relevant cyber security functions and controls including the following:
                (a) Asset management (Hardware and software);
                (b) Incident management (Detection and response);
                (c) Vulnerability management;
                (d) Configuration management;
                (e) Access management;
                (f) Third party management;
                (g) Secure application development;
                (h) Secure change management;
                (i) Cyber training and awareness;
                (j) Cyber resilience (business continuity and disaster planning); and
                (k) Secure network architecture.
                Amended: January 2022
                Added: April 2019

              • RM-9.1.16

                Licensees must ensure that the cyber security policy is effectively implemented through a consistent risk-based approach using tools and methodologies that are commensurate with the size and risk profile of the licensee. The approach, tools and methodologies must cover all cyber security functions and controls defined in the cyber security policy.

                Amended: January 2022
                Added: April 2019

            • Approach, Tools and Methodology

              • RM-9.1.17

                Licensees should establish and maintain plans, policies, procedures, process and tools (“playbooks”) that provide well-defined, organised approaches for cyber incident response and recovery activities, including criteria for activating the measures set out in the plans and playbooks to expedite the licensee’s response time. Plans and playbooks should be developed in consultation with business lines to ensure business recovery objectives are met and are approved by senior management before broadly shared across the licensee. They should be reviewed and updated regularly to incorporate improvements and/or changes in the licensee. Licensees may enlist external subject matter experts to review complex and technical content in the playbook, where appropriate. A number of plans and playbooks should be developed for specific purposes (e.g. response, recovery, contingency, communication) that align with the overall cyber security strategy.

                Amended: January 2022
                Added: April 2019

            • Prevention Controls

              • RM-9.1.18 RM-9.1.18

                A Licensee must develop and implement preventive measures across all relevant technologies to minimise the licensee’s exposure to cyber security risk. Such preventive measures must include, at a minimum, the following:

                (a) Deployment of End Point Protection (EPP) and Endpoint Detection and Response (EDR) including anti-virus software and anti-malware programs to detect, prevent, and isolate malicious code;
                (b) Use of firewalls for network segmentation including use of Web Application Firewalls (WAF) where relevant, for filtering and monitoring HTTP traffic between a web application and the Internet, and access control lists to limit unauthorized system access between network segments;
                (c) Rigorous security testing at software development stage as well as after deployment to limit the number of vulnerabilities;
                (d) Use of a secure email gateway to limit email based cyber attacks such as malware attachments, malicious links, and phishing scams (for example use of Microsoft Office 365 Advanced Threat Protection tools for emails);
                (e) Use of a Secure Web Gateway to limit browser based cyber-attacks, malicious websites and enforce organization policies;
                (f) Creating a list of whitelisted applications and application components (libraries, configuration files, etc.) that are authorized to be present or active on the organization’s systems; and
                (g) Implementing Bring Your Own Device “BYOD” security policies to secure all mobile devices with any access to licensee systems, applications, and networks through security measures such as encryption, remote wipe capabilities, and password enforcement.
                Amended: January 2022
                Added: April 2019

                • RM-9.1.19

                  Licensees should also implement the following prevention controls in the following areas:

                  (a) Data leakage prevention to detect and prevent confidential data from leaving the licensee’s technology environment;
                  (b) Controls or solutions to secure, control, manage and monitor privileged access to critical assets, (e.g. Privileged Access Management (PAM);
                  (c) Controls to secure physical network ports against connection to computers which are unauthorised to connect to the licensee’s network or which do not meet the minimum-security requirements defined for licensee computer systems (e.g. Network access control); and
                  (d) Identity and access management controls to limit the exploitation and monitor the use of privileged and non-privileged accounts.
                  Added: January 2022

                • RM-9.1.20

                  Licensees must set up anti-spam and anti-spoofing measures to authenticate the licensee’s mail server and to prove to ISPs, mail services and other receiving mail servers that senders are truly authorized to send the email. Examples of such measures include:

                  • SPF “Sender Policy Framework”;
                  • DKIM “Domain Keys Identified Mail”; and
                  • DMARC “Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting and Conformance”.

                   

                  Added: January 2022

                • RM-9.1.21

                  Licensees should subscribe to one of the Cyber Threat Intelligence services in order to stay abreast of emerging cyber threats, cybercrime actors and state of the art tools and security measures.

                   

                  Added: January 2022

                • RM-9.1.22

                  Licensees must use a single unified private email domain or its subdomains for communication with customers to prevent abuse by third parties. Licensees must not utilise third-party email provider domains for communication with customers. The email domains must comply with the requirements with respect to SPF, DKIM and DMARC in this Module. With respect to URLs or other clickable links in communications with customers, licensees must comply with the following requirements:

                  (a) Limit the use of links in SMS and other short messages (such as WhatsApp) to messages sent as a result of customer request or action. Examples of such customer actions include verification links for customer onboarding, payment links for customer-initiated transactions etc;
                  (b) Refrain from using shortened links in communication with customers;
                  (c) Implement one or more of the following measures for links sent to customers:
                  i. ensure customers receive clear instructions in communications sent with the links;
                  ii. prior notification to the customer such as through a phone call informing the customer to expect a link from the licensee;
                  iii. provision of transaction details such as the transaction amount and merchant name in the message sent to the customer with the link;
                  iv. use of other verification measures like password or biometric authentication; and
                  (d) Create customer awareness campaigns to educate their customers on the risk of fraud related to links they receive in SMS, short messages and emails with clear instructions to customers that licensees will not send clickable links in SMS, emails and other short messages to request information or payments unless it is as a result of customer request or action.
                  Amended: October 2022
                  Added: January 2022

                • RM-9.1.22A

                  For the purpose of Paragraph RM-9.1.22, subject to CBB’s approval, licensees may be allowed to use additional domains for email communications with customers under certain circumstances. Examples of such circumstances include emails sent to customers by:

                  (a) Head/regional office of a licensee; and
                  (b) Third-party service providers subject to prior arrangements being made with customers. Examples of such third-party services include informational subscription services (e.g. Bloomberg) and document management services (e.g. DocuSign).
                  Added: October 2022

            • Cyber Risk Identification and Assessments

              • RM-9.1.23

                Licensees must conduct periodic assessments of cyber threats. For the purpose of analysing and assessing current cyber threats relevant to the licensee, it should take into account the factors detailed below:

                (a) Cyber threat entities including cyber criminals, cyber activists, insider threats;
                (b) Methodologies and attack vectors across various technologies including cloud, email, websites, third parties, physical access, or others as relevant;
                (c) Changes in the frequency, variety, and severity of cyber threats relevant to the region;
                (d) Dark web surveillance to identify any plot for cyber attacks;
                (e) Examples of cyber threats from past cyber attacks on the licensee if available; and
                (f) Examples of cyber threats from recent cyber attacks on other organisations.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.24

                Licensees must conduct periodic assessments of the maturity, coverage, and effectiveness of all cyber security controls. Cyber security control assessment must include an analysis of the controls’ effectiveness in reducing the likelihood and probability of a successful attack.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.25

                Licensees should ensure that the periodic assessments of cyber threats and cyber security controls cover all critical technology systems. A risk treatment plan should be developed for all residual risks which are considered to be above the licensee’s risk tolerance levels.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.26

                Licensees must conduct regular technical assessments to identify potential security vulnerabilities for systems, applications, and network devices. The vulnerability assessments must be comprehensive and cover internal technology, external technology, and connections with third parties. Assessments for external public facing services and systems must be more frequent.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.27

                With respect to Paragraph RM-9.1.26, external technology refers to the licensee’s public facing technology such as websites, apps and external servers. Connections with third parties includes any API or other connections with fintech companies, technology providers, outsourcing service providers etc.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.28

                Licensees must have in place vulnerability and patch management processes which include remediation processes to ensure that the vulnerabilities identified are addressed and that security patches are applied where relevant within a timeframe that is commensurate with the risks posed by each vulnerability.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.29

                All licensees must perform penetration testing of their systems, applications, and network devices to verify the robustness of the security controls in place at least once a year. These tests must be used to simulate real world cyber-attacks on the technology environment and must:

                (a) Follow a risk-based approach based on an internationally recognized methodology, such as National Institute of Standards and Technology “NIST” and Open Web Application Security Project “OWASP”;
                (b) Include both Grey Box and Black Box testing in its scope;
                (c) Be conducted by qualified and experienced security professionals who are certified in providing penetration testing services;
                (d) Be performed by internal and external independent third parties which should be changed at least every two years; and
                (e) Be performed on either the production environment or on non-production exact replicas of the production environment.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.30

                CBB may require additional third-party security reviews to be performed as needed.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.31

                The tests referred to in Paragraph RM-9.1.29 must be conducted each year in June and the report on such testing must be submitted to the CBB before 30th September. The penetration testing reports must include the vulnerabilities identified and a full list of ‘passed’ tests and ‘failed’ tests together with the steps taken to mitigate the risks identified.

                 

                Added: January 2022

            • Cyber Incident Detection and Management

              • RM-9.1.32

                Licensees must implement cyber security incident management processes to ensure timely detection, response and recovery for cyber security incidents. This includes implementing a monitoring system for log correlation and anomaly detection.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.33

                Licensees should receive data on a real time basis from all relevant systems, applications, and network devices including operational and business systems. The monitoring system should be capable of identifying indicators of cyber incidents and initiate alerts, reports, and response activities based on the defined cyber security incident management process.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.34

                Licensees should retain the logs and other information from the monitoring system for detecting cyber incidents, including "low-and-slow" attacks, in order to facilitate incident investigations, for 12 months or longer.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.35

                Once a cyber incident is detected, licensees should activate their containment measures, processes and technologies best suited to each type of cyber incident to prevent a cyber incident from inflicting further damage. This may involve, after considering the costs, business impact and operational risks, shutting down or isolating all or affected parts of their systems and networks as deemed necessary for containment and diagnosis.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.36

                Licensees must define roles and responsibilities and assign adequate resources to detect, identify, investigate and respond to cyber incidents that could impact the licensee’s infrastructure, services and customers. Such responsibilities must include log correlation, anomaly detection and maintaining the licensee’s asset inventory and network diagrams.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.37

                Licensees must regularly identify, test, review and update current cyber security risk scenarios and the corresponding response plan. This is to ensure that the scenarios and response plan remain relevant and effective, taking into account changes in the operating environment, systems or the emergence of new cyber security threats. If any gaps are identified, the monitoring system must be updated with new use cases and rule sets which are capable of detecting the current cyber incident scenarios.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.38

                The cyber incident scenario tests should include high-impact-low-probability events and scenarios that may result in failure. Common cyber incident scenarios include distributed denial of service (DDoS) attacks, system intrusion, data exfiltration and system disruption. Licensees should regularly use threat intelligence to update the scenarios so that they remain current and relevant. Licensees should periodically review current cyber incident scenarios for the purpose of assessing the licensee’s ability to detect and respond to these scenarios if they were to occur.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.39

                Licensees must ensure that critical cyber security incidents detected are escalated to an incident response team, management and the Board, in accordance with the licensee’s business continuity plan and crisis management plan, and that an appropriate response is implemented promptly. See also Paragraph RM-9.1.58 for the requirement to report to CBB.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.40

                Licensees should clearly define the roles, responsibilities and accountabilities for cyber incident detection and response activities to one or more named individuals that meet the pre-requisite role requirements. Potential conflicts of interest are minimised by ensuring a separation of implementation and oversight roles where possible. The roles should include:

                • Incident Owner: An individual that is responsible for handling the overall cyber incident detection and response activities according to the incident type and services affected. The Incident Owner is delegated appropriate authority to manage the mitigation or preferably, removal of all impacts due to the incident.
                • Spokesperson: An individual, from External Communications Unit or another suitable department, that is responsible for managing the communications strategy by consolidating relevant information and views from subject matter experts and the licensee’s management to update the internal and external stakeholders with consistent information.
                • Record Keeper: An individual that is responsible for maintaining an accurate record of the cyber incident throughout its different phases, as well as documenting actions and decisions taken during and after a cyber incident. The record serves as an accurate source of reference for after-action reviews to improve future cyber incident detection and response activities.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.41

                For the purpose of managing a critical cyber incident, the licensee should operate a situation room, and should include in the incident management procedure a definition of the authorities and responsibilities of staff members, internal and external reporting lines, communication channels, tools and detailed working procedures. The situation room or a war room is a physical room or a virtual room where relevant members of the management gather to handle a crisis in the most efficient manner possible.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.42

                Licensees should record and document in an orderly manner the incidents that have been handled and the actions that were taken by the relevant functions. In particular, the licensee should maintain an "incident log" in which all the notifications, decisions and actions taken, in relation to cyber incidents, are documented, as close as possible to the time of their occurrence. It should also include the status of the issue whether it is open or has been resolved and person in charge of resolving the issue/incident. The logs should be stored and preserved in a secure and legally admissible manner.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.43

                Licensees should utilise pre-defined taxonomy for classifying cyber incidents according to, for example, the type of incident, threat actors, threat vectors and repercussions; and a pre-established severity assessment framework to help gauge the severity of the cyber incident. For example, taxonomies that can be used when describing cyber incidents:

                (a) Describe the cause of the cyber incident (e.g. process failure, system failure, human error, external event, malicious action)
                (b) Describe whether the cyber incident due to a third-party service provider
                (c) Describe the attack vector (e.g. malware, virus, worm, malicious hyperlink)
                (d) Describe the delivery channel used (e.g. e-mail, web browser, removable storage media)
                (e) Describe the impact (e.g. service degradation/disruption, service downtime, potential impact to customers, data leakage, unavailability of data, data destruction/corruption, tarnishing of reputation)
                (f) Describe the type of incident (e.g. zero-day attack, exploiting a known vulnerability, isolated incident)
                (g) Describe the intent (e.g. malicious, theft, monetary gain, fraud, political, espionage, opportunistic)
                (h) Describe the threat actor (e.g. script kiddies, amateur, criminal syndicate, hacktivist, nation state)

                The cyber incident severity may be classified as:

                (a) Severity 1 incident has or will cause a serious disruption or degradation of critical service(s) and there is potentially high impact on public confidence in the licensee.
                (b) Severity 2 incident has or will cause some degradation of critical services and there is medium impact on public confidence in the licensee.
                (c) Severity 3 incident has little or no impact to critical services and there is no visible impact on public confidence in the licensee.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.44

                Licensees should determine the effects of the cyber incident on customers and to the wider financial system as a whole and report the results of such an assessment to CBB if it is determined that the cyber incident may have a systemic impact.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.45

                Licensees should establish metrics to measure the impact of a cyber incident and to report to management the performance of response activities. Examples include:

                1. Metrics to measure impact of a cyber incident
                (a) Duration of unavailability of critical functions and services
                (b) Number of stolen records or affected accounts
                (c) Volume of customers impacted
                (d) Amount of lost revenue due to business downtime, including both existing and future business opportunities
                (e) Percentage of service level agreements breached
                2. Performance metrics for incident management
                (a) Volume of incidents detected and responded via automation
                (b) Dwell time (i.e. the duration a threat actor has undetected access until completely removed)
                (c) Recovery Point objectives (RPO) and recovery time objectives (RTO) satisfied

                 

                Added: January 2022

            • Recovery

              • RM-9.1.46

                Licensees must identify the critical systems and services within its operating environment that must be recovered on a priority basis in order to provide certain minimum level of services during the downtime and determine how much time the licensee will require to return to full service and operations.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.47

                Critical incidents are defined as incidents that trigger the BCP and the crisis management plan. Critical systems and services are those whose failure can have material impact on any of the following elements:

                a) Financial situation;
                b) Reputation;
                c) Regulatory, legal and contractual obligations; and
                d) Operational aspects and delivery of key products and services.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.48

                Licensees must define a program for recovery activities for timely restoration of any capabilities or services that were impaired due to a cyber security incident. Licensees must establish recovery time objectives (“RTOs”), i.e. the time in which the intended process is to be covered, and recovery point objectives (“RPOs”), i.e. point to which information used must be restored to enable the activity to operate on resumption”. Licensees must also consider the need for communication with third party service providers, customers and other relevant external stakeholders as may be necessary.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.49

                Licensees must ensure that all critical systems are able to recover from a cyber security breach within the licensee’s defined RTO in order to provide important services or some level of minimum services for a temporary period of time.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.50

                Licensees should validate that recovered assets are free of compromise, fully functional and meet the security requirements before returning the systems to normal business operations. This includes performing checks on data to ensure data integrity. In some cases, licensees may need to use backup data kept in a disaster recovery site or plan for the reconstruction of data from external stakeholders such as business partners and customers.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.51

                Licensees must define a program for exercising the various response mechanisms, taking into account the various types of exercises such as attack simulations, "war games" and "table top" exercises, and with reference to the relevant stakeholders such as technical staff, crisis management team, decision-makers and spokespersons.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.52

                Licensees must define the mechanisms for ensuring accurate, timely and actionable communication of cyber incident response and recovery activities with the internal stakeholders, including to the board or designated committee of the board.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.53

                Licensee must ensure its business continuity plan is comprehensive and includes a recovery plan for its systems, operations and services arising from a cyber security incident.

                 

                Added: January 2022

            • Cyber Security Insurance

              • RM-9.1.54

                Licensees must arrange to seek cyber risk insurance cover from a suitable insurer, following a risk-based assessment of cyber security risk is undertaken by the respective licensee and independently verified by the insurance company. The insurance policy may include some or all of the following types of coverage, depending on the risk assessment outcomes:

                (a) Crisis management expenses, such as costs of notifying affected parties, costs of forensic investigation, costs incurred to determine the existence or cause of a breach, regulatory compliance costs, costs to analyse the insured’s legal response obligations;
                (b) Claim expenses such as costs of defending lawsuits, judgments and settlements, and costs of responding to regulatory investigations; and
                (c) Policy also provides coverage for a variety of torts, including invasion of privacy or copyright infringement. First-party coverages may include lost revenue due to interruption of data systems resulting from a cyber or denial of service attack and other costs associated with the loss of data collected by the insured.

                 

                Added: January 2022

            • Training and Awareness

              • RM-9.1.55

                Licensees must evaluate improvement in the level of awareness and preparedness to deal with cyber security risk to ensure the effectiveness of the training programmes implemented.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.56

                The licensee must ensure that all employees receive adequate training on a regular basis, in relation to cyber security and the threats they could encounter, such as through testing employee reactions to simulated cyber-attack scenarios. All relevant employees must be informed on the current cyber security breaches and threats. Additional training should be provided to ‘higher risk staff’.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.57

                The licensees must ensure that role specific cyber security training is provided on a regular basis to relevant staff including:

                (a) Executive board and senior management;
                (b) Cyber security roles;
                (c) IT staff; and
                (d) Any high-risk staff as determined by the licensee.

                 

                Added: January 2022

            • Reporting to CBB

              • RM-9.1.58

                Upon occurrence or detection of any cyber security incident, whether internal or external, that compromises customer information or disrupts critical services that affect operations, licensees must contact the CBB, immediately (within one hour), on 17547477 and submit Section A of the Cyber Security Incident Report (Appendix RM-1) to CBB’s cyber incident reporting email, incident.investment@cbb.gov.bh, within two hours.

                Amended: April 2022
                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.59

                Following the submission referred to in Paragraph RM-9.1.58, the licensee must submit to CBB Section B of the Cyber Security Incident Report (Appendix RM-1) within 10 calendar days of the occurrence of the cyber security incident. Licensees must include all relevant details in the report, including the full root cause analysis of the cyber security incident, its impact on the business operations and customers, and all measures taken by the licensee to stop the attack, mitigate its impact and to ensure that similar events do not recur. In addition, a weekly progress update must be submitted to CBB until the incident is fully resolved.

                Amended: April 2022
                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.60

                With regards to the submission requirement mentioned in Paragraph RM-9.1.58, the licensee should submit the report with as much information as possible even if all the details have not been obtained yet.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • RM-9.1.61

                The penetration testing report as per Paragraph RM-9.1.29, along with the steps taken to mitigate the risks must be maintained by the licensee for a five-year period from the date of the report.

                 

                Added: January 2022

        • Appendix A – Cyber Security Control Guidelines

          The Control Guidelines consists of five Core tasks which are defined below. These Functions are not intended to form a serial path or lead to a static desired end state. Rather, the Functions should be performed concurrently and continuously to form an operational culture that addresses the dynamic cyber security risk.

          Identify – Develop an organisation-wide understanding to manage cyber security risk to systems, people, assets, data, and capabilities. The activities in the Identify Function are foundational for effective use of the Cyber Security Risk Management Framework. Understanding the business context, the resources that support critical functions, and the related cyber security risks enables an organization to focus and prioritize its efforts, consistent with its risk management strategy and business needs.

          Protect – Develop and implement appropriate safeguards to ensure delivery of critical services. The Protect Function supports the ability to limit or contain the impact of a potential cyber security incident.

          Detect – Develop and implement appropriate activities to identify the occurrence of a cyber security incident. The Detect Function enables timely discovery of cyber security events.

          Respond – Develop and implement appropriate activities to take action regarding a detected cyber security incident. The Respond Function supports the ability to contain the impact of a potential cyber security incident.

          Recover – Develop and implement appropriate activities to maintain plans for resilience and to restore any capabilities or services that were impaired due to a cyber security incident. The Recover Function supports timely recovery to normal operations to reduce the impact from a cyber security incident.

          Below is a listing of the specific cyber security activities that are common across all critical infrastructure sectors:

          IDENTIFY

          Asset Management: The data, personnel, devices, systems, and facilities that enable the licensee to achieve business purposes are identified and managed consistent with their relative importance to organizational objectives and the licensee’s risk strategy.

          1. Physical devices and systems within the licensee are inventoried.
          2. Software platforms and applications within the licensee are inventoried.
          3. Communication and data flows are mapped.
          4. External information systems are catalogued.
          5. Resources (e.g., hardware, devices, data, time, personnel, and software) are prioritized based on their classification, criticality, and business value.
          6. Cyber security roles and responsibilities for the entire workforce and third-party stakeholders (e.g., suppliers, customers, partners) are established.

          Business Environment: The licensee’s mission, objectives, stakeholders, and activities are understood and prioritized; this information is used to inform cyber security roles, responsibilities, and risk management decisions.

          1. Priorities for the licensee’s mission, objectives, and activities are established and communicated.
          2. Dependencies and critical functions for delivery of critical services are established.
          3. Resilience requirements to support delivery of critical services are established for all operating states (e.g. under duress/attack, during recovery, normal operations).

          Governance: The policies, procedures, and processes to manage and monitor the licensee’s regulatory, legal, risk, environmental, and operational requirements are understood and inform the management of cyber security risk.

          1. licensee’s cyber security policy is established and communicated.
          2. Cyber security roles and responsibilities are coordinated and aligned with internal roles and external partners.
          3. Legal and regulatory requirements regarding cyber security, including privacy and civil liberties obligations, are understood and managed.
          4. Governance and risk management processes address cyber security risks.

          Risk Assessment: The licensee understands the cyber security risk to licensee’s operations (including mission, functions, image, or reputation), licensee’s assets, and individuals.

          1. Asset vulnerabilities are identified and documented.
          2. Cyber threat intelligence is received from information sharing forums and sources.
          3. Threats, both internal and external, are identified and documented.
          4. Potential business impacts and likelihoods are identified.
          5. Threats, vulnerabilities, likelihoods, and impacts are used to determine risk.
          6. Risk responses are identified and prioritized.

          Risk Management Strategy: The licensee’s priorities, constraints, risk tolerances, and assumptions are established and used to support operational risk decisions.

          1. Risk management processes are established, managed, and agreed to by licensee’s stakeholders.
          2. The licensee’s risk tolerance is determined and clearly expressed.
          3. The licensee’s determination of risk tolerance is informed by its role in critical infrastructure and sector specific risk analysis.

          Third Party Risk Management: The licensee’s priorities, constraints, risk tolerances, and assumptions are established and used to support risk decisions associated with managing third party risk. The licensee has established and implemented the processes to identify, assess and manage supply chain risks.

          1. Cyber third-party risk management processes are identified, established, assessed, managed, and agreed to by the licensee’s stakeholders.
          2. Suppliers and third-party partners of information systems, components, and services are identified, prioritized, and assessed using a cyber third-party risk assessment process.
          3. Contracts with suppliers and third-party partners are used to implement appropriate measures designed to meet the objectives of a licensee’s cyber security program.
          4. Suppliers and third-party partners are routinely assessed using audits, test results, or other forms of evaluations to confirm they are meeting their contractual obligations.
          5. Response and recovery planning and testing are conducted with suppliers and third-party providers.

          PROTECT

          Identity Management, Authentication and Access Control: Access to physical and logical assets and associated facilities is limited to authorized users, processes, and devices, and is managed consistent with the assessed risk of unauthorized access to authorized activities and transactions.

          1. Identities and credentials are issued, managed, verified, revoked, and audited for authorized devices, users and processes.
          2. Physical access to assets is managed and protected.
          3. Remote access is managed.
          4. Access permissions and authorizations are managed, incorporating the principles of least privilege and separation of duties
          5. Network integrity is protected (e.g., network segregation, network segmentation).
          6. Identities are proofed and bound to credentials and asserted in interactions
          7. Users, devices, and other assets are authenticated (e.g., single-factor, multi-factor) commensurate with the risk of the transaction (e.g., individuals’ security and privacy risks and other organizational risks).

          Awareness and Training: The licensee’s personnel and partners are provided cyber security awareness education and are trained to perform their cyber security-related duties and responsibilities consistent with related policies, procedures, and agreements.

          1. All users are informed and trained on a regular basis.
          2. Licensee’s security awareness programs are updated at least annually to address new technologies, threats, standards, and business requirements.
          3. Privileged users understand their roles and responsibilities.
          4. Third-party stakeholders (e.g., suppliers, customers, partners) understand their roles and responsibilities.
          5. The Board and senior management understand their roles and responsibilities.
          6. Physical and cyber security personnel understand their roles and responsibilities.
          7. Software development personnel receive training in writing secure code for their specific development environment and responsibilities.

          Data Security: Information and records (data) are managed consistent with the licensee’s risk strategy to protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of information.

          Data-at-rest classified as critical or confidential is protected through strong encryption.

          1. Data-in-transit classified as critical or confidential is protected through strong encryption.
          2. Assets are formally managed throughout removal, transfers, and disposition
          3. Adequate capacity to ensure availability is maintained.
          4. Protections against data leaks are implemented.
          5. Integrity checking mechanisms are used to verify software, firmware, and information integrity.
          6. The development and testing environment(s) are separate from the production environment.
          7. Integrity checking mechanisms are used to verify hardware integrity.

          Information Protection Processes and Procedures: Security policies (that address purpose, scope, roles, responsibilities, management commitment, and coordination among organizational units), processes, and procedures are maintained and used to manage protection of information systems and assets.

          1. A baseline configuration of information technology/industrial control systems is created and maintained incorporating security principles (e.g. concept of least functionality).
          2. A System Development Life Cycle to manage systems is implemented
          3. Configuration change control processes are in place.
          4. Backups of information are conducted, maintained, and tested.
          5. Policy and regulations regarding the physical operating environment for licensee’s assets are met.
          6. Data is destroyed according to policy.
          7. Protection processes are improved.
          8. Effectiveness of protection technologies is shared.
          9. Response plans (Incident Response and Business Continuity) and recovery plans (Incident Recovery and Disaster Recovery) are in place and managed.
          10. Response and recovery plans are tested.
          11. Cyber security is included in human resources practices (e.g., deprovisioning, personnel screening).
          12. A vulnerability management plan is developed and implemented.

          Maintenance: Maintenance and repairs of information system components are performed consistent with policies and procedures.

          1. Maintenance and repair of licensee’s assets are performed and logged, with approved and controlled tools.
          2. Remote maintenance of licensee’s assets is approved, logged, and performed in a manner that prevents unauthorized access.

          Protective Technology: Technical security solutions are managed to ensure the security and resilience of systems and assets, consistent with related policies, procedures, and agreements.

          1. Audit/log records are determined, documented, implemented, and reviewed in accordance with policy.
          2. Removable media is protected and its use restricted according to policy.
          3. The principle of least functionality is incorporated by configuring systems to provide only essential capabilities.
          4. Communications and control networks are protected.
          5. Mechanisms (e.g., failsafe, load balancing, hot swap) are implemented to achieve resilience requirements in normal and adverse situations.

          DETECT

          Anomalies and Events: Anomalous activity is detected and the potential impact of events is understood.

          1. A baseline of network operations and expected data flows for users and systems is established and managed.
          2. Detected events are analyzed to understand attack targets and methods.
          3. Event data are collected and correlated from multiple sources and sensors
          4. Impact of events is determined.
          5. Incident alert thresholds are established.

          Security Continuous Monitoring: The information system and assets are monitored to identify cyber security events and verify the effectiveness of protective measures.

          1. The network is monitored to detect potential cyber security events.
          2. The physical environment is monitored to detect potential cyber security events
          3. Personnel activity is monitored to detect potential cyber security events.
          4. Malicious code is detected.
          5. Unauthorized mobile code is detected.
          6. External service provider activity is monitored to detect potential cyber security events.
          7. Monitoring for unauthorized personnel, connections, devices, and software is performed.
          8. Vulnerability scans are performed at least quarterly.

          Detection Processes: Detection processes and procedures are maintained and tested to ensure awareness of anomalous events.

          1. Roles and responsibilities for detection are well defined to ensure accountability.
          2. Detection activities comply with all applicable requirements.
          3. Detection processes are tested.
          4. Event detection information is communicated.
          5. Detection processes are continuously improved.

          RESPOND

          Response Planning: Response processes and procedures are executed and maintained, to ensure response to detected cyber security incidents. Response plan is executed during or after an incident.

          Communications: Response activities are coordinated with internal and external stakeholders.

          1. Personnel know their roles and order of operations when a response is needed.
          2. Incidents are reported consistent with established criteria.
          3. Information is shared consistent with response plans.
          4. Coordination with internal and external stakeholders occurs consistent with response plans.
          5. Voluntary information sharing occurs with external stakeholders to achieve broader cyber security situational awareness.
          6. Incident response exercises and scenarios across departments are conducted at least annually.

          Analysis: Analysis is conducted to ensure effective response and support recovery activities.

          1. Notifications from detection systems are investigated.
          2. The impact of the incident is understood.
          3. Forensics are performed.
          4. Incidents are categorized consistent with response plans.
          5. Processes are established to receive, analyze and respond to vulnerabilities disclosed to the licensee from internal and external sources (e.g. internal testing, security bulletins, or security researchers).

          Mitigation: Activities are performed to prevent expansion of an event, mitigate its effects, and resolve the incident.

          1. Incidents are contained.
          2. Incidents are mitigated.
          3. Newly identified vulnerabilities are mitigated or documented as accepted risks.

          Improvements: The response activities are improved by incorporating lessons learned from current and previous detection/response activities.

          1. Response plans incorporate lessons learned.
          2. Response strategies are updated.

          RECOVER

          Recovery Planning: Recovery processes and procedures are executed and maintained to ensure restoration of systems or assets affected by cyber security incidents. Recovery plan is executed during or after a cyber security incident.

          Improvements: Recovery planning and processes are improved by incorporating lessons learned into future activities.

          1. Recovery plans incorporate lessons learned.
          2. Recovery strategies are updated.
          3.

          Communications: Restoration activities are coordinated with internal and external parties (e.g. coordinating centers, Internet Service Providers, owners of attacking systems, victims, other CSIRTs, and vendors).

          1. Public relations are managed.
          2. Reputation is repaired after an incident.
          3. Recovery activities are communicated to internal and external stakeholders as well as executive and management teams.
          Added: January 2022

      • FC FC Financial Crime

        • FC-A FC-A Introduction

          • FC-A.1 FC-A.1 Purpose

            • Executive Summary

              • FC-A.1.1

                This Module applies, to all investment firm licensees, a comprehensive framework of Rules and Guidance aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. In so doing, it helps implement the FATF Recommendations on combating money laundering and the financing of terrorism & proliferation, issued by the Financial Action Task Force (FATF), that are relevant to investment firm licensees. It also helps implement IOSCO guidance in this area. (Further information on these can be found in Chapter FC-9.) The Module also contains measures relating to the combating of fraud in the investment business sector.

                Amended: October 2014

              • FC-A.1.2

                The Module requires investment firm licensees to have effective anti-money laundering ('AML') policies and procedures, in addition to measures for combating the financing of terrorism ('CFT'). The Module contains detailed requirements relating to customer due diligence, reporting and the role and duties of the Money Laundering Reporting Officer (MLRO). Furthermore, examples of suspicious activity are provided, to assist investment firm licensees monitor transactions and fulfil their reporting obligations under Bahrain law.

              • FC-A.1.3

                This Module also covers measures in place to combat fraud: these apply to Category 1 investment firms and Category 2 investment firms. Chapter FC-10 sets out basic requirements regarding measures to deter, detect and report instances of fraud and attempted fraud.

                Amended: July 2007

            • Legal Basis

              • FC-A.1.4

                This Module contains the Central Bank of Bahrain's ('CBB') Directive (as amended from time to time) regarding the combating money laundering and terrorism financing and is issued under the powers available to the CBB under Article 38 of the Central Bank of Bahrain and Financial Institutions Law 2006 ('CBB Law'). The Directive in this Module is applicable to all investment firm licensees.

                Amended: January 2022
                Amended: January 2011
                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-A.1.5

                For an explanation of the CBB's rule-making powers and different regulatory instruments, see Section UG-1.1.

                Amended: January 2007

            • FC-C.1.1

              A investment firm licensee must implement Risk Based Approach (RBA) in establishing an AML/CFT/CPF program and conduct ML/TF/PF risk assessments prior to and during the establishment of a business relationship and, on an ongoing basis, throughout the course of its relationship with the customer. The licensee must establish and implement policies, procedures, tools and systems commensurate with the size, nature and complexity of its business operations to support its RBA.

              Added: January 2022

            • FC-C.1.2

              An investment firm licensee must perform enhanced measures where higher ML/TF/PF risks are identified to effectively manage and mitigate those higher risks.

              Added: January 2022

            • FC-C.1.3

              An investment firm licensee must maintain and regularly review and update the documented risk assessment. The risk management and mitigation measures implemented by a licensee must be commensurate with the identified ML/TF/PF risks.

              Added: January 2022

            • FC-C.1.4

              Investment firm licensees must allocate adequate financial, human and technical resources and expertise to effectively implement and take appropriate preventive measures to mitigate ML/TF/PF risks.

              Added: January 2022

          • FC-A.2 FC-A.2 Module History

            • Evolution of Module

              Amended: January 2007

              • FC-A.2.1

                This Module was first issued in April 2006, as part of the first phase of Volume 4 (Investment Business) to be released by the BMA. Any material changes that have subsequently been made to this Module are annotated with the calendar quarter date in which the change was made: Chapter UG-3 provides further details on Rulebook maintenance and version control.

                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-A.2.2

                When the CBB replaced the BMA in September 2006, the provisions of this Module remained in force. Volume 4 was updated in July 2007 to reflect the switch to the CBB; however, new calendar quarter dates were only issued where the update necessitated changes to actual requirements.

                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-A.2.3

                A list of recent changes made to this Module is detailed in the table below:

                Module Ref.Change DateDescription of Changes
                FC-4.3.107/2006Updated telephone number for the Director, Compliance Directorate.
                FC-A.101/2007Updated to reflect new CBB Law: new Rule FC-A.1.4 introduced Categorising this Module as a Directive.
                FC-4.3.101/2007Updated new e-mail address for the Compliance Directorate.
                FC-3.3.704/2008Clarified to whom in the CBB, the reports required under Paragraph FC-3.3.1 should be submitted to.
                Table of Contents07/2008Added Supplementary Information Documents to Part B.
                FC-1.1.1107/2010Cross reference added.
                FC-1.2.1, FC-1.2.3, FC-1.2.5, FC-1.9, FC-3.1, FC-3.2.1, FC-3.3.7, FC-4.2.3 and FC-4.3.107/2010Paragraphs amended.
                FC-1.6 and FC-1.707/2010New sections added regarding enhanced CDD for charities, clubs and societies and “pooled funds'.
                FC-3.307/2010Heading amended.
                FC-A.1.401/2011Clarified legal basis.
                FC-1.6.401/2011Corrected name of Compliance Directorate.
                FC-3.1.601/2011Amended requirements for position of MLRO.
                FC-3.1.610/2011Corrected minor typo to be in line with other Volumes of the CBB Rulebook.
                FC-3.310/2011Amended Section to allow for CBB-approved consultancy firm to do required sample testing and report under Paragraph FC-3.3.1.
                FC-3.3.5 and FC-3.3.601/2012Amended to reflect the addition of approved consultancy firm.
                FC10/2014Updated to reflect February 2012 update to FATF Recommendations.
                FC-1.1.1110/2015Clarified Rule for incomplete customer due diligence.
                FC-10.1.401/2016Clarified Rule.
                FC-1.2.807/2016Change made for consistency across CBB Rulebook.
                FC-1.5.107/2016Aligned definition of PEPs as per FATF Recommendations.
                FC-1.5.407/2016Definition of PEPs is already included in Glossary so this guidance paragraph was deleted.
                FC-4.2.307/2016Updated instructions for STR.
                FC-1.2.9A01/2017Added guidance paragraph on CR printing
                FC-7.2.1AA04/2017Implementing and complying with the United Nations Security Council resolutions requirement.
                FC-1.1.2B10/2017Amended paragraph on CDD requirements.
                FC-1.2.710/2017Amended paragraph.
                FC-1.2.8A10/2017Added new paragraph on legal entities or legal arrangements CDD.
                FC-2.2.10 — FC-2.2.1110/2017Amended paragraphs on On-going CDD and Transaction Monitoring
                FC-3.1.3A10/2017Added paragraph on combining MLRO or DMLRO position with any other position within the licensee.
                FC-B.2.401/2018Amended paragraph.
                FC-1.8.101/2018Amended paragraph.
                FC-1.10.101/2018Deleted sub-paragraph.
                FC-4.2.601/2018Amended paragraph.
                FC-7.1.401/2018Amended paragraph.
                FC-7.2.201/2018Deleted paragraph.
                FC-1.1.207/2018Deleted sub-paragraph (a).
                FC-1.2.107/2018Amended Paragraph deleting the threshold.
                FC-1.10.207/2018Amended Paragraph.
                FC-1.10.307/2018Deleted Paragraph.
                FC-1.10.907/2018Deleted Paragraph.
                FC-1.10.101/2019Amended references.
                FC-3.3.2 - FC-3.3.501/2019Amended references.
                FC-3.3.701/2019Amended references.
                FC-6.1.201/2019Amended references.
                FC-1.9.210/2019Amended authority name.
                FC-3.1.710/2019Amended authority name.
                FC-3.2.110/2019Amended authority name.
                FC-4.2.310/2019Amended authority name.
                FC-4.3.210/2019Amended authority name.
                FC-7.2.1AA10/2019Defined 'without delay'.
                FC-1.1.101/2020Amended Paragraph on procedures approval.
                FC-1.2.101/2020Added a new sub-Paragraph.
                FC-3.2.1(d)01/2020Amended sub-Paragraph.
                FC-3.3.501/2020Amended Paragraph on report submission date.
                FC-3.3.701/2020Amended Paragraphs references.
                FC-2.1.3 & FC-2.1.404/2020Added new Paragraphs on KPIs compliance with AML/CFT requirements.
                FC-5.1.6A01/2021Added a new Paragraph on requirements to hire new employees.
                FC-A.1.401/2022Amended Paragraph to replace financial crime with money laundering and terrorism financing
                FC-C01/2022New chapter on risk-based approach (RBA)
                FC-1.101/2022Amended Section to introduce additional rules for non-resident customers, amendments to customers onboarded prior to full completion of customer due diligence, digital onboarding etc.
                FC-1.201/2022Amended Section to include E-KYC and electronic documents law requirements.
                FC-1.301/2022Amended Section on enhanced due diligence requirements for customers identified as having higher risk profile.
                FC-1.401/2022Amended Section to introduce detailed requirements for digital onboarding and related requirements.
                FC-1.5.201/2022Amended Paragraph on onboarding non-Bahraini PEPs using digital ID applications.
                FC-1.601/2022Amended Section on Enhanced Due Diligence: Charities, Clubs and Other Societies.
                FC-1.10.8A01/2022Added a new Paragraph on not applying simplified CDD in situations where the licensee has identified high ML/TF/PF risks.
                FC-2.2.501/2022Amended Paragraph.
                FC-3.3.1B01/2022Amended Paragraph.
                FC-3.3.201/2022Amended Paragraph.
                FC-3.3.501/2022Amended Paragraph.
                FC-3.3.601/2022Deleted Paragraph.
                FC-3.3.701/2022Deleted Paragraph.
                FC-5.1.6A01/2022Deleted Paragraph.
                FC-C.2.301/2023Minor amendment to Paragraph.
                FC-7.2.4(c)01/2023Added a new Sub-paragraph on reporting any frozen assets or actions taken.
                FC-1.1.12A10/2023Amended Sub-Paragraph on the enhanced diligence for the non-resident accounts.
                FC-1.1.12G10/2023Deleted Paragraph.
                FC-1.1.1510/2023Added a new Paragraph on CDD and Customer onboarding requirements.
                FC-1.1110/2023Added a new Section on reliance on third parties for customer due diligence.
                FC-1.2.101/2024Amended Paragraph on customer due diligence.
                FC-1101/2024Added a new Chapter on Crypto-assets.

            • Superseded Requirements

              Amended: January 2007

              • FC-A.2.4

                Prior to the introduction of this Module, the CBB had issued various regulatory instruments containing requirements covering different aspects of financial crime. These requirements were consolidated and updated into a comprehensive financial crime regulation, issued in January 2006 to all non-bank and non-insurance licensees (including investment firm licensees, except those licensed as Bahrain Stock Exchange brokers). In turn, this new consolidated regulation was transposed, with no major changes, into the initial version of this Module. This and other instruments replaced by this Module are listed below:

                Document Ref. Date of Issue Module Ref.
                (Version 01)
                Document Subject
                BC/17/97 10 Nov 1997 FC-B.1 Money Laundering
                OG/308/89 14 Oct 1989 FC-B.1 Money Laundering
                EDBC/6/01 14 Oct 2001 FC-1, FC-4 to FC-7 Re: Money Laundering Module
                BC/1/02 27 Jan 2002 FC-3 FATF Special Recommendations on Terrorism Financing
                BC/3/00 5 Mar 2000 FC-1.5 Re: Accounts for Charity Organisations
                Resolution No 1 31 Dec 2003 FC-1, FC-2, FC-4 to FC-7 Money Laundering (NB This Module replaces Resolution No. 1 with respect to BSE brokers, custodians and registrars only: Resolution No. 1, as amended, continues to apply to the BSE and issuers of securities.)
                FIS/C/001/2006 2 Jan 2006 FC-A to FC-10 New Financial Crime Regulation
                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-A.2.5

                Guidance on the implementation and transition to Volume 4 (Investment Business) is given in Module ES (Executive Summary).

                Amended: July 2010

        • FC-B FC-B Scope of Application

          • FC-B.1 FC-B.1 License Categories

            • FC-B.1.1

              This Module applies to all categories of investment firm licensees (i.e. categories 1, 2 and 3). Category 3 investment firms are exempt from Chapter FC-10, however.

            • FC-B.1.2

              This Module applies to all investment firm licensees, irrespective of whether they are a Bahraini investment firm licensee or an overseas investment firm licensee operating in Bahrain as a branch. Overseas investment firm licensees, and Bahraini investment firm licensees that are subsidiaries of an overseas-based group, may apply additional AML/CFT policies and procedures, provided they satisfy the minimum requirements contained in this Module.

              Amended: July 2007

            • FC-B.1.3

              Category 3 investment firms are exempt from Chapter FC-10 because of the limited nature of their business.

            • FC-B.1.4

              The scope provided for simplified customer due diligence requirements — as set out in Section FC-1.8 — will reduce the burden of customer due diligence for many investment firm licensees.

            • FC-B.1.5

              The requirements of this Module are in addition to and supplement Decree Law No. (4) of 2001 with respect to the prevention and prohibition of the laundering of money; this Law was subsequently updated, with the issuance of Decree Law No. 54 of 2006 with respect to amending certain provisions of Decree No. 4 of 2001 (collectively, ‘the AML Law’). The AML Law imposes obligations generally in relation to the prevention of money laundering and the combating of the financing of terrorism, to all persons resident in Bahrain (including financial services firms such as investment firm licensees). All investment firm licensees are therefore under the statutory obligations of that Law, in addition to the more specific requirements contained in this Module. Nothing in this Module is intended to restrict the application of the AML Law (a copy of which is contained in Part B of Volume 4 (Investment Business), under 'Supplementary Information'). Also included in Part B is a copy of Decree Law No. 58 of 2006 with respect to the protection of society from terrorism activities (‘the anti-terrorism law’).

              Amended: January 2007

          • FC-B.2 FC-B.2 Overseas Subsidiaries and Branches

            • FC-B.2.1

              Investment firm licensees must apply the requirements in this Module to all their branches and subsidiaries operating both in the Kingdom of Bahrain and in foreign jurisdictions. Where local standards differ, the higher standard must be followed. Investment firm licensees must pay particular attention to procedures in branches or subsidiaries in countries that do not or insufficiently apply the FATF Recommendations and do not have adequate AML/CFT systems (see also Section FC-7.1).

              Amended: October 2014

            • FC-B.2.2

              Where another jurisdiction's laws or Regulations prevent a licensee (or any of its foreign branches or subsidiaries) from applying the same standards contained in this Module or higher, the licensee must immediately inform the CBB in writing.

              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-B.2.3

              In such instances, the CBB will review alternatives with the licensee. Should the CBB and the licensee be unable to reach agreement on the satisfactory implementation of this Module in a foreign subsidiary or branch, the licensee may be required by the CBB to cease the operations of the subsidiary or branch in the foreign jurisdiction in question.

              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-B.2.4

              Financial groups (e.g. an investment firm with its subsidiary) must implement groupwide programmes against money laundering and terrorist financing, including policies and procedures for sharing information within the group for AML/CFT purposes, which must also be applicable, and appropriate to, all branches and subsidiaries of the financial group. These must include:

              (a) The development of internal policies, procedures and controls, including appropriate compliance management arrangements, and adequate screening procedures to ensure high standards when hiring employees;
              (b) An ongoing employee training programme;
              (c) An independent audit function to test the system;
              (d) Policies and procedures for sharing information required for the purposes of CDD and money laundering and terrorist financing risk management;
              (e) The provision at group-level compliance, audit, and/or AML/CFT functions of customer, account and transaction information from branches and subsidiaries when necessary for AML/CFT purposes; and
              (f) Adequate safeguards on the confidentiality and use of information exchanged.
              Amended: January 2018
              Added: October 2014

        • FC-C FC-C: Risk Based Approach

          • FC-C.1 Risk Based Approach

          • FC-C.2 FC-C.2 Risk Assessment

            • FC-C.2.1

              An investment firm licensee must ensure that it takes measures to identify, assess, monitor, manage and mitigate ML/TF/PF risks to which it is exposed and that the measures taken are commensurate with the nature, scale and complexities of its activities. The risk assessment must enable the licensee to understand how, and to what extent, it is vulnerable to ML/TF/PF.

              Added: January 2022

            • FC-C.2.2

              In the context of the risk assessment, “proliferation financing risk” refers to the potential breach, non-implementation or evasion of the targeted financial sanctions obligations referred to in FATF Recommendation 7.

              Added: January 2022

            • FC-C.2.3

              The risk assessment must be properly documented, regularly updated and communicated to the investment firm licensee’s senior management. Licensees must have in place policies, controls and procedures, which are approved by senior management, to enable them to manage and mitigate the risks that have been identified. In conducting its risk assessments, the licensee must consider quantitative and qualitative information obtained from the relevant internal and external sources to identify, manage and mitigate these risks. This must include consideration of the risk and threat assessments using, national risk assessments, sectorial risk assessments, crime statistics, typologies, risk indicators, red flags, guidance and advisories issued by inter-governmental organisations, national competent authorities and the FATF, and AML/CFT/CPF mutual evaluation and follow-up reports by the FATF or associated assessment bodies.

              Amended: January 2023
              Added: January 2022

            • FC-C.2.4

              An investment firm licensee must assess country/geographic risk, customer/investor risk, product/ service/ transactions risk and distribution channel risk taking into consideration the appropriate factors in identifying and assessing the ML/TF/PF risks, including the following:

              (a) The nature, scale, diversity and complexity of its business, products and target markets;
              (b) Products, services and transactions that inherently provide more anonymity, ability to pool underlying customers/funds, cash-based, face-to-face, non face-to-face, domestic or cross-border;
              (c) The volume and size of its transactions, nature of activity and the profile of its customers;
              (d) The proportion of customers identified as high risk;
              (e) Its target markets and the jurisdictions it is exposed to, either through its own activities or the activities of customers, especially jurisdictions with relatively higher levels of corruption or organised crime, and/or deficient AML/CFT/CPF controls and listed by FATF;
              (f) The complexity of the transaction chain (e.g. complex layers of intermediaries and sub intermediaries or distribution channels that may anonymise or obscure the chain of transactions) and types of distributors or intermediaries;
              (g) The distribution channels, including the extent to which the licensee deals directly with the customer and the extent to which it relies (or is allowed to rely) on third parties to conduct CDD and the use of technology; and
              (h) Internal audit, external audit or regulatory inspection findings.
              Added: January 2022

            • Country/Geographic risk

              • FC-C.2.5

                Country/geographic area risk, in conjunction with other risk factors, provides useful information as to potential ML/TF/PF risks. Factors that may be considered as indicators of higher risk include:

                (a) Countries identified by credible sources, such as mutual evaluation or detailed assessment reports or published follow-up reports, as not having adequate AML/CFT/CPF systems;
                (b) Countries or geographic areas identified by credible sources as providing funding or support for terrorist activities, or that have designated terrorist organisations operating within their country;
                (c) Countries identified by credible sources as having significant levels of corruption or organized crime or other criminal activity, including source or transit countries for illegal drugs, human trafficking and smuggling and illegal gambling;
                (d) Countries subject to sanctions, embargoes or similar measures issued by international organisations such as the United Nations Organisation; and
                (e) Countries identified by credible sources as having weak governance, law enforcement, and regulatory regimes, including countries identified by the FATF statements as having weak AML/CFT/CPF regimes, and for which financial institutions should give special attention to business relationships and transactions.
                Added: January 2022

            • Customer/Investor risk

            • Product/Service/Transactions risk

              • FC-C.2.7

                An overall risk assessment should include determining the potential risks presented by product, service, transaction or the delivery channel of the investment firm licensee. A licensee should assess, using a RBA, the extent to which the offering of its product, service, transaction or the delivery channel presents potential vulnerabilities to placement, layering or integration of criminal proceeds into the financial system.

                Added: January 2022

              • FC-C.2.8

                Determining the risks of product, service, transaction or the delivery channel offered to customers may include a consideration of their attributes, as well as any associated risk mitigation measures. Products and services that may indicate a higher risk include:

                (a) Wealth management/private banking;
                (b) Anonymous transactions (which may include cash);
                (c) Non-face-to-face business relationships or transactions;
                (d) Payment received from unknown or un-associated third parties;
                (e) Products or services that may inherently favour anonymity or obscure information about underlying customer transactions;
                (f) The geographical reach of the product or service offered, such as those emanating from higher risk jurisdictions;
                (g) Products with unusual complexity or structure and with no obvious economic purpose;
                (h) Products or services that permit the unrestricted or anonymous transfer of value (by payment or change of asset ownership) to an unrelated third party, particularly those residing in a higher risk jurisdiction; and
                (i) Use of new technologies or payment methods not used in the normal course of business by the investment firm licensee.
                Added: January 2022

            • Distribution Channel Risk

              • FC-C.2.9

                A customer may request transactions that pose an inherently higher risk to the investment firm licensee. Factors that may be considered as indicators of higher risk include:

                (a) A request is made to transfer funds to a higher risk jurisdiction/country/region without a reasonable business purpose provided; and
                (b) A transaction is requested to be executed, where the licensee is made aware that the transaction will be cleared/settled through an unregulated entity.
                Added: January 2022

              • FC-C.2.10

                An investment firm licensee should analyse the specific risk factors, which arise from the use of intermediaries and their services. Intermediaries’ involvement may vary with respect to the activity they undertake and their relationship with the licensees. Licensee should understand who the intermediary is and perform a risk assessment on the intermediary prior to establishing a business relationship. Licensees and intermediaries should establish clearly their respective responsibilities for compliance with applicable regulation.

                Added: January 2022

        • FC-1 FC-1 Customer Due Diligence Requirements

          • FC-1.1 FC-1.1 General Requirements

            • Verification of Identity and Source of Funds

              • FC-1.1.1

                Investment firm licensees must establish effective systematic internal procedures for establishing and verifying the identity of their customers and the source of their funds. Such procedures must be set out in writing and approved by the investment firm licensee's senior management and must be strictly adhered to.

                Amended: January 2020
                Amended: October 2014

              • FC-1.1.2

                Investment firm licensees must implement the customer due diligence measures outlined in Chapter FC-1 when:

                (a) [This Sub-paragraph was deleted in July 2018];
                (b) Establishing business relations with a new or existing customer;
                (c) A change to the signatory or beneficiary of an existing account or business relationship is made;
                (d) Customer documentation standards change substantially;
                (e) The licensee has doubts about the veracity or adequacy of previously obtained customer due diligence information;
                (f) A significant transaction takes place;
                (g) There is a material change in the way that an account is operated or in the manner in which the business relationship is conducted; or
                (h) There is a suspicion of money laundering or terrorist financing.
                Amended: July 2018
                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-1.1.2A

                Investment firm licensees must understand, and as appropriate, obtain information on the purpose and intended nature of the business relationship.

                Added: October 2014

              • FC-1.1.2B

                Investment firm licensees must conduct ongoing due diligence on the business relationship, including;

                (a) Scrutinizing transactions undertaken throughout the course of that relationship to ensure that the transactions being conducted are consistent with the institution's knowledge of the customer, their business and risk profile, including, where necessary, the source of funds; and
                (b) Ensuring that documents, data and information collected under the CDD process is kept up-to-date and relevant, by undertaking reviews of existing records, particularly for higher risk categories of customers.
                Amended: October 2017
                Added: October 2014

              • FC-1.1.2C

                An investment firm licensee must also review and update the customer’s risk profile based on their level of ML/TF/PF risk upon onboarding the customer and regularly throughout the life of the relationship. The risk management and mitigation measures implemented by a licensee must be commensurate with the risk profile of a particular customer or type of customer.

                Added: January 2022

              • FC-1.1.3

                For the purposes of this Module, 'customer' includes counterparties such as financial markets counterparties, except where financial institutions are acting as principals where simplified due diligence measures may apply. These simplified measures are set out in Section FC-1.8.

                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-1.1.4

                The CBB's specific minimum standards to be followed with respect to verifying customer identity and source of funds are contained in Section FC-1.2, with further explanations provided in Guidance Notes (see Supplementary Information, item FC-(v), in Part B of Volume 4). Enhanced requirements apply under certain high-risk situations: these requirements are contained in Sections FC-1.3 to FC-1.5 inclusive. Additional requirements apply where a licensee is relying on a professional intermediary to perform certain parts of the customer due diligence process: these are detailed in Section FC-1.6. Simplified customer due diligence measures may apply in defined circumstances: these are set out in Section FC-1.8.

                Amended: January 2007

            • Verification of Third Parties

              • FC-1.1.5

                Investment firm licensees must obtain a signed statement, in hard copy or through digital means from all new customers confirming whether or not the customer is acting on his own behalf or not. This undertaking must be obtained prior to conducting any transactions with the customer concerned.

                Amended: January 2022

              • FC-1.1.6

                Where a customer is acting on behalf of a third party, the licensee must also obtain a signed statement from the third party, confirming they have given authority to the customer to act on their behalf. Where the third party is a legal person, the licensee must have sight of the original Board resolution (or other applicable document) authorising the customer to act on the third party's behalf, and retain a certified copy.

              • FC-1.1.7

                Investment firm licensees must establish and verify the identity of the customer and (where applicable) the party/parties on whose behalf the customer is acting, including the Beneficial Owner of the funds. Verification must take place in accordance with the requirements specified in this Chapter.

              • FC-1.1.8

                Where financial services are provided to a minor or other person lacking full legal capacity, the normal identification procedures as set out in this Chapter must be followed. In the case of minors, investment firm licensees must additionally verify the identity of the parent(s) or legal guardian(s). Where a third party on behalf of a person lacking full legal capacity wishes to open business relations, the licensee must establish the identity of that third party as well as the person conducting the business.

                Amended: January 2007

            • Anonymous and Nominee Accounts

              • FC-1.1.9

                Investment firm licensees must not establish or keep anonymous accounts or accounts in fictitious names. Where investment firm licensees maintain a nominee account, which is controlled by or held for the benefit of another person, the identity of that person must be disclosed to the licensee and verified by it in accordance with the requirements specified in this Chapter.

            • Timing of Verification

              • FC-1.1.10

                Investment firm licensees must not commence a business relationship or undertake a transaction with a customer before completion of the relevant customer due diligence (‘CDD’) measures specified in Chapter FC-1. Licensees must also adopt risk management procedures with respect to the conditions under which a customer may utilise the business relationship prior to verification. However, verification may be completed after receipt of funds in the case of non face-to-face business, or the subsequent submission of CDD documents by the customer after undertaking initial customer due diligence provided that no disbursement of funds takes place until after the requirements of this Chapter have been fully met.

                Amended: January 2022

            • Incomplete Customer Due Diligence

              • FC-1.1.11

                Where a licensee is unable to comply with the requirements specified in Chapter FC-1, it must consider whether to terminate the relationship or not proceed with the transaction. If funds have been received, these must be returned to the counterparty in the same method as originally received. If it proceeds with the transaction (to avoid tipping off the customer), it should additionally consider whether it should file a suspicious transaction report (STR).

                Amended: October 2015
                Amended: July 2010

              • FC-1.1.12

                See also Chapter FC-4, which covers the filing of suspicious transaction reports. Regarding the return of funds to the counterparty, if funds are received in cash, funds should be returned in cash. If funds are received by wire transfer, they should be returned by wire transfer.

                Amended: October 2014

            • Non-Resident Accounts

              • FC-1.1.12A

                Investment firm licensees that open accounts or otherwise transact or deal with non-resident customers who are natural persons must have documented criteria for acceptance of business with such persons. For non-resident customers, assessed as high risk, investment firm licensees must ensure the following:

                (a) Ensure there is a viable economic reason for the business relationship;
                (b) Perform enhanced due diligence diligence where required in accordance with Paragraph FC-1.1.15;
                (c) Obtain and document the country of residence for tax purposes where relevant;
                (d) Obtain evidence of banking relationships in the country of residence;
                (e) Obtain the reasons for dealing with licensee in Bahrain;
                (f) Obtain an indicative transaction volume and/or value of incoming funds; and
                (g) Test that the persons are contactable without unreasonable delays.
                Amended: October 2023
                Added: January 2022

              • FC-1.1.12B

                Investment firm licensees must not accept non-residents customers from high risk jurisdictions subject to a call for action by FATF.

                Added: January 2022

              • FC-1.1.12C

                Investment firm licensees must take adequate precautions and risk mitigation measures before onboarding non-resident customers from high risk jurisdictions. The licensees must establish detailed assessments and criteria that take into consideration FATF mutual evaluations, FATF guidance, the country national risk assessments (NRAs) and other available guidance on onboarding and retaining non-resident customers from the following high risk jurisdictions:

                (a) Jurisdictions under increased monitoring by FATF;
                (b) Countries upon which United Nations sanctions have been imposed except those referred to in Paragraph FC-1.1.12B; and
                (c) Countries that are the subject of any other sanctions.
                Added: January 2022

              • FC-1.1.12D

                Investment firm licensees must establish systems and measures that are proportional to the risk relevant to each jurisdiction and this must be documented. Such a document must show the risks, mitigation measures for each jurisdiction and for each non-resident customer.

                Added: January 2022

              • FC-1.1.12E

                Investment firm licensees must establish a comprehensive documented policy and procedures describing also the tools, methodology and systems that support the licensee’s processes for:

                (a) The application of RBA;
                (b) Customer due diligence;
                (c) Ongoing transaction monitoring; and
                (d) Reporting in relation to their transactions or dealings with non-resident customers.
                Added: January 2022

              • FC-1.1.12F

                Investment firm licensees must ensure that only the official/government documents are accepted for the purpose of information in Subparagraphs FC-1.2.1 (a) to (f) in the case of non-resident customers.

                Added: January 2022

              • FC-1.1.12G

                [This Paragraph has been deleted in October 2023].

                Deleted: October 2023
                Added: January 2022

              • FC-1.1.13

                [This Paragraph was deleted in October 2014.]

                Deleted: October 2014

              • FC-1.1.14

                [This Paragraph was deleted in October 2014.]

                Deleted: October 2014

              • FC-1.1.15

                Investment firm licensees must follow the below CDD and customer onboarding requirements:

                  Enhanced Due Diligence Digital Onboarding
                Bahrainis and GCC nationals (wherever they reside) and expatriates resident in Bahrain No Yes
                Others Yes Yes
                Added: October 2023

            • [Deleted]

          • FC-1.2 FC-1.2 Face-to-face Business

            • Natural Persons

              • FC-1.2.1

                If the customer is a natural person, investment firm licensees must identify the person’s identity and obtain the following information before providing financial services of any kind:

                (a) Full legal name and any other names used;
                (b) Full permanent address (i.e. the residential address of the customer; a post office box is insufficient);
                (c) Date of birth;
                (d) Nationality;
                (e) Passport number (if the customer is a passport holder);
                (f) Current CPR or residency permit number (for residents of Bahrain or GCC states) or government issued national identification proof;
                (g) Telephone/fax number and email address (where applicable);
                (h) Occupation or public position held (where applicable);
                (i) Employer's name and address (if self-employed, the nature of the self-employment);
                (j) Type of account, and nature and volume of anticipated business dealings with the licensee;
                (k) Signature of the customer(s); 
                (l) Source of funds;
                (m) Reason for opening the account; and
                (n) Place of birth.
                Amended: January 2024
                Amended: January 2022
                Amended: January 2020
                Amended: July 2018
                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-1.2.1A

                Investment firm licensees obtaining the information and customer signature electronically using digital applications must comply with the applicable laws governing the onboarding/business relationship including but not limited to the Electronic Communications and Transactions Law (Law No. 54 of 2018) for the purposes of obtaining signatures as required in Subparagraph FC-1.2.1 (k) above.

                Added: January 2022

              • FC-1.2.2

                See the Guidance Notes (filed under Supplementary Information in Part B of Volume 4) for further information on source of funds (FC-1.2.1(1)) and CDD requirements for Bahrain residents (FC-1.2.1(c) & (f)).

              • FC-1.2.3

                Investment firm licensees must verify the information in Paragraph FC-1.2.1 (a) to (f), by the following methods below; at least one of the copies of the identification documents mentioned in (a) and (b) below must include a clear photograph of the customer:

                (a) Confirmation of the date of birth and legal name, by use of the national E-KYC application and if this is not practical, obtaining a copy of a current valid official original identification document (e.g. birth certificate, passport, national identity card, CPR or Iqama);
                (b) Confirmation of the permanent residential address by use of the national E-KYC application and if this is not practical, obtaining a copy of a recent utility bill, bank statement or similar statement from another licensee or financial institution, or some form of official correspondence or official documentation card, such as national identity card or CPR, from a public/governmental authority, or a tenancy agreement or record of home visit by an official of the licensee; and
                (c) Where appropriate, direct contact with the customer by phone, letter or email to confirm relevant information, such as residential address information.
                Amended: January 2022
                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-1.2.4

                Any document copied or obtained for the purpose of identification verification in a face-to-face customer due diligence process must be an original. An authorised official of the licensee must certify the copy, by writing on it the words 'original sighted', together with the date and his signature. Equivalent measures must be taken for electronic copies.

                Amended: January 2022
                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-1.2.5

                Identity documents which are not obtained by an authorised official of the licensee in original form (e.g. due to a customer sending a copy by post following an initial meeting) must instead be certified (as per FC-1.2.4) by one of the following from a GCC or FATF member state:

                (a) A lawyer;
                (b) A notary;
                (c) A chartered/certified accountant;
                (d) An official of a government ministry;
                (e) An official of an embassy or consulate; or
                (f) An official of another licensed financial institution or of a licensed associate company of the licensee.
                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-1.2.6

                The individual making the certification under FC-1.2.5 must give clear contact details (e.g. by attaching a business card or company stamp). The licensee must verify the identity of the person providing the certification through checking membership of a professional organisation (for lawyers or accountants), or through checking against databases/websites, or by direct phone or email contact.

                Amended: January 2007

            • Legal Entities or Legal Arrangements (such as trusts)

              • FC-1.2.7

                If the customer is a legal entity or a legal arrangement such as a trust, the licensee must obtain and record the following information from original identification documents, databases or websites, in hard copy or electronic form, to identify the customer and to take reasonable measures to verify its identity, legal existence and structure:

                (a) The entity's full name and other trading names used;
                (b) Registration number (or equivalent);
                (c) Legal form and proof of existence;
                (d) Registered address and trading address (where applicable);
                (e) Type of business activity;
                (f) Date and place of incorporation or establishment;
                (g) Telephone, fax number and email address;
                (h) Regulatory body or listing body (for regulated activities such as financial services and listed companies);
                (hh) The names of the relevant persons having a senior management position in the legal entity or legal arrangement;
                (i) Name of external auditor (where applicable);
                (j) Type of account, and nature and volume of anticipated business dealings with the licensee; and
                (k) Source of funds.
                Amended: October 2017
                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-1.2.8

                The information provided under FC-1.2.7 must be verified by obtaining certified copies of the following documents, as applicable (depending on the legal form of the entity):

                (a) Certificate of incorporation and/or certificate of commercial registration or trust deed;
                (b) Memorandum of association;
                (c) Articles of association;
                (d) Partnership agreement;
                (e) Board resolution seeking the financial services (only necessary in the case of private or unlisted companies);
                (f) Identification documentation of the authorised signatories of the account (certification not necessary for companies listed in a GCC/FATF state);
                (g) Copy of the latest financial report and accounts, audited where possible (audited copies do not need to be certified); and
                (h) List of persons authorised to do business on behalf of the company and in the case of the opening of an account, a Board resolution (or other applicable document) authorising the named persons to operate the account (resolution only necessary for private or unlisted companies).
                Amended: July 2016
                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-1.2.8A

                For customers that are legal persons, Investment firm licensees must identify and take reasonable measures to verify the identity of beneficial owners through the following information:

                (a) The identity of the natural person(s) who ultimately have a controlling ownership interest in a legal person, and
                (b) To the extent that there is doubt under (a) as to whether the person(s) with the controlling ownership interest is the beneficial owner(s), or where no natural person exerts control of the legal person or arrangement through other means; and
                (c) Where no natural person is identified under (a) or (b) above, the identity of the relevant natural person who holds the position of senior managing official.
                Added: October 2017

              • FC-1.2.9

                Documents obtained to satisfy the requirements in Paragraph FC-1.2.8 above must be certified in the manner specified in Paragraphs FC-1.2.4 to FC-1.2.6.

                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-1.2.9A

                For the purpose of Paragraph FC-1.2.8(a), the requirement to obtain a certified copy of the commercial registration, may be satisfied by obtaining a commercial registration abstract printed directly from the Ministry of Industry, Commerce and Tourism's website, through "SIJILAT Commercial Registration Portal".

                Added: January 2017

              • FC-1.2.10

                The documentary requirements in Paragraph FC-1.2.8 above do not apply in the case of listed companies: see Section FC-1.8 below. Also, the documents listed in Paragraph FC-1.2.8 above are not exhaustive: for customers from overseas jurisdictions, documents of an equivalent nature may be produced as satisfactory evidence of a customer's identity.

                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-1.2.11

                Investment firm licensees must also obtain and document the following due diligence information. These due diligence requirements must be incorporated in the licensee's new business procedures:

                (a) Enquire as to the structure of the legal entity or trust sufficient to determine and verify the identity of the ultimate beneficial owner of the funds, the ultimate provider of funds (if different), and the ultimate controller of the funds (if different);
                (b) Ascertain whether the legal entity has been or is in the process of being wound up, dissolved, struck off or terminated;
                (c) Obtain the names, country of residence and nationality of Directors or partners (only necessary for private or unlisted companies);
                (d) Require, through new customer documentation or other transparent means, updates on significant changes to corporate ownership and/or legal structure;
                (e) Obtain and verify the identity of shareholders holding 20% or more of the issued capital (where applicable). The requirement to verify the identity of these shareholders does not apply in the case of listed companies;
                (f) In the case of trusts or similar arrangements, establish the identity of the settlor(s), trustee(s), and beneficiaries (including making such reasonable enquiries as to ascertain the identity of any other potential beneficiary, in addition to the named beneficiaries of the trust); and
                (g) Where a licensee has reasonable grounds for questioning the authenticity of the information supplied by a customer, conduct additional due diligence to confirm the above information.
                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-1.2.12

                For the purposes of Paragraph FC-1.2.11, acceptable means of undertaking such due diligence might include taking bank references; visiting or contacting the company by telephone; undertaking a company search or other commercial enquiries; accessing public and private databases (such as stock exchange lists); making enquiries through a business information service or credit bureau; confirming a company's status with an appropriate legal or accounting firm; or undertaking other enquiries that are commercially reasonable.

                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-1.2.13

                In cases where an investment firm licensee is providing investment management services to a regulated mutual fund, and is not responsible for receiving investors' funds being paid into the fund, it may limit its CDD to confirming that the administrator of the fund is subject to FATF-equivalent customer due diligence measures (see FC-1.6 for applicable measures). Where there are reasonable grounds for believing that investors' funds being paid into the fund are not being adequately verified by the administrator, then the investment firm licensee should consider terminating its relationship with the fund.

                Amended: January 2007

          • FC-1.3 FC-1.3 Enhanced Customer Due Diligence: General Requirements

            • FC-1.3.1

              Enhanced customer due diligence must be performed on those customers identified as having a higher risk profile, and additional inquiries made or information obtained in respect of those customers.

            • FC-1.3.2

              Licensees should examine, as far as reasonably possible, the background and purpose of all complex, unusual large transactions, and all unusual patterns of transactions, which have no apparent economic or lawful purpose. Where the risks of money laundering or terrorist financing are higher, licensees should conduct enhanced CDD measures, consistent with the risks identified. In particular, they should increase the degree and nature of monitoring of the business relationship, in order to determine whether those transactions or activities appear unusual or suspicious. The additional inquiries or information referred to in Paragraph FC-1.3.1 include:

              (a) Obtaining additional information on the customer (e.g. occupation, volume of assets, information available through public databases, internet, etc.), and updating more regularly the identification data of customer and beneficial owner;
              (b) Obtaining additional information on the intended nature of the business relationship;
              (c) Obtaining information on the source of funds or source of wealth of the customer;
              (d) Obtaining information on the reasons for intended or performed transactions;
              (e) Obtaining the approval of senior management to commence or continue the business relationship;
              (f) Conducting enhanced monitoring of the business relationship, by increasing the number and timing of controls applied, and selecting patterns of transactions that need further examination;
              (g) Taking specific measures to identify the source of the first payment in this account and applying RBA to ensure that there is a plausible explanation in any case where the first payment was not received from the same customer’s account;
              (h) Obtaining evidence of a person's permanent address through the use of a credit reference agency search, or through independent governmental database or by home visit;
              (i) Obtaining a personal reference (e.g. by an existing customer of the licensee);
              (j) Obtaining another licensed entity's reference and contact with the concerned licensee regarding the customer;
              (k) Obtaining documentation outlining the customer's source of wealth;
              (l) Obtaining additional documentation outlining the customer's source of income; and
              (m) Obtaining additional independent verification of employment or public position held.
              Amended: January 2022
              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-1.3.3

              In addition to the general Rule contained in Paragraph FC-1.3.1 above, special care is required in the circumstances specified in Sections FC-1.4 to FC-1.7 inclusive.

              Amended: January 2007

          • FC-1.4 FC-1.4 Enhanced Customer Due Diligence: Non face-to-face Business and New Technologies

            • FC-1.4.1

              Investment firm licensees must establish specific procedures for verifying customer identity where no face-to-face contact takes place.

            • FC-1.4.2

              Where no face-to-face contact takes place, investment firm licensees must take additional measures (to those specified in Section FC-1.2), in order to mitigate the potentially higher risk associated with such business. In particular, investment firm licensees must take measures:

              (a) To ensure that the customer is the person they claim to be; and
              (b) To ensure that the address provided is genuinely the customer's.
              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-1.4.3

              There are a number of checks that can provide a licensee with a reasonable degree of assurance as to the authenticity of the applicant. They include:

              (a) Telephone contact with the applicant on an independently verified home or business number;
              (b) With the customer’s consent, contacting an employer to confirm employment, via phone through a listed number or in writing;
              (c) Salary details appearing on recent bank statements;
              (d) Independent verification of employment (e.g.: through the use of a national E-KYC application, or public position held;
              (e) Carrying out additional searches (e.g. internet searches using independent and open sources) to better inform the customer risk profile;
              (f) Carrying out additional searches focused on financial crime risk indicator (i.e. negative news);
              (g) Evaluating the information provided with regard to the destination of fund and the reasons for the transaction;
              (h) Seeking and verifying additional information from the customer about the purpose and intended nature of the transaction or the business relationship; and
              (i) Increasing the frequency and intensity of transaction monitoring.
              Amended: January 2022
              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-1.4.4

              Financial services provided using digital channels or internet pose greater challenges for customer identification and AML/CFT purposes. Investment firm licensees must identify and assess the money laundering or terrorist financing risks relevant to any new technology or channel and establish procedures to prevent the misuse of technological developments in money laundering or terrorist financing schemes. The risk assessments must be consistent with the requirements in Section FC-C.2.

              Amended: January 2022
              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-1.4.5

              Investment firm licensees must identify and assess the money laundering or terrorist financing risks that may arise in relation to:

              (a) The development of new products and new business practices, including new delivery mechanisms; and
              (b) The use of new or developing technologies for both new and pre-existing products.
              Added: October 2014

            • FC-1.4.6

              For purposes of Paragraph FC-1.4.5, such a risk assessment consistent with the requirements in Section FC-C.2 and must take place prior to the launch of the new products, business practices or the use of new or developing technologies. Investment firm licensees must take appropriate measures to manage and mitigate those risks.

              Amended: January 2022
              Added: October 2014

            • Enhanced Monitoring

              • FC-1.4.7

                Customers onboarded digitally must be subject to enhanced on-going account monitoring measures.

                Added: January 2022

              • FC-1.4.8

                The CBB may require a licensee to share the details of the enhanced monitoring and the on-going monitoring process for non face-to-face customer relationships.

                Added: January 2022

            • Licensee’s digital ID applications

              • FC-1.4.9

                Investment firm licensees may use its digital ID applications that use secure audio-visual real time (live video conferencing/live photo selfies) communication means to identify the natural person.

                Added: January 2022

              • FC-1.4.10

                Investment firm licensees must maintain a document available upon request for the use of its digital ID applications that includes all the following information:

                (a) A description of the nature of products and services for which the proprietary digital ID application is planned to be used with specific references to the rules in this Module for which it will be used;
                (b) A description of the systems and IT infrastructure that are planned to be used;
                (c) A description of the technology and applications that have the features for facial recognition or biometric recognition to authenticate independently and match the face and the customer identification information available with the licensee. The process and the features used in conjunction with video conferencing include, among others, face recognition, three-dimensional face matching techniques etc;
                (d) “Liveness” checks created in the course of the identification process;
                (e) A description of the governance arrangements related to this activity including the availability of specially trained personnel with sufficient level of seniority; and
                (f) Record keeping arrangements for electronic records to be maintained and the relative audit.
                Added: January 2022

              • FC-1.4.11

                Investment firm licensees that intends to use its digital ID application to identify the customer and verify identity information must meet the following additional requirements:

                (a) The digital ID application must make use of secure audio visual real time (live video conferencing/ live photo selfies) technology to (i) identify the customer, (ii) verify his/her identity, and also (iii) ensure the data and documents provided are authentic;
                (b) The picture/sound quality must be adequate to facilitate unambiguous identification;
                (c) The digital ID application must include or be combined with capability to read and decrypt the information stored in the identification document’s machine readable zone (MRZ) for authenticity checks from independent and reliable sources;
                (d) Where the MRZ reader is with an outsourced provider, the licensee must ensure that such party is authorized to carry out such services and the information is current and up to date and readily available such that the licensee can check that the decrypted information matches the other information in the identification document;
                (e) The digital ID application has the features for allowing facial recognition or biometric recognition that can authenticate and match the face and the customer identification documents independently;
                (f) The digital ID solution has been tested by an independent expert covering the governance and control processes to ensure the integrity of the solution and underlying methodologies, technology and processes and risk mitigation. The report of the expert’s findings must be retained and available upon request;
                (g) The digital ID application must enable an ongoing process of retrieving and updating the digital files, identity attributes, or data fields which are subject to documented access rights and authorities for updating and changes; and
                (h) The digital ID application must have the geo-location features which must be used by the licensee to ensure that it is able to identify any suspicious locations and to make additional inquiries if the location from which a customer is completing the onboarding process does not match the location of the customer based on the information and documentation submitted.
                Added: January 2022

              • FC-1.4.12

                Investment firm licensees using its digital ID application must establish and implement an approved policy which lays down the governance, control mechanisms, systems and procedures for the CDD which include:

                (a) A description of the nature of products and services for which customer due diligence may be conducted through video conferencing or equivalent electronic means;
                (b) A description of the systems, controls and IT infrastructure planned to be used;
                (c) Governance mechanism related to this activity;
                (d) Specially trained personnel with sufficient level of seniority; and
                (e) Record keeping arrangements for electronic records to be maintained and the relative audit trail.
                Added: January 2022

              • FC-1.4.13

                Investment firm licensees must ensure that the information referred to in Paragraph FC-1.2.1 is collected in adherence to privacy laws and other applicable laws of the country of residence of the customer.

                Added: January 2022

              • FC-1.4.14

                Investment firm licensees must ensure that the information referred to in Subparagraphs FC-1.2.1 (a) to (f) is obtained prior to commencing the digital verification such that:

                (a) The licensee can perform its due diligence prior to the digital interaction/communication and can raise targeted questions at such interaction/communication session; and
                (b) The licensee can verify the authenticity, validity and accuracy of such information through digital means (See Paragraph FC.1.4.16 below) or by use of the methods mentioned in Paragraph FC-1.2.3 and /or FC-1.4.3 as appropriate.
                Added: January 2022

              • FC-1.4.15

                The licensee must also obtain the customer’s explicit consent to record the session and capture images as may be needed.

                Added: January 2022

              • FC-1.4.16

                Investment firm licensees must verify the information in Paragraph FC-1.2.1 (a) to (f) by the following methods below:

                (a) Confirmation of the date of birth and legal name by digital reading and authenticating current valid passport or other official original identification using machine readable zone (MRZ) or other technology which has been approved under paragraph FC-1.4.9, unless the information was verified using national E-KYC application;
                (b) Performing real time video calls with the applicant to identify the person and match the person’s face and /other features through facial recognition or bio-metric means with the office documentation, (e.g. passport, CPR);
                (c) Matching the official identification document, (e.g. passport, CPR) and related information provided with the document captured/displayed on the live video call; and
                (d) Confirmation of the permanent residential address by, unless the information was verified using national E-KYC application capturing live, the recent utility bill, bank statement or similar statement from another licensee or financial institution, or some form of official correspondence or official documentation card, such as national identity card or CPR, from a public/governmental authority, or a tenancy agreement or record of home visit by an official of the investment firm licensee.
                Added: January 2022

              • FC-1.4.17

                For the purposes of Paragraph FC-1.4.16, actions taken for obtaining and verifying customer identity could include:

                (a) Collection: Present and collect identity attributes and evidence, either in person and/or online (e.g., by filling out an online form, sending a selfie photo, uploading photos of documents such as passport or driver’s license, etc.);
                (b) Certification: Digital or physical inspection to ensure the document is authentic and its data or information is accurate (for example, checking physical security features, expiration dates, and verifying attributes via other services);
                (c) De-duplication: Establish that the identity attributes and evidence relate to a unique person in the ID system (e.g., via duplicate record searches, biometric recognition and/or deduplication algorithms);
                (d) Verification: Link the individual to the identity evidence provided (e.g., using biometric solutions like facial recognition and liveness detection); and
                (e) Enrolment in identity account and binding: Create the identity account and issue and link one or more authenticators with the identity account (e.g., passwords, one-time code (OTC) generator on a smartphone, etc.). This process enables authentication.
                Added: January 2022

              • FC-1.4.18

                Not all elements of a digital ID system are necessarily digital. Some elements of identity proofing and enrolment can be either digital or physical (documentary), or a combination, but binding and authentication must be digital.

                Added: January 2022

              • FC-1.4.19

                Sufficient controls must be put in place to safeguard the data relating to customer information collected through the video conference and due regard must be paid to the requirements of the Personal Data Protection Law (PDPL). Additionally, controls must be put in place to minimize the increased impersonation fraud risk in such non face-to-face relationship where there is a chance that customer may not be who he claims he is.

                Added: January 2022

            • Overseas branches

              • FC-1.4.20

                Where investment firm licensees intend to use a digital ID application in a foreign jurisdiction in which it operates, it must ensure that the digital ID application meets with the requirements under Paragraph FC-B.2.1.

                Added: January 2022

          • FC-1.5 FC-1.5 Enhanced Customer Due Diligence: Politically Exposed Persons ('PEPs')

            • FC-1.5.1

              Investment firm licensees must have appropriate risk management systems to determine whether a customer or beneficial owner is a Politically Exposed Person ('PEP'), both at the time of establishing business relations and thereafter on a periodic basis. Investment firm licensees must utilise publicly available databases and information to establish whether a customer is a PEP.

              Amended: July 2016
              Amended: October 2014
              January 2007

            • FC-1.5.2

              Investment firm licensees must establish a client acceptance policy with regard to PEPs, taking into account the reputational and other risks involved. Senior management approval must be obtained before a PEP is accepted as a customer. Licensees must not accept a non-Bahraini PEP as a customer based on customer due diligence undertaken using digital ID applications.

              Amended: January 2022
              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-1.5.3

              Where an existing customer is a PEP, or subsequently becomes a PEP, enhanced monitoring and customer due diligence measures must include:

              (a) Analysis of complex financial structures, including trusts, foundations or international business corporations;
              (b) A written record in the customer file to establish that reasonable measures have been taken to establish both the source of wealth and the source of funds;
              (c) Development of a profile of anticipated customer activity, to be used in on-going monitoring;
              (d) Approval of senior management for allowing the customer relationship to continue; and
              (e) On-going account monitoring of the PEP's account by senior management (such as the MLRO).
              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-1.5.3A

              In cases of higher risk business relationships with such persons, mentioned in Paragraph FC-1.5.1, investment firm licensees must apply the measures referred to in (b), (d) and (e) of Paragraph FC-1.5.3.

              Added: October 2014

            • FC-1.5.3B

              The requirements for all types of PEP must also apply to family or close associates of such PEPs.

              Added: October 2014

            • FC-1.5.3C

              For the purpose of Paragraph FC-1.5.3B, 'family' means spouse, father, mother, sons, daughters, sisters and brothers. 'Associates' are persons associated with a PEP whether such association is due to the person being an employee or partner of the PEP or of a firm represented or owned by the PEP, or family links or otherwise.

              Added: October 2014

            • FC-1.5.4

              [This Paragraph was deleted in July 2016 as definition is included under Part B in the Glossary.]

              Deleted: July 2016
              Amended: October 2014
              January 2007

          • FC-1.6 FC-1.6 Enhanced Due Diligence: Charities, Clubs and Other Societies

            • FC-1.6.1

              Financial services must not be provided to charitable funds and religious, sporting, social, cooperative, professional and other societies, until an original certificate authenticated by the relevant Ministry confirming the identities of those purporting to act on their behalf (and authorising them to obtain the said service) has been obtained.

              Amended: January 2022
              Amended: October 2014
              Added: July 2010

            • FC-1.6.1A

              For the purpose of Paragraph FC-1.6.1, for clubs and societies registered with the Ministry of Youth and Sport Affairs, licensees must contact the Ministry to clarify whether the account may be opened in accordance with the rules of the Ministry. In addition, in the case of sport associations registered with the Bahrain Olympic Committee (BOC), licensees must contact BOC to clarify whether the account may be opened in accordance with the rules of BOC.

              Added: January 2022

            • FC-1.6.2

              Investment firm licensees are reminded that clubs and societies registered with Ministry of Youth and Sport Affairs may only have one account with banks in Bahrain.

              Amended: January 2022
              Adopted: July 2010

            • FC-1.6.2A

              Pursuant to Article (20) of the Consolidated Financial Regulations for Sports Clubs issued in 2005, licensees must not change or open additional accounts for Clubs and Youth Centres without obtaining the prior approval of the Ministry of Youth and Sport Affairs.

              Added: January 2022

            • FC-1.6.3

              Charities should be subject to enhanced transaction monitoring by licensees. Investment firm licensees should develop a profile of anticipated account activity (in terms of payee countries and recipient organisations in particular).

              Adopted: July 2010

            • FC-1.6.4

              Investment firm licensees must provide a monthly report of all payments and transfers of BD3,000 (or equivalent in foreign currencies) and above, from accounts held by charities registered in Bahrain. The report must be submitted to the CBB's Compliance Directorate (see FC-4.3 for contact address), giving details of the amount transferred, account name, number and beneficiary name account and bank details. Investment firm licensees must ensure that such transfers are in accordance with the spending plans of the charity (in terms of amount, recipient and country).

              Amended: January 2011
              Adopted: July 2010

          • FC-1.7 FC-1.7 Enhanced Due Diligence: 'Pooled Funds'

            • FC-1.7.1

              Where investment firm licensees receive pooled funds managed by professional intermediaries (such as investment and pension fund managers, stockbrokers and lawyers or authorised money transferors), they must apply CDD measures contained in Section FC-1.8 to the professional intermediary. In addition, investment firm licensees must verify the identity of the beneficial owners of the funds where required as shown in Paragraphs FC-1.7.2 or FC-1.7.3 below.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • FC-1.7.2

              Where funds pooled in an account are not co-mingled (i.e. where there are 'sub-accounts' attributable to each beneficiary), all beneficial owners must be identified by the investment firm licensee, and their identity verified in accordance with the requirements in Section FC-1.2.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • FC-1.7.3

              For accounts held by intermediaries resident in Bahrain, where such funds are co-mingled, the investment firm licensee must make a reasonable effort (in the context of the nature and amount of the funds received) to look beyond the intermediary and determine the identity of the beneficial owners or underlying clients, particularly where funds are banked and then transferred onward to other financial institutions (e.g. in the case of accounts held on behalf of authorised money transferors). Where, however, the intermediary is subject to equivalent regulatory and money laundering regulation and procedures (and, in particular, is subject to the same due diligence standards in respect of its client base) the CBB will not insist upon all beneficial owners being identified provided the licensee has undertaken reasonable measures to determine that the intermediary has engaged in a sound customer due diligence process, consistent with the requirements in Section FC-1.8

              Adopted: July 2010

            • FC-1.7.4

              For accounts held by intermediaries from foreign jurisdictions, the intermediary must be subject to requirements to combat money laundering and terrorist financing consistent with the FATF Recommendations and the intermediary must be supervised for compliance with those requirements. The licensee must obtain documentary evidence to support the case for not carrying out customer due diligence measures beyond identifying the intermediary. The licensee must satisfy itself that the intermediary has identified the underlying beneficiaries and has the systems and controls to allocate the assets in the pooled accounts to the relevant beneficiaries. The due diligence process contained in Section FC-1.8 must be followed.

              Amended: October 2014
              Adopted: July 2010

            • FC-1.7.5

              Where the intermediary is not empowered to provide the required information on beneficial owners (e.g. lawyers bound by professional confidentiality rules) or where the intermediary is not subject to the same due diligence standards referred to above, a licensee must not permit the intermediary to open an account or allow the account to continue to operate, unless specific permission has been obtained in writing from the CBB.

              Adopted: July 2010

          • FC-1.8 FC-1.8 Introduced Business from Professional Intermediaries

            • FC-1.8.1

              A licensee may only accept customers introduced to it by other financial institutions or intermediaries, if it has satisfied itself that the introducer concerned is subject to FATF-equivalent measures and customer due diligence measures. Where investment firm licensees delegate part of the customer due diligence measures to an introducer, the responsibility for meeting the requirements of Chapters 1 and 2 remains with the licensee, not the introducer.

              Amended: January 2018
              Amended: July 2010

            • FC-1.8.2

              Investment firm licensees may only accept introduced business if all of the following conditions are satisfied:

              (a) The customer due diligence measures applied by the introducer are consistent with those required by the FATF Recommendations;
              (b) A formal agreement is in place defining the respective roles of the licensee and the introducer in relation to customer due diligence measures. The agreement must specify that the customer due diligence measures of the introducer will comply with the FATF Recommendations;
              (c) The introducer immediately provides all necessary information required in Paragraphs FC-1.2.1 or FC-1.2.7 and FC-1.1.2A pertaining to the customer's identity, the identity of the customer and beneficial owner of the funds (where different), the purpose of relationship and, where applicable, the party/parties on whose behalf the customer is acting; also, the introducer has confirmed that the licensee will be allowed to verify the customer due diligence measures undertaken by the introducer at any stage; and
              (d) Written confirmation is provided by the introducer confirming that all customer due diligence measures required by the FATF Recommendations have been followed and the customer's identity established and verified. In addition, the confirmation must state that any identification documents or other customer due diligence material can be accessed by the licensee and that these documents will be kept for at least five years after the business relationship has ended.
              Amended: October 2014
              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-1.8.3

              The licensee must perform periodic reviews ensuring that any introducer on which it relies is in compliance with the FATF Recommendations. Where the introducer is resident in another jurisdiction, the licensee must also perform periodic reviews to verify whether the jurisdiction is in compliance with the FATF Recommendations.

              Amended: October 2014
              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-1.8.4

              Should the licensee not be satisfied that the introducer is in compliance with the requirements of the FATF Recommendations, the licensee must conduct its own customer due diligence on introduced business, or not accept further introductions, or discontinue the business relationship with the introducer.

              Amended: October 2014
              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: January 2007

          • FC-1.9 FC-1.9 Shell Banks

            • FC-1.9.1

              Investment firm licensees must not establish business relations with banks which have no physical presence or 'mind and management' in the jurisdiction in which they are licensed and which are unaffiliated with a regulated financial group ('shell banks'). Investment firm licensees must not knowingly establish relations with financial institutions that have relations with shell banks.

              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-1.9.2

              Investment firm licensees must make a suspicious transaction report to the Financial Intelligence Directorate and the Compliance Directorate if they are approached by a shell bank or an institution they suspect of being a shell bank.

              Amended: October 2019
              Amended: July 2010

          • FC-1.10 FC-1.10 Simplified Customer Due Diligence

            • FC-1.10.1

              Investment firm licensees may apply simplified customer due diligence measures, as described in Paragraphs FC-1.10.2 to FC-1.10.8, if:

              (a) [This Subparagraph was deleted in January 2018].<
              (b) The transaction concerns the sale of a security listed on the Bahrain Bourse ('BHB'), and issued as a result of an initial public offering after January 2006, and the customer already holds an investor number, an allotment letter and a valid BHB Form 2 in place. Furthermore, the BHB should have advised the broker (by circular) that all necessary customer due diligence information and copies of all original identification documents will be made available upon request without delay;
              (c) The customer is a company listed on a GCC or FATF member state stock exchange with equivalent disclosure standards to those of the BHB;
              (d) The customer is a financial institution whose entire operations are subject to AML/CFT requirements consistent with the FATF Recommendations and it is supervised by a financial services supervisor in a FATF or GCC member state for compliance with those requirements;
              (e) The customer is a financial institution which is a subsidiary of a financial institution located in a FATF or GCC member state, and the AML/CFT requirements applied to its parent also apply to the subsidiary;
              (f) The customer is the Bahrain Monetary Agency ('CBB'), the BHB or a licensee of the CBB; or
              (g) The customer is a Ministry of a Gulf Cooperation Council ('GCC') or Financial Action Task Force ('FATF') member state government, a company in which a GCC government is a majority shareholder, or a company established by decree in the GCC.
              Amended: January 2019
              Amended: January 2018
              Amended: October 2014
              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-1.10.2

              For customers falling under category (b) in Paragraph FC-1.10.1, the customer's name and contact information must be recorded. However, the verification, certification and due diligence requirements (contained in Paragraphs FC-1.2.3, FC-1.2.5, FC-1.2.8, FC-1.2.9 and FC-1.2.11), may be dispensed with.

              Amended: July 2018
              Amended: July 2010

            • FC-1.10.3

              [This Paragraph was deleted in July 2018].

              Deleted: July 2018
              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-1.10.4

              For customers falling under categories (c) to (g) in Paragraph FC-1.10.1, the information required under Paragraph FC-1.2.1 (for natural persons) or FC-1.2.7 (for legal entities) must be obtained. However, the verification, certification and due diligence requirements (contained in Paragraphs FC-1.2.3, FC-1.2.5, FC-1.2.8, FC-1.2.9 and FC-1.2.11), may be dispensed with.

              Amended: July 2010

            • FC-1.10.5

              Investment firm licensees wishing to apply simplified due diligence measures as allowed for under categories (c) to (g) of Paragraph FC-1.10.1 must retain documentary evidence supporting their categorisation of the customer.

              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-1.10.6

              Examples of such documentary evidence may include a printout from a regulator's website, confirming the licensed status of an institution, and internal papers attesting to a review of the AML/CFT measures applied in a jurisdiction.

              Amended: July 2010

            • FC-1.10.7

              Investment firm licensees may use authenticated SWIFT messages as a basis for confirmation of the identity of a financial institution under FC-1.10.1(d) and (e) where it is dealing as principal. For customers coming under Paragraph FC-1.10.1(d) and (e), investment firm licensees must also obtain and retain a written statement from the parent institution of the subsidiary concerned, confirming that the subsidiary is subject to the same AML/CFT measures as its parent.

              Amended: July 2010

            • FC-1.10.8

              Simplified customer due diligence measures must not be applied where a licensee knows, suspects, or has reason to suspect, that the applicant is engaged in money laundering or terrorism financing or that the transaction is carried out on behalf of another person engaged in money laundering or terrorism financing.

              Amended: July 2010

            • FC-1.10.8A

              Simplified customer due diligence measures must not be applied in situations where the licensee has identified high ML/TF/PF risks.

              Added: January 2022

            • FC-1.10.9

              [This Paragraph was deleted in July 2018].

              Deleted: July 2018
              Amended: July 2010

          • FC-1.11 Reliance on Third Parties for Customer Due Diligence

            • FC-1.11.1

              Licensees are permitted to rely on third parties to perform elements of CDD measures and recordkeeping requirements stipulated in Chapter FC-1 related to customer and beneficial owner identity, verification of their identity and information on the purpose and intended nature of the business relationship with the licensee, subject to complying with the below:

              (a) Licensees remain ultimately responsible for CDD measures;
              (b) Licensees immediately obtain the relevant CDD information from the third party upon onboarding clients;
              (c) There is an agreement with the third party for the arrangement with clear contractual terms on the obligations of the third party;
              (d) The third party without delay makes available the relevant documentation relating to the CDD requirements upon request;
              (e) Licensees ensure that the third party is a financial institution that is regulated and supervised for, and has measures in place for compliance with, CDD and recordkeeping requirements in line with FATF Recommendations 10 and 11; and
              (f) For third parties based abroad, licensees must consider the information available on the level of country risk.
              Added: October 2023

            • FC-1.11.2

              Where a licensee relies on a third-party that is part of the same financial group, the licensee can consider that:

              (a) The requirements under Subparagraphs FC-1.11.1 (d) and (e) are complied with through its group programme, provided the group satisfies the following conditions:
              (i) The group applies CDD and record keeping requirements consistent with FATF Recommendations 10, 11 and 12 and has in place internal controls in accordance with FATF Recommendation 18; and
              (ii) The implementation of CDD, record keeping and AML/CFT measures are supervised at a group level by a financial services regulatory authority for compliance with AML/CFT requirements consistent with standards set by the FATF.
              (b) The requirement under Subparagraph FC-1.11.1 (f) is complied with if the country risk is adequately mitigated by the group’s AML/CFT policies.
              Added: October 2023

            • FC-1.11.3

              This Section does not apply to outsourcing or agency arrangements in which the outsourced entity applies the CDD measures on behalf of the delegating licensee, in accordance with its procedures.

              Added: October 2023

        • FC-2 FC-2 AML/CFT Systems and Controls

          • FC-2.1 FC-2.1 General Requirements

            • FC-2.1.1

              Investment firm licensees must implement programmes against money laundering and terrorist financing which establish and maintain appropriate systems and controls for compliance with the requirements of this Module and which limit their vulnerability to financial crime. These systems and controls must be documented, and approved and reviewed annually by the Board of the licensee. The documentation, and the Board's review and approval, must be made available upon request to the CBB.

              Amended: October 2014
              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-2.1.2

              The above systems and controls, and associated documented policies and procedures, should cover standards for customer acceptance, on-going monitoring of high-risk accounts, staff training and adequate screening procedures to ensure high standards when hiring employees.

            • FC-2.1.3

              Investment firm licensees must incorporate Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) to ensure compliance with AML/CFT requirements by all staff. The performance against the KPIs must be adequately reflected in their annual performance evaluation and in their remuneration (See also Paragraph HC-5.3.3).

              Added: April 2020

            • FC-2.1.4

              In implementing the policies, procedures and monitoring tools for ensuring compliance with Paragraph FC-2.1.3, investment firm licensees should consider the following:

              (a) The business policies and practices should be designed to reduce incentives for staff to expose the investment firm licensees to AML/CFT compliance risk;
              (b) The performance measures of departments/divisions/units and personnel should include measures to address AML/CFT compliance obligations;
              (c) AML/CFT compliance breaches and deficiencies should be attributed to the relevant departments/divisions/units and personnel within the organisation as appropriate;
              (d) Remuneration and bonuses should be adjusted for AML/CFT compliance breaches and deficiencies; and
              (e) Both quantitative measures and human judgement should play a role in determining any adjustments to the remuneration and bonuses resulting from the above.
              Added: April 2020

          • FC-2.2 FC-2.2 On-going Customer Due Diligence and Transaction Monitoring

            • Risk Based Monitoring

              • FC-2.2.1

                Investment firm licensees must develop risk-based monitoring systems appropriate to the complexity of their business, their number of clients and types of transactions. These systems must be configured to identify significant or abnormal transactions or patterns of activity. Such systems must include limits on the number, types or size of transactions undertaken outside expected norms; and must include limits for cash and non-cash transactions.

                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-2.2.2

                Investment firm licensees' risk-based monitoring systems should therefore be configured to help identify:

                (a) Transactions which do not appear to have a clear purpose or which make no obvious economic sense;
                (b) Significant or large transactions not consistent with the normal or expected behaviour of a customer; and
                (c) Unusual patterns of activity (relative to other customers of the same profile or of similar types of transactions, for instance because of differences in terms of volumes, transaction type, or flows to or from certain countries), or activity outside the expected or regular pattern of a customer's account activity.
                Amended: January 2007

              • Automated Transaction Monitoring

                • FC-2.2.3

                  Investment firm licensees must consider the need to include automated transaction monitoring as part of their risk-based monitoring systems to spot abnormal or unusual flows of funds. In the absence of automated transaction monitoring systems, all transactions above BD 6,000 must be viewed as 'significant' and be captured in a daily transactions report for monitoring by the MLRO or a relevant delegated official, and records retained by the licensee for five years after the date of the transaction.

                  Amended: January 2007

                • FC-2.2.4

                  The CBB would expect larger investment firm licensees to include automated transaction monitoring as part of their risk-based monitoring systems. See also Chapters FC-3 and FC-6, regarding the responsibilities of the MLRO and record-keeping requirements. Where the investment firm licensee is not receiving funds — for instance where it is simply acting as agent on behalf of a principal, and the customer is directly remitting funds to the principal — then the investment firm licensee may agree with the principal that the latter should be responsible for the daily monitoring of such transactions.

                  Amended: January 2007

              • Unusual Transactions or Customer Behaviour

                • FC-2.2.5

                  Where a licensee's risk-based monitoring systems identify significant or abnormal transactions (as defined in FC-2.2.2 and FC-2.2.3), it must verify the source of funds for those transactions, particularly where the transactions are above the transactions threshold of BD 6,000. Furthermore, investment firm licensees must examine the background and purpose to those transactions and document their findings. In the case of one-off transactions where there is no on-going account relationship, the licensee must file an STR if it is unable to verify the source of funds to its satisfaction (see Chapter FC-4).

                  Amended: January 2022
                  Amended: January 2007

                • FC-2.2.6

                  The investigations required under Paragraph FC-2.2.5 must be carried out by the MLRO (or relevant delegated official). The documents relating to these findings must be maintained for five years from the date when the transaction was completed (see also FC-6.1.1(b)).

                  Amended: January 2007

                • FC-2.2.7

                  Investment firm licensees must consider instances where there is a significant, unexpected or unexplained change in customer activity.

                • FC-2.2.8

                  When an existing customer closes one account and opens another, the licensee must review its customer identity information and update its records accordingly. Where the information available falls short of the requirements contained in Chapter FC-1, the missing or out of date information must be obtained and re-verified with the customer.

                • FC-2.2.9

                  Once identification procedures have been satisfactorily completed and, as long as records concerning the customer are maintained in line with Chapters FC-1 and FC-6, no further evidence of identity is needed when transactions are subsequently undertaken within the expected level and type of activity for that customer, provided reasonably regular contact has been maintained between the parties and no doubts have arisen as to the customer's identity.

              • On-going Monitoring

                • FC-2.2.10

                  Investment firm licensees must take reasonable steps to:

                  (a) Scrutinize transactions undertaken throughout the course of that relationship to ensure that transactions being conducted are consistent with the investment firm licensee's knowledge of the customer, their business risk and risk profile; and
                  (b) Ensure that they receive and maintain up-to-date and relevant copies of the identification documents specified in Chapter FC-1, by undertaking reviews of existing records, particularly for higher risk categories of customers Investment firm licensees must require all customers to provide up-to-date identification documents in their standard terms and conditions of business.
                  Amended: October 2017

                • FC-2.2.11

                  Investment firm licensees must review and update their customer due diligence information at least every three years, particularly for higher risk categories of customers. If, upon performing such a review, copies of identification documents are more than 12 months out of date, the licensee must take steps to obtain updated copies as soon as possible.

                  Amended: October 2017

        • FC-3 FC-3 Money Laundering Reporting Officer (MLRO)

          • FC-3.1 FC-3.1 Appointment of MLRO

            • FC-3.1.1

              Investment firm licensees must appoint a Money Laundering reporting officer ("MLRO"). The position of MLRO is a controlled function and the MLRO is an approved person.

              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-3.1.1.A

              For details of CBB’s requirements regarding controlled functions and approved persons, see Section AU-1.2. Amongst other things, approved persons require CBB approval before being appointed, which is granted only if they are assessed as ‘fit and proper’ for the function in question. A completed Form 3 must accompany any request for CBB approval.

              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-3.1.2

              The position of MLRO must not be combined with functions that create potential conflicts of interest, such as an internal auditor or business line head. The position of MLRO may not be outsourced.

            • FC-3.1.3

              Subject to Paragraph FC-3.1.2, however, the position of MLRO may otherwise be combined with other functions in the licensee, such as that of Compliance Officer, in cases where the volume and geographical spread of the business is limited and, therefore, the demands of the function are not likely to require a full time resource.

              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-3.1.3A

              For purpose of Paragraphs FC-3.1.2 and FC-3.1.3 above, Investment firm licensees must clearly state in the Application for Approved Person Status — Form 3 — when combining the MLRO or DMLRO position with any other position within the Investment firm licensee.

              Added: October 2017

            • FC-3.1.4

              Investment firm licensees must appoint at least one deputy MLRO (or more depending on the scale and complexity of the licensee’s operations). The deputy MLRO must be resident in Bahrain unless otherwise agreed with the CBB.

              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-3.1.5

              Investment firm licensees should note that although the MLRO may delegate some of his functions, either to other employees of the licensee, or even (in the case of larger groups) to individuals performing similar functions for other group entities, the responsibility for compliance with the requirements of this Module remains with the licensee and the designated MLRO. The deputy MLRO should be able to support the MLRO discharge his responsibilities and to deputise for him in his absence.

              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-3.1.6

              So that he can carry out his functions effectively, investment firm licensees must ensure that their MLRO:

              (a) Is a member of senior management of the licensee and has a sufficient level of seniority within the licensee, has the authority to act without interference from business line management and has direct access to the Board and senior management (where necessary);
              (b) [Subparagraph (b) combined with (a) in January 2011];
              (c) Has sufficient resources, including sufficient time and (if necessary) support staff, and has designated a replacement to carry out the function should the MLRO be unable to perform his duties;
              (d) Has unrestricted access to all transactional information relating to any financial services provided by the licensee to a customer, or any transactions conducted by the licensee on behalf of that customer;
              (e) Is provided with timely information needed to identify, analyse and effectively monitor customer accounts;
              (f) Has access to all customer due diligence information obtained by the licensee; and
              (g) Is resident in Bahrain.
              Amended: October 2011
              Amended: January 2011
              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-3.1.7

              In addition, investment firm licensees must ensure that their MLRO is able to:

              (a) Monitor the day-to-day operation of its policies and procedures relevant to this Module; and
              (b) Respond promptly to any reasonable request for information made by the Financial Intelligence Directorate or the CBB.
              Amended: October 2019
              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-3.1.8

              If the position of MLRO falls vacant, the licensee must appoint a permanent replacement (after obtaining CBB approval), within 120 calendar days of the vacancy occurring. Pending the appointment of a permanent replacement, the licensee must make immediate interim arrangements (including the appointment of an acting MLRO) to ensure continuity in the MLRO function's performance. These interim arrangements must be approved by the CBB.

              Amended: January 2007

          • FC-3.2 FC-3.2 Responsibilities of the MLRO

            • FC-3.2.1

              The MLRO is responsible for:

              (a) Establishing and maintaining the licensee's AML/CFT policies and procedures;
              (b) Ensuring that the licensee complies with the AML Law, any other applicable AML/CFT legislation and this Module;
              (c) Ensuring day-to-day compliance with the licensee's own internal AML/CFT policies and procedures;
              (d) Acting as the licensee's main point of contact in respect of handling internal suspicious transaction reports from the licensee's staff (refer to Section FC-4.1) and as the main contact for the Financial Intelligence Directorate, the CBB and other concerned bodies regarding AML/CFT;
              (e) Making external suspicious transaction reports to the Financial Intelligence Directorate and Compliance Directorate (refer to Section FC-4.2);
              (f) Taking reasonable steps to establish and maintain adequate arrangements for staff awareness and training on AML/CFT matters (whether internal or external), as per Chapter FC-5;
              (g) Producing annual reports on the effectiveness of the licensee's AML/CFT controls, for consideration by senior management, as per Paragraph FC-3.3.3;
              (h) On-going monitoring of what may, in his opinion, constitute high-risk customer accounts; and
              (i) Ensuring that the investment firm licensee maintains all necessary CDD, transactions, STR and staff training records for the required periods (refer to Section FC-6.1).
              Amended: January 2020
              ​​​​​​​Amended: October 2019
              Amended: October 2014
              Amended: July 2010
              Amended: January 2007

          • FC-3.3 FC-3.3 Compliance Monitoring

            • Annual Compliance Review

              • FC-3.3.1

                Investment firm licensees must take appropriate steps to identify and assess their money laundering and terrorist financing risks (for customers, countries or geographic areas; and products, services, transactions or delivery channels). They must document those assessments in order to be able to demonstrate their basis, keep these assessments up to date, and have appropriate mechanisms to provide risk assessment information to the CBB. The nature and extent of any assessment of money laundering and terrorist financing risks must be appropriate to the nature and size of the business.

                Added: October 2014

              • FC-3.3.1A

                Investment firm licensees should always understand their money laundering and terrorist financing risks, but the CBB may determine that individual documented risk assessments are not required, if the specific risks inherent to the sector are clearly identified and understood.

                Added: October 2014

              • FC-3.3.1B

                Investment firm licensees must review the effectiveness of its AML/CFT procedures, systems and controls at least once each calendar year. The review must cover the licensee and its branches and subsidiaries both inside and outside the Kingdom of Bahrain. An investment firm licensee must monitor the implementation of those controls and enhance them if necessary. The scope of the review must include:

                (a) A report, containing the number of internal reports made in accordance with Section FC-4.1, a breakdown of all the results of those internal reports and their outcomes for each segment of the licensee's business, and an analysis of whether controls or training need to be enhanced;
                (b) A report, indicating the number of external reports made in accordance with Section FC-4.2 and, where a licensee has made an internal report but not made an external report, noting why no external report was made;
                (c) A sample test of compliance with this Module's customer due diligence requirements; and
                (d) A report as to the quality of the licensee's anti-money laundering procedures, systems and controls, and compliance with the AML Law and this Module.
                Amended: January 2022
                Amended: October 2014
                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-3.3.2

                The reports listed under Paragraph FC-3.3.1B (a) and (b) must be made by the MLRO. The sample testing and report required under Paragraph FC-3.3.1B (c) and (d) must be made by the licensee’s external auditor or a consultancy firm approved by the CBB.

                Amended: January 2022
                Amended: January 2019
                Amended: October 2011

              • FC-3.3.2A

                In order for a consultancy firm to be approved by the CBB for the purposes of Paragraph FC-3.3.2, such firm should provide the CBB's Compliance Directorate with:

                (a) A sample AML/CFT report prepared for a financial institution;
                (b) A list of other AML/CFT related work undertaken by the firm;
                (c) A list of other audit/review assignments undertaken, specifying the nature of the work done, date and name of the licensee; and
                (d) An outline of any assignment conducted for or in cooperation with an international audit firm.
                Added: October 2011

              • FC-3.3.2B

                The firm should indicate which personnel (by name) will work on the report (including, where appropriate, which individual will be the team leader) and demonstrate that all such persons have appropriate qualifications in one of the following areas:

                (a) Audit;
                (b) Accounting;
                (c) Law; or
                (d) Banking/Finance.
                Added: October 2011

              • FC-3.3.2C

                At least two persons working on the report (one of whom would normally expected to be the team leader) should have:

                (a) A minimum of 5 years professional experience dealing with AML/CFT issues; and
                (b) Formal AML/CFT training.
                Added: October 2011

              • FC-3.3.2D

                Submission of a curriculum vitae for all personnel to be engaged on the report is encouraged for the purposes of evidencing the above requirements.

                Added: October 2011

              • FC-3.3.2E

                Upon receipt of the above required information, the CBB Compliance Directorate will assess the firm and communicate to it whether it meets the criteria required to be approved by the CBB for this purpose. The CBB may also request any other information it considers necessary in order to conduct the assessment.

                Added: October 2011

              • FC-3.3.3

                The reports listed under Paragraph FC-3.3.1B must be submitted to the licensee's Board, for it to review and commission any required remedial measures, and copied to the licensee's senior management.

                Amended: January 2019

              • FC-3.3.4

                The purpose of the annual compliance review is to assist a licensee's Board and senior management to assess, amongst other things, whether internal and external reports are being made (as required under Chapter FC-4), and whether the overall number of such reports (which may otherwise appear satisfactory) does not conceal inadequate reporting in a particular segment of the licensee's business (or, where relevant, in particular branches or subsidiaries). Investment firm licensees should use their judgement as to how the reports listed under Paragraph FC-3.3.1B(a) and (b) should be broken down in order to achieve this aim (e.g. by branches, departments, product lines, etc).

                Amended: January 2019

              • FC-3.3.5

                Investment firm licensees must instruct their appointed firm to produce the report referred to in Paragraph FC-3.3.1B (c) and (d). The report must be submitted to the CBB by the 30th of June of the following year. The findings of this review must be received and acted upon by the licensee.

                Amended: January 2022
                Amended: January 2020
                Amended: January 2019
                Amended: January 2012
                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-3.3.6

                [This Paragraph has been deleted in January 2022].

                Deleted: January 2022
                Amended: January 2012

              • FC-3.3.7

                [This Paragraph has been deleted in 2022].

                Deleted: January 2022
                Amended: January 2020
                Amended: January 2019
                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: April 2008
                Amended: January 2007

        • FC-4 FC-4 Suspicious Transaction Reporting

          • FC-4.1 FC-4.1 Internal Reporting

            • FC-C.2.6 FC-C.2.6

              Categories of customers which may indicate a higher risk include:

              (a) The business relationship is conducted in unusual circumstances (e.g. significant unexplained geographic distance between the financial institution and the customer).
              (b) Non-resident customers;
              (c) Legal persons or arrangements that are personal asset-holding vehicles;
              (d) Companies that have nominee shareholders or shares in bearer form;
              (e) Businesses that are cash-intensive;
              (f) The ownership structure of the company appears unusual or excessively complex given the nature of the company’s business;
              (g) Customer is sanctioned by the relevant national competent authority for non-compliance with the applicable AML/CFT/CPF regime and is not engaging in remediation to improve its compliance;
              (h) Customer is a PEP or customer’s family members, or close associates are PEPs (including where a beneficial owner of a customer is a PEP);
              (i) Customer resides in or whose primary source of income originates from high-risk jurisdictions;
              (j) Customer resides in countries considered to be uncooperative in providing beneficial ownership information; customer has been mentioned in negative news reports from credible media, particularly those related to predicate offences for AML/CFT/CPF or to financial crimes;
              (k) Customer’s transactions indicate a potential connection with criminal involvement, typologies or red flags provided in reports produced by the FATF or national competent authorities;
              (l) Customer is engaged in, or derives wealth or revenues from, a high-risk cash-intensive business;
              (m) The number of STRs and their potential concentration on particular client groups;
              (n) Customers who have sanction exposure; and
              (o) Customer has a non-transparent ownership structure.
              Added: January 2022

              • FC-4.1.1

                Investment firm licensees must implement procedures to ensure that staff who handle customer business (or are managerially responsible for such staff) make a report promptly to the MLRO if they know or suspect that a customer (or a person on whose behalf a customer may be acting) is engaged in money laundering or terrorism financing, or if the transaction or the customer's conduct otherwise appears unusual or suspicious. These procedures must include arrangements for disciplining any member of staff who fails, without reasonable excuse, to make such a report.

              • FC-4.1.2

                Where investment firm licensees' internal processes provide for staff to consult with their line managers before sending a report to the MLRO, such processes must not be used to prevent reports reaching the MLRO, where staff have stated that they have knowledge or suspicion that a transaction may involve money laundering or terrorist financing.

            • FC-4.2 FC-4.2 External Reporting

              • FC-4.2.1

                Investment firm licensees must take reasonable steps to ensure that all reports made under Section FC-4.1 are considered by the MLRO (or his duly authorised delegate). Having considered the report and any other relevant information, if the MLRO (or his duly authorised delegate) still suspects that a person has been engaged in money laundering or terrorism financing, or the activity concerned is otherwise still regarded as suspicious, he must report the fact promptly to the relevant authorities. Where no report is made, the MLRO must document the reasons why.

              • FC-4.2.2

                To take reasonable steps, as required under Paragraph FC-4.2.1, investment firm licensees must:

                (a) Require the MLRO to consider reports made under Section FC-4.1 in the light of all relevant information accessible to or reasonably obtainable by the MLRO;
                (b) Permit the MLRO to have access to any information, including know your customer information, in the licensee's possession which could be relevant; and
                (c) Ensure that where the MLRO, or his duly authorised delegate, suspects that a person has been engaged in money laundering or terrorist financing, a report is made by the MLRO which is not subject to the consent or approval of any other person.
                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-4.2.3

                Reports to the relevant authorities made under Paragraph FC-4.2.1 must be sent to the Financial Intelligence Directorate at the Ministry of the Interior, and to the CBB's Compliance Directorate using the Suspicious Transaction Reporting Online System (Online STR system). STRs in paper format will not be accepted.

                Amended: October 2019
                Amended: July 2016
                Amended: October 2014
                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-4.2.4

                Investment firm licensees must report all suspicious transactions or attempted transactions. This reporting requirement applies regardless of whether the transaction involves tax matters.

              • FC-4.2.5

                Investment firm licensees must retain all relevant details of STRs submitted to the relevant authorities, for at least five years.

              • FC-4.2.6

                In accordance with the AML Law, investment firm licensees, their Directors, officers and employees:

                (a) Must not warn or inform ('tipping off') their customers, the beneficial owner or other subjects of the STR when information relating to them is being reported to the relevant authorities; and
                (b) In cases where investment firm licensees form a suspicion that transactions relate to money laundering or terrorist financing, they must take into account the risk of tipping-off when performing the CDD process. If the investment firm licensee reasonably believes that performing the CDD process will tip-off the customer or potential customer, it may choose not to pursue that process, and must file an STR.
                Amended: January 2018
                Amended: January 2007

            • FC-4.3 FC-4.3 Contacting the Relevant Authorities

              • FC-4.3.1

                Reports made by the MLRO or his duly authorised delegate under Section FC-4.2 must be sent electronically using the Suspicious Transaction Reporting Online System (Online STR system).

                Amended: October 2014
                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: January 2007

              • FC-4.3.2

                The relevant authorities are:
                Financial Intelligence Directorate (FID)
                Ministry of Interior
                P.O. Box 26698
                Manama, Kingdom of Bahrain
                Telephone: + 973 17 749397
                Fax: + 973 17 715502
                E-mail: bahrainfid@moipolice.bh

                Director of Compliance Directorate
                Central Bank of Bahrain
                P.O. Box 27
                Manama, Kingdom of Bahrain
                Telephone: 17 547107
                Fax: 17 535673
                E-mail: Compliance@cbb.gov.bh

                Amended: October 2019
                Added: October 2014

        • FC-5 FC-5 Staff Training and Recruitment

          • FC-5.1 FC-5.1 General Requirements

            • FC-5.1.1

              Investment firm licensees must take reasonable steps to provide periodic training and information to ensure that staff who handle customer transactions, or are managerially responsible for such transactions, are made aware of:

              (a) Their responsibilities under the AML Law, this Module, and any other relevant AML/CFT laws and Regulations;
              (b) The identity and responsibilities of the MLRO and his deputy;
              (c) The potential consequences, both individual and corporate, of any breach of the AML Law, this Module and any other relevant AML/CFT laws or Regulations;
              (d) The licensee's current AML/CFT policies and procedures;
              (e) Money laundering and terrorist financing typologies and trends;
              (f) The type of customer activity or transaction that may justify an internal report in accordance with Section FC-4.1;
              (g) The licensee's procedures for making an internal report as per Section FC-4.1; and
              (h) Customer due diligence measures with respect to establishing business relations with customers.
              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-5.1.2

              The information referred to in Paragraph FC-5.1.1 must be brought to the attention of relevant new employees of investment firm licensees, and must remain available for reference by staff during their period of employment.

              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-5.1.3

              Relevant new employees must be given AML/CFT training within three months of joining a licensee.

              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-5.1.4

              Investment firm licensees must ensure that their AML/CFT training for relevant staff remains up-to-date, and is appropriate given the licensee's activities and customer base.

              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-5.1.5

              The CBB would normally expect AML/CFT training to be provided to relevant staff at least once a year.

              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-5.1.6

              Investment firm licensees must develop adequate screening procedures to ensure high standards when hiring employees. These procedures must include controls to prevent criminals or their associates from being employed by investment firm licensees.

              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-5.1.6A

              [This Paragraph was deleted in January 2022].

              Deleted: January 2022
              Added: January 2021

        • FC-6 FC-6 Record-Keeping

          • FC-6.1 FC-6.1 General Requirements

            • CDD and Transaction Records

              • FC-6.1.1

                Investment firm licensees must comply with the record-keeping requirements contained in the AML Law and in the CBB Law. Investment firm licensees must therefore retain adequate records (including accounting and identification records), for the following minimum periods:

                (a) For customers, in relation to evidence of identity and business relationship records (such as application forms, account files and business correspondence, including the results of any analysis undertaken (e.g. enquiries to establish the background and purpose of complex, unusual large transactions)), for at least five years after the customer relationship has ceased; and
                (b) For transactions, in relation to documents enabling a reconstitution of the transaction concerned, for at least five years after the transaction was completed.
                Amended: October 2014
                Amended: April 2008
                Amended: January 2007

            • Compliance Records

              • FC-6.1.2

                Investment firm licensees must retain copies of the reports produced for their annual compliance review, as specified in Paragraph FC-3.3.1B, for at least five years. Investment firm licensees must also maintain for 5 years reports made to, or by, the MLRO made in accordance with Sections FC-4.1 and FC-4.2, and records showing how these reports were dealt with and what action, if any, was taken as a consequence of those reports.

                Amended: January 2019
                Amended: January 2007

            • Training Records

              • FC-6.1.3

                Investment firm licensees must maintain for at least five years, records showing the dates when AML/CFT training was given, the nature of the training, and the names of the staff that received the training.

            • Access

              • FC-6.1.4

                All records required to be kept under this Section must be made available for prompt and swift access by the relevant authorities or other authorised persons.

        • FC-7 FC-7 NCCT Measures and Terrorist Financing

          • FC-7.1 FC-7.1 Special Measures for Non-Cooperative Countries or Territories ('NCCTs')

            • FC-7.1.1

              Investment firm licensees must give special attention to any dealings they may have with entities or persons domiciled in countries or territories which are:

              (a) Identified by the FATF as being 'non-cooperative'; or
              (b) Notified to investment firm licensees from time to time by the CBB.
              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-7.1.2

              Whenever transactions with such parties have no apparent economic or visible lawful purpose, their background and purpose must be re-examined and the findings documented. If suspicions remain about the transaction, these must be reported to the relevant authorities in accordance with Section FC-4.2.

            • FC-7.1.3

              Investment firm licensees must apply enhanced due diligence measures to business relationships and transactions with natural and legal persons, and financial institutions, from countries where such measures are called for by the FATF. The type of enhanced due diligence measures applied must be effective and proportionate to the risks.

              Added: October 2014

            • FC-7.1.4

              With regard to jurisdictions identified as NCCTs or those which in the opinion of the CBB, do not have adequate AML/CFT systems, the CBB reserves the right to:

              (a) Refuse the establishment of subsidiaries or branches or representative offices of financial institutions from such jurisdictions;
              (b) Limit business relationships or financial transactions with such jurisdictions or persons in those jurisdictions;
              (c) Prohibit financial institutions from relying on third parties located in such jurisdictions to conduct elements of the CDD process;
              (d) Require financial institutions to review and amend, or if necessary terminate, correspondent relationships with financial institutions in such jurisdictions;
              (e) Require increased supervisory examination and/or external audit requirements for branches and subsidiaries of financial institutions based in such jurisdictions; or
              (f) Require increased external audit requirements for financial groups with respect to any of their branches and subsidiaries located in such jurisdictions.
              Amended: January 2018
              Added: October 2014

          • FC-7.2 FC-7.2 Terrorist Financing

            • FC-7.2.1AA

              Investment firm licensees must implement and comply with United Nations Security Council resolutions relating to the prevention and suppression of terrorism and terrorist financing. Investment firm licensees must freeze, without delay, the funds or other assets of, and to ensure that no funds or other assets are made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of, any person or entity either (i) designated by, or under the authority of, the United Nations Security Council under Chapter VII of the Charter of the United Nations, including in accordance with resolution 1267(1999) and its successor resolutions as well as Resolution 2178(2014) or (ii) designated as pursuant to Resolution 1373(2001).

              Amended: October 2019
              Added: April 2017

            • FC-7.2.1

              Investment firm licensees must comply in full with the provisions of the UN Security Council Anti-terrorism Resolution No. 1373 of 2001 ('UNSCR 1373').

            • FC-7.2.2

              [This Paragraph was deleted in January 2018].

              Deleted: January 2018
              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-7.2.3

              A copy of UNSCR 1373 is included in Part B of Volume 1 (Conventional Banks), under 'Supplementary Information' on the BMA Website.

            • FC-7.2.4

              Investment firm licensees must report to the CBB details of:

              (a) Funds or other financial assets or economic resources held with them which may be the subject of Article 1, paragraphs c) and d) of UNSCR 1373;
              (b) All claims, whether actual or contingent, which the licensee has on persons and entities which may be the subject of Article 1, paragraphs c) and d) of UNSCR 1373; and
              (c) All assets frozen or actions taken in compliance with the prohibition requirements of the relevant UNSCRs, including attempted transactions.
              Amended: January 2023
              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-7.2.5

              For the purposes of Paragraph FC-7.2.4, 'funds or other financial resources' includes (but is not limited to) shares in any undertaking owned or controlled by the persons and entities referred to in Article 1, paragraph c) and d) of UNSCR 1373, and any associated dividends received by the licensee.

            • FC-7.2.6

              All reports or notifications under this Section must be made to the CBB's Compliance Directorate.

              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-7.2.7

              See Section FC-4.3 for the Compliance Directorate’s contact details.

              Amended: January 2007

          • FC-7.3 FC-7.3 Designated Persons and Entities

            • FC-7.3.1

              Without prejudice to the general duty of all investment firm licensees to exercise the utmost care when dealing with persons or entities who might come under Article 1, paragraphs (c) and (d) of UNSCR 1373, investment firm licensees must not deal with any persons or entities designated by the CBB as potentially linked to terrorist activity.

              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-7.3.2

              The CBB from time to time issues to investment firm licensees lists of designated persons and entities believed linked to terrorism. Investment firm licensees are required to verify that they have no dealings with these designated persons and entities, and report back their findings to the CBB. Names designated by the CBB include persons and entities designated by the United Nations, under UN Security Council Resolution 1267 ('UNSCR 1267').

              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-7.3.3

              Investment firm licensees must report to the relevant authorities, using the procedures contained in Section FC-4.2, details of any accounts or other dealings with designated persons and entities, and comply with any subsequent directions issued by the relevant authorities.

        • FC-8 FC-8 Enforcement Measures

          • FC-8.1 FC-8.1 Regulatory Penalties

            • FC-8.1.1

              Without prejudice to any other penalty imposed by the CBB Law, the Decree Law No. 4 or the Penal Code of the Kingdom of Bahrain, failure by a licensee to comply with this Module or any direction given hereunder shall result in the levying by the CBB, without need of a court order and at the CBB's discretion, of a fine of up to BD 20,000.

              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-8.1.2

              Module EN provides further information on the assessment of financial penalties and the criteria taken into account prior to imposing such fines (see Paragraph EN-5.1.4). Other enforcement measures may also be applied by the CBB in response to a failure by a licensee to comply with this Module; these other measures are also set out in Module EN.

              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-8.1.3

              The CBB will endeavour to assist investment firm licensees to interpret and apply the requirements of this Module. Investment firm licensees may seek clarification on any issue by contacting the Compliance Directorate (see Section FC-4.3 for contact details).

              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-8.1.4

              Without prejudice to the CBB's general powers under the law, the CBB may amend, clarify or issue further directions on any provision of this Module from time to time, by notice to its investment firm licensees.

              Amended: January 2007

        • FC-9 FC-9 AML/CFT Guidance and Best Practice

          • FC-9.1 FC-9.1 Guidance provided by International Bodies

            • FATF Recommendations

              • FC-9.1.1

                The FATF Recommendations (see www.fatf-gafi.org) (together with their associated interpretative notes and best practices papers) issued by the Financial Action Task Force (FATF), provide the basic framework for combating money laundering activities and the financing of terrorism. FATF Recommendations 2, 9-12, 15, 17-21, 26-27, 33-35 and 40 and the AML/CFT Methodology are relevant to the investment business sector.

                Amended: October 2014

              • FC-9.1.2

                The relevant authorities in Bahrain believe that the principles established by these Recommendations should be followed by investment firm licensees in all material respects, as representing best practice and prudence in this area.

                Amended: October 2014

        • FC-10 FC-10 Fraud

          • FC-10.1 FC-10.1 General Requirements

            • FC-10.1.1

              The requirements of this Chapter apply to Category 1 investment firms and Category 2 investment firms only.

              Amended: July 2007

            • FC-10.1.2

              Investment firm licensees must ensure that they allocate appropriate resources and have in place systems and controls to deter, detect, and record instances of fraud or attempted fraud.

            • FC-10.1.3

              Fraud may arise from internal sources originating from changes or weaknesses to processes, products and internal systems and controls. Fraud can also arise from external sources, for instance through false invoicing or advance fee frauds. Further guidance — and occasional investor alerts — can be found on the CBB's website (www.cbb.gov.bh).

              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-10.1.4

              Any actual or attempted fraud incident (however small) must be reported to the appropriate authorities (including the Compliance Directorate at the CBB) and followed up. Monitoring systems must be designed to measure fraud patterns that might reveal a series of related fraud incidents.

              Amended: January 2016
              Amended: January 2007

            • FC-10.1.5

              Investment firm licensees must ensure that a person, of sufficient seniority, is given overall responsibility for the prevention, detection and remedying of fraud within the organisation.

            • FC-10.1.6

              Investment firm licensees must ensure the effective segregation of functions and responsibilities, between different individuals and departments, such that the possibility of financial crime is reduced and that no single individual is able to initiate, process and control a transaction.

            • FC-10.1.7

              Investment firm licensees must provide regular training to their management and staff, to make them aware of potential fraud risks.

        • FC-11 Crypto-assets

          • FC-11.1 Transfers of Crypto-assets and Wire Transfers

            • FC-11.1.1

              This section is applicable to investment firm licensees who undertake regulated investment services involving transfers of crypto-assets. The CBB considers transactions involving transfer of crypto-assets as functionally analogous to wire transfer.

              Added: January 2024

            • FC-11.1.2

              Licensees must use technology solutions and other systems to adequately meet anti-money laundering, financial crime and know-your-customer requirements.

              Added: January 2024

            • FC-11.1.3

              Licensees must develop, implement and maintain effective transaction monitoring systems to determine the origin of a crypto-asset and to monitor its destination, and to apply strong transaction monitoring measures which enable the licensees to have complete granular data centric information about the transactions done by a client.

              Added: January 2024

            • FC-11.1.4

              Licensees must be vigilant and establish internal processes and indicators to identify crypto-assets that may have been tainted i.e. used for an illegal purpose (for example, certain clients or use of “mixer” and “tumbler” services).

              Added: January 2024

            • Suspicious Wallet Addresses

              • FC-11.1.5

                Licensees must establish and implement policies for identification of wallet addresses that are suspected of ML/TF (suspicious wallet addresses). Licensees must not establish or continue business relationship with or transact with suspicious wallet addresses.

                Added: January 2024

              • FC-11.1.6

                Where a licensee identifies or becomes aware of a suspicious wallet address, it must immediately file a Suspicious Transaction Report (STR) in accordance with Chapter FC-4.

                Added: January 2024

            • Crypto-asset Transfers to be considered as Cross Border Wire Transfer

              • FC-11.1.7

                Licensees must consider all transfers of crypto-assets as cross-border wire transfers rather than domestic transfers.

                Added: January 2024

            • Outward Transfers

              • FC-11.1.8

                Licensees must include all required originator information and required beneficiary information details with the accompanying transfer of crypto-assets and/or wire transfer of funds they make on behalf of their customers.

                Added: January 2024

              • FC-11.1.9

                For purposes of this Section, originator information refers to the information listed in Subparagraphs FC-11.1.12 (a) to (c) and beneficiary information refers to the information listed in Subparagraphs FC-11.1.12 (d) and (e).

                Added: January 2024

            • Inward Transfers

              • FC-11.1.10

                Licensees must:

                (a) Maintain records of all originator information received with an inward transfer; and
                (b) Carefully scrutinize inward transfers which do not contain originator information (i.e. full name, address and account number or a unique customer identification number). Licensees must presume that such transfers are ‘suspicious transactions’ and pass them to the MLRO for review for determination as to possible filing of STR, unless the ordering financial institution is able to promptly (i.e. within two business days) advise the licensee in writing of the originator information upon the licensee’s request. The period of 2 business days provided to ordering financial institution by the licensees to furnish the originator information is only applicable while undertaking fund transfer (traditional wire transfer) and must not be used in case of transfer of crypto-assets.
                Added: January 2024

              • FC-11.1.11

                While undertaking crypto-asset transfers, licensees must ensure that the ordering financial institution transmits the originator and beneficiary information immediately.

                Added: January 2024

            • Information accompanying Crypto-asset and Cross Border Wire Transfers

              • FC-11.1.12

                Information accompanying all crypto-asset transfers as well as wire transfers must always contain:

                (a) The name of the originator;
                (b) The originator account number (e.g. IBAN or crypto-asset wallet) where such an account is used to process the transaction;
                (c) The originator’s address, or national identity number, or customer identification number, or date and place of birth;
                (d) The name of the beneficiary; and
                (e) The beneficiary account number (e.g. IBAN or crypto-asset wallet) where such an account is used to process the transaction.
                Added: January 2024

              • FC-11.1.13

                Where a licensee undertakes a transfer of crypto-assets it is not necessary for the information referred to in Paragraph FC-11.1.12 to be attached directly to the crypto-asset transfers itself. The information can be submitted either directly or indirectly.

                Added: January 2024

              • FC-11.1.14

                Licensees while undertaking transfer of crypto-assets must ensure that the required originator and beneficiary information is transmitted immediately and securely.

                Added: January 2024

              • FC-11.1.15

                For the purposes of Paragraph FC-11.1.14, “Securely” means that the provider of the information must protect it from unauthorized disclosure as well as ensure that the integrity and availability of the required information is maintained so as to facilitate recordkeeping and the use of such information by financial institution. The term “immediately” means that the provider of the information must submit the required information simultaneously or concurrently with the transfer of the crypto-asset.

                Added: January 2024

              • FC-11.1.16

                The CBB recognises that unlike traditional fiat currency wire transfers, not every crypto-asset transfer involves (or is bookended by) two institutions (crypto-asset entities or financial institutions). In instances in which a crypto-asset transfer involves only one financial institution on either end of the transfer (e.g. when an ordering financial institution sends crypto-assets on behalf of its customers, the originator, to a beneficiary that is not a customer of a beneficiary financial institution but rather an individual user who receives the crypto-asset transfer using his/her own distributed ledger technology (DLT) software, such as an unhosted wallet), the financial institution must still ensure adherence to Paragraph FC-11.1.12 for their customer. The CBB does not expect that financial institutions, when originating a crypto-asset transfer, would submit the required information to individual users who are not financial institutions. However, financial institutions receiving a crypto-asset transfer from an entity that is not a financial institution (e.g. from an individual crypto-asset user using his/her own DLT software, such as an unhosted wallet), must obtain the required originator information from their customer.

                Added: January 2024

            • Domestic Wire Transfers

              • FC-11.1.17

                Information accompanying domestic wire transfers must also include originator information as indicated for cross-border wire transfers unless this information can be made available to the beneficiary financial institution and the CBB by other means. In this latter case, the ordering financial institution need only include the account number or a unique transaction reference number, provided that this number or identifier will permit the transaction to be traced back to the originator or the beneficiary.

                Added: January 2024

              • FC-11.1.18

                For the purposes of Paragraph FC-11.1.17, the information should be made available by the ordering financial institution within three business days of receiving the request either from the beneficiary financial institution or from the CBB.

                Added: January 2024

              • FC-11.1.19

                It is not necessary for the recipient institution to pass the originator information on to the beneficiary. The obligation is discharged simply by notifying the beneficiary financial institution of the originator information at the time the transfer is made.

                Added: January 2024

            • Responsibilities of Ordering Financial Institution

              • FC-11.1.20

                The ordering financial institution must ensure that crypto-asset transfers and wire transfers contain required and accurate originator information and required beneficiary information.

                Added: January 2024

              • FC-11.1.21

                The ordering financial institution must maintain all originator and beneficiary information collected in accordance with Chapter FC-6.

                Added: January 2024

              • FC-11.1.22

                The ordering financial institution must not execute the crypto-asset transfer or wire transfer if it does not comply with the requirements of Paragraphs FC-11.1.20 and FC-11.1.21.

                Added: January 2024

            • Responsibilities of Intermediary Financial Institutions

              • FC-11.1.23

                For crypto-asset transfers and cross-border wire transfers, financial institutions processing an intermediary element of such chains of transfers must ensure that all originator and beneficiary information that accompanies a crypto-asset transfer or wire transfer is retained with it.

                Added: January 2024

              • FC-11.1.24

                Where technical limitations prevent the required originator or beneficiary information accompanying a cross-border wire transfer from remaining with a related domestic wire transfer, a record must be kept, for at least five years, by the receiving intermediary financial institution of all the information received from the ordering financial institution or another intermediary financial institution.

                Added: January 2024

              • FC-11.1.25

                An intermediary financial institution must take reasonable measures to identify crypto-asset transfers and cross-border wire transfers that lack the required originator information or required beneficiary information.

                Added: January 2024

              • FC-11.1.26

                An intermediary financial institution must have effective risk-based policies and procedures for determining:

                (a) When to execute, reject, or suspend a traditional wire transfer lacking required originator or required beneficiary information; and
                (b) The appropriate follow-up action.
                Added: January 2024

            • Responsibilities of Beneficiary Financial Institution

              • FC-11.1.27

                beneficiary financial institution must take reasonable measures to identify crypto-asset transfers and cross-border wire transfers that lack the required originator or the required beneficiary information. Such measures may include post-event monitoring or real-time monitoring where feasible.

                Added: January 2024

              • FC-11.1.28

                For crypto-asset transfers and wire transfers, a beneficiary financial institution must verify the identity of the beneficiary, if the identity has not been previously verified, and maintain this information in accordance with Chapter FC-6.

                Added: January 2024

              • FC-11.1.29

                beneficiary financial institution must have effective risk-based policies and procedures for determining:

                (a) When to execute, reject, or suspend a traditional wire transfer lacking required originator or required beneficiary information; and
                (b) The appropriate follow-up action.
                Added: January 2024

      • TC TC Training and Competency

        • TC-A TC-A Introduction

          • TC-A.1 TC-A.1 Purpose

            • Executive Summary

              • TC-A.1.1

                This Module presents requirements that have to be met by investment firm licensees with respect to training and competency of individuals undertaking controlled functions (i.e. approved persons).

                Amended: October 2013
                Adopted: July 2010

              • TC-A.1.2

                Module TC provides Rules and Guidance to Investment firm licensees to ensure satisfactory levels of competence, in terms of an individual's knowledge, skills, experience, and professional qualifications. Investment firm licensees, are required to demonstrate that individuals undertaking controlled functions are sufficiently competent, and are able to undertake their respective roles and responsibilities.

                Amended: October 2013
                Adopted: July 2010

              • TC-A.1.3

                The Rules build upon Principles 3 and 9 of the Principles of Business (see Module PB (Principles of Business)). Principle 3 (Due Skill, Care and Diligence) requires an investment firm licensee to observe high standards of integrity and fair dealing, and to be honest and straightforward in its dealings with clients. Principle 9 (Adequate Resources) requires an investment firm licensee to maintain adequate human, financial and other resources sufficient to run its business in an orderly manner.

                Adopted: July 2010

              • TC-A.1.4

                Condition 4 of the Central Bank of Bahrain's ('CBB') Licensing Conditions (Chapter AU-2.4) and Condition 1 of the Approved Persons regime (Chapter AU-3.1) impose further requirements. To satisfy Condition 4 of the CBB's Licensing Conditions, an investment firm licensee's staff, taken together, must collectively provide a sufficient range of skills and experience to manage the affairs of the licensee in a sound and prudent manner (AU-2.4). This condition specifies that investment firm licensees must ensure their employees meet any training and competency requirements specified by the CBB. Condition 1 of the Approved Persons Conditions (AU-3.1) sets forth the 'fit and proper' requirements in relation to competence, experience and expertise required by approved persons.

                Amended: January 2011
                Adopted: July 2010

            • Legal Basis

              • TC-A.1.5

                This Module contains the CBB's Directive (as amended from time to time) relating to Training and Competency and is issued under the powers available to the CBB under Articles 38 and 65 of the Central Bank of Bahrain and Financial Institutions Law 2006 ('CBB Law'). The Directive in this Module is applicable to all investment firm licensees (including their approved persons).

                Amended: January 2011
                Adopted: July 2010

              • TC-A.1.6

                Chapter AU-3 of Module AU (Authorisation), specifies that approved persons must be assessed by the CBB as 'fit and proper' to hold such a position. The Chapter specifies various factors that the CBB takes into account when reaching such a decision.

                Adopted: July 2010

              • TC-A.1.7

                For an explanation of the CBB's rule-making powers and different regulatory instruments, see Section UG-1.1.

                Adopted: July 2010

          • TC-A.2 TC-A.2 Module History

            • Evolution of the Module

              • TC-A.2.1

                This Module was first issued in July 2010. Any material changes that are subsequently made to this Module are annotated with the calendar quarter date in which the change is made; Chapter UG-3 provides further details on Rulebook maintenance and version control.

                Adopted: July 2010

              • TC-A.2.2

                A list of recent changes made to this Module is provided below:

                Module Ref. Change Date Description of Changes
                TC-A.1.5 01/2011 Clarified legal basis.
                TC-1.1.6, 1.1.9, 1.1.11, 1.1.13, 1.1.15, 1.1.18, 1.1.20 and 1.1.22 01/2011 Paragraphs deleted as considered duplicate and found in other parts of Volume 4.
                TC-1.1.16 01/2011 Amended requirements for position of MLRO.
                Appendix TC-1 01/2011 Clarified how competence can be demonstrated for the position of Director.
                TC-1.1.7, TC-1.1.8, TC-1.1.10, TC-1.1.14 04/2011 Corrected cross references.
                Appendix TC-1 01/2012 Added core competencies for compliance officer.
                Module TC 10/2013 Removed references to Deputy Money Laundering Officer (DMLRO) to be in line with changes made to Module AU in January 2011.
                Module TC 10/2013 Removed references to appointed representatives.
                TC-B.1.4 07/2014 Clarified scope of application to include board members.
                Appendix TC-1 10/2015 Added additional example of certification for financial instruments trader.
                TC-1.1.17 01/2016 Corrected typo.

              • TC-A.2.3

                Guidance on the implementation and transition to Volume 4 (Investment Business) is given in Module ES (Executive Summary).

                Adopted: July 2010

        • TC-B TC-B Scope of Application

          • TC-B.1 TC-B.1 Scope

            • TC-B.1.1

              This Module applies to all CBB investment firm licensees authorised in the Kingdom.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-B.1.2

              Module TC, unless otherwise stated, applies in full to all three categories of investment firm licensees authorised in Bahrain. In the case of an overseas investment firm licensee, the applicability of this Module is restricted to its Bahrain operations.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-B.1.3

              Persons authorised by the CBB as approved persons prior to the issuance of Module TC need not reapply for authorisation.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-B.1.4

              The requirements of this Module apply to approved persons, including board members, holding controlled functions:

              (a) Who are employed by the investment firm licensee in connection with the investment firm licensee's regulated investment services, whether under a contract of service or for services or otherwise;
              (b) Whose services, under an arrangement between the investment firm licensee and a third party, are placed at the disposal and under the control of the investment firm licensee; or
              (c) Employed by the investment firm licensee, whether under a contract of service or for services or otherwise, for which that investment firm licensee has accepted responsibility.
              Amended: July 2014
              Amended: October 2013
              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-B.1.5

              Investment firm licensees must satisfy the CBB that individuals performing a controlled function for it or on its behalf are suitable and competent to carry on that controlled function.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-B.1.6

              In implementing this Module, investment firm licensees must ensure that:

              (a) Individuals recruited by the investment firm licensee to perform a controlled function hold suitable qualifications and experience appropriate to the nature of the business;
              (b) Individuals performing a controlled function remain competent for the work they do; and
              (c) Individuals performing a controlled function are appropriately supervised.
              Amended: October 2013
              Adopted: July 2010

        • TC-1 TC-1 Recruitment and Assessing Competence

          • TC-1.1 TC-1.1 Recruitment and Appointments

            • TC-1.1.1

              If an investment firm licensee recruits an individual to undertake a controlled function, it must satisfy itself, where appropriate, of such individual's relevant qualifications and experience.

              Amended: October 2013
              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-1.1.2

              An investment firm licensee proposing to recruit an individual has to satisfy itself, of his/her relevant qualifications and experience. The investment firm licensee should:

              (a) Take into account the knowledge and skills required for the role, in addition to the nature and the level of complexity of the controlled function; and
              (b) Take reasonable steps to obtain sufficient information about the individual's background, experience, training and qualifications.
              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-1.1.3

              In accordance with AU-1.1.24, a firm which is an Islamic investment firm licensee must maintain a Shari'a Supervisory Board to verify that its operations are Shari'a compliant, and must comply with relevant AAOIFI standards.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-1.1.4

              Individuals occupying controlled functions (refer to Paragraphs AU-1.2.7 to AU-1.2.15) in an investment firm licensee must be qualified and suitably experienced for their specific roles and responsibilities. The controlled functions are those of:

              (a) Director;
              (b) Chief Executive or General Manager;
              (c) Head of function;
              (d) Compliance officer;
              (e) Money Laundering Reporting Officer ('MLRO');
              (f) [This Subparagraph was deleted in October 2013];
              (g) Member of Shari'a Supervisory Board (where applicable);
              (h) Financial instruments trader; and
              (i) Investment consultant or investment adviser.
              Amended: October 2013
              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-1.1.5

              An investment firm licensee must take reasonable steps to ensure that individuals holding controlled functions are sufficiently knowledgeable about their respective fields of work to be able to guide and supervise operations that fall under their responsibilities. Competence must be assessed on the basis of experience and relevant qualifications described in Appendix TC-1 as a minimum. However, the CBB reserves the right to impose a higher level of qualifications as it deems necessary.

              Amended: October 2013
              Adopted: July 2010

            • Director

              • TC-1.1.6 [deleted]

                [Paragraph deleted in January 2011].

                Deleted: January 2011

              • TC-1.1.7

                The role of the director is to be accountable and responsible for the management and performance of the licensee, and is outlined in more details in Section HC-1.2.

                Amended: April 2011
                Adopted: July 2010

              • TC-1.1.8

                When taken as a whole, the board of directors of an investment firm licensee must be able to demonstrate that it has the necessary expertise, as outlined in Paragraph HC-1.2.4.

                Amended: April 2011
                Adopted: July 2010

            • Chief Executive or General Manager

              • TC-1.1.9 [deleted]

                [Paragraph deleted in January 2011].

                Deleted: January 2011

              • TC-1.1.10

                The chief executive officer or general manager (as appropriate) is responsible for the executive management and performance of the licensee within the framework or delegated authorities set by the Board, and is outlined in more details in Paragraph HC-6.3.4.

                Amended: April 2011
                Adopted: July 2010

            • Head of Function

              • TC-1.1.11 [deleted]

                [Paragraph deleted in January 2011].

                Deleted: January 2011

              • TC-1.1.12

                Heads of functions are responsible for tracking specific functional performance goals in addition to identifying, managing, and reporting critical organisational issues upstream. Certain functions require dealing directly with clients while others do not. Both categories of functions, however, require specific qualifications and experience to meet the objectives as well as compliance requirements of the investment firm licensee.

                Adopted: July 2010

            • Compliance Officer

              • TC-1.1.13 [deleted]

                [Paragraph deleted in January 2011].

                Deleted: January 2011

              • TC-1.1.14

                In accordance with Paragraph AU-1.2.16, an employee of appropriate standing must be designated by investment firm licensees for the position of compliance officer. The duties of the compliance officer, who must have Bahraini residency, are outlined in more details in Section HC-6.5 and include:

                (a) Having responsibility for oversight of the licensee's compliance with the requirements of the CBB; and
                (b) Reporting to the licensee's Board in respect of that responsibility.
                Amended: April 2011
                Adopted: July 2010

            • Money Laundering Reporting Officer (MLRO)

              • TC-1.1.15 [deleted]

                [Paragraph deleted in January 2011].

                Deleted: January 2011

              • TC-1.1.16

                In order to carry out the function of MLRO effectively, investment firm licensees must ensure that their MLRO:

                (a) Is a member of senior management of the licensee and has a sufficient level of seniority within the licensee, has the authority to act without interference from business line management and has direct access to the Board and senior management (where necessary);
                (b) [Subparagraph (b) combined with (a) in January 2011];
                (c) Has sufficient resources, including sufficient time and (if necessary) support staff, and has designated a replacement to carry out the function should the MLRO be unable to perform his duties;
                (d) Has unrestricted access to all transactional information relating to any financial services provided by the licensee to that customer, or any transactions conducted by the licensee on behalf of a customer;
                (e) Is provided with timely information needed to identify, analyse and effectively monitor customer accounts;
                (f) Has access to all customer due diligence information obtained by the licensee; and
                (g) Is resident in Bahrain.
                Amended: October 2013
                Amended: January 2011
                Adopted: July 2010

              • TC-1.1.17

                As outlined in Paragraph FC-3.2.1, the role and responsibilities of the MLRO involve, but are not limited to, the following:

                (a) Establishing and maintaining the investment firm licensee's Anti-Money Laundering (AML)/Combating the Financing of Terrorism (CFT) policies and procedures;
                (b) Ensuring compliance with the AML Law, any other applicable AML/CFT legislation as well as rules and guidance pertaining to Module FC;
                (c) Ensuring day-to-day compliance with the licensee's own internal AML/CFT policies and procedures;
                (d) Acting as the licensee's main point of contact for internal suspicious transaction reports from the licensee's staff, (refer to Section FC-4.1), and as the main contact for the Financial Intelligence Unit, the CBB and other concerned bodies regarding AML/CFT;
                (e) Making external suspicious transaction reports to the Financial Intelligence Unit and Compliance Directorate (refer to Section FC-4.2);
                (f) Taking reasonable steps to establish and maintain adequate arrangements for staff awareness and training on AML/CFT matters (whether internal or external), as per Section FC-5;
                (g) Producing annual reports on the effectiveness of the licensee's AML/CFT controls, for consideration by senior management, as per Paragraph FC-3.3.1;
                (h) On-going monitoring of what may, in his opinion, constitute high-risk customer accounts; and
                (i) Maintaining all necessary customer due diligence (CDD), transactions, suspicious transaction reports (STR) and staff training records for the required periods (see Section FC-6.1).
                Amended: January 2016
                Amended: October 2013
                Adopted: July 2010

            • Member of the Shari'a Supervisory Board

              • TC-1.1.18 [deleted]

                [Paragraph deleted in January 2011].

                Deleted: January 2011

              • TC-1.1.19

                As outlined in AAOIFI's governance standard No.1, the Shari'a Supervisory Board is entrusted with the duty of directing, reviewing and supervising the activities of the Islamic financial institutions in order to ensure that it is in compliance with Islamic Shari'a Rules and Principles.

                Adopted: July 2010

            • Financial Instruments Trader

              • TC-1.1.20 [deleted]

                [Paragraph deleted in January 2011].

                Deleted: January 2011

              • TC-1.1.21

                In accordance with Rule AU-1.2.12, the role of financial instruments traders, who must be knowledgeable of various areas within the financial industry and any significant market developments, involves:

                (a) Buying financial instruments; or
                (b) Selling financial instruments.
                Adopted: July 2010

            • Investment Consultant or Investment Adviser

              • TC-1.1.22 [deleted]

                [Paragraph deleted in January 2011].

                Deleted: January 2011

              • TC-1.1.23

                In accordance with Rule AU-1.2.13, investment consultants or investment advisers are responsible for:

                (a) Arranging deals in financial instruments; and/or
                (b) Providing advice to clients with regards to financial instruments.
                Amended: October 2013
                Adopted: July 2010

              • TC-1.1.24

                Individuals holding the position of investment consultant or investment adviser must comply with the rules and guidance set forth in Module BC, particularly the Investment Business Code of Practice ('the Code')

                Amended: October 2013
                Adopted: July 2010

            • Record Keeping

              • TC-1.1.25

                An investment firm licensee must make and retain records of its recruitment procedures. Such procedures should be designed to adequately take into account proof of the candidates' knowledge and skills and their previous activities and training.

                Adopted: July 2010

              • TC-1.1.26

                The recruitment record keeping procedure should include, but is not limited to, the following:

                (a) Results of the initial screening;
                (b) Results of any employment tests;
                (c) Results and details of any interviews conducted;
                (d) Background and references checks; and
                (e) Details of any professional qualifications.
                Adopted: July 2010

          • TC-1.2 TC-1.2 Assessing Competence

            • TC-1.2.1

              Investment firm licensees must not allow an individual to undertake or supervise controlled functions unless that individual has been assessed by the investment firm licensee as competent in accordance with this Section.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-1.2.2

              In the case of new personnel, the investment firm licensee should ensure that they work under proper supervision. Where a person is working towards attaining a level of competence, they should be supervised by a competent person until they can demonstrate the appropriate level of competence. It is the investment firm licensee's responsibility to ensure that such arrangements are in place and working successfully.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-1.2.3

              In determining an individual's competence, licensees may assess if the person is fit and proper in accordance with Chapter AU-3.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-1.2.4

              Investment firm licensees will assess individuals as competent when they have demonstrated the ability to apply the knowledge and skills required to perform a specific controlled function without supervision.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-1.2.5

              The assessment of competence will be dependent on the nature and the level of complexity of the controlled function. Such assessment of competence of new personnel may take into account the fact that an individual has been previously assessed as competent in a similar controlled function with another investment firm licensee.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-1.2.6

              If an investment firm licensee assesses an individual as competent in accordance with TC-1.2.4 to perform a specific controlled function, it does not necessarily mean that the individual is competent to undertake other controlled functions.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-1.2.7

              A firm should use methods of assessment that are appropriate to the controlled function and to the individual's role.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • Record Keeping

              • TC-1.2.8

                An investment firm licensee should make and retain updated records of:

                (a) The criteria applied in assessing the ongoing and continuing competence; and
                (b) How and when the competence decision was arrived at.
                Adopted: July 2010

        • TC-2 TC-2 Training and Maintaining Competence

          • TC-2.1 TC-2.1 Training and Supervision

            • TC-2.1.1

              An investment firm licensee must annually determine the training needs of individuals undertaking controlled functions. It must develop a training plan to address these needs and ensure that training is planned, appropriately structured and evaluated.

              Amended: October 2013
              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-2.1.2

              The assessment and training plan described in Paragraph TC-2.1.1 should be aimed at ensuring that the relevant approved person maintains competence in the controlled function. Training does not necessarily just simply attendance of courses. An individual can develop skills and gain experience in a variety of ways. These could include on-the-job learning, individual study, and other methods. In almost every situation, and for most individuals, it is likely that competence will be developed most effectively by a mixture of training methods.

              Amended: October 2013
              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-2.1.3

              The training plan of investment firm licensees must include a programme for continuous professional development training ("CPD") for their staff.

              Amended: October 2013
              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-2.1.4

              Approved persons may choose to fulfil their CPD requirements by attending courses and seminars at local or foreign training institutions, some of which are set out in Appendix TC-2.

              Amended: October 2013
              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-2.1.5

              The annual training needs assessment required under Paragraph TC-2.1.1 must also consider quarterly updates, if any, to the CBB Volume 4 (Investment Business) Rulebook, in areas relevant to each controlled function.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • Continuous Professional Development (CPD)

              • TC-2.1.6

                Individuals holding the controlled functions of compliance officer and MLRO in an investment firm licensee must undergo a minimum of 15 hours of CPD, in their area, per annum.

                Amended: October 2013
                Adopted: July 2010

              • TC-2.1.7

                An investment firm licensee should ensure that an approved person undertaking a controlled function undergo appropriate review and assessment of performance.

                Amended: October 2013
                Adopted: July 2010

              • TC-2.1.8

                The level of review and assessment should be proportionate to the level of competence demonstrated by the approved person. Review and assessment should take place on a regular basis and include coaching and assessing performance against the competencies necessary for the role.

                Amended: October 2013
                Adopted: July 2010

              • TC-2.1.9

                Assessors of approved persons should have technical knowledge and relevant skills, e.g. coaching and assessment skills.

                Amended: October 2013
                Adopted: July 2010

            • Record Keeping

              • TC-2.1.10

                An investment firm licensee should make and retain records of:

                (a) The annual training plan for each controlled function;
                (b) Materials used to conduct in-house training courses;
                (c) List of participants attending such in-house training courses; and
                (d) Results of evaluations conducted at the end of such training courses.
                Amended: October 2013
                Adopted: July 2010

              • TC-2.1.11

                Investment firm licensees should maintain appropriate training records for each individual. Licensees should note how the relevant training relates to and supports the individual's role. Training records may be reviewed during supervisory visits to assess the investment firm licensee's systems and to review how the licensee ensures that its staff are competent and remain competent for their roles.

                Amended: October 2013
                Adopted: July 2010

          • TC-2.2 TC-2.2 Maintaining Competence

            • TC-2.2.1

              An investment firm licensee must make appropriate arrangements to ensure that approved persons maintain competence.

              Amended: October 2013
              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-2.2.2

              An investment firm licensee should ensure that maintaining competence for an approved person takes into account:

              (a) Application of technical knowledge;
              (b) Application and development of skills; and
              (c) Any market changes and changes to products, legislation and regulation.
              Amended: October 2013
              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-2.2.3

              An investment firm licensee may utilise the CPD schemes of relevant professional bodies to demonstrate compliance with TC-2.2.1. See Appendix TC-2 for a list of professional bodies in Bahrain. In-house training, seminars, conferences, further qualifications, product presentations, computer-based training and one-to-one tuition may also be considered to demonstrate compliance with TC-2.2.1.

              Amended: October 2013
              Adopted: July 2010

            • Record Keeping

              • TC-2.2.4

                An investment firm licensee should make and retain records of:

                (a) The criteria applied in assessing continuing competence;
                (b) The annual assessment of competence; and
                (c) Record of CPD hours undertaken by each approved person.
                Amended: October 2013
                Adopted: July 2010

        • TC-3 TC-3 Transitional Provisions

          • TC-3.1 TC-3.1 Transitional Period

            • TC-3.1.1

              The requirements of Module TC for investment firm licensees are effective from 1st July 2010.

              Adopted: July 2010

            • TC-3.1.2

              Where approved persons holding controlled functions are occupying positions within the investment firm licensee, do not meet the qualifications and core competencies outlined in Appendix TC-1 at the time of the issuance of Module TC, the investment firm licensee must ensure that such individuals will meet the requirements of Module TC by 31st December 2011 at the latest.

              Amended: October 2013
              Adopted: July 2010

        • Appendix TC-1 Qualifications and Core Competencies of Controlled Functions

          Role Core Competencies How can competence be demonstrated?
          Director Directors should have:
          (a) Experience to demonstrate sound business decision-making; and
          (b) A good understanding of the industry and its regulatory environment.
          This person should be experienced in the industry. Competence could be demonstrated by:
          (a) Holding a relevant professional qualification; or
          (b) A minimum length of service (at least 5 years at director or senior management level) in the industry or another industry.
          Chief Executive or General Manager These roles require:
          (a) A clear understanding of the role and responsibilities associated with this position;
          (b) A good understanding of the licensee's business, the broader industry and its regulatory environment; and
          (c) The relevant experience and qualifications associated with any executive responsibilities.
          This person should be experienced as a senior manager in the financial services industry for a minimum of 5 years. Ways of demonstrating competence could include holding or working towards a relevant qualification.

          Relevant qualifications should involve an examination of topics such as the general economic background, financial markets, legal issues, clients' financial needs and objectives, relevant social issues, regulatory codes and legislation, roles of financial advisers, in addition to risks, costs and benefits of financial products.
          Head of Function This role requires:
          (a) A clear understanding of the role and responsibilities associated with the relevant function;
          (b) A good understanding of the licensee's business, the broader industry and its regulatory environment; and
          (c) The relevant experience and qualifications to fulfill their responsibilities.
          A senior manager responsible for a specialist function should demonstrate the competencies required for that role.

          The person must have area specific experience/qualifications as required for head of function. These include accounting qualifications for financial managers, Bachelors degree in Banking or Finance, MBA, etc.

          Certain roles may require qualifications such as the CISI/ESA Islamic Finance Qualification, or other relevant certifications. The benchmark qualifications include certifications issued by a recognized institute such as any:
          (a) Certificate in Securities;
          (b) Certificate in Securities and Financial Derivatives;
          (c) Certificate in Investment Management;
          (d) Professional Certification in Accounting; and/or
          (e) Equivalent certificates or degrees.
          The head of function should have at least 5 years of experience in the industry and will typically hold, or be working towards, a relevant professional qualification in the field of banking and finance, or as appropriate to the controlled function.
          Head of Treasury In addition to the requirements outlined for individuals holding positions of head of function, this role requires:
          (a) A clear understanding of banking and treasury related products;
          (b) A clear understanding of the Asset Liability Management and Risk Management; and
          (c) A good understanding of the Financial Markets, Capital Markets, Latest Product Offering, hands-on working knowledge of the various treasury systems and risk management functions.
          The treasury function is highly specialised, and as such, the head of this function needs to satisfy further qualifications in comparison to other function heads.

          In addition to holding a minimum of 5 years of experience, the Head of Treasury must also hold certifications required for a head of function.

          Additional qualifications for the Head of Treasury may include the following certifications issued by a recognized institute:
          (a) MBA (Finance and Marketing);
          (b) ACI Diploma;
          (c) CFA;
          (d) ACI Dealing Certificate, ACI Operations Certificate;
          (e) General Securities Representative Qualification (Series 7); and/or
          (f) PRM.
          Compliance Officer A Compliance Officer should:
          (a) Have the ability and experience to take responsibility for implementing and maintaining compliance policies;
          (b) Have the appropriate level of experience to demonstrate independence from other functions within the licensee;
          (c) Have a thorough understanding of the industry and the applicable regulatory framework;
          (d) Have knowledge of different types of investment structures and the structural and operational arrangements of investment firm licensees;
          (e) Have knowledge of the financial instruments dealt by the licensee; and
          (f) Have knowledge of the requirements for providing services in other jurisdictions.
          The level of required competence varies based on the scope, magnitude and complexity of the licensee.
          The person should have a minimum of 2 years of relevant experience in a compliance function of a financial institution.

          Additional relevant certifications may include:
          (a) Diploma in International Compliance offered by the International Compliance Association; and/or
          (b) Other relevant professional qualification.
          Money
          Laundering
          Reporting
          Officer
          (MLRO)
          The MLRO should:
          (a) Understand the business and how the Anti Money Laundering framework applies thereto; and
          (b) Have the appropriate level of experience to demonstrate independence from staff of the licensee dealing directly with customers.
          An MLRO will typically hold a relevant professional qualification and/or a qualification related to the financial activities. These may include:
          (a) Certified Anti-Money Laundering Specialist Examination (ACAMS);
          (b) Other relevant MLRO programs; and/or
          (c) Diploma in International Compliance offered by the International Compliance Association.
          Additionally, he must have undergone training in anti money laundering, in a recognized institute. The initial training must be for a period of 35 hours or more.

          MLROs should have thorough knowledge of the financial institutions industry and be familiar with relevant international standards and applicable domestic regulatory requirements.
          Members of Shari'a Supervisory Board This role requires:
          (a) An appropriate level of knowledge of Islamic Finance and related rules and their application to the industry; and
          (b) A good understanding of the industry.
          Members of a Shari'a Supervisory Board should be:
          (a) Highly experienced in their field; and
          (b) Specialized jurists in Fiqh Al-Mua'malat (Islamic commercial jurisprudence) and familiar with Islamic finance.
          Financial
          Instruments
          Trader
          This role requires:
          (a) A thorough understanding of Financial Markets, Capital Markets, Latest product offering, working knowledge of the various treasury systems, Asset Liability Management (ALM) and risk management functions; and
          (b) Understanding of the industry and its regulatory environment.
          The benchmark qualifications include certifications issued by a recognized institute such as:
          (a) Any professional qualification/degree in accounting, finance, banking, and/or investment management;
          (b) ACI Dealing Diploma/Certificate (The Financial Markets Association);
          (c) CFA;
          (d) General Securities Representative Qualification (Series 7);
          (e) Any certificate in Securities;
          (f) Any certificate in Securities and Financial Derivatives;
          (g) Any certificate in Investment Management;
          (h) Certified Islamic Professional Accountant; and/or
          (i) Securities Market Regulation Certification Programme; and/or
          (j) Equivalent certificates or degrees.
          Investment Consultant / Investment Adviser This role requires:
          (a) A thorough understanding of Financial products, Financial Markets, Capital Markets, latest product offering, Asset Liability Management and risk management functions;
          (b) An awareness of tax issues associated with investment activities (where applicable); and
          (c) An understanding of the Investment Code of Practice ('the Code').
          It is expected that any person who is involved in advising customers on investment products has attained an appropriate qualification such as:
          (a) Any professional qualification/degree in accounting, finance, banking, and/or investment management;
          (b) ACI Dealing Diploma/Certificate (The Financial Markets Association);
          (c) CFA;
          (d) General Securities Representative Qualification (Series 7);
          (e) Certificate in Financial Planning papers 1-3 (The Chartered Insurance Institute);
          (f) IFA Certificate for Financial Advisers;
          (g) Any Securities Investment Institute/Financial Adviser qualification; and/or
          (h) Any equivalent or higher level qualification.
          Amended: October 2015
          Amended: October 2013
          Amended: January 2012
          Amended: January 2011
          Adopted: July 2010

        • Appendix TC-2 Professional Bodies and Qualifications

          Relevant Professional Bodies

          (a) Any accredited university
          (b) Institute of Chartered Secretaries and Administrators (ICSA)
          (c) Certified Financial Analyst (CFA) Institute
          (d) American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA)
          (e) Institute of Management Accountants (IMA)
          (f) Chartered Alternative Investment Analyst Association (CAIA)
          (g) Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA)
          (h) Chartered Institute for Securities & Investment (CISI)
          (i) Association Cambiste Internationale, Paris (ACI)
          (j) Professional Risk Managers' International Association (PRIMA)
          (k) Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), formerly National Association of Securities Dealers (NASD)
          (l) International Compliance Association

          Courses for CPD in Bahrain

          (a) Courses and certifications in the following areas:
          •  Banking
          •  Investment Management
          •  Islamic Finance
          •  Insurance
          •  Leadership and Management
          •  Accounting
          •  Information Technology
          •  Anti Money Laundering
          (b) Other training courses and diplomas in areas of banking and finance
          Adopted: July 2010

      • GS Group Supervision

        [This module in Volume 4 has been intentionally left blank: requirements relating to Group Supervision will be issued at a later date.]

      • DA DA Digital Financial Advice

        • DA-A DA-A Introduction

          • DA-A.1 DA-A.1 Purpose

            • DA-A.1.1

              This Module sets out the Central Bank of Bahrain's (CBB's) Directive relevant to licensees providing digital financial advice or 'robo-advice' as defined in Module AU, Authorisation Module of the CBB Rulebook Volume 4 in the Kingdom of Bahrain.

              Added: April 2019

            • DA-A.1.2

              This Module should be read in conjunction with the requirements in other parts of the CBB Rulebook, Volume 4, applicable to licensees particularly:

              (a) Principles of Business Module
              (b) General Requirements Module;
              (c) High level Controls Module;
              (d) Business Conduct Module
              (e) Financial Crime Module; and
              (f) Enforcement Module.
              Added: April 2019

            • Legal Basis

              • DA-A.1.3

                This Module contains the CBB's Directive (as amended from time to time) applicable to Category 1, 2 or 3 licensees providing digital financial advice and is issued under the powers available to the CBB under Article 38 of the CBB Law.

                Added: April 2019

              • DA-A.1.4

                For an explanation of the CBB's rule-making powers and different regulatory instruments, see Section UG-1.1.

                Added: April 2019

          • DA-A.2 DA-A.2 Module History

            • DA-A.2.1

              This Module was first issued in March 2019. It is numbered as version 01. All subsequent changes to this Module are annotated with a sequential version number: UG-3 provides further details on Rulebook maintenance and version control.

              Added: April 2019

            • DA-A.2.2

              A list of recent changes made to this Module is provided below:

              Module Ref. Change Date Description of Changes
                   
                   
                   
                   

        • DA-B DA-B Scope of Application

          • DA-B.1 DA-B.1 Introduction

            • DA-B.1.1

              Digital financial advice, otherwise also referred to in common jargon as 'robo advice' or 'automated advice' has gained much popularity globally following advancements in technology. The provision of financial advice is a regulated activity under this Rulebook and the use of technology for providing digital financial advice needs to be governed within the context of sound prudential and conduct regulations in order to safeguard the interests of clients. This Module sets forth the key requirements applicable to licensees who wish to use a digital financial advice tool.

              Added: April 2019

            • DA-B.1.2

              The core of digital financial advice tools is the algorithms embedded in the software. The algorithms use a variety of financial modelling techniques and assumptions to translate data inputs into suggested actions at each step of the financial advice value chain. For this reason, it is essential that the entire process is subject to a comprehensive governance and controls framework.

              Added: April 2019

            • DA-B.1.3

              Additionally, there are confidentiality and data privacy implications if the digital financial advice tool uses the cloud for the analytics. If client data is processed by the tool using the cloud there must be safeguards to avoid noncompliance with applicable laws.

              Added: April 2019

        • DA-1 DA-1 Systems and Controls

          • DA-1.1 DA-1.1 Oversight and Internal Controls

            • Board and Senior Management Involvement

              • DA-1.1.1

                Board and senior management of the licensees providing digital financial advice must maintain effective oversight and governance of the digital financial advice process and the client-facing tool. The board and senior management must establish sound policies, procedures, systems, methodologies and tools in relation to the provision of digital financial advice. Such policies must be comprehensive and cover the following:

                (a) System design and system design documentation;
                (b) Construction of the algorithms, changes and their maintenance;
                (c) Suspension of the use of digital financial advice tool should there be errors;
                (d) Security and access controls;
                (e) Updating input parameters on a timely basis, for example, factors such as market changes or changes in law;
                (f) End to end processes for the advisory service using the digital financial advice tool;
                (g) Oversight over the management of the client-facing tool; and
                (h) Documentation of test strategy explaining scope of testing the algorithms.
                Added: April 2019

            • Internal Controls and Risks

              • DA-1.1.2

                Licensees must establish adequate internal controls to safeguard their clients from unsuitable advice and effectively manage the operational and other relevant risks arising therefrom.

                Added: April 2019

              • DA-1.1.3

                Licensees must ensure that there are documented measures to protect confidentiality of client data consistent with Law No. 30 of 2018, Personal Data Protection Law (PDPL) issued on 12 July 2018.

                Added: April 2019

              • DA-1.1.4

                Licensees providing digital financial advice must ensure that their overall control framework and the algorithm functionality is evaluated and independently tested by an independent external consultant other than the external auditor:

                a) initially upon implementation of this Module and prior to launching the digital financial advice to clients;
                b) when there are any material changes to the systems and controls; and
                c) at least once every 3 years.
                Added: April 2019

              • DA-1.1.5

                The evaluation requirements referred to in Paragraph DA-1.1.4 should cover at a minimum:

                a) the internal control infrastructure, given the nature, scope and complexity of the digital financial advice business operation;
                b) the appropriateness of third-party system or tools used;
                c) validation of the underlying models;
                d) the algorithm's functionality;
                e) the cyber security policies and controls;
                f) the completeness and accuracy of client profiling process including the relevant KYC requirements;
                g) controls on client data protection and confidentiality.
                Added: April 2019

              • DA-1.1.6

                Licensees must ensure that reports of the evaluation referred to in paragraph DA-1.1.4 is provided to the CBB within 2 weeks of completion of the reports, provided however, that the report required under DA-1.1.4 (a) should be submitted for the CBB's review and no-objection prior to launching the digital financial advice to clients.

                Added: April 2019

              • DA-1.1.7

                Licensees must ensure that the requirements relating to enhanced due diligence as required under Module FC are met when the client is assessed as higher risk and also where the client relationship (whether at the time of on-boarding or otherwise) is on a non-face-to-face basis.

                Added: April 2019

              • DA-1.1.8

                Licensees offering digital financial advice involving overseas funds must ensure that they comply with the requirements for obtaining authorization, registration and/ or acknowledgement of filing from the CBB under Module ARR of the CBB Rulebook 7: (Collective Investment Undertakings).

                Added: April 2019

          • DA-1.2 DA-1.2 Technology

            • DA-1.2.1

              Licensees providing digital financial advice must ensure that they maintain an up to date security policy document containing the following information:

              a) a description of the business IT systems supporting the digital financial advice tool;
              b) the logical security measures and mechanisms in place, specifying the control the licensee will have over such access as well as the nature and frequency of such control;
              c) policies and processes for system monitoring, authentication, confidentiality of communication, intrusion detection, antivirus systems and logs;
              d) the physical security measures and mechanisms of the premises and the data centre of the licensee, such as access controls and environmental security; and
              e) the type of authorised connections from outside, such as with technology partners, service providers and employees working remotely, including the rationale for such connections where applicable.
              Added: April 2019

          • DA-1.3 DA-1.3 Client On boarding and Profiling

            • Client Agreements and On boarding

              • DA-1.3.1

                Further to the requirements under BC-2.4 relevant to retail clients, the licensees providing digital financial advice must agree in writing the terms of business with their clients and ensure that the following are stipulated:

                a) the full scope of the digital financial advice;
                b) the basis for providing digital financial advice including but not limited to methodologies used for the algorithm,
                c) the fees, charges or commissions relevant to the advice being offered;
                d) the specific conditions or triggers and the processes relating to suspension or discontinuation of the use of the digital financial advice client facing tool and possible use or replacement of human judgement;
                e) changes to the algorithm, the key input parameter, assumptions underlying the digital financial advice client facing tool;
                f) the dispute resolution processes are available to the clients if they wish to make a complaint; and
                g) terms on how clients can withdraw from the arrangement and any associated costs.
                Added: April 2019

              • DA-1.3.2

                The terms of business referred to in Paragraph DA-1.3.1 may be presented in a digital format and customer consent may be obtained in digital format subject to complying with relevant law/s.

                Added: April 2019

              • DA-1.3.3

                At the time of on boarding clients and prior to the signing of client agreements, the licensees must:

                (a) explain the scope of the advice (i.e. what advice is being offered, any restrictions or limitations, and any relevant matters not forming part of the advice);
                (b) actively demonstrate to the clients that the advice they are seeking is within the scope of what is being offered;
                (c) explain the methodological approaches to the strategy and the algorithms underlying it;
                (d) inform clients if the licensee believes that the digital financial advice is not appropriate to him based on the understanding of the client profile and objectives;
                (e) inform the clients on the likely benefits and risk resulting from the digital financial advice; and
                (f) ensure that the client understands that any performance numbers presented are hypothetical projections of return and that actual performance of the portfolio may vary from initial projections.
                Added: April 2019

              • DA-1.3.4

                Licensees are not required to disclose the detailed methodology itself, but rather the approach utilised in designing the algorithm should be described.

                Added: April 2019

            • Client Profiling

              • DA-1.3.5

                Licensees providing digital financial advice to clients must record the client profile accurately and comprehensively if they are critical and to the extent needed for the algorithms underlying the client facing tool. The licensees must at a minimum:

                (a) obtain information to understand the clients overall financial situation, including sources of regular income, financial returns objective, time horizon, liquidity, legal issues, taxes and any unique constraints;
                (b) obtain information to make assessment of both the customers' risk tolerance, capacity and willingness;
                (c) have a process in place for resolving contradictory or inconsistent responses or advice in a client profiling tool or questionnaire, if any;
                (d) have a process for assessing whether investing (as opposed to saving or paying off debt) is appropriate for the client individual;
                (e) establish a process for contacting customers to update changes to their profile, at least annually; and
                (f) establish appropriate governance and supervisory mechanisms for the client profiling tool.
                Added: April 2019

              • DA-1.3.6

                Due to the nature of digital financial advice tools, much information referred to in the Paragraph DA-1.3.5 will be obtained using questionnaires, which should be comprehensive and fuzzy logic enabled.

                Added: April 2019

              • DA-1.3.7

                Licensees must obtain a declaration from the client to ensure that he understands the scope and nature of digital financial advice and the associated risks and limitations.

                Added: April 2019

              • DA-1.3.8

                Licensees must disclose in writing any actual or potential conflicts of interest arising from any connection or association with product provider, including any material information or facts that may compromise its objectivity or independence.

                Added: April 2019

              • DA-1.3.9

                Licensees must disclose in writing the full particulates of any arrangement, including basis for commissions, charges or fees, involving related parties including parent, associates, fellow subsidiaries and other connected parties.

                Added: April 2019

              • DA-1.3.10

                Any disclosure of information that requires acceptance by the client should be tracked for an acknowledgement or response from the client confirming receipt thereof.

                Added: April 2019

        • DA-2 DA-2 Algorithm Governance

          • DA-2.1 DA-2.1 Design of Algorithm

            • DA-2.1.1

              Licensees providing digital financial advice must ensure that the algorithm embedded within the client facing tool is sufficiently robust and that the algorithm is designed to sufficiently analyse the information in order to make a suitable recommendation. The algorithms must be able to identify and determine clients who are unsuitable for investing in products.

              Added: April 2019

            • DA-2.1.2

              Licensees providing digital financial advice must:

              (a) have appropriate system design documentation that clearly sets out the purpose, scope and design of the algorithms;
              (b) establish decision trees or decision rules as part of the documentation, where relevant;
              (c) establish controls to detect any error or bias in the algorithms;
              (d) have appropriate processes for managing any changes to an algorithm which must include security arrangements to monitor and prevent unauthorised access to the algorithm;
              (e) be able to control, monitor and keep records describing any changes made to algorithms (one way of doing this may be to store different versions of the algorithm electronically);
              (f) review and update algorithms whenever there are factors that may affect their relevance (e.g. market changes and changes in the law);
              (g) have in place controls and processes to suspend the provision of advice either when there are two or more conflicting answers to the risk profiling questions or when an error within an algorithm is detected and that error is likely to result in client loss and/or a breach of client agreement or laws and regulations;
              (h) have in place an appropriate internal sign-off process to ensure that the steps above have been followed; and
              (i) perform compliance checks on the quality of advice provided by the client-facing tool. This must include post-transaction sample testing.
              Added: April 2019

            • DA-2.1.3

              Licensees offering digital financial advice may base their algorithms on different methodological approaches (e.g. Modern Portfolio Theory). Each algorithm would have different assumptions, underlying rules and limitations. In addition, some digital advisers may override the automated algorithm or temporarily halt the digital advisory service in extreme market conditions.

              Added: April 2019

          • DA-2.2 DA-2.2 Testing and Updating Algorithms

            • DA-2.2.1

              Licensees providing digital financial advice must perform back-test to ensure that the methodology reliably produces an output that is consistent with the intended investment recommendation. Such back-testing must be performed at periodic intervals and when changes are made to the tool.

              Added: April 2019

            • DA-2.2.2

              Back-testing in Paragraph DA-2.2.1 refers to testing the digital financial advice tool that seeks to estimate the performance of a strategy or model if it had been employed during a past period. This requires simulating past conditions with sufficient detail.

              Added: April 2019

            • DA-2.2.3

              Licensees providing digital financial advice must maintain and document the policies, procedures and controls to monitor and test their algorithm. They must ensure that, at a minimum, the following process are in place:

              (a) have a documented test strategy that explains the scope of the licensee's testing of algorithms which should include
              i. test plans,
              ii. test cases,
              iii. test results,
              iv. defect resolution (if relevant), and
              v. final test results.
              (b) establish robust testing of algorithms to occur before digital financial advice is first provided to a client, and on a regular basis after that; and
              (c) conduct stress tests at least once a year under various scenarios including extreme adverse and unpredictable market conditions.
              Added: April 2019

            • DA-2.2.4

              Licensees providing digital financial advice must ensure that they have adequate human resources with the competency and expertise to develop and review the methodology of the algorithms.

              Added: April 2019

            • DA-2.2.5

              Licensees providing digital financial advice must not outsource the key processes and management of the client facing tool.

              Added: April 2019

            • DA-2.2.6

              Licensees providing digital financial advice may choose to outsource the development (based on the approach, methodology and design input provided by the licensee) and the day to day maintenance of client-facing tools to a third party. However, the licensee remains responsible for the underlying approach to financial advice, the methodology, design input and also the quality of the advice provided. In order to be able to assume this responsibility, the licensee must understand and control the rationale, risks and decision rules behind the algorithm. Licensees should, nonetheless, subject the outsourcing service provider to appropriate due diligence processes as required by the relevant rules on outsourcing in Module RM.

              Added: April 2019

        • DA-3 DA-3 Dealing and Rebalancing Portfolio

          • DA-3.1 DA-3.1 Dealing Incidental to Offering Digital Financial Advice

            • DA-3.1.1

              Licensees dealing in securities as agents or brokers as part of the digital financial advice offering must comply with the requirements related to conflicts of interest under Module BC and rules incidental to it.

              Added: April 2019

        • DA-4 DA-4 Disclosures

          • DA-4.1 DA-4.1 Ongoing Disclosure

            • DA-4.1.1

              Further to the requirements under BC-2.6 of Module BC of the Rulebook, licensees providing digital financial advice must ensure that the following are disclosed to their clients:

              (a) adequate explanations about the functioning of any client facing tool including whether there are affirmations or confirmations that the client would provide as the tool is being populated;
              (b) at key points in the advice process, inform the client about the limitations and potential consequences of the scope of advice in plain and simple language
              (c) throughout the advice process, inform the client about key concepts and the relevant risks and benefits associated with the advice being provided; and
              (d) disclose separately the fees, costs and charges.
              Added: April 2019

            • DA-4.1.2

              Licensees must disclose to their clients in writing the following with respect to the algorithms used:

              (a) assumptions, limitations and risks of the algorithms;
              (b) circumstances under which the licensees may override the algorithms or temporarily halt the digital advisory service; and
              (c) any material adjustments to the algorithms.
              Added: April 2019

            • DA-4.1.3

              Licensees that provide general financial advice to non-retail clients must provide a warning that such advice does not take into account the client's profile and personal circumstances.

              Added: April 2019

            • DA-4.1.4

              For the purpose of Paragraph DA-4.1.3, general financial advice is defined as financial advice that does not take into account the particular personal circumstances, such as the objectives, financial situation and needs of the client. For example, if an adviser gives information about a product but does not consider the financial goals of the client and the adviser does not actually recommend the client to specifically take up the said product, it is considered general advice.

              Added: April 2019

      • Category 4 Category 4 Investment Firms

        • C4-A C4-A Introduction

          • C4-A.1 C4-A.1 Purpose and Scope

            • C4-A.1.1

              This Module sets out the Central Bank of Bahrain’s (CBB) regulations for category 4 investment firms offering regulated investment services in the Kingdom of Bahrain. Category 4 investment firms are subject to the provisions of this Module and the following modules of CBB Rulebook Volume 4:

              (a) Authorisation Module (AU Module);
              (b) Principles of Business Module (PB Module);
              (c) Financial Crime Module (FC Module); and
              (d) Enforcement Module (EN Module).
              Added: January 2022

            • C4-A.1.2

              Persons who operate/manage a collective investment undertaking (CIU) within or from the Kingdom of Bahrain and are not otherwise licensed by CBB as a bank, a category 1 investment firm, or a category 2 investment firm are required to be licensed by CBB as category 4 investment firm.

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-A.1.3

              Category 4 investment firms are operators of CIUs targeted at accredited investors i.e. exempt CIUs, venture capital CIUs or private investment undertakings (PIU). Moreover, category 4 investment firms can provide the regulated service of safeguarding financial instruments (i.e. act as custodian) of the venture capital CIUs they operate/manage.

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-A.1.4

              Locally incorporated category 4 investment firms are called Bahraini category 4 investment firms. Investment firms that are incorporated in an overseas jurisdiction and operate via a ‘branch’ presence in the Kingdom of Bahrain are called overseas investment firms.

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-A.1.5

              Persons undertaking certain functions in relation to category 4 investment firms require prior CBB approval. These functions (called 'controlled functions') include directors and members of senior management. The controlled functions requirements supplement the licensing requirements by ensuring that key persons involved in the running of category 4 investment firms are fit and proper. Those authorised by the CBB to undertake controlled functions are called approved persons.

              Added: January 2022

            • Legal Basis

              • C4-A.1.6

                This Module contains the CBB’s Directive, Regulation and Resolutions (as amended from time to time) applicable to category 4 investment firms under Volume 4 of the CBB Rulebook. It is issued under the powers available to the CBB under Articles 37 to 42, 44 to 48 and 180 of the Central Bank of Bahrain and Financial Institutions Law 2006 (‘CBB Law’). It includes the requirements contained in Resolution No (1) of 2007 with respect to determining fees categories due for licensees and services provided by the CBB, Regulation No (1) of 2007 pertaining to the CBB’s regulated services issued under Article 39 of the CBB Law and contains requirements governing the conditions of granting a license for the provision of regulated services as prescribed under Resolution No. (43) of 2011 and issued under the powers available to the CBB under Article 44(c). The Module contains requirements under Resolution No. (16) for the year 2012 including the prohibition of marketing financial services pursuant to Article 42 of the CBB Law. This Module contains the prior approval requirements for approved persons under Resolution No (23) of 2015.

                Added: January 2022

          • C4-A.2 C4-A.2 Module History

            • Evolution of Module

              • C4-A.2.1

                This Module was first issued in September 2021 as part of Volume 4 (Investment Business). Any material changes that have subsequently been made to this Module are annotated with the calendar quarter date in which the change was made: Chapter UG-3 provides further details on Rulebook maintenance and version control.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-A.2.2

                A list of recent changes made to this Module is provided below:

                Module Ref. Change Date Description of Changes
                     

        • C4-1 C4-1 Authorisation Requirements

          • C4-1.1 C4-1.1 Licensing Conditions

            • Legal Status

              • Mind and Management

                • C4-1.1.1 C4-1.1.1

                  The legal form of a category 4 investment firm must be:

                  (i) A Bahraini joint stock company (BSC); or
                  (ii) A branch resident in Bahrain of an operator of CIUs domiciled in an overseas jurisdiction and authorised to carry out such activity in that jurisdiction.
                  Added: January 2022

                  • C4-1.1.3

                    Category 4 investment firms must maintain their head office in the Kingdom. Overseas category 4 investment firms must maintain local management presence and premises in the Kingdom appropriate to the nature and scale of their activities.

                    Added: January 2022

                  • C4-1.1.2 C4-1.1.2

                    Where the category 4 investment firm is a branch of an overseas investment firm, an application for licensing will be considered after extensive enquiries into the firm’s shareholders, management structure, financial position, its activities and how these activities are regulated.

                    Added: January 2022

                    • C4-1.1.4

                      Category 4 investment firms must appoint at least two senior executives who are resident in the Kingdom of Bahrain and at least one of the senior executives must be the CEO, GM, Co-CEO, Managing Partner, or Senior Executive Officer of the licensee.

                      Added: January 2022

              • Controllers

                • C4-1.1.5

                  A controller is a natural or legal person who, either alone or with his associates:

                  (a) Holds 10% or more of the issued and paid-up capital in the licensee or parent undertaking; or
                  (b) Is able to exercise more than 10% of the voting power over the licensee or the parent undertaking.
                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.6

                  For the purposes of Paragraph C4-1.1.5, ‘associate’ includes:

                  (a) In the case of natural persons, a member of the controller’s family;
                  (b) If the controller is a legal person, a Director, an employee, a partner of the controller, a subsidiary of the controller, or a Director of any subsidiary undertaking of the controller; and
                  (c) Any other person or undertaking with which the controller has entered into an agreement or arrangement as to the acquisition, holding or disposal of shares or other interests in the licensee, or under which they undertake to act together in exercising their voting power in relation to the licensee.
                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.7

                  Bahraini category 4 investment firms must obtain prior approval from the CBB for any of the following changes to their controllers:

                  (a) A new controller;
                  (b) An existing controller increasing its holding from 10% to 20%;
                  (c) An existing controller increasing its holding from below 20% to 30%;
                  (d) An existing controller increasing its holding from below 30% to 40%;
                  (e) An existing controller increasing its holding to above 40% for licensees not listed on any exchange in Bahrain or abroad; and
                  (f) An existing controller reducing its holding to below 10%.
                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.8

                  For the purposes of Subparagraph C4-1.1.7(a), licensees must submit information required in the controller section of Category 4 Investment Firm Authorisation Form (see Part B of the CBB Rulebook Volume 4) and must satisfy the CBB that the new controller is suitable and poses no undue risks to the licensee.

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.9

                  In assessing the suitability of controllers the CBB will consider the track record of the proposed controllers, including adequate experience, financial strength, any record of disciplinary proceedings or conviction by a court or competent authority etc.

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.10

                  Overseas category 4 investment firms must notify the CBB of any new significant ownership in excess of 50% of the issued and paid-up capital of the concerned licensee’s direct parent undertaking as soon as the licensee becomes aware of the change. The overseas category 4 investment firm must provide a copy of the relevant approval by the home supervisor of the parent (if applicable).

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.11

                  Category 4 investment firms must immediately notify the CBB in case of any material change to the information provided to the CBB for approval for a controller.

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.12

                  The percentage of direct or indirect control of a natural person or an unregulated legal person in a Bahraini category 4 investment firm must not exceed one-third of the issued and paid up capital. This limit does not apply to operators of venture capital CIUs.

                  Added: January 2022

              • Board and Employees

                • C4-1.1.13

                  Those nominated to carry out controlled functions must satisfy CBB’s approved persons requirements which are set out in Section C4-1.3 of this Module.

                  Added: January 2022

              • Financial Resources

                • C4-1.1.14

                  Category 4 investment firms must maintain a level of financial resources, as agreed with the CBB, adequate for the level of business proposed. In all cases, category 4 investment firms must maintain a minimum capital of:

                  (a) BD 100,000 if it operates exempt CIUs and PIUs; and
                  (b) BD 25,000 if it only operates/manages venture capital CIUs.
                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.15

                  The CBB may require category 4 investment firms to maintain higher capital and liquidity than those specified in Paragraph C4-1.1.14 depending on the nature, size and profile of the licensee on a case by case basis.

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.16

                  An investment by a category 4 investment firm into a CIU it operates (or directly into any company underlying a CIU it operates) must only be made out of the capital it holds in excess of its minimum capital.

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.17

                  For the purposes of Paragraph C4-1.1.14, capital is defined as the shareholder’s equity or the net assets of the licensee.

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.18

                  In the event that a category 4 investment firm fails to meet the minimum capital requirements, it must, on becoming aware that it has breached these requirements, immediately notify the CBB in writing. Unless otherwise directed, the licensee must in addition submit to the CBB, within 30 calendar days of its notification, a plan demonstrating how it will achieve compliance with these requirements.

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.19

                  Category 4 investment firms must maintain adequate liquid funds representing 25% of operating expenses incurred in the preceding financial year at all times in the form of cash or liquid assets that can be converted to cash in the short-term to cover its operating expenses.

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.20

                  For the purposes of Paragraph C4-1.1.15, Category 4 investment firms in their first year of operation should use the estimated forecasted operating expenses as per the business plan submitted to the CBB at the time of obtaining the CBB license as the basis of computation of liquid funds.

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.21

                  Overseas applicants must provide a written confirmation from their head office that they will provide sufficient financial support to the branch to enable them to meet their obligations as and when they fall due. Overseas applicants must also demonstrate that the company as a whole will be adequately resourced at all times to cater to the risks and their obligations.

                  Added: January 2022

              • Systems and Controls

                • C4-1.1.22

                  Category 4 investment firms must maintain systems and controls that are, in the opinion of the CBB, commensurate with the scale and complexity of their activities. These systems and controls must meet the minimum requirements contained in this Module and with respect to financial crime risks, Module FC (Financial Crime).

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.23

                  As part of the licensing approval process, applicants must demonstrate in their business plan (together with any supporting documentation) what risks their business would be subject to and how they would manage those risks. They must also address risks, including liquidity, credit, market or investment risks, operational risks and other material risks to investors associated with assets under management in CIUs. Applicants may also be asked to provide an independent assessment of the appropriateness of their systems and controls to the CBB.

                  Added: January 2022

              • External Auditors

                • C4-1.1.24

                  Category 4 investment firms must appoint external auditors, subject to prior CBB approval. The minimum requirements set out in Section C4-2.2 of this Module must be met.

                  Added: January 2022

              • Books and Records

                • C4-1.1.25

                  Category 4 investment firms must maintain comprehensive books of accounts and other records (whether in electronic or hard copy form), which must be available for inspection within the Kingdom of Bahrain by the CBB, or persons appointed by the CBB, at any time. Licensees must maintain books and records sufficient to produce financial statements and show a complete record of the business undertaken and must retain such record for at least ten years. For overseas investment firms these requirements only apply to the business booked in their branch in Bahrain.

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.26

                  Category 4 investment firms must keep completed transaction records for as long as they are relevant for the purposes for which they were made with a minimum period in all cases of five years from the date when the transaction was terminated. Records of terminated transactions must be kept whether in hard copy or electronic format as per the Legislative Decree No. (54) of 2018 with respect to Electronic Transactions “The Electronic Communications and Transactions Law” and its amendments.

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.27

                  Category 4 investment firms must maintain the following records in original, hard copy or digital form at their premises in Bahrain:

                  (a) Internal policies, procedures and operating manuals;
                  (b) Corporate records, including minutes of shareholders', Directors' and management meetings;
                  (c) Correspondence with the CBB and records relevant to monitoring compliance with CBB requirements;
                  (d) Correspondence with their investors, and related parties;
                  (e) Reports prepared by the category 4 investment firm’s internal and external auditors and compliance officer; and
                  (f) Employee training manuals and records.
                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.28

                  Unless otherwise agreed to by the CBB in writing, records must be kept in either English or Arabic. Any records kept in languages other than English or Arabic must be accompanied by a certified English or Arabic translation. Records must be kept current. The records must be sufficient to allow an audit of the licensee's business or an on-site examination of the licensee by the CBB.

                  Added: January 2022

              • Provision of Information

                • C4-1.1.29

                  Category 4 investment firms must act in an open and cooperative manner with the CBB. Licensees must meet the regulatory reporting and disclosure requirements contained in Chapters C4-3 and C4-5 of this Module.

                  Added: January 2022

              • General Conduct

                • C4-1.1.30

                  Category 4 investment firms must conduct their activities in a professional and orderly manner, in keeping with good market practice standards. Licensees must comply with the general standards of business conduct contained in Module PB, as well as the standards relating to treatment of customers contained in Chapter C4-3.

                  Added: January 2022

              • License Fees

                • C4-1.1.31

                  Applicants seeking a category 4 investment firm license must pay a non-refundable license application fee of BD 100 at the time of submitting their formal application to the CBB.

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.32

                  Category 4 investment firms must pay a variable annual licensing fee based on 0.25% of their relevant operating expenses, subject to:

                  (a) a minimum (‘floor’) of BD 750 and a maximum (‘cap’) of BD 2,000 for operators of venture Capital CIUs; and
                  (b) a minimum (‘floor’) of BD 2,000 and a maximum (‘cap’) of BD 6,000 for operators of other CIUs.
                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.33

                  Relevant operating expenses are defined as the total operating expenses of the licensee concerned, as recorded in the most recent audited financial statements available, excluding the following items:

                  (a) Training costs;
                  (b) Charitable donations;
                  (c) CBB fees paid; and
                  (d) Non-executive Directors’ remuneration.
                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.34

                  For the avoidance of doubt, operating expenses for the purposes of this Section, do not include items such as depreciation, provisions, interest expense, and dividends.

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.35

                  Category 4 investment firms must pay the relevant annual license fee to the CBB on the 1st of December of the preceding year for which the fees are due.

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.36

                  Category 4 investment firms must complete and submit Form ALF (Annual License Fee) to the CBB, no later than 15th October of the preceding year for which the fees are due.

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.37

                  Category 4 investment firms are subject to direct debit for the payment of the annual fee and must complete and submit to the CBB a Direct Debit Authorisation Form by 15th September available under Part B of Volume 4 (Investment Business) CBB Rulebook on the CBB Website.

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.38

                  For new Category 4 investment firms, their first annual license fee is payable when their license is issued by the CBB. The amount payable is the floor amount.

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.39

                  For the first full year of operation for category 4 investment firms, the licensee would calculate its fee as the floor amount. For subsequent years, the licensee would submit a Form ALF by 15th October of the preceding year for which the fees are due and calculate its fee using its last audited financial statements (or alternative arrangements as agreed with CBB, should its first set of accounts cover an 18-month period).

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-1.1.40

                  Where a license is cancelled (whether at the initiative of the firm or the CBB), no refund is paid for any months remaining in the calendar year in question.

                  Added: January 2022

          • C4-1.2 C4-1.2 Licensing Process

            • Application and Documents

              • C4-1.2.1

                Applicants for a license must fill in the application for authorisation online, available on the CBB website under E-services/online Forms. The applicant must also upload PDF copies/scanned copies of the following supporting documents:

                (a) A comprehensive business plan for the application;
                (b) For overseas companies, the company’s current commercial registration or equivalent documentation;
                (c) Where the applicant is an existing Bahraini company, the applicant’s commercial registration certificate;
                (d) A certified copy of a Board resolution of the applicant, confirming its decision to seek a CBB category 4 investment firm license;
                (e) Details of the proposed licensee’s group structure, if any, and in the case of applicants that are part of a regulated group, a letter of non-objection to the proposed license application from the applicant’s lead supervisor;
                (f) In the case of branch applicants, a letter of non-objection to the proposed license application from the applicant’s home supervisor, together with confirmation that the applicant is in good regulatory standing; and
                (g) In the case of branch applicants, the audited financial statements of the applicant (head office) for the three years immediately prior to the date of application;
                (h) Applicant’s memorandum and articles of association (in draft form for applicants creating a new company).
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.2

                The CBB, at its complete discretion may ask for a guarantee from the applicant’s controlling or major shareholders on a case by case basis as it deems appropriate/necessary as part of the required documents to be submitted.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.3

                The business plan submitted in support of an application must include:

                (a) An outline of the history of the applicant and its shareholders;
                (b) The proposed type of activities to be carried on by the applicant in/from the Kingdom of Bahrain, including the applicant’s strategy and market objectives;
                (c) The proposed Board and senior management of the applicant and the proposed organisational structure of the applicant;
                (d) An independent assessment of the risks that may be faced by the applicant, together with the proposed systems and controls framework to be put in place for addressing those risks and to be used for the main business functions; and
                (e) A proforma opening balance sheet for the applicant, together with a three-year financial projection, with all assumptions clearly outlined, demonstrating that the applicant will be able to meet applicable capital adequacy requirements.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.4

                The applicant’s memorandum and articles of association must explicitly provide for it to undertake the activities proposed in the license application and must preclude the applicant from undertaking other regulated services, or commercial activities, unless these arise out of its investment activities or are incidental to those.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.5

                All documentation provided to the CBB as part of an application for a license must be in either the Arabic or English languages. Any documentation in a language other than English or Arabic must be accompanied by a certified English or Arabic translation thereof.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.6

                Any material changes or proposed changes to the information provided to the CBB in support of an authorisation application that occurs prior to authorisation must be reported to the CBB.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.7

                Articles 44 to 47 of the CBB Law govern the licensing process. This prescribes a single stage process, with the CBB required to take a decision within 60 calendar days of an application being deemed complete (i.e. containing all required information and documents). All applicants are strongly encouraged to contact the CBB at an early stage to discuss their plans, for guidance on the CBB’s requirements.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.8

                The CBB recognises that applicants may find it difficult to complete all the incorporation procedures in the absence of preliminary assurances regarding the likelihood of obtaining a license. Therefore, CBB may provide an initial ‘in principle’ confirmation that the applicant appears likely to meet the CBB’s licensing requirements, subject to the remaining information and documents being assessed as satisfactory. The ‘in principle’ confirmation will also list all outstanding documents required before an application can be considered complete and subject to formal consideration. An ‘in principle’ confirmation does not constitute a license approval, nor does it commit the CBB to issuing a license. The applicants can later complete their applications for final approval.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.9

                The CBB will review the application and duly advise the applicant in writing when it has:

                (a) Granted the application without conditions;
                (b) Granted the application subject to conditions specified by the CBB; or
                (c) Refused the application, stating the grounds on which the application has been refused and the process for appealing against that decision.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.10

                Should a license be granted, the CBB will notify the applicant in writing of the fact; the CBB will also publish its decision to grant a license in the Official Gazette and in two local newspapers (one published in Arabic, the other in English).

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.11

                The CBB may refuse to grant a license if in its opinion:

                (a) The requirements of the CBB Law or this Module are not met;
                (b) False or misleading information has been provided to the CBB, or information which should have been provided to the CBB has not been so provided; or
                (c) The CBB believes it necessary in order to safeguard the interests of potential customers.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.12

                Where the CBB proposes to refuse an application for a license, it will give the applicant a written notice to that effect. Applicants will be given a minimum of 30 calendar days from the date of the written notice to appeal the decision.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.13

                Before the final approval is granted to a licensee, confirmation from a retail bank addressed to the CBB that the licensee’s capital as specified in the business plan has been paid in must be provided to the CBB.

                Added: January 2022

            • Starting Operations

              • C4-1.2.14

                Within 6 months of the license being issued, the new licensee must provide to the CBB (if not previously submitted):

                (a) The registered office address and details of premises to be used to carry out the business of the proposed licensee;
                (b) The address in the Kingdom of Bahrain where full business records will be kept;
                (c) The licensee’s contact details including telephone and fax number, e-mail address and website;
                (d) A copy of its business continuity plan;
                (e) A copy of the auditor’s acceptance to act as auditor for the applicant;
                (f) A copy of the licensee’s professional indemnity insurance policy;
                (g) A copy of the applicant’s notarized memorandum and articles of association;
                (h) A copy of the Ministry of Industry and Commerce commercial registration certificate in Arabic and in English;
                (j) An updated organisation chart showing the reporting lines, committees (if any) and including the names of the persons undertaking the controlled functions; and
                (k) Any other information as may be specified by the CBB.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.15

                New licensees must start their operations within 6 months of being granted a license by the CBB, failing which the CBB may cancel the license, as per the powers and procedures set out in Article 48 of the CBB Law.

                Added: January 2022

            • Amendment of Authorisation

              • C4-1.2.16

                Category 4 investment firms wishing to vary the scope of their license must obtain the CBB’s written approval, before effecting any such change. Such changes include whenever a licensee wishes to add or cease undertaking a regulated service, or to vary a condition imposed on their license. Licensees requesting CBB approval to undertake a new regulated service must provide the following:

                (a) A summary of the rationale for undertaking the proposed new service;
                (b) A description of how the new service will be managed and controlled; and
                (c) An analysis of the financial impact of the new service.
                Added: January 2022

            • Cancellation of Authorisation

              • C4-1.2.17

                In accordance with Article 50 of the CBB Law, category 4 investment firms wishing to cancel their license or cease activities must obtain the CBB’s written approval, before ceasing their activities. All such requests must be made in writing and include the following in support of the request:

                (a) Full details of the business to be terminated;
                (b) The rationale for the cessation;
                (c) How the licensee proposes to cease business;
                (d) Evidence that the proposed cessation has been duly authorised by the licensee (such as a certified copy of a Board resolution approving the cessation); and
                (e) If applicable, an assessment of the impact of the cessation on the licensee’s remaining business and customers, and any mitigating factors or measures.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.18

                Category 4 investment firms, after receiving the CBB’s in-principle approval for cessation of business, must invite the CBB to the Extraordinary General Meeting (EGM) held to seek the shareholder’s approval on the following:

                (a) Cessation and subsequent liquidation of business; and
                (b) Appointment of a liquidator.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.19

                Once the shareholders give their approval to cease business, the licensee must publish a notice of its intention to cease business in two local daily newspapers (one in Arabic, the other in English). Notices must also be displayed in the premises (including any branch offices) of the licensee concerned. These notices must be given not less than 30 calendar days before the cessation is to take effect and must include such information as the CBB may specify including a statement that written representations concerning the liquidation may be submitted to the CBB before a specified day, which shall not be later than thirty calendar days after the day of the first publication of the notice. Prior to publication, the draft notices will be reviewed by the CBB.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.20

                Upon completion of the period specified in Paragraph C4-1.2.19, category 4 investment firms must request the CBB’s final approval on the cessation and provide the proposed cut-off date. Licensees must also confirm in their request that either no objections to the cessation were received and/or any objections received have been adequately dealt with. The CBB will then grant the final approval to proceed with liquidation.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.21

                Upon completion of the liquidation process, the liquidator must provide the CBB with the following:

                (a) Liquidation report;
                (b) Final audited accounts;
                (c) Proof of cancellation of the name of the licensee from the Commercial Registry;
                (d) The original CBB license certificate;
                (e) Proof of payment of publication fees for the CBB to publish the cancellation of license;
                (f) Confirm that there are no outstanding liabilities, claims or legal proceedings; and
                (g) Request the CBB to cancel the license.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.22

                The category 4 investment firm must continue to comply with all applicable CBB requirements until such time as it is formally notified by the CBB that its obligations have been discharged and a final written notice of license cancellation is issued.

                Added: January 2022

            • Cancellation of a License by the CBB

              • C4-1.2.23

                As provided for under Article 48 (c) of the CBB Law, the CBB may itself move to cancel a license, for instance if a licensee fails to satisfy any of its existing license conditions or protecting the legitimate interests of customers or creditors of the licensee requires a cancellation. The CBB generally views the cancellation of a license as appropriate only in the most serious of circumstances, and generally tries to address supervisory concerns through other means beforehand. See also Chapter EN-7, regarding the cancellation or amendment of licenses, including the procedures used in such instances and the licensee’s right to appeal the formal notice of cancellation issued by the CBB.

                Added: January 2022

            • Publication of the Decision to Grant, Cancel or Amend a License

              • C4-1.2.24

                In accordance with Articles 47 and 49 of the CBB Law, the CBB will publish its decision to grant, cancel or amend a license in the Official Gazette and in two local newspapers, one in Arabic and the other in English, the cost of which is borne by the licensee. The CBB may also publish its decision on such cancellation or amendment using any other means it considers appropriate, including electronic means.

                Added: January 2022

            • Business Transfers

              • C4-1.2.25

                Category 4 investment firms must seek prior written approval from the CBB before transferring any of its business to a third party.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.26

                Paragraph C4-1.2.25 is intended to apply to circumstances where a category 4 investment firm wishes to sell all or part of its business to a third party. It does not apply where a category 4 investment firm is simply allocating client assets to a third party, on instruction from the client concerned or managing client assets through another asset manager.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.27

                In the case of a Bahraini category 4 investment firm, business transfer requirements apply both to its business booked in Bahrain and in the firm’s overseas branches. In the case of an overseas category 4 investment firm, the requirements only to business booked in the firm’s Bahrain branch.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.28

                In all cases, CBB approval to transfer business will only be given where:

                (a) The transfer of business will not damage or otherwise prejudice the legitimate interests of the licensee’s customers;
                (b) The transferee is duly licensed to undertake the business which it is to receive; and
                (c) The CBB is satisfied that the transfer will not breach any applicable laws or regulations and would not create any supervisory concerns.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.29

                In assessing the criteria outlined in Paragraph C4-1.2.28, the CBB will, amongst other factors, take into account the financial strength of the transferee; its capacity to manage the business being transferred; its track record in complying with applicable regulatory requirements; and (where applicable) its track record in treating customers fairly. The CBB will also take into account the impact of the transfer on the transferor, and any consequences this may have for the transferor’s remaining customers.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.30

                Category 4 investment firms seeking to obtain the CBB’s permission to transfer business must provide the following information in their request:

                (a) Full details of the business to be transferred;
                (b) The rationale for the proposed transfer;
                (d) If applicable, an assessment of the impact of the transfer on the transferor’s remaining business and customers, and any mitigating factors or measures; and
                (e) Evidence that the proposed transfer has been duly authorised by the transferor (such as a certified copy of a Board resolution approving the transfer).
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.31

                Licensees intending to apply to transfer business are advised to contact the CBB at the earliest possible opportunity, prior to submitting a formal application, in order that the CBB may determine the nature and level of documentation to be provided and the need for an auditor or other expert opinion to be provided to support the application.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.32

                At its discretion, the CBB may require that a notice of proposed transfer of business be published in the Official Gazette, and/or in at least two local daily newspapers (one in Arabic, the other in English), in order to give affected customers, the right to comment on the proposed transfer. Where such a requirement has been imposed, the CBB’s decision on the application will also be published in the Official Gazette and in at least two local daily newspapers. In all such cases, the costs of publication must be met by the transferor.

                Added: January 2022

            • Branches, Subsidiaries and Representative Offices

              • C4-1.2.33

                As specified in Articles 51 and 57 of the CBB Law, a Bahraini category 4 investment firm must seek CBB approval and provide adequate information for its intention to:

                (a) Enter into a merger with another undertaking;
                (b) Enter into a proposed acquisition, disposal or establishment of a new subsidiary undertaking;
                (c) Open a new place of business as a subsidiary undertaking or a branch within the Kingdom of Bahrain or other jurisdiction; or
                (d) Open a representative office in another jurisdiction.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.34

                Bahraini category 4 investment firms wishing to establish or acquire a subsidiary undertaking must submit the following information to the CBB as part of the approval process:

                (a) Proposed name of subsidiary;
                (b) Country of incorporation;
                (c) Legal structure;
                (d) Proposed paid-up capital;
                (e) Proposed shareholding structure;
                (f) Purpose of establishing or acquiring the subsidiary;
                (g) Draft incorporation documents of the subsidiary;
                (h) Board Resolution approving the establishment or acquisition of the subsidiary;
                (i) Names of the board members of the proposed subsidiary and the relationship of the board member to the licensee;
                (j) Names of the authorised signatories of the proposed subsidiary;
                (k) An undertaking from the board of the licensee that the board will be held ultimately responsible for any misconduct or action committed by the proposed subsidiary; and
                (l) Any other information or documentation as required by the CBB.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.2.35

                Bahraini category 4 investment firm wishing to establish a branch or a representative office in a jurisdiction other than the Kingdom of Bahrain, must submit the following information to the CBB as part of the approval process:

                (a) Name of the host supervisor;
                (b) Proposed license type of the branch;
                (c) Purpose of establishing the branch or representative office;
                (d) Board Resolution approving the establishment of the branch or representative office;
                (e) The minimum requirements of the host jurisdiction; and
                (f) Any other information or documentation as required by the CBB.
                Added: January 2022

          • C4-1.3 C4-1.3 Approved Persons

            • General Requirement

              • C4-1.3.1

                Category 4 investment firms must obtain the CBB’s prior written approval for any person wishing to undertake a controlled function in the licensee.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.3.2

                Controlled functions are those of:

                (a) Director;
                (b) Chief Executive, General Manager, Managing Partner or Co-CEO;
                (c) Head of function;
                (d) Compliance officer;
                (e) Money Laundering Reporting Officer; and
                (f) Investment consultant or investment adviser.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.3.3

                Prior approval is required for all controlled functions mentioned in Paragraph C4-1.3.2. Minimum controlled functions required to be appointed and their combinations are subject to the requirements contained Chapter C4-2 of this Module.

                Added: January 2022

            • Definitions

              • C4-1.3.4

                Director is any person who is a member of the licensee’s Board of Directors, and is individually, and collectively with other Directors responsible for directing the affairs and overseeing the activities of the licensee.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.3.5

                The Chief Executive, General Manager, Managing Partner or Co-CEO means a person who is responsible for the conduct of the licensee (regardless of actual title) and its executive management and performance, within the framework of delegated authorities set by the Board.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.3.6

                Compliance officer or head of compliance function is responsible to ensure that the licensee is in compliance with the applicable legal and regulatory requirements of the CBB and any other relevant regulator/authority.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.3.7

                The controlled functions of Money Laundering Reporting Officer/Deputy Money Laundering Reporting Officer are defined under Chapter FC-3.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.3.8

                Head of function means a person who exercises major managerial responsibilities, is responsible for a significant business or operating unit, or has senior managerial responsibility for maintaining accounts or other records of the licensee.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.3.9

                An investment consultant or investment adviser refers to the function of advising a client or potential client with respect to buying, selling, subscribing for or underwriting a particular financial instrument or exercising any right conferred by such a financial instrument.

                Added: January 2022

            • Approved Persons Conditions

              • C4-1.3.10

                Category 4 investment firms seeking an approved person authorisation for an individual, must satisfy the CBB that the individual concerned is ‘fit and proper’ to undertake the controlled function in question. Each applicant applying for approved person status and those individuals occupying approved person positions must comply with the following conditions:

                (a) Has not previously been convicted of any felony or crime that relates to his/her honesty and/or integrity unless he/she has subsequently been restored to good standing;
                (b) Has not been the subject of any adverse finding in a civil action by any court or competent jurisdiction, relating to fraud;
                (c) Has not been adjudged bankrupt by a court unless a period of 10 years has passed, during which the person has been able to meet all his/her obligations and has achieved economic accomplishments;
                (d) Has not been disqualified by a court, regulator or other competent body, as a director or as a manager of a corporation;
                (e) Has not failed to satisfy a judgement debt under a court order resulting from a business relationship; and
                (f) Must have personal integrity, good conduct and reputation;
                (g) Has appropriate qualifications and experience for the controlled function in question.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.3.11

                For the purposes of sub-paragraph C4-1.3.17(g), category 4 investment firms should satisfy the CBB that the controllers, managing partners and the CEO collectively have adequate experience in the related fields, including venture capital, angel investing and entrepreneurship / start-ups for operators of venture capital CIUs.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.3.12

                Approved persons undertaking a controlled function must act prudently, and with honesty, integrity, care, skill and due diligence in the performance of their duties. They must avoid conflicts of interest arising whilst undertaking a controlled function.

                Added: January 2022

            • Prior Approval Requirements and Process

              • C4-1.3.13

                Category 4 investment firms must obtain CBB’s prior written approval before a person is formally appointed to a controlled function. The request for CBB approval must be made by submitting to the CBB the approved persons’ section of the application for authorisation and Curriculum Vitae after verifying that all the information provided is accurate. The following additional documents must be attached with the application:

                (a) A certified copy of the applicant’s passport and national ID card;
                (b) Certified copies of applicant’s educational and professional qualification certificates (with its translation if not in Arabic or English);
                (c) Licensee’s organisation chart (or proposed organisation chart if it is to be amended) clearly showing the proposed applicant’s position and reporting lines in the organisation.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.3.14

                The CBB approval for the Board of director candidates of category 4 investment firms must be obtained prior to issuance of the notice/agenda of the shareholder’s meeting in which the candidates are put forward for election/approval. CBB approval of the candidates does not in any way limit the shareholders’ rights to refuse those put forward for election/approval.

                Added: January 2022

            • Assessment of Application

              • C4-1.3.15

                The CBB will review and assess the application for approved person status to ensure that it satisfies CBB’s ‘fit and proper’ requirements and respond within 15 business days from the date of receiving the application complete with all the required information and documents. The CBB reserves the right to refuse an application for approved person status if it does not satisfy the CBB’s requirements.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.3.16

                Category 4 investment firms or the nominated approved persons may, within 30 calendar days of the notification, appeal against the CBB’s decision to refuse the application for approved person status. The CBB shall decide on the appeal and notify the licensee of its decision within 30 calendar days from submitting the appeal.

                Added: January 2022

            • Notification Requirements and Process

              • C4-1.3.17

                Category 4 investment firms must immediately notify the CBB when:

                (a) An approved person ceases to hold a controlled function together with an explanation as to the reasons why. In such cases, their approved person status is automatically withdrawn by the CBB; or
                (b) In case of any material change to the information provided in the application submitted for an approved person.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.3.18

                If a controlled function falls vacant, the category 4 investment firm must appoint a permanent replacement (after obtaining CBB approval), within 120 calendar days of the vacancy occurring. Pending the appointment of a permanent replacement, the licensee must make immediate interim arrangements to ensure continuity of the duties and responsibilities of the controlled function affected, provided that such arrangements do not pose a conflict of duties. These interim arrangements must be approved by the CBB.

                Added: January 2022

            • Training and Competence

              • C4-1.3.19

                Category 4 investment firms must assess individuals as competent when they have demonstrated the ability to apply the knowledge and skills required to perform a specific controlled function without supervision.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.3.20

                Category 4 investment firms must annually determine the training needs of individuals undertaking controlled functions. It must develop a training plan to address these needs and ensure that training is planned, appropriately structured and evaluated. The training plan of category 4 investment firms must include a programme for continuous professional development training (“CPD”) for their staff.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-1.3.21

                Category 4 investment firms should make and retain updated records of:

                (a) The criteria applied in assessing the ongoing and continuing competence;
                (b) How and when the competence decision for a staff member was arrived at including any periodic assessments;
                (c) The annual training plan for each controlled function;
                (d) Record of CPD hours undertaken by each approved person;
                Added: January 2022

        • C4-2 C4-2 High-Level Controls

          • C4-2.1 C4-2.1 Board and Management Structure

            • C4-2.1.1

              Category 4 investment firms must be headed by an effective, collegial and informed Board of Directors.

              Added: January 2022

            • Board Role and Responsibilities

              • C4-2.1.2

                All directors should understand the Board’s role and responsibilities under the Commercial Companies Law and any other laws or regulations that may govern their responsibilities from time to time. In particular:

                (a) The Board’s role as distinct from the role of the shareholders (who elect the Board and whose interests the Board serves) and the role of officers (whom the Board appoints and oversees); and
                (b) The Board’s fiduciary duties of care and loyalty to the category 4 investment firm and the shareholders.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-2.1.3

                The Board’s role and responsibilities include but are not limited to:

                (a) The overall business performance and strategy for the category 4 investment firm;
                (b) Causing financial statements to be prepared which accurately disclose the category 4 investment firm’s financial position;
                (c) Monitoring management performance;
                (d) Convening and preparing the agenda for shareholder meetings;
                (e) Monitoring conflicts of interest and preventing abusive related party transactions; and
                (e) Assuring equitable treatment of shareholders including minority shareholders.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-2.1.4

                The directors are responsible both individually and collectively for performing these responsibilities. Although the Board may delegate certain functions to committees or management, it may not delegate its ultimate responsibility to ensure that an adequate, effective, comprehensive and transparent corporate governance framework is in place.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-2.1.5

                The category 4 investment firm should have a written appointment agreement with each director which recites the directors’ powers and duties and other matters relating to his appointment including his term, the time commitment envisaged, the committee assignment if any, his remuneration and expense reimbursement entitlement, and his access to independent professional advice when that is needed.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-2.1.6

                The Board should adopt a formal Board charter or other statement specifying matters which are reserved to it, which should include but need not be limited to the specific requirements and responsibilities of directors.

                Added: January 2022

            • Board Composition

              • C4-2.1.7

                The Board should regularly review its size and composition to ensure that it is small enough for efficient decision-making yet large enough to have members who can contribute from different specialties and viewpoints. Category 4 investment firms may appoint non-executive directors or a separate advisory board to obtain expert guidance.

                Added: January 2022

            • Directors’ Communication with Management

              • C4-2.1.8

                The Board must encourage participation by management regarding matters the Board is considering. Non-executive directors or where applicable advisory board members should have free access to the category 4 investment firm’s management beyond that provided in Board meetings.

                Added: January 2022

            • Management Structure

              • C4-2.1.9

                The Board must appoint senior management whose authority must include management and operation of current activities of the category 4 investment firm, reporting to and under the direction of the Board. The Board must make adequate arrangements, at a minimum for the below functions/positions:

                (a) A CEO, General Manager (or CO-CEO, Managing Partner etc.);
                (b) Financial control;
                (c) Compliance;
                (d) Risk management;
                (e) Asset management;
                (f) Internal audit; and
                (g) Anti-Money Laundering (AML).
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-2.1.10

                For the purposes of Paragraph C4-2.1.9 and as per Paragraph C4-1.1.4, the Board is required to appoint at least two senior executives that are resident in Bahrain, one of who is the CEO, but the category 4 investment firm, with the approval of the CBB, may outsource other functions provided the following conditions are met:

                (a) The Board and senior management take responsibility for the outsourced activities and maintain oversight and control over the operations of the outsourced service provider;
                (b) The licensee satisfies the CBB that adequate arrangements are in place to fulfill the role’s responsibilities;
                (c) The core business of asset management is carried out internally although the firm may utilise third-parties for managing the related processes; and
                (d) Compliance and AML functions (which may be combined) must have on-site presence (either in-house or on a secondment basis).
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-2.1.11

                The Board and CEO should prescribe each senior manager’s title, authorities, duties and internal reporting responsibilities. The Board may also specify any limits on the authority of the CEO or other senior managers, such as monetary maximums for transactions which they may authorise without separate Board approval.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-2.1.12

                At least annually, the Board should review and concur in a succession plan addressing the policies and principles for selecting a successor to the CEO, both in emergencies and in the normal course of business. The succession plan should include an assessment of the experience, performance, skills and planned career paths for possible successors to the CEO.

                Added: January 2022

            • Approved Persons Accountability

              • C4-2.1.13

                Each approved person should understand that under the Law he is personally accountable to the category 4 investment firm and the shareholders and if he violates his legal duty of loyalty to the licensee, and that he can be personally sued by the licensee or the shareholders for such violations.

                Added: January 2022

            • Conflicts of Interest

              • C4-2.1.14

                Each approved person should make every practicable effort to arrange his personal and business affairs to avoid a conflict of interest with the category 4 investment firm. This includes not using licensee’s information it for his personal profit, not to take business opportunities of the licensee for himself, and not to compete in business with the category 4 investment firm. The Board should also have in place a policy on the employment of relatives of the approved persons.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-2.1.15

                Approved persons must inform the Board of conflicts of interest as they arise and abstain from voting on the matter in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Law.

                Added: January 2022

            • Communication between Board and Shareholders

              • C4-2.1.16

                The category 4 investment firm should communicate with shareholders, encourage their participation, and respect their rights. The Board should observe both the letter and the intent of the Commercial Company Law’s requirements for shareholder meetings.

                Added: January 2022

            • Remuneration of Approved Persons

              • C4-2.1.17

                The category 4 investment firm must remunerate approved persons fairly and responsibly.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-2.1.18

                Remuneration of approved persons should be sufficient enough to attract, retain and motivate persons of the quality needed to run the category 4 investment firm successfully, but the licensee should avoid paying more than is necessary for that purpose.

                Added: January 2022

          • C4-2.2 C4-2.2 Auditor Requirements

            • Appointment of Auditors

              • C4-2.2.1

                Category 4 investment firms must obtain prior written approval from the CBB before appointing or re-appointing their auditors.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-2.2.2

                Where a licensee fails to appoint an external auditor within four months from the beginning of the financial year, Article 61 (b) of the CBB Law provides the CBB with the power to appoint the external auditor.

                Added: January 2022

            • Resignation or Removal of Auditors

              • C4-2.2.3

                Category 4 investment firms must notify the CBB immediately if they intend to remove their auditors, with an explanation of their decision, or when their auditors resign. The licensee must appoint the replacement auditor as soon as practicable but no later than three months.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-2.2.4

                In accordance Article 63 of the CBB Law, auditors of category 4 investment firms must inform the CBB in writing, if they resign or their appointment as auditor is terminated, within 30 calendar days, of the event occurring, setting out the reasons for the resignation or termination.

                Added: January 2022

            • Audit Partner Rotation

              • C4-2.2.5

                Unless otherwise exempted by the CBB, category 4 investment firms must ensure that the audit partner responsible for their audit does not undertake that function more than five years in succession. Licensees must notify the CBB of any change in audit partner.

                Added: January 2022

            • Auditor Independence

              • C4-2.2.6

                Before a category 4 investment firm appoints an auditor, it must take reasonable steps to ensure that the auditor has the required skill, resources and experience to carry out the audit properly, and is independent of the licensee. For an auditor to be considered independent, it must, among things, comply with the restrictions in this Section.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-2.2.7

                If a category 4 investment firms becomes aware at any time that its auditor is not independent, it must take reasonable steps to remedy the matter and notify the CBB of the fact. The CBB may require the appointment of a new auditor if the issue is not resolved within a reasonable timeframe.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-2.2.8

                Category 4 investment firms must not provide regulated services to their auditors or outsource their internal audit function to the same firm that acts as their external auditors.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-2.2.9

                A partner, director or manager on the engagement team of auditing a category 4 investment firms may not serve on the Board or in a controlled function of the licensee, for two years following the end of their involvement in the audit, without prior authorisation of the CBB.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-2.2.10

                The Bahrain Commercial Company’s Law and the CBB Law provide further requirements with regards to the licensee’s relationship with auditors.

                Added: January 2022

            • CBB Access to Auditors

              • C4-2.2.11

                Category 4 investment firms must waive any duty of confidentiality on the part of their auditors, such that their auditors may report to the CBB any concerns held regarding material failures by the licensee to comply with CBB requirements.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-2.2.12

                In accordance with Articles 114 and 121 of the CBB Law, the CBB may appoint appointed experts to undertake on-site examinations or report by way of investigations on specific aspects of a category 4 investment firm’s business. External auditors may be called upon to be appointed experts and should be aware of their role in that capacity by referring to Section C4-5.3.

                Added: January 2022

            • Auditor Access to Outsourcing Providers

              • C4-2.2.13

                Outsourcing agreements between category 4 investment firms and outsourcing providers must ensure that the licensee’s internal and external auditors have timely access to any relevant information they may require to fulfil their responsibilities. Such access must allow them to conduct on-site examinations of the outsourcing provider, if required.

                Added: January 2022

            • Report on Compliance with Client Asset Rules

              • C4-2.2.14

                Category 4 investment firms that hold or control client assets must arrange for their external auditors to report on the licensee’s compliance with the requirements contained in Appendix CL – (i) at least once a year. The report must be in the form agreed by CBB and must be submitted to the CBB within three months of the licensee’s financial year-end.

                Added: January 2022

        • C4-3 C4-3 Operating Requirements

          • C4-3.1 C4-3.1 Overarching Principles

            • C4-3.1.1

              Category 4 investment firms must:

              (a) Act with due skill, care and diligence in all dealings with clients;
              (b) Provide services without any discrimination based on gender, nationality, origin, language, faith, religion, physical ability or social standing;
              (c) Act fairly and reasonably in all dealings with clients;
              (d) Identify clients’ specific requirements in relation to the products and services about which they are enquiring and take adequate measures to avoid mis-selling and mis-representation;
              (e) Ensure that any advice to clients is aimed at the clients’ interests and based on adequate standards of research and analysis;
              (f) Provide sufficient information to enable clients to make informed decisions when purchasing investment products and services offered to them;
              (g) Provide sufficient and timely documentation to clients to confirm that their investment arrangements are in place and provide all necessary information about their products, rights and responsibilities;
              (h) Maintain fair treatment of clients through the lifetime of the client relationships, and ensure that clients are kept informed of important events;
              (i) Ensure complaints from clients are dealt with fairly and promptly;
              (j) Ensure that all information provided to clients is clear, fair and not misleading, and appropriate to clients’ information needs; and
              (k) Take appropriate measures to safeguard any money and property handled on behalf of clients and maintain confidentiality of client information.
              Added: January 2022

            • Client Classification

              • C4-3.1.2

                Category 4 investment firms must only provide services to accredited investors who are defined as:

                (a) Individuals who have a minimum net worth (or joint net worth with their spouse) of USD 1,000,000, excluding that person’s principal place of residence;
                (b) Companies, partnerships, trusts or other commercial undertakings, which have financial assets available for investment of not less than USD 1,000,000; or
                (c) Governments, supranational organisations, central banks or other national monetary authorities, and state organisations whose main activity is to invest in financial instruments (such as state pension funds).
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-3.1.3

                Before providing any regulated investment services to any client, a category 4 investment firm must take reasonable steps to obtain appropriate information to establish whether that client is an accredited investor. Such classification must be communicated to the client along with an explanation of the implications of such classification. Licensees must also keep records of the classification established for each client, including sufficient information to support such classification.

                Added: January 2022

            • Conflicts of Interest

              • C4-3.1.4

                Category 4 investment firms must take all reasonable steps to identify conflicts of interest between themselves (or any person directly or indirectly linked to them by control) and their clients, which may arise in the course of providing a regulated investment service. Any such conflict of interest must be disclosed to the client and take reasonable steps to obtain the client’s no objection.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-3.1.5

                Category 4 investment firms must establish policies and procedures to manage conflicts to interest, including where appropriate information barriers, Chinese walls etc. If the licensee is unable to manage a conflict of interest it must decline to act for the client. The policies must also cover an employee’s personal account transactions.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-3.1.6

                Category 4 investment firms must establish controls, policies and procedures to ensure that neither they, nor any of their employees, offer, give, solicit or accept any inducement which is likely to conflict significantly with any duty that they owe to their clients.

                Added: January 2022

            • Professional Indemnity Insurance

              • C4-3.1.7

                Category 4 investment firms must satisfy the CBB that its professional indemnity coverage is adequate for the nature, size and risk profile of its business.

                Added: January 2022

          • C4-3.2 C4-3.2 Disclosure Requirements

            • C4-3.2.1

              Category 4 investment firms must provide (with respect to regulated investment services), comprehensible information to clients or potential clients on:

              (a) Itself and the types of services that it can provide;
              (b) Fees, costs and associated charges such as:
              (i) The basis or amount of its charges, remuneration and commission for conducting regulated investment services; and
              (ii) The nature or amount of any other income receivable by it or, to its knowledge, by its associate and attributable to that regulated investment service;
              (c) Proposed CIU structures, investments and strategies and appropriate guidance on and warnings of the risks associated with those investments and strategies; and
              (d) Information about methods of redress.
              Added: January 2022

            • C4-3.2.2

              For the purpose of Subparagraph C4-3.2.1 (b), category 4 investment firms must disclose any remuneration that the operator/manager is eligible to receive such as carried interest and employee share option plans (ESOP) to its clients in the prospectus or other offering document.

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-3.2.3

              Category 4 investment firms must provide periodic statements and updates, at least on a semi-annual basis, to their clients on the status of their investments.

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-3.2.4

              For the purposes of Paragraph C4-3.2.3, information provided to clients may include the following, where applicable:

              (a) Updates on status of the CIU, the underlying assets and future strategies and plans;
              (b) Value of the client’s investments (for example total and net asset value of the CIU);
              (c) Any debt, pledges on the CIU assets, and resulting costs such as interested payments;
              (d) Fees and charges paid during the period and their nature;
              (e) Details of remuneration of the operator/manager;
              (f) Details of any income received during the period such as dividends etc.; and
              (g) Any material changes to the structure of the CIUs, the licensee, the management etc.
              Added: January 2022

          • C4-3.3 C4-3.3 Client Assets

            • C4-3.3.1

              Category 4 investment firms must ensure they have made adequate arrangements for safeguarding client assets comprising money or financial instruments belonging to clients which are held or controlled by the licensee in connection with its business activities.

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-3.3.2

              For the purpose of C4-3.3.1 client assets are held or controlled by the category 4 investment firm on behalf of a client if they are:

              (a) Directly held by the licensee;
              (b) Held in an account in the name of the licensee;
              (c) Held by a person, or in an account in the name of a person, controlled by the licensee; or
              (d) Held in an account with another person, controlled by the licensee; or
              (e) The account is operated in accordance with the instructions of the licensee.
              Added: January 2022

            • C4-3.3.3

              Category 4 investment firms must ensure that client assets are held separately from assets belonging to the licensees and that they disclose the arrangements for custody of the client assets in their prospectus and agreements with the clients.

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-3.3.4

              Category 4 investment firms must ensure the following in respect of custody of assets of the CIUs:

              (a) Undertake an appropriate risk assessment of that custodian and document the same;
              (b) That the client will assume the unsecured credit risk of the custodian or third party with whom the licensee places the client assets that it holds;
              (c) If applicable, that client assets may be held in a jurisdiction outside the Kingdom of Bahrain;
              (d) Agree with the client the details of any claims or set offs which the licensee may have in client assets held on behalf of the client in satisfaction of a default by the client or otherwise, and any rights which the licensee may have to closeout or liquidate contracts or positions in respect of any of the client assets, without the client’s prior instruction or consent; and
              (e) Obtain clients’ consent in writing for the arrangements for custody in a document which gives clear information on:
              i. The terms governing the way in which the client assets will be held and the obligations and responsibilities of the licensee and/or of the third-party custodian (where applicable), the clients (including the terms for the restitution of the financial instruments);
              ii. The risks involved; and
              iii. Whether interest on client money held is payable to the client and, if so, the terms and frequency of such payments.
              Added: January 2022

            • C4-3.3.5

              Category 4 investment firms must require that if a safe custody financial instrument is recorded in an account with a custodian, the custodian makes it clear in the title of the account that the financial instrument belongs to one or more clients of the licensee.

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-3.3.6

              Category 4 investment firms that hold custody of financial instruments with a custodian are expected to establish and maintain a system for assessing the appropriateness of the selection of the custodian and to assess the continued appointment of that custodian periodically as often as is reasonable in the relevant market. The licensee is also expected to make and retain a record of the grounds on which it satisfies itself as to the appropriateness of its selection or, following a periodic assessment, continued appropriateness of the custodian.

              Added: January 2022

            • Client Money

              • C4-3.3.7

                Category 4 investment firms must hold all client money in a client bank account.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-3.3.8

                For the purposes of C4-3.3.7, a client bank account is an account holding client money of one or more clients in a bank account designated as such in accordance with the terms of agreement with the client/clients.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-3.3.9

                Client bank accounts in respect of Bahrain domiciled CIUs may only be opened with banks licensed to do business in the Kingdom of Bahrain unless approved by CBB for any given justifiable circumstances.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-3.3.10

                If the bank holding client money is located outside the Kingdom of Bahrain, category 4 investment firms should take reasonable steps to establish that the bank is appropriate considering, among other factors, the following:

                (a) Whether it is a duly licensed bank in good regulatory standing in the jurisdiction it operates;
                (b) The capital adequacy of the bank is reasonable;
                (c) The amount of client money to be placed, as a proportion of the bank’s capital and deposits is not disproportionate; and
                (d) The credit rating of the bank, if available is good.
                Added: January 2022

            • Transfer of Money to Eligible Third Parties

              • C4-3.3.11

                Category 4 investment firms may only pay, or permit to be paid, client money into an account other than the client bank account if that account is an eligible third party.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-3.3.12

                Eligible third parties are recognised exchanges, clearing houses and third-party intermediaries (such as brokers), that are duly authorised or licensed by the appropriate regulatory oversight body.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-3.3.13

                For the purposes of C4-3.3.11, the category 4 investment firm must assess the suitability of an eligible third party before allowing it to hold or control client money. This assessment must include, at a minimum, the information included below:

                (a) The eligible third party’s credit rating, capital and financial resources;
                (b) The regulatory and insolvency regimes of the jurisdiction in which the eligible third party is located;
                (c) The eligible third party’s reputation;
                (d) Its regulatory status and history; and
                (e) The other members of the eligible third party’s group and their activities.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-3.3.14

                Category 4 investment firms may allow an eligible third party, such as an exchange, a clearing house or an intermediate broker, to hold or control client money, only if the licensee transfers the client money:

                (a) For the purpose of a transaction for a client through or with that eligible third party; or
                (b) To meet a client’s obligations to provide collateral for a transaction.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-3.3.15

                Category 4 investment firms must not hold money other than client money in a client bank account unless it is:

                (a) A minimum sum required to open the account or to keep it open;
                (b) Money temporarily held in the account in accordance with the mixed remittance requirements in Paragraph C4-3.3.17; or
                (c) Interest credited to the account which exceeds the amount due to clients as interest and which has not yet been withdrawn by the licensee.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-3.3.16

                Category 4 investment firm may pay into a client bank account money of its own to protect client money if it is prudent to do so, and that money will then become client money for the purposes of the client asset protection rules in this Module until the licensee retrieves it.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-3.3.17

                If a category 4 investment firm receives a mixed remittance (that is part client money and part other money), it must:

                (a) Pay the full sum into a client bank account; and
                (b) Pay the money that is not client money out of the client bank account within one business day.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-3.3.18

                Category 4 investment firms should not hold excess client money in its client transaction accounts with intermediate brokers, settlement agencies or over the counter (OTC) counterparties; it should be held in a client bank account.

                Added: January 2022

            • Reconciliation

              • C4-3.3.19

                Category 4 investment firms must ensure that a system is implemented to perform reconciliations of both client bank accounts and eligible third-party accounts in which client money is held. These reconciliations must be carried out on a regular basis, sufficient to ensure the accuracy of its records (but at a minimum, on a monthly basis as at the last business day of each calendar month).

                Added: January 2022

          • C4-3.4 C4-3.4 Customer Complaints Procedures

            • C4-3.4.1

              Category 4 investment firms must have adequate customer complaints handling procedures and systems for effective handling of complaints made by customers. The procedures must be documented appropriately, and the customers must be informed of their availability.

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-3.4.2

              Category 4 investment firms should assign the responsibility to handle customer complaints and be the contact point for the customers to a senior level employee and publicise his/her contact details. The position may be outsourced to a third-party with the CBB’s prior approval.

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-3.4.3

              For the purposes of Paragraph C4-3.4.1, customer complaints handling procedures must include the following:

              (a) The procedures and policies for:
              (i) Receiving and acknowledging complaints;
              (ii) Investigating complaints;
              (iii) Responding to complaints within appropriate time limits;
              (iv) Recording information about complaints;
              (v) Identifying recurring system failure issues.
              (b) The types of remedies available for resolving complaints; and
              (c) The periodic reporting of customer complaints and concerns to the Board and senior management.
              Added: January 2022

            • Visibility and Accessibility

              • C4-3.4.4

                “How and where to complain” must be well publicised to customers and other interested parties, in both English and Arabic languages. The complaints handling process must be easily accessible to all customers and must be free of charge.

                Added: January 2022

            • Responsiveness

              • C4-3.4.5

                Category 4 investment firms must promptly acknowledge a customer complaint and in no case, later than within 5 working days of receipt. Licensees must also promptly respond to a customer complaint in accordance with their urgency, and in no case, later than 4 calendar weeks of receiving the complaint, explaining their position and how they propose to deal with the complaint, including any redress. Until the complaint is resolved, the customers must be kept informed of the progress of their complaint.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-3.4.6

                If a customer is not satisfied with a category 4 investment firm’s response or redress options, the licensee must advise the customer on how to take the complaint further within the organisation, including, the option to refer the matter to the Consumer Protection Unit at the CBB.

                Added: January 2022

            • Objectivity

              • C4-3.4.7

                Complaints must be addressed in an equitable, objective, unbiased and efficient manner. The following measures must be implemented in this respect:

                (a) Impartiality:
                i. Measures must be taken to protect the person the complaint is made against from bias;
                ii. The investigation must be carried out by a person independent of the person complained about.
                (b) Confidentiality:
                i. Ensure confidentiality for staff who have a complaint made against them and the details must only be known to those directly concerned;
                ii. Customer information must be protected and not disclosed, unless the customer consents otherwise; and
                iii. Protect the customer and customer’s identity as far as is reasonable to avoid deterring complaints due to fear of inconvenience or discrimination.
                Added: January 2022

            • Records of Complaints

              • C4-3.4.8

                Category 4 investment firms must maintain a record of all customers’ complaints. The record of each complaint must include:

                (a) The identity of the complainant;
                (b) The substance of the complaint;
                (c) The status of the complaint, including whether resolved or not, and whether redress was provided; and
                (d) All correspondence in relation to the complaint.

                Such records must be retained by the licensee for a period of 5 years from the date of receipt of the complaint.

                Added: January 2022

            • Reporting of Complaints

              • C4-3.4.9

                Category 4 investment firms must electronically submit to the CBB’s Consumer Protection Unit at complaint@cbb.gov.bh, a quarterly report summarising the following:

                (a) The number of complaints received;
                (b) The substance of the complaints;
                (c) The number of days it took the licensee to acknowledge and to respond to the complaints; and
                (d) The status of the complaint, including whether resolved or not, and whether redress was provided.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-3.4.10

                Where no complaints have been received by the licensee within the quarter, a ‘nil’ report should be submitted to the CBB’s Consumer Protection Unit.

                Added: January 2022

        • C4-4 C4-4 Risk Management

          • C4-4.1 C4-4.1 Risk Governance

            • C4-4.1.1

              The Board of category 4 investment firms is ultimately responsible for the establishment of an adequate and effective framework for identifying, measuring monitoring and managing risks. The CBB expects the Board to be able to demonstrate that it provides suitable oversight and establishes effective systems and controls proportionate to the nature, scale and complexity of the licensee’s activities.

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-4.1.2

              Category 4 investment firms must have a risk management function, independent of risk-taking, commensurate with the nature, scale and complexity of their business. The duties of the risk management function include but are not limited to:

              (a) Identifying, measuring, monitoring, and controlling the major sources of risks associated with the operations of the licensee including any entity it may own, control or manage on an ongoing basis;
              (b) Reporting to the Board and senior management on all material risks the licensee is exposed to; and
              (c) Documenting the processes and systems by which it identifies and monitors material risks, and how it reports to the Board and senior management these risks.
              Added: January 2022

            • C4-4.1.3

              For the purposes of Paragraph C4-4.1.2 and as per Paragraph C4-2.1.10, category 4 investment firms may outsource its risk management function to a third party, provided CBB prior approval is obtained.

              Added: January 2022

          • C4-4.2 C4-4.2 Risk Management Framework

            • C4-4.2.1

              The risk management framework of category 4 investment firms must provide for the establishment and maintenance of effective systems and controls including Board approved policies that enable the licensee to identify, measure, monitor and manage the major sources of risk arising from its own books and those arising from the CIU it operates in each of the following categories:

              (a) Counterparty risk;
              (b) Market risk;
              (c) Liquidity risk;
              (d) Operational risk (including where relevant cyber security risk);
              (e) Outsourcing Risk; and
              (f) Any additional categories relevant to its business.
              Added: January 2022

            • C4-4.2.2

              Category 4 investment firms must have contingency arrangements to ensure, that they can access sufficient liquid financial resources to meet liabilities as they fall due.

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-4.2.3

              The risk reporting and monitoring systems of category 4 investment firms must be independent of the employees who are responsible for exposing the licensee to risk.

              Added: January 2022

            • Valuation

              • C4-4.2.4

                Category 4 investment firms must have policies and procedures for valuation of assets under management. Wherever possible, the licensee must use mark to market approach for valuation purposes. Where mark to model approach is not used due to lack of market prices, licensees must follow internationally recognised standards for valuation. Licensees must also utilise independent valuation experts to verify accuracy of valuation models.

                Added: January 2022

            • Business Continuity Planning

              • C4-4.2.5

                Category 4 investment firms must maintain a business continuity plan (BCP) appropriate to the size and complexity if its operations. The BCP must include procedures for ensuring that critical systems, functions and operations can be maintained or recovered in a timely manner in the event of a disruption

                Added: January 2022

            • Review

              • C4-4.2.6

                Category 4 investment firms must establish mechanisms, including internal audits, to verify that controls, once established, are being followed.

                Added: January 2022

          • C4-4.3 C4-4.3 Outsourcing Risk

            • C4-4.3.1

              Category 4 investment firms must identify all material outsourcing contracts and ensure that the risks associated with such contracts are adequately controlled.

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-4.3.2

              Outsourcing means an arrangement whereby a third party performs on behalf of a licensee an activity that was previously undertaken by the licensee itself (or in the case of a new activity, one which ordinarily would have been performed internally by the licensee).

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-4.3.3

              For purposes of C4-4.3.1, a contract is ‘material’ where, if it failed in any way, it would pose significant risks to the on-going operations of a licensee, its reputation and/or the quality of service provided to its clients. For instance, the outsourcing of all or a substantial part of functions such as financial control, risk management, internal audit would be considered “material”. Management should carefully consider whether a proposed outsourcing arrangement falls under this Module’s definition of “material”. If in doubt, management should consult with the CBB.

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-4.3.4

              Category 4 investment firms must retain ultimate responsibility for functions or activities that are outsourced. In particular, licensees must ensure that they continue to meet all their regulatory obligations with respect to outsourced activities.

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-4.3.5

              Category 4 investment firms must seek the CBB’s prior written approval before committing to a new material outsourcing arrangement in accordance with Paragraph C4-2.1.10. The approval request must contain sufficient detail to demonstrate that relevant issues raised in this Chapter have been addressed.

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-4.3.6

              Category 4 investment firms must immediately inform the CBB of any material problems encountered with an outsourcing provider.

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-4.3.7

              The CBB reserves the right to require a licensee to terminate or make alternative outsourcing arrangements if, among other reasons, the confidentiality of its customer information was, or is likely to be, breached or the ability of the CBB to carry out its supervisory functions in view of the outsourcing arrangement cannot be assured or executed.

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-4.3.8

              The CBB requires ongoing access to the outsourced activity, which it may occasionally want to examine itself, through management meetings or on-site examinations.

              Added: January 2022

            • Risk Assessment

              • C4-4.3.9

                Category 4 investment firms must undertake a thorough risk assessment of an outsourcing proposal, before formally submitting the request for approval to the CBB and committing itself to an agreement.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-4.3.10

                Before entering into, or significantly changing, an outsourcing arrangement, a licensee should:

                (a) Analyse how the arrangement will fit with its organisation and reporting structure; business strategy; overall risk profile; and ability to meet its regulatory obligations;
                (b) Consider whether the agreements establishing the arrangement will allow it to monitor and control its operational risk exposure relating to the outsourcing;
                (c) Conduct appropriate due diligence of the service provider’s financial stability and expertise;
                (d) Consider how it will ensure a smooth transition of its operations from its current arrangements to a new or changed outsourcing arrangement (including what will happen on the termination of the contract);
                (e) Consider any concentration risk implications such as the business continuity implications that may arise if a single service provider is used by several firms; and
                (f) Analyse the outsourcing provider’s financial soundness, its technical competence, its commitment to the arrangement, its reputation, its adherence to international standards, and the associated country risk.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-4.3.11

                In negotiating its contract with a service provider, a licensee should have regard to:

                (a) Reporting or notification requirements it may wish to impose on the service provider;
                (b) Whether sufficient access will be available to its internal auditors, external auditors and to the CBB;
                (c) Information ownership rights, confidentiality agreements and Chinese walls to protect client and other information (including arrangements at the termination of the contract);
                (d) The adequacy of any guarantees and indemnities;
                (e) The extent to which the service provider must comply with the licensee’s policies and procedures (covering, for example, information security);
                (f) The extent to which a service provider will provide business continuity for outsourcing operations;
                (g) The processes for making changes to the outsourcing arrangement and the conditions under which the licensee or service provider can choose to change or terminate the outsourcing arrangement, such as where there is:
                (i) A change of ownership or control (including insolvency or receivership) of the service provider or firm;
                (ii) Significant change in the business operations (including sub-contracting) of the service provider or firm; or
                (iii) Inadequate provision of services that may lead to the firm being unable to meet its regulatory obligations.
                Added: January 2022

              • C4-4.3.12

                Category 4 investment firms must maintain and regularly review contingency plans to enable them to set up alternative arrangements with minimum disruption to business should the outsourcing contract be terminated, or the outsourcing provider fail. This may involve the identification of alternative outsourcing providers or the provision of the service in-house. These plans must consider how long the transition would take and what interim arrangements would apply.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-4.3.13

                All material outsourcing arrangements by a category 4 investment firm must be the subject of a legally enforceable outsourcing agreement. The contractual liabilities and obligations of the outsourcing provider and licensee must be clearly specified in an outsourcing agreement. Where the outsourcing provider interacts directly with a licensee’s customers, the contract must, where relevant, reflect the licensee’s own standards regarding client care. Once an outsourcing agreement has been entered into, licensees must regularly review the suitability of the outsourcing provider, and the on-going impact of the agreement on their risk profile and systems and controls framework.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-4.3.14

                Category 4 investment firms must ensure that the outsourcing arrangement is in compliance with the Personal Data Protection Law (PDPL) and the outsourcing provider implements adequate safeguards and procedures to protect client data confidentiality. Category 4 investment firms must ensure that they retain title under any outsourcing agreements for data, information and records that form part of the prudential records of the licensee.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-4.3.15

                Category 4 investment firms must ensure that its internal and external auditors have timely access to any relevant information they may require to fulfil their responsibilities. Such access must allow them to conduct on-site examinations of the outsourcing provider, if required.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-4.3.16

                Category 4 investment firms must also ensure that the CBB inspectors and appointed experts have timely access to any relevant information they may reasonably require to fulfil its responsibilities under the law. Such access must allow the CBB to conduct on-site examinations of the outsourcing provider, if required.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-4.3.17

                Termination under any other circumstances allowed under the agreement must give category 4 investment firms a sufficient notice period in which they can affect a smooth transfer of the service to another provider or bring it back in-house.

                Added: January 2022

            • Outsourcing Controls

            • Internal Audit Outsourcing

              • C4-4.3.18

                Category 4 investment firms must not outsource their internal audit function to the same firm that acts as their external auditors.

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-4.3.19

                Board and management of licensees must retain responsibility for ensuring that an adequate internal audit programme is implemented, and will be held accountable in this respect by the CBB.

                Added: January 2022

        • C4-5 C4-5 CBB Reporting

          • C4-5.1 C4-5.1 Prudential Reporting

            • C4-5.1.1

              Category 4 investment firms must complete the relevant sections of the Quarterly Prudential Return (‘Form QPR’) and submit to the CBB a soft copy of the return within 30 calendar days of each quarter end. Locally incorporated licensees must complete the returns on a consolidated basis while overseas licensees must complete the returns in respect of the business booked in Bahrain branch.

               

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-5.1.2

              For the purpose of reporting requirements under this Module, the quarter end of a licensee is a 3 month period ending on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September or 31 December.

               

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-5.1.3

              Category 4 investment firms must submit to the CBB its final audited accounts within 3 months of the licensee’s financial year-end. Such accounts should be submitted along with the Management Letter prepared by the Auditors for the financial year.

               

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-5.1.4

              Category 4 investment firms must complete the online non-financial information related to their institution by accessing the CBB’s institutional information system (IIS). Licensees must update the required information at least on a quarterly basis or when a significant change occurs in the non-financial information included in the IIS. If no information has changed during the quarter, the licensees must still access the IIS quarterly and confirm the information contained in the IIS. Licensees must ensure that they access the IIS within 20 calendar days from the end of the related quarter and either confirm or update the information contained in the IIS.

               

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-5.1.5

              For the purpose of onsite inspection by the CBB, category 4 investment firms must submit the requested documents and completed questionnaires to the Inspection Directorate at the CBB three working days ahead of inspection team entry date.

               

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-5.1.6

              Category 4 investment firms must review the contents of the draft Inspection Report and submit to the Inspection Directorate at the CBB a written assessment of the observations/issues raised within ten working days of receipt of such report. Evidentiary documents supporting management’s comments must also be included in the response package.

               

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-5.1.7

              Category 4 investment firms are required to review the contents of the final Inspection Report and submit within one month, of the report issue date, a final response to such report along with an action plan addressing the issues raised within the stipulated timeline.

               

              Added: January 2022

          • C4-5.2 C4-5.2 Notification and Approval Requirements

            • Notification Requirements

              • C4-5.2.1 C4-5.2.1

                Category 4 investment firms must notify the CBB if any of the following has occurred, may have occurred or may occur in the near future:

                (a) Any matter which could have a significant adverse impact on the licensee’s reputation;
                (b) Any matter which could affect the licensee’s ability to continue to provide adequate services to its customers and which could result in serious detriment to a customer;
                (c) Any matter in respect of the licensee that could result in material financial consequences to the financial system or to other licensees;
                (d) A breach of any provision of the CBB laws and regulations;
                (e) If the licensee becomes aware, or has information that reasonably suggests that it has or may have provided the CBB with information that was or may have been false, misleading, incomplete or inaccurate, or has or may have changed in a material way;
                (f) Any legal, professional, administrative or other proceedings instituted against the licensee, controller or a parent undertaking of the licensee that is significant in relation to the licensee’s financial resources or its reputation;
                (g) The bringing of a prosecution for, or conviction of, any material offence under any relevant law against the licensee or against any of its approved persons; and
                (h) It becomes aware that an employee, or another person, may have committed a fraud, it suspects fraud and identifies irregularities in its accounting or other records, or that one of its employees may be guilty of serious misconduct concerning his honesty or integrity.

                 

                Added: January 2022

                • C4-5.2.2

                  Except in instances where the CBB has initiated the following actions, category 4 investment firms must notify the CBB immediately of any of the following events:

                  (a) The calling of a meeting to consider a resolution for winding up the licensee, a controller or a parent undertaking of the licensee;
                  (b) An application to dissolve a controller or a parent undertaking of the licensee;
                  (c) The presentation of a petition for the winding up of a controller or a parent undertaking of the licensee;
                  (d) The making of any proposals, or the making of, a composition or arrangement with any one or more of the licensee’s creditors, for material amounts of debt;
                  (e) An application for the appointment of an administrator or trustee in bankruptcy to a controller or a parent undertaking of the licensee;
                  (f) The appointment of a receiver to a controller or a parent undertaking of the investment firm licensee (whether an administrative receiver or a receiver appointed over particular property); or
                  (g) An application for an interim order against the licensee, a controller or a parent undertaking of the licensee under the Reorganization and Bankruptcy Law or similar legislation in another jurisdiction.

                   

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-5.2.3

                  Category 4 investment firms must notify the CBB immediately if it becomes subject to or ceases to be subject to the supervision of any overseas supervisor (including a home supervisor).

                   

                  Added: January 2022

                • C4-5.2.4

                  Where conduct of business standards applied by overseas branches and subsidiaries of a category 4 investment firm falls below the standards set out in this Module, the licensee must notify the CBB of the fact.

                   

                  Added: January 2022

            • Approval Requirements

              • C4-5.2.5

                Category 4 investment firms must obtain prior written approval from the CBB for the following

                (a) A change in its registered/trade name. The request must include the proposed new name and the date it intends to implement the change;
                (b) A change in the address of the licensee’s principal place of business in Bahrain. The request must include the proposed new address and the date it intends to implement the change;
                (c) A change in its legal status that may, in any way, affect its relationship with or limit its liability to its customers;
                (d) A change in its authorised or issued capital. If the licensee is granted approval to increase its paid-up capital, confirmation from the external auditor stating that the amount has been deposited in the licensee’s bank account or otherwise reflected in the licensee’s accounts will subsequently be required; and
                (e) A change in its Memorandum or Articles of Association.

                 

                Added: January 2022

          • C4-5.3 C4-5.3 Information Gathering by the CBB

            • C4-5.3.1

              Category 4 investment firms must provide all information that the CBB may reasonably request in order to discharge its regulatory obligations. This includes providing all relevant information and assistance to the CBB inspectors and appointed experts on demand.

               

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-5.3.2

              Article 163 of the CBB Law provides for criminal sanctions where false or misleading statements are made to the CBB or any person /appointed expert appointed by the CBB to conduct an inspection or investigation on the business of the licensee.

               

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-5.3.3

              The CBB may ask a category 4 investment firm to provide it with information at the request of or on behalf of other supervisors to enable them to discharge their functions properly. Those supervisors may include overseas supervisors or government agencies in Bahrain. The CBB may also, without notifying the licensee, pass on to those supervisors or agencies information that it already has in its possession.

               

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-5.3.4

              Category 4 investment firms must permit representatives of the CBB, or persons appointed for the purpose by the CBB to have access, with or without notice, during reasonable business hours to any of its business premises in relation to the discharge of the CBB’s functions under the law.

               

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-5.3.5

              Category 4 investment firms must take reasonable steps to ensure that all information they give to the CBB is:

              (a) Factually accurate or, in the case of estimates and judgements, fairly and properly based after appropriate enquiries have been made by the licensee; and
              (b) Complete, in that it should include everything which the CBB would reasonably and ordinarily expect to have.

               

              Added: January 2022

            • C4-5.3.6

              The CBB uses various methods of information gathering on its own initiative which require the cooperation of the category 4 investment firm:

              (a) Representatives of the CBB may make onsite visits at the premises of the licensee. These visits may be made on a regular basis, or on a sample basis, for special purposes, or when the CBB has a particular reason for visiting a licensee;
              (b) Appointees of the CBB may also make onsite visits at the premises of the licensee. Appointees of the CBB may include persons who are not CBB staff, but who have been appointed to undertake particular monitoring activities for the CBB, such as in the case of Appointed Experts.
              (c) The CBB may request the investment firm licensee to attend meetings at the CBB’s premises or elsewhere;
              (d) The CBB may seek information or request documents by telephone, by emails, at meetings or in writing;

               

              Added: January 2022

            • Appointed Experts

              • C4-5.3.7

                The CBB uses its own inspectors to undertake on-site examinations of licensees as an integral part of its regular supervisory efforts. In addition, the CBB may commission reports on matters relating to the business of licensees in order to help it assess their compliance with CBB requirements. Inspections may be carried out either by the CBB’s own officials, by duly qualified appointed experts appointed for the purpose by the CBB, or a combination of the two.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-5.3.8

                Appointed experts will be appointed in writing, through an appointment letter, by the CBB. In each case, the CBB will decide on the range, scope and frequency of work to be carried out by appointed experts.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-5.3.9

                Appointed experts will report directly to and be responsible to the CBB in this context and will specify in their report any limitations placed on them in completing their work (for example due to the licensee’s group structure). The report produced by the appointed experts is the property of the CBB (but is usually shared by the CBB with the licensee concerned).

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-5.3.10

                The appointed experts’ report should follow the format set out in Appendix BR-1, in part B of the CBB Rulebook.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-5.3.11

                Where the report is qualified by exception, the report must clearly set out the risks which the licensee runs by not correcting the weakness, with an indication of the severity of the weakness should it not be corrected. Appointed experts will be expected to report on the type, nature and extent of any weaknesses found during their work, as well as the implications of a failure to address and resolve such weaknesses.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-5.3.12

                If the appointed experts conclude, after discussing the matter with the licensee, that they will give a negative opinion (as opposed to one qualified by exception) or that the issue of the report will be delayed, they must immediately inform the CBB in writing giving an explanation in this regard.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-5.3.13

                The report must be completed, dated and submitted, together with any comments by directors or management (including any proposed timeframe within which the licensee has committed to resolving any issues highlighted by the report), to the CBB within the timeframe applicable.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-5.3.14

                Appointed experts must communicate to the CBB, during the conduct of their duties, any reasonable belief or concern they may have that any of the requirements of the CBB, are not or have not been fulfilled, or that there has been a material loss or there exists a significant risk of material loss in the concerned licensee, or that the interests of customers are at risk because of adverse changes in the financial position or in the management or other resources of a licensee. Notwithstanding the above, it is primarily the licensee’s responsibility to report such matters to the CBB.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-5.3.15

                Appointed experts must keep information obtained during their arrangement confidential and not divulge it to a third party except with the CBB’s permission and/or unless required by Bahrain Law.

                 

                Added: January 2022

              • C4-5.3.16

                The CBB may, at its discretion, call for a trilateral meeting(s) to be held between the CBB and representatives of the relevant category 4 investment firm licensee and the appointed experts. This meeting will provide an opportunity to discuss the appointed experts’ examination of and report on the licensee.

                 

                Added: January 2022

    • Reporting Requirements

      • BR BR CBB Reporting

        • Chapter BR-A Chapter BR-A Introduction

          • BR-A.1 BR-A.1 Purpose

            • Executive Summary

              • BR-A.1.1

                This Module sets out requirements applicable to investment firm licensees regarding reporting to the Central Bank of Bahrain ('CBB'). These include the provision of financial information to the CBB by way of quarterly prudential returns, as well as notification to the CBB of certain specified events, some of which require prior CBB approval. This Module also outlines the methods used by the CBB in gathering information required in the supervision of investment firm licensees.

                Amended: January 2011
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-A.1.2

                The requirements in this Module apply to all categories of investment firm licensees.

                Adopted: July 2007

            • Legal Basis

              • BR-A.1.3

                This Module contains the CBB's Directive (as amended from time to time) regarding CBB Reporting requirements applicable to investment firm licensees, and is issued under the powers available to the CBB under Article 38 of the Central Bank of Bahrain and Financial Institutions Law 2006 ('CBB Law').

                Amended: January 2011
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-A.1.4

                For an explanation of the CBB's rule-making powers and different regulatory instruments, see section UG-1.1.

                Adopted: July 2007

          • BR-A.2 BR-A.2 Module History

            • Evolution of Module

              • BR-A.2.1

                This Module was first issued in July 2007, as part of the second phase release of Volume 4's contents. It is dated July 2007. All subsequent changes to this Module are annotated with the end-calendar quarter date in which the change was made: UG-3 provides further details on Rulebook maintenance and version control.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-A.2.2

                A list of recent changes made to this Module is provided below:

                Module Ref. Change Date Description of Changes
                BR-1.1 10/2009 Updated to include CBB's new requirements for preparation and submission of Quarterly Prudential Report and Auditors Report.
                BR-1.2 10/2009 Corrected Heading to read Annual Group Return.
                BR-1.3 10/2009 Amended to include CBB's requirements for prudential and reporting dates of a branch.
                BR-1.4 10/2009 New Section added to include CBB's reporting requirements in accordance with other Modules of Volume 4.
                BR-2.2 10/2009 Updated to include CBB's notification requirements in accordance with other Modules of Volume 4.
                BR-2.3 10/2009 Updated to include CBB's approval requirements in accordance with other Modules of Volume 4
                BR-1.4.6 07/2010 New Rule added to clarify requirements for listed companies.
                BR-2.2.1 and BR-3.4.3 07/2010 Paragraphs amended.
                BR-2.3.13 07/2010 Amended cross reference.
                BR-2.3.29 07/2010 Added cross reference.
                BR-A.1.3 01/2011 Clarified legal basis.
                BR-1.4.6 01/2011 Amendment made to recognise “licensed exchange”.
                BR-1.4.12 and BR-1.4.13 01/2011 Added IIS reporting requirements.
                BR-2.2.9 01/2011 Administrator not to be shown as a defined term in this Paragraph.
                BR-2.2.22 01/2011 Amended reference to “direct” supervisory contact.
                BR-2.3.5 01/2011 Removed reference to additional premises.
                BR-2.3.8 01/2011 Clarified Rule dealing with change in authorised or issued capital.
                BR-2.3.12 01/2011 Rule amended as it does not apply to overseas investment firms.
                BR-2.3.18 01/2011 Rule amended to remove reference to “directors”.
                BR-1.4.13 04/2011 Corrected cross reference.
                BR-2.3.15, BR-2.3.16 and BR-2.3.17 04/2011 Paragraphs amended to incorporate new requirements under Chapter GR-10.
                BR-1.4.9A 10/2011 Added requirement for submission of complaint handling procedures report.
                BR-3.5 10/2011 Transferred material from EN-2 and AA-5 dealing with appointed experts.
                BR-1.1.8 01/2012 Clarified application of Rule to Category 1 and Category 2 investment firm licensees.
                BR-2.3.33 01/2012 Added notification to be provided to the Financial Institutions Supervision Directorate.
                BR-1.4.10 07/2012 Deleted Paragraph to be in line with changes made to Module FC.
                BR-2.3.27A 07/2012 Added a Paragraph to reflect CBB prior approval requirements under Paragraph CA-1.1.5A.
                BR-3.1.1A and BR-3.1.1B 07/2012 Added Paragraphs to clarify Rules on power to request information.
                BR-3.3.1 and BR-3.4 07/2012 Minor corrections.
                BR-2.3.32 10/2012 Reference updated to reflect the issuance of Volume 7 (CIU).
                BR-1.4.12 01/2013 Clarified deadline to update IIS.
                BR-2.3.27B 01/2013 Added a Rule requiring CBB prior written approval where an investment firm licensee proposes to settle a subordinated loan made by its shareholders, either fully or partially.
                BR-2.3.19(a) 04/2013 Correction made to proper cross reference.
                BR-1.4.11 10/2013 Aligned defined term with Glossary.
                BR-2.2.5, BR-2.2.26, BR-2.3.6 and BR-3.2.2 10/2013 Removed reference to appointed representatives.
                BR-2.3.33 10/2014 Added cross reference to Module OFS in Volume 6 of the CBB Rulebook.
                BR-1.1.6 07/2015 Clarified that the QPR is to be filed on a consolidated basis.
                BR-1.4.1 and BR-2.3.11 10/2015 Added cross reference to reflect update to Chapter GR-5.
                BR-2.2.23, BR-2.2.23A and BR-2.3.10 10/2015 Amended to be in line with updated Chapter GR-5.
                BR-2.2.16 and BR-2.2.22 01/2016 Corrected cross references.
                BR-2.2.6 04/2016 Clarified to whom notification requirements must be sent in the cases of fraud.
                BR-1.1.8 10/2016 Added reference to AA-3.1.1
                BR-1.4.6A 10/2016 Added a new Rule on submitting to the CBB the Audited financial statements of subsidiaries
                BR-2.2.23 01/2017 Amended to be consistent with GR-5.1.5.
                BR-1A.4 04/2017 Added a new Section on Onsite Inspection Reporting.
                BR-2.2.17 04/2017 Corrected reference
                BR-1.4.11 10/2017 Amended Paragraph to clarify that licensees are to formally declare in writing that they do not possess any Client assets.
                BR-1.4.11 04/2018 Amended Paragraph.
                BR-1B.4 10/2018 Added a new Section on Report on Private Placements.
                BR-1.4.5A 10/2019 Added a new Paragraph on disclosure of financial penalties.
                BR-1B.4.1 01/2020 Amended Paragraph to add requirements applicable to Cat. 1 and 2.
                BR-1B.4.2 01/2020 Amended Paragraph on reports purpose.
                BR-1B.4.6 01/2020 Added a new Paragraph on reporting requirements.
                BR-2.3.12 01/2020 Amended Paragraph.
                BR-2.3.15 01/2020 Amended Paragraph.
                BR-1.1.4 01/2022 Amended Paragraph on submission of Forms.
                BR-1.1.12 01/2022 Deleted Paragraph.
                BR-1.2 01/2022 Deleted Section.
                BR-1.4.3 01/2022 Amended Paragraph.
                BR-1.4.4 01/2022 Delete Paragraph.
                BR-1.4.7 01/2022 Amended Paragraph.
                BR-1.4.8 01/2022 Amended Paragraph.
                BR-1.4.9 01/2022 Amended Paragraph on submission of the PIIR.
                BR-1.4.9A 01/2022 Amended Paragraph on submission of a complaint handling procedures report.
                BR-1A.4.2 01/2022 Amended Paragraph on the submission of the written assessment of the observations/issues raised in the Inspection draft report.
                BR-1B.4.1 01/2022 Amended Paragraph.
                BR-2.2.22 01/2023 Amended Paragraph removing reference to RM.
                BR-2.3.19 01/2023 Deleted Paragraph on CBB approval for outsourcing of functions..
                BR-1.4.14 07/2023 Added a new Paragraph on Prudential Meetings Requirements.
                BR-2.2.27 07/2023 Added a new Paragraph on notifying the CBB of any changes to the business strategy.

            • Superseded Requirements

              • BR-A.2.3

                This Module supersedes the following provisions contained in circulars or other regulatory instruments:

                Circular/ other reference Provision Subject
                Circular No. BC/9/99 dated 6 June 1999 All provisions Quarterly Information Report (QIR).
                Circular No. BC/12/2000 dated 10 October 2000 All provisions Quarterly Information Report (QIR).
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-A.2.4

                Further guidance on the implementation and transition to Volume 4 (Investment Business) is given in Module ES (Executive Summary).

                Adopted: July 2007

        • Chapter BR-B Chapter BR-B Scope of Application

          • BR-B.1 BR-B.1 License Categories

            • BR-B.1.1

              The content of this Module — unless otherwise stated — applies to all categories of investment firm licensees authorised in the Kingdom.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • BR-B.1.2

              The effect of BR-B.1.1 is that this Module, unless otherwise stated, applies in full to all investment firm licensees authorised in Bahrain, whether or not the investment firm licensee is incorporated in Bahrain, or else is incorporated in an overseas territory and operates through a branch in the Kingdom.

              Adopted: July 2007

        • Chapter BR-1 Chapter BR-1 Prudential Reporting

          • BR-1.1 BR-1.1 Quarterly Prudential Reporting

            • BR-1.1.1

              All investment firm licensees must prepare and submit to the CBB a Quarterly Prudential Return ('Form QPR').

              Adopted: July 2007

            • BR-1.1.2

              A copy of Form QPR is contained in Part B of Volume 4 of the CBB Rulebook. As per the reporting instructions for the Form, Category 1 investment firms and Category 2 investment firms are required to complete all sections of the Form. Category 3 investment firms are required to complete only a subset of the sections of the Form, reflecting their more limited range of activities.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • BR-1.1.4

              For each submission an electronic 'soft copy' must be submitted to the CBB.

              Amended: January 2022
              Adopted: July 2007

            • Scope of the Quarterly Prudential Return

              • BR-1.1.5

                The Quarterly Prudential Return must be submitted using the prescribed Form QPR, as contained in Part B of Volume 4 (Investment Business), together with the required auditor's report only for the quarter ending 30 June (or semi-annually, depending on the licensee's financial year-end).

                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-1.1.6

                The Quarterly Prudential Return must be completed by every investment firm licensee as follows:

                (a) In the case of an investment firm licensee incorporated in Bahrain, the Quarterly Prudential Return must be completed on a consolidated basis, i.e. showing the assets and liabilities of the licensee concerned (including any of its branches, subsidiaries or associates); and
                (b) In the case of an overseas investment firm licensee, the Quarterly Prudential Return must be completed in respect of the investment business booked by the overseas investment firm licensee in the Bahrain branch only.
                Amended: July 2015
                Adopted: July 2007

            • Valuation of Assets and Liabilities

              • BR-1.1.7

                Amounts included within the Quarterly Prudential Return must be determined in accordance with the recognition and measurement principles specified by International Financial Reporting Standards.

                Adopted: July 2007

            • Auditor's Report

              • BR-1.1.8

                In accordance with Paragraph AA-3.1.1, for Category 1 and Category 2 investment firm licensees, the Quarterly Prudential Returns for the quarter ending 30 June (or semi-annually, depending on the licensee's financial year-end) must be reviewed by the firm's external auditor, unless otherwise exempted in writing by CBB.

                Amended: October 2016
                Amended: January 2012
                Amended: January 2011
                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-1.1.9

                The requirement in Rule BR-1.1.8 aims to ensure accuracy and consistency of the financial data presented in Form QPR. Where auditor reviews reveal no material errors in four successive reviews, an exemption from this requirement may be requested. The CBB will normally grant such an exemption, unless it has other supervisory concerns regarding the licensee. However, material reporting errors identified in subsequent Forms QPR may lead to the exemption being withdrawn.

                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-1.1.10

                For the purpose of Rule BR-1.1.8, the time allowed for submission of the Auditor's report is 15 calendar days from the date of submission of the return to the CBB.

                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

            • Preparation and Submission of the Quarterly Prudential Return

              • BR-1.1.11

                If the CBB notifies an investment firm licensee that a Form submitted under Rule BR-1.1.1 appears to be inaccurate or incomplete, the investment firm licensee must promptly look into the matter and within 5 business days of the CBB notification (or as otherwise agreed), correct any inaccuracies or make good any omissions, and submit the amended parts of the Quarterly Prudential Return.

                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-1.1.12

                [This Paragraph was deleted in January 2022].

                Deleted: January 2022
                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

            • Public Disclosure

              • BR-1.1.13

                Submitted Forms QPR are not public documents and will not be disclosed to third parties by the CBB without the investment firm licensee's consent. However, the CBB may from time to time publish aggregate information derived from such Forms, relating to categories of investment firm licensees or the Bahrain investment business sector as a whole.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-1.1.14

                Whilst submitted Forms QPR are not public documents, investment firm licensees are not prevented from providing complete copies (including all relevant certifications and reports) to third parties.

                Adopted: July 2007

          • BR-1.2 BR-1.2 [This Section was deleted in January 2022]

            • Annual Group Return

              • BR-1.2.1

                [This Paragraph was deleted in January 2022]

                Deleted: January 2022
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-1.2.2

                [This Paragraph was deleted in January 2022]

                Deleted: January 2022
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-1.2.3

                [This Paragraph was deleted in January 2022]

                Deleted: January 2022
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-1.2.4

                [This Paragraph was deleted in January 2022]

                Deleted: January 2022
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-1.2.5

                [This Paragraph was deleted in January 2022]

                Deleted: January 2022
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-1.2.6

                [This Paragraph was deleted in January 2022]

                Deleted: January 2022
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-1.2.7

                [This Paragraph was deleted in January 2022]

                Deleted: January 2022
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-1.2.8

                [This Paragraph was deleted in January 2022]

                Deleted: January 2022
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-1.2.9

                [This Paragraph was deleted in January 2022]

                Deleted: January 2022
                Adopted: July 2007

          • BR-1.3 BR-1.3 Prudential and Financial Reporting Dates

            • BR-1.3.1

              For the purpose of reporting requirements under this Module, the quarter end of an investment firm licensee must be a 3-month period ending on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September or 31 December.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • BR-1.3.2

              The financial year of an investment firm licensee must be a 12-month period ending on 31 December, except where the firm has obtained the written consent from the CBB for either the period or the period end to be other than 12 months and 31 December respectively. In any event, the financial year can never be less than a 6-month period or greater than an 18-month period.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • BR-1.3.3

              In instances where the financial year end of the parent undertaking is other than 31 December, the investment firm licensee must notify the CBB that its financial year will coincide with that of its parent undertaking.

              Adopted: October 2009

            • BR-1.3.4

              For the purposes of Rule BR-1.3.2 and BR-1.3.3, the CBB would usually accept that the financial year end of a branch be the same as that of its head office (i.e. the company of which it is part). The CBB may also consider allowing licensees that are part of an overseas group to have a different year end, where imposing a December year-end would cause significant difficulties. Otherwise, the only time that the CBB would be likely to consider allowing an investment firm licensee to adopt a financial period of other than 12 months would be the year in which it is authorised, or when the company's shareholders have themselves approved a change in the reporting period for the purposes of its financial statements.

              Amended: October 2009
              Adopted: July 2007

          • BR-1.4 BR-1.4 Other Reporting Requirements

            • Reports Prepared by Licensee

              • BR-1.4.1

                Investment firm licensees must submit, within 3 months of their financial year-end, a report on their controllers (ref. GR-5.1.8 and GR-5.5.3).

                Amended: October 2015
                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-1.4.2

                Investment firm licensees must submit to the CBB, within 3 months of their financial year-end, a report on their close links (ref. GR-6.1.3).

                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-1.4.3

                Investment firm licensees must submit to the CBB, within 6 months of their financial year-end, the annual report of their parent company.

                Amended: January 2022
                Amended: July 2012
                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-1.4.4

                [This Paragraph was deleted in January 2022]

                Deleted: January 2022
                Amended: July 2012
                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-1.4.5

                As specified in Article 62 of the CBB Law, an investment firm licensee must submit to the CBB its final audited accounts within 3 months of the licensee's financial year-end. Such accounts should be submitted along with the Management Letter prepared by the Auditors for the financial year.

                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-1.4.5A

                In accordance with Paragraph EN-B.4.6, investment firm licensees must disclose the amount of any financial penalties paid to the CBB, together with a factual description of the reason(s) given by the CBB for the penalty. Investment firm licensees which fail to comply with this requirement will be required to make the disclosure in the annual audited financial statements of the subsequent year and will be subject to an enforcement action for non-disclosure.

                Added: October 2019

              • BR-1.4.6

                Investment firm licensees that are listed companies must observe, while complying with Rule BR-1.4.5, all applicable CBB Capital Market and licensed exchange requirements, as updated by the relevant authorities, with respect to their final audited accounts. These other requirements are currently issued separately, in the form of individual directives issued by the CBB's Capital Markets Supervision Directorate and the licensed exchange (ref. UG-A.1.5).

                Amended: January 2011
                Adopted: July 2010

              • BR-1.4.6A

                Bahraini investment firm licensees must submit to the CBB audited financial statements of their subsidiaries within 3 months of the year end of the subsidiary (ref. GR-10.1.8B).

                Added: October 2016

              • BR-1.4.7

                Investment firm licensees must submit the reports referred to in Paragraph FC-4.2.1 promptly to the Financial Intelligence Unit at the Ministry of the Interior, and submit a copy of the reports to the CBB's Compliance Directorate (FC-4.2.3).

                Amended: January 2022
                Amended: July 2010
                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-1.4.8

                Investment firm licensees must report any actual or attempted fraud incident (however small) to the CBB and appropriate authorities immediately (ref. FC-10.1.4). This requirement is applicable to Category 1 and Category 2 investment firm licensees only.

                Amended: January 2022
                Amended: July 2010
                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-1.4.9

                Investment firm licensees must submit a Professional Indemnity Insurance Return (Form PIIR) within 30 calendar days of each quarter (ref. GR-9.1.1). This requirement is applicable to Category 2 and Category 3 investment firm licensees only.

                Amended: January 2022
                Amended: July 2010
                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-1.4.9A

                Investment firm licensees must submit to the Complaints Unit at the CBB a report summarising the outcome of their complaint handling procedures in accordance with the requirements of Paragraph BC-3.7.1 within 30 calendar days of each quarter end.

                Amended: January 2022
                Adopted: October 2011

            • Reports Prepared by External Auditors

              • BR-1.4.10

                [This Paragraph was deleted in July 2012].

                Deleted: July 2012

              • BR-1.4.11

                Investment firm licensees that hold or control client assets (including where it pools financial instruments held for more than one client) must arrange for their external auditor to report on the licensees' compliance with the requirements contained in Module CL (Client Assets), and submit the report to the CBB within three months of the licensee's financial year end (ref. AA-3.2.1 and CL-1.5.1). This requirement is applicable to Category 1 investment firm and Category 2 investment firm licensees only. Investment firm licensees which do not hold or control Client Assets are obligated to confirm the same annually.

                Amended: April 2018
                Amended: October 2017
                Amended: October 2013
                Amended: July 2010
                Adopted: October 2009

            • IIS Reporting Requirements

              • BR-1.4.12

                Investment firm licensees are required to complete online non-financial information related to their institution by accessing the CBB's institutional information system (IIS). Investment firm licensees must update the required information at least on a quarterly basis or when a significant change occurs in the non-financial information included in the IIS. If no information has changed during the quarter, the investment firm licensees must still access the IIS quarterly and confirm the information contained in the IIS. Licensees must ensure that they access the IIS within 20 calendar days from the end of the related quarter and either confirm or update the information contained in the IIS.

                Amended: January 2013
                Adopted: January 2011

              • BR-1.4.13

                Investment firm licensees failing to comply with the requirements of Paragraph BR-1.4.12 or reporting inaccurate information are subject to financial penalties or other enforcement actions as outlined in Module (EN) Enforcement.

                Amended: April 2011
                Adopted: January 2011

              • BR-1.4.14

                Investment firm licensees must submit to the CBB at least three weeks prior to the prudential meeting date, all compliance reports issued since the last prudential meeting along with status updates on resolved and pending issues.

                Added: July 2023

          • BR-1A.4 BR-1A.4 Onsite Inspection Reporting

            • BR-1A.4.1

              For the purpose of onsite inspection by the CBB, Investment firm licensees must submit requested documents and completed questionnaires to the Inspection Directorate at the CBB three working days ahead of inspection team entry date.

              Added: April 2017

            • BR-1A.4.2

              Investment firm licensees must review the contents of the draft Inspection Report and submit to the Inspection Directorate at the CBB a written assessment of the observations/issues raised within fifteen working days of receipt of such report. Evidentiary documents supporting management's comments must also be included in the response package.

              Amended: January 2022
              Added: April 2017

            • BR-1A.4.3

              Investment firm licensees' board are required to review the contents of the Inspection Report and submit within one month, of the report issue date, a final response to such report along with an action plan addressing the issues raised within the stipulated timeline.

              Added: April 2017

            • BR-1A.4.4

              Investment firm licensees failing to comply with the requirements of Paragraphs BR-1A.4.1 and BR-1A.4.2 are subject to date sensitive requirements and other enforcement actions as outlined in Module (EN) Enforcement.

              Added: April 2017

          • BR-1B.4 BR-1B.4 Report on Private Placements

            • BR-1B.4.1

              When acting as an issuer, promoter or manager of a private placement of securities (excluding CIUs), Investment firm licensees must provide on a semi-annual basis to investors and the CBB a progress report on the private placement. The semi-annual reports are to be provided as of 30th June and 31st December and must be submitted to the investors and the CBB within three months of the reporting period. This requirement is applicable to Category 1 investment firm licensees and Category 2 investment firm licensees only.

              Amended: January 2022
              Amended: January 2020
              Added: October 2018

            • BR-1B.4.2

              The reports referred to in Paragraph BR-1B.4.1 are to be issued for all PPMs issued or distributed for the purpose of solicitation of funds from investors.

              Amended: January 2020
              Added: October 2018

            • BR-1B.4.3

              The requirements for the report on private placements are in addition to any requirements outlined in Module OFS (Offering of Securities) under Volume 6 (Capital Markets).

              Added: October 2018

            • BR-1B.4.4

              Investment firm licensees may opt to issue the required report on a more frequent basis.

              Added: October 2018

            • BR-1B.4.5

              The report required under Paragraph BR-1B.4.1 must be issued for private equity purchases of existing companies, as well as for real estate and other projects under development (in coordination with the real estate developer), and must follow the requirements of Appendix BR-2 under Part B of Volume 4.

              Added: October 2018

            • BR-1B.4.6

              Investment firm licensees which do not act as issuers, promoters or managers for PPMs, and therefore are not subject to the reporting requirement under Rule BR-1B.4.1, are obligated to confirm the same to the CBB on a semi-annual basis, within the deadline stipulated in Rule BR-1B.4.1.

              Added: January 2020

        • Chapter BR-2 Chapter BR-2 Notifications and Approvals

          • BR-2.1 BR-2.1 Introduction

            • BR-2.1.1

              All notifications and approvals required in this Chapter are to be submitted by investment firm licensees in writing.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • BR-2.1.2

              In this Module, the term 'in writing' includes electronic communication capable of being reproduced in paper form.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • BR-2.1.3

              An investment firm licensee must make the notifications and approvals required in Chapter BR-2 immediately it becomes aware, or has information which reasonably suggests, that any of the matters in Chapter BR-2 have occurred, may have occurred or may occur in the near future.

              Amended: October 2009
              Adopted: July 2007

            • BR-2.1.4

              The requirements imposed on investment firm licensees under this Chapter apply whether the event relates to a matter that has occurred in Bahrain or in any other jurisdiction.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • BR-2.1.5

              Investment firm licensees are required to provide the CBB with a range of information to enable it to monitor the investment firm licensee's compliance with Volume 4 of the CBB Rulebook. Some of this information is provided through regular reports, whereas others are in response to the occurrence of a particular event (such as a change in name or address). The following lists the commonly occurring reports for which an investment firm licensee will be required to notify the CBB or seek its approval.

              Adopted: July 2007

          • BR-2.2 BR-2.2 Notification Requirements

            • Matters Having a Serious Supervisory Impact

              • BR-2.2.1

                An investment firm licensee must notify the CBB if any of the following has occurred, may have occurred or may occur in the near future:

                (a) The investment firm licensee failing to satisfy one or more of the Principles of Business referred to in Module PB;
                (b) Any matter which could have a significant adverse impact on the investment firm licensee's reputation;
                (c) Any matter which could affect the investment firm licensee's ability to continue to provide adequate services to its customers and which could result in serious detriment to a customer of the investment firm licensee; or
                (d) Any matter in respect of the investment firm licensee that could result in material financial consequences to the financial system or to other investment firm licensees.
                (e) Any breach of any provision of the Rulebook (including a Principle);
                (f) A breach of any requirement imposed by the relevant law or by regulations or an order made under any relevant law by the CBB; or
                (g) If an investment firm licensee becomes aware, or has information that reasonably suggests that it has or may have provided the CBB with information that was or may have been false, misleading, incomplete or inaccurate, or has or may have changed in a material way, it must notify the CBB immediately (ref. BR-3.3.2).
                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-2.2.2

                The circumstances that may give rise to any of the events in Paragraph BR-2.2.1 are wide-ranging and the probability of any matter resulting in such an outcome, and the severity of the outcome, may be difficult to determine. However, the CBB expects investment firm licensees to consider properly all potential consequences of events.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-2.2.3

                In determining whether an event that may occur in the near future should be notified to the CBB, an investment firm licensee should consider both the probability of the event happening and the severity of the outcome should it happen. Matters having a supervisory impact could also include matters relating to a parent undertaking or controller that may indirectly have an effect on the investment firm licensee.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-2.2.4 [Deleted]

                Deleted: October 2009

            • Legal, Professional, Administrative or other Proceedings Against an Investment Firm Licensee

              • BR-2.2.4

                An investment firm licensee must notify the CBB immediately of any legal, professional or administrative or other proceedings instituted against the investment firm licensee, controller or a close link including a parent undertaking of the investment firm licensee that is known to the investment firm licensee and is significant in relation to the investment firm licensee's financial resources or its reputation.

                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-2.2.5

                An investment firm licensee must notify the CBB of the bringing of a prosecution for, or conviction of, any offence under any relevant law against the investment firm licensee that would prevent the investment firm licensee from meeting the Principles or Business (Module PB) or any of its Directors, officers or approved persons from meeting the fit and proper requirements of Module AU.

                Amended: October 2013
                Adopted: October 2009

            • Fraud, Errors and other Irregularities

              • BR-2.2.6

                An investment firm licensee must notify its supervisory point of contact, and in cases of fraud the Compliance Directorate at the CBB immediately if one of the following events arises and the event is significant:

                (a) It becomes aware that an employee may have committed a fraud against one of its customers;
                (b) It becomes aware that a person, whether or not employed by it, is acting with intent to commit fraud against it;
                (c) It identifies irregularities in its accounting or other records, whether or not there is evidence of fraud;
                (d) It suspects that one of its employees may be guilty of serious misconduct concerning his honesty or integrity and which is connected with the investment firm licensee's regulated or ancillary activities; or
                (e) Significant conflicts of interest.
                Amended: April 2016
                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

            • Meaning of the Term "significant"

              • BR-2.2.7

                For the purposes of this chapter, in determining whether a matter is significant, an investment firm licensee should have regard to:

                (a) The size of any monetary loss or potential monetary loss to itself or its customers (either in terms of a single incident or group of similar or related incidents);
                (b) The risk of reputational loss to the investment firm licensee; and
                (c) Whether the incident or a pattern of incidents reflects weaknesses in the investment firm licensee's internal controls.
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-2.2.8

                In addition, if the investment firm licensee may have suffered significant financial losses as a result of the incident, or may suffer reputational loss, the CBB will wish to consider this and whether the incident suggests weaknesses in the investment firm licensee's internal controls.

                Adopted: July 2007

            • Insolvency, Bankruptcy and Winding Up

              • BR-2.2.9

                Except in instances where the CBB has initiated the following actions, an investment firm licensee must notify the CBB immediately of any of the following events:

                (a) The calling of a meeting to consider a resolution for winding up the investment firm licensee, a controller or close link, including a parent undertaking of the investment firm licensee;
                (b) An application to dissolve a controller or close link, including a parent undertaking of the investment firm licensee or to strike the investment firm licensee off the Register of Investment Business Companies;
                (c) The presentation of a petition for the winding up of a controller or close link, including a parent undertaking of the investment firm licensee;
                (d) The making of any proposals, or the making of, a composition or arrangement with any one or more of the investment firm licensee's creditors, for material amounts of debt;
                (e) An application for the appointment of an administrator or trustee in bankruptcy to a controller or close link, including a parent undertaking of the investment firm licensee;
                (f) The appointment of a receiver to a controller or close link, including a parent undertaking of the investment firm licensee (whether an administrative receiver or a receiver appointed over particular property); or
                (g) An application for an interim order against the investment firm licensee, a controller or close link, including a parent undertaking of the investment firm licensee under the Bankruptcy and Composition Law of 1987 or similar legislation in another jurisdiction.
                Amended: January 2011
                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

            • Other Supervisors

              • BR-2.2.10

                An investment firm licensee must notify the CBB immediately if it becomes subject to or ceases to be subject to the supervision of any overseas supervisor (including a home supervisor).

                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-2.2.11

                The supervisory regime and any legislative or foreign provisions to which that investment firm licensee, including its branches, is subject, influence the CBB's approach to the supervision of the investment firm licensee.

                Adopted: July 2007

            • Carrying out Business in Another Jurisdiction

              • BR-2.2.12

                Where another jurisdiction's laws or regulations prevent a licensee (or any of its foreign branches or subsidiaries) from applying the same standards contained in Module FC (Financial Crime) or higher, the licensee must immediately inform the CBB in writing (ref. FC-B.2.2).

                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-2.2.13

                Where conduct of business standards applied by overseas branches and subsidiaries of an investment firm licensee fall below the standards set out in Module BC (Business Conduct), the investment firm licensee must notify the CBB of the fact (ref. BC-B. 1.5).

                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-2.2.14

                Where client asset rules applied by overseas branches and subsidiaries of an investment firm licensee fall below the standards set out in Module CL (Client Assets), the investment firm licensee must notify the CBB of the fact (ref. CL-B.2.2).

                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

            • External Auditor

              • BR-2.2.15

                An investment firm licensee must notify the CBB of the following:

                (a) Removal or resignation of auditor (ref. AA-1.2.1); or
                (b) Change in audit partner (ref. AA-1.3.2).
                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

            • Approved Persons

              • BR-2.2.16

                An investment firm licensee must notify the CBB of the termination of employment of approved persons, including particulars of reasons for the termination and arrangements with regard to replacement (ref. AU-5.2.8 and AU-5.5.5).

                Amended: January 2016
                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

            • Capital Adequacy

              • BR-2.2.17

                In the event that an investment firm licensee fails to meet any of the requirements specified in Module CA (Capital Adequacy), it must, on becoming aware that it has breached the requirements, immediately notify the CBB in writing (ref. CA-1.1.5).

                Amended: April 2017
                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-2.2.18

                Category 1 investment firms and Category 2 investment firms must notify the CBB if:

                (a) The ratio of Regulatory Capital to their Regulatory Capital Requirement falls below 110%;
                (b) Any single probable contingency, financial commitment or large exposure exceeds 25% of their Regulatory Capital; and
                (c) Any instrument, transaction or situation does not appear to be catered for under Module CA (ref. CA-1.2.9).
                Amended: July 2012
                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-2.2.19

                An investment firm licensee shall notify the CBB if it has counterparty exposures in repurchase and reverse repo transactions, including sale and buy back and securities lending (ref. CA-3.3.1). This requirement is applicable to Category 1 investment firms and Category 2 investment firm licensees only.

                Amended: July 2012
                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-2.2.20

                An investment firm licensee shall notify the CBB if it has counterparty exposures in swaps, forward contracts, over the counter options, contracts for differences and off-exchange futures (ref. CA-3.3.1). This requirement is applicable to Category 1 investment firms and Category 2 investment firm licensees only.

                Amended: July 2012
                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-2.2.21

                As specified in Article 58 of the CBB Law, an investment firm licensee must notify the CBB immediately of any matter that may affect its financial position, currently or in the future, or limit its ability to meet its obligations.

                Adopted: October 2009

            • Outsourcing Arrangements

              • BR-2.2.22

                Investment firm licensees must immediately inform their direct supervisory contact at the CBB of any material problems encountered with an outsourcing provider.

                Amended: January 2023
                Amended: January 2016
                Amended: January 2011
                Adopted: October 2009

            • Controllers

              • BR-2.2.23

                If, as a result of circumstances outside the Bahraini investment firm licensee's knowledge and/or control, one of the changes to their controllers specified in Paragraph GR-5.1.1 is triggered prior to CBB approval being sought or obtained, the Bahraini investment firm licensee must notify the CBB no later than 15 calendar days from the date on which those changes occurred (ref. GR-5.1.5).

                Amended: January 2017
                Amended: October 2015
                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-2.2.23A

                Overseas investment firm licensees must notify the CBB of any new significant ownership in excess of 50% of the issued and paid up capital of the concerned licensee's direct parent undertaking as soon as the licensee becomes aware of the change (see Paragraph GR-5.5.1).

                Adopted: October 2015

              • BR-2.2.24

                As specified in Article 52 of the CBB Law, an investment firm licensee must notify the CBB of the following events:

                (a) If effective control over a licensee takes place indirectly whetherby way of inheritance or otherwise.
                (b) Gaining control directly as a result of any action leading to it.
                (c) The intention to take any of the actions that would lead to control.
                Adopted: October 2009

            • Registered Address

              • BR-2.2.25

                An investment firm licensee must notify the CBB of a change in the address of its registered office (or its head office in the case of a branch of an overseas investment firm licensee).

                Adopted: October 2009

            • Appointed Representatives

              • BR-2.2.26

                [This Paragraph was deleted in October 2013]

                Deleted: October 2013

            • Business Strategy

              • BR-2.2.27

                Bahraini investment firm licensees must notify the CBB when there is a major change to its strategy by introducing a new line of business within the scope of its existing licensed activities.

                Added: July 2023

          • BR-2.3 BR-2.3 Approval Requirements

            • Change in Name

              • BR-2.3.1

                In accordance with Paragraph GR-2.1.1, an investment firm licensee must seek prior written approval from the CBB and give reasonable advance notice of a change in:

                (a) The investment firm licensee's name (which is the registered name if the investment firm licensee is a body corporate); or
                (b) The investment firm licensee's trade name, and that of its subsidiaries located in Bahrain (ref. GR-2.1.1).
                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-2.3.2

                The request under Paragraph BR-2.3.1 must include the details of the proposed new name and the date on which the investment firm licensee intends to implement the change of name.

                Adopted: July 2007

            • Change of Address

              • BR-2.3.3

                As specified in Article 51 of the CBB Law, an investment firm licensee must seek approval from the CBB and give reasonable advance notice of a change in the address of the investment firm licensee's principal place of business in Bahrain.

                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-2.3.4

                The request under Paragraph BR-2.3.3 must include the details of the proposed new address and the date on which the investment firm licensee intends to implement the change of address.

                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-2.3.5

                As specified in Article 51 of the CBB Law, an investment firm licensee must seek approval from the CBB for its intention to carry on its business from new premises in Bahrain. This requirement applies whether or not the premises are to be used for the purposes of transacting business with customers, administration of the business or as the head office in Bahrain of the investment firm licensee.

                Amended: January 2011
                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-2.3.6

                [This Paragraph was deleted in October 2013]

                Deleted: October 2013

            • Change in Legal Status

              • BR-2.3.7

                An investment firm licensee must seek CBB approval and give reasonable advance notice of a change in its legal status that may, in any way, affect its relationship with or limit its liability to its customers.

                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

            • Change in Authorised or Issued Capital

              • BR-2.3.8

                As specified in Article 57(3) of the CBB Law, an investment firm licensee must seek CBB approval before making any modification to its authorised or issued capital. In the case that an investment firm licensee has been granted approval to increase its paid-up capital, confirmation from the external auditor stating that the amount has been deposited in the licensee's bank account or otherwise reflected in the licensee's accounts will subsequently be required.

                Amended: January 2011
                Adopted: October 2009

            • Client Asset Transfers

              • BR-2.3.9

                In accordance with Chapter GR-4, investment firm licensees must seek prior written approval from the CBB before transferring client assets to a third party, in circumstances other than when acting on instruction from the client concerned. This requirement is applicable to Category 1 investment firm and Category 2 investment firm licensees only.

                Amended: July 2012
                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

            • Controllers and Close Links

              • BR-2.3.10

                In accordance with Chapter GR-5, Bahraini investment firm licensees must seek CBB approval and give reasonable advance notice of any of the following events concerning the investment firm licensee:

                (a) A person acquiring control or ceasing to have control;
                (b) An existing controller acquiring an additional type of control (such as ownership or significant influence) or ceasing to have a type of control;
                (c) An existing controller increasing his or her percentage in the issued and paid up capital or voting power beyond 10%, 20%, 30% or 40%; and
                (d) An existing controller becoming or ceasing to be a parent undertaking.
                Amended: October 2015
                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-2.3.11

                Every investment firm licensee authorised in Bahrain is required to submit an annual report on its controllers, as per Paragraphs GR-5.1.8 and GR-5.5.3, and close links as set out in Paragraph GR-6.1.3.

                Amended: October 2015
                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

            • Carrying out Business in Another Jurisdiction

              • BR-2.3.12

                An investment firm licensee must seek CBB approval and give three months' notice of its intention to undertake investment business activities in a jurisdiction other than Bahrain prior to commencing that business and where the effect of commencing that business may have a significant impact on:

                (a) The investment firm licensee's business in Bahrain; or
                (b) The capital resources of the investment firm licensee.
                Amended: January 2020
                Amended: January 2011
                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-2.3.13

                Rule BR-2.3.12 applies whether or not the investment firm licensee is required to be regulated locally in the jurisdiction where it proposes to undertake the investment business.

                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-2.3.14

                The CBB will use this information to consider whether or not it should refuse its approval or impose additional requirements on the licensee.

                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

            • Mergers, Acquisitions, Disposals and Establishment of New Subsidiaries

              • BR-2.3.15

                A Bahraini investment firm licensee incorporated in Bahrain must seek CBB approval and give reasonable advance notice of its intention to:

                (a) Enter into a merger with another undertaking;
                (b) Enter into a proposed acquisition, disposal or establishment of a new subsidiary undertaking; or
                (c) Open a new place of business as a subsidiary undertaking, a branch or a representative office within the Kingdom of Bahrain or other jurisdiction.
                Amended: January 2020
                Amended: April 2011
                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-2.3.16

                In order to comply with requirements of Paragraph BR-2.3.15, investment firm licensees should refer to the requirements of Chapter GR-10.

                Amended: April 2011
                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

              • BR-2.3.17

                [This Paragraph was moved to GR-10.1.5].

                Amended: April 2011
                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

            • Share Option Schemes

              • BR-2.3.18

                An investment firm licensee must seek prior approval from the CBB for any share option schemes it proposes to offer to its employees.

                Amended: January 2011
                Amended: October 2009
                Adopted: July 2007

            • BR-2.3.16 [Deleted]

              Deleted: October 2009

            • Outsourcing Arrangements

              • BR-2.3.19

                [This Paragraph was deleted in January 2023].

                Deleted: January 2023
                Amended: April 2013
                Adopted: October 2009

            • Matters Having a Serious Supervisory Impact

              • BR-2.3.20

                An investment firm licensee must seek prior approval from the CBB for any material changes or proposed changes to the information provided to the CBB in support of an authorisation application that occurs after authorisation has been granted.

                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-2.3.21

                Any licensee that wishes, intends or has been requested to do anything that might contravene, in its reasonable opinion, the provisions of UNSCR 1373 (and in particular Article 1, Paragraphs c) and d) of UNSCR 1373) must seek, in writing, the prior written opinion of the CBB on the matter (ref. FC-7.2.2).

                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-2.3.22

                As specified in Article 57 of the CBB Law, an investment firm licensee wishing to modify its Memorandum or Articles of Association, must obtain prior written approval from the CBB.

                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-2.3.23

                As specified in Article 57 of the CBB Law, an investment firm licensee wishing to transfer all or a major part of its assets or liabilities inside or outside the Kingdom, must obtain prior written approval from the CBB.

                Adopted: October 2009

            • Capital Adequacy

              • BR-2.3.24

                Bahraini investment firm licensees, must obtain a letter of no-objection from the CBB to any dividend proposed, before submitting a proposal for a distribution of profits to a shareholder vote (ref. GR-3.1.1). This requirement is applicable to Category 1 investment firm and Category 2 investment firm licensees only.

                Amended: July 2012
                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-2.3.25

                An investment firm licensee must not redeem any Tier 1 instrument that it has included in its Regulatory Capital for the purpose of satisfying its Regulatory Capital Requirement without the prior written approval of the CBB (ref. CA-2.1.7).

                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-2.3.26

                No value, for Regulatory Capital purposes, may be attributed to any other instrument or resource, without the CBB's written consent (ref. CA-2.1.12).

                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-2.3.27

                Exceptional items of expenditure may also be excluded from relevant annual expenditure, as defined in Rule CA-3.1.2, subject to prior CBB written approval (ref. CA-3.1.2). This requirement is applicable to Category 1 investment firm and Category 2 investment firm licensees only.

                Amended: July 2012
                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-2.3.27A

                Should an investment firm licensee need to inject additional working capital and does so by way of a subordinated loan from its shareholders, it must receive CBB's prior approval to do so (ref. CA-1.1.5A).

                Adopted: July 2012

              • BR-2.3.27B

                Investment firm licensees must seek the CBB's prior written approval before settling a subordinated loan made by its shareholders, either fully or partially, prior to the end of its term (see Paragraph CA-1.1.5A).

                Added: January 2013

            • Licensed Regulated Services

              • BR-2.3.28

                Investment firm licensees must seek prior CBB approval before undertaking new activities (ref. Article 48 of the CBB Law and AU-5.4.1).

                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-2.3.29

                As specified in Article 50 of the CBB Law, an investment firm licensee wishing to cease to provide all or any of its licensed regulated services, completely or at any of its branches, must obtain prior written approval from the CBB (ref. AU-5.5.1 and Section GR-7.1).

                Amended: July 2010
                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-2.3.30

                Investment firm licensees must seek prior CBB approval before starting to undertake derivative transactions (ref. RM-6.1.1). This requirement is applicable to Category 1 investment firm and Category 2 investment firm licensees only.

                Amended: July 2012
                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-2.3.31

                An investment firm licensee must not undertake or otherwise engage in stock lending activity with or for a client unless the investment firm licensee has obtained the consent of the CBB and the client (ref. CL-1.2.1). This requirement is applicable to Category 1 investment firm and Category 2 investment firm licensees only.

                Amended: July 2012
                Adopted: October 2009

            • Private Placement of Securities

              • BR-2.3.32

                All Private Placement Memorandums (PPMs) relating to the issue of financial instruments by investment firm licensees, with the exception of those made under Collective Investment Undertakings arrangements (which are covered under Volume 7 (CIU) of the CBB Rulebook), must obtain the CBB's prior approval before distributing the offering document. This requirement is applicable to Category 1 investment firm and Category 2 investment firm licensees only.

                Amended: October 2012
                Amended: July 2012
                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-2.3.33

                Investment firm licensees are required to obtain the approval required under Rule BR-2.3.32 above from the Capital Markets Supervision Directorate at the CBB and simultaneously notify the Financial Institutions Supervision Directorate of the same. The request must be supported by a draft proposal for private placements and addressed to the Director of Capital Markets Supervision Directorate and must be in line with the requirements of Module OFS (Offering of Securities) under Volume 6 of the CBB Rulebook.

                Amended: October 2014
                Amended: January 2012
                Adopted: October 2009

            • External Auditor

              • BR-2.3.34

                An investment firm licensee must seek prior approval from the CBB for the appointment or re-appointment of its external auditor (ref. AU-2.7.1 and AA-1.1.1).

                Adopted: October 2009

            • Approved Persons

              • BR-2.3.35

                An investment firm licensee must seek prior approval from the CBB for the appointment of persons undertaking a controlled function in an investment firm licensee (ref. Article 65 of the CBB Law, AU-1.2 and AU-5.2.1).

                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-2.3.36

                Investment firm licensees must seek prior CBB approval before an approved person may move from one controlled function to another within the same licensee (ref. AU-5.4.5).

                Adopted: October 2009

              • BR-2.3.37

                If a controlled function falls vacant, an investment firm licensee making immediate interim arrangements for the controlled function affected, must obtain approval from the CBB for such arrangement (ref. AU-5.5.5).

                Adopted: October 2009

        • Chapter BR-3 Chapter BR-3 Information Gathering by the CBB

          • BR-3.1 BR-3.1 Power to Request Information

            • BR-3.1.1

              Investment firm licensees must provide all information that the CBB may reasonably request in order to discharge its regulatory obligations.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • BR-3.1.1A

              Investment firm licensees must provide all relevant information and assistance to the CBB inspectors and appointed experts on demand as required by Articles 111 and 114 of the CBB Law. Failure by investment firm licensees to cooperate fully with the CBB's inspectors or appointed experts, or to respond to their examination reports within the time limits specified, will be treated as demonstrating a material lack of cooperation with the CBB which will result in other enforcement measures being considered, as described elsewhere in Module EN. This rule is supported by Article 114(a) of the CBB Law.

              Adopted: July 2012

            • BR-3.1.1B

              Article 163 of the CBB Law provides for criminal sanctions where false or misleading statements are made to the CBB or any person / appointed expert appointed by the CBB to conduct an inspection or investigation on the business of the investment firm licensee or the listed licensee.

              Adopted: July 2012

            • Information Requested on Behalf of other Supervisors

              • BR-3.1.2

                The CBB may ask an investment firm licensee to provide it with information at the request of or on behalf of other supervisors to enable them to discharge their functions properly. Those supervisors may include overseas supervisors or government agencies in Bahrain. The CBB may also, without notifying an investment firm licensee, pass on to those supervisors or agencies information that it already has in its possession.

                Adopted: July 2007

          • BR-3.2 BR-3.2 Access to Premises

            • BR-3.2.1

              An investment business licensee must permit representatives of the CBB, or persons appointed for the purpose by the CBB to have access, with or without notice, during reasonable business hours to any of its business premises in relation to the discharge of the CBB's functions under the relevant law.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • BR-3.2.2

              An investment business licensee must take reasonable steps to ensure that its agents and providers under outsourcing arrangements permit such access to their business premises, to the CBB.

              Amended: October 2013
              Adopted: July 2007

            • BR-3.2.3

              An investment business licensee must take reasonable steps to ensure that each of its providers under material outsourcing arrangements deals in an open and cooperative way with the CBB in the discharge of its functions in relation to the investment business licensee.

              Adopted: July 2007

            • BR-3.2.4

              The cooperation that investment firm licensees are expected to procure from such providers is similar to that expected of investment firm licensees themselves.

              Adopted: July 2007

          • BR-3.3 BR-3.3 Accuracy of Information

            • BR-3.3.1

              Investment firm licensees must take reasonable steps to ensure that all information they give to the CBB is:

              (a) Factually accurate or, in the case of estimates and judgements, fairly and properly based after appropriate enquiries have been made by the investment firm licensee; and
              (b) Complete, in that it should include everything which the CBB would reasonably and ordinarily expect to have.
              Amended: July 2012
              Adopted: July 2007

            • BR-3.3.2

              If an investment firm licensee becomes aware, or has information that reasonably suggests that it has or may have provided the CBB with information that was or may have been false, misleading, incomplete or inaccurate, or has or may have changed in a material way, it must notify the CBB immediately. The notification must include:

              (a) Details of the information which is or may be false, misleading, incomplete or inaccurate, or has or may have changed;
              (b) An explanation why such information was or may have been provided; and
              (c) The correct information.
              Adopted: July 2007

            • BR-3.3.3

              If the information in Paragraph BR-3.3.2 cannot be submitted with the notification (because it is not immediately available), it must instead be submitted as soon as possible afterwards.

              Adopted: July 2007

          • BR-3.4 BR-3.4 Methods of Information Gathering

            • BR-3.4.1

              The CBB uses various methods of information gathering on its own initiative which require the cooperation of investment firm licensees:

              (a) Representatives of the CBB may make onsite visits at the premises of the investment firm licensee. These visits may be made on a regular basis, or on a sample basis, for special purposes such as theme visits (looking at a particular issue across a range of investment firm licensees), or when the CBB has a particular reason for visiting an investment firm licensee;
              (b) Appointees of the CBB may also make onsite visits at the premises of the investment firm licensee. Appointees of the CBB may include persons who are not CBB staff, but who have been appointed to undertake particular monitoring activities for the CBB, such as in the case of Appointed Experts (refer to Section BR-3.5).
              (c) The CBB may request the investment firm licensee to attend meetings at the CBB's premises or elsewhere;
              (d) The CBB may seek information or request documents by telephone, at meetings or in writing, including electronic communication;
              (e) The CBB may require investment firm licensees to submit various documents or notifications, as per Chapter BR-2, in the ordinary course of their business such as financial reports or on the happening of a particular event in relation to the investment firm licensee such as a change in control.
              Amended: July 2012
              Amended: October 2011
              Adopted: July 2007

            • BR-3.4.2

              When seeking meetings with an investment firm licensee or access to the licensee's premises, the CBB or the CBB appointee needs to have access to an investment firm licensee's documents and personnel. Such requests will be made during reasonable business hours and with proper notice. There may be instances where the CBB may seek access to the licensee's premises without prior notice. While such visits are not common, the prospect of unannounced visits is intended to encourage investment firm licensees to comply at all times with the requirements and standards imposed by the CBB as per legislation and Volume 4 of the CBB Rulebook.

              Amended: July 2012
              Adopted: July 2007

            • BR-3.4.3

              The CBB considers that an investment firm licensee should:

              (a) Make itself readily available for meetings with representatives or appointees of the CBB;
              (b) Give representatives or appointees of the CBB reasonable access to any records, files, tapes or computer systems, which are within the investment firm licensee's possession or control, and provide any facilities which the representatives or appointees may reasonably request;
              (c) Produce to representatives or appointees of the CBB specified documents, files, tapes, computer data or other material in the investment firm licensee's possession or control as may be reasonably requested;
              (d) Print information in the investment firm licensee's possession or control which is held on computer or otherwise convert it into a readily legible document or any other record which the CBB may reasonably request;
              (e) Permit representatives or appointees of the CBB to copy documents of other material on the premises of the investment firm licensee at the investment firm licensee's expense and to remove copies and hold them elsewhere, or provide any copies, as may be reasonably requested; and
              (f) Answer truthfully, fully and promptly all questions which representatives or appointees of the CBB reasonably put to it.
              Amended: July 2012
              Amended: July 2010
              Adopted: July 2007

            • BR-3.4.4

              The CBB considers that an investment firm licensee should take reasonable steps to ensure that the following persons act in the manner set out in Paragraph BR-3.4.3:

              (a) Its employees; and
              (b) Any other members of its group and their employees.
              Amended: October 2013
              Amended: July 2012
              Adopted: July 2007

            • BR-3.4.5

              In gathering information to fulfill its supervisory duties, the CBB acts in a professional manner and with due regard to maintaining confidential information obtained during the course of its information gathering activities.

              Adopted: July 2007

          • BR-3.5 BR-3.5 Role of the Appointed Expert

            • Introduction

              • BR-3.5.1

                The content of this Chapter is applicable to all investment firm licensees and appointed experts.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BR-3.5.2

                The purpose of the contents of this Chapter is to set out the roles and responsibilities of appointed experts when appointed pursuant to Article 114 or 121 of the CBB Law (see EN-2.1.1). These Articles empower the CBB to assign some of its officials or others to inspect or conduct investigations of investment firm licensees.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BR-3.5.3

                The CBB uses its own inspectors to undertake on-site examinations of licensees as an integral part of its regular supervisory efforts. In addition, the CBB may commission reports on matters relating to the business of licensees in order to help it assess their compliance with CBB requirements. Inspections may be carried out either by the CBB's own officials, by duly qualified appointed experts appointed for the purpose by the CBB, or a combination of the two.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BR-3.5.4

                The CBB will not, as a matter of general policy, publicise the appointment of an appointed expert, although it reserves the right to do so where this would help achieve its supervisory objectives. Both the appointed expert and the CBB are bound to confidentiality provisions restricting the disclosure of confidential information with regards to any such information obtained in the course of the investigation.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BR-3.5.5

                Unless the CBB otherwise permits, appointed experts should not be the same firm appointed as external auditor of the investment firm licensee.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BR-3.5.6

                Appointed experts will be appointed in writing, through an appointment letter, by the CBB. In each case, the CBB will decide on the range, scope and frequency of work to be carried out by appointed experts.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BR-3.5.7

                All proposals to appoint appointed experts require approval by an Executive Director or more senior official of the CBB. The appointment will be made in writing, and made directly with the appointed experts concerned. A separate letter is sent to the licensee, notifying them of the appointment. At the CBB's discretion, a trilateral meeting may be held at any point, involving the CBB and representatives of the licensee and the appointed experts, to discuss any aspect of the investigation.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BR-3.5.8

                Following the completion of the investigation, the CBB will normally provide feedback on the findings of the investigation to the licensee.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BR-3.5.9

                Appointed experts will report directly to and be responsible to the CBB in this context and will specify in their report any limitations placed on them in completing their work (for example due to the licensee's group structure). The report produced by the appointed experts is the property of the CBB (but is usually shared by the CBB with the firm concerned).

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BR-3.5.10

                Compliance by appointed experts with the contents of this Chapter will not, of itself, constitute a breach of any other duty owed by them to a particular investment firm licensee (i.e. create a conflict of interest).

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BR-3.5.11

                The CBB may appoint one or more of its officials to work on the appointed experts' team for a particular investment firm licensee.

                Adopted: October 2011

            • The Required Report

              • BR-3.5.12

                The scope of the required report will be determined and detailed by the CBB in the appointment letter. Commissioned appointed experts would normally be required to report on one or more of the following aspects of a licensee's business:

                (a) Accounting and other records;
                (b) Internal control systems;
                (c) Returns of information provided to the CBB;
                (d) Operations of certain departments; and/or
                (e) Other matters specified by the CBB.
                Adopted: October 2011

              • BR-3.5.13

                Appointed experts will be required to form an opinion on whether, during the period examined, the licensee is in compliance with the relevant provisions of the CBB Law and the CBB's relevant requirements, as well as other requirements of Bahrain Law and, where relevant, industry best practice locally and/or internationally.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BR-3.5.14

                The appointed experts' report should follow the format set out in Appendix BR-1, in part B of the CBB Rulebook.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BR-3.5.15

                Unless otherwise directed by the CBB or unless the circumstances described in Section BR-3.5.19 apply, the report must be discussed with the Board of directors and/or senior management in advance of it being sent to the CBB.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BR-3.5.16

                Where the report is qualified by exception, the report must clearly set out the risks which the licensee runs by not correcting the weakness, with an indication of the severity of the weakness should it not be corrected. Appointed experts will be expected to report on the type, nature and extent of any weaknesses found during their work, as well as the implications of a failure to address and resolve such weaknesses.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BR-3.5.17

                If the appointed experts conclude, after discussing the matter with the licensee, that they will give a negative opinion (as opposed to one qualified by exception) or that the issue of the report will be delayed, they must immediately inform the CBB in writing giving an explanation in this regard.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BR-3.5.18

                The report must be completed, dated and submitted, together with any comments by directors or management (including any proposed timeframe within which the licensee has committed to resolving any issues highlighted by the report), to the CBB within the timeframe applicable.

                Adopted: October 2011

            • Other Notifications to the CBB

              • BR-3.5.19

                Appointed experts must communicate to the CBB, during the conduct of their duties, any reasonable belief or concern they may have that any of the requirements of the CBB, including the criteria for licensing a licensee (see Module AU), are not or have not been fulfilled, or that there has been a material loss or there exists a significant risk of material loss in the concerned licensee, or that the interests of customers are at risk because of adverse changes in the financial position or in the management or other resources of a licensee. Notwithstanding the above, it is primarily the licensee's responsibility to report such matters to the CBB.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BR-3.5.20

                The CBB recognises that appointed experts cannot be expected to be aware of all circumstances which, had they known of them, would have led them to make a communication to the CBB as outlined above. It is only when appointed experts, in carrying out their duties, become aware of such a circumstance that they should make detailed inquiries with the above specific duty in mind.

                Adopted: October 2011

              • BR-3.5.21

                If appointed experts decide to communicate directly with the CBB in the circumstances set out in Paragraph BR-3.5.19, they may wish to consider whether the matter should be reported at an appropriate senior level in the licensee at the same time and whether an appropriate senior representative of the licensee should be invited to attend the meeting with the CBB.

                Adopted: October 2011

            • Permitted Disclosure by the CBB

              • BR-3.5.22

                Information which is confidential and has been obtained under, or for the purposes of, this chapter or the CBB Law may only be disclosed by the CBB in the circumstances permitted under the Law. This will allow the CBB to disclose information to appointed experts to fulfil their duties. It should be noted, however, that appointed experts must keep this information confidential and not divulge it to a third party except with the CBB's permission and/or unless required by Bahrain Law.

                Adopted: October 2011

            • Trilateral Meeting

              • BR-3.5.23

                The CBB may, at its discretion, call for a trilateral meeting(s) to be held between the CBB and representatives of the relevant investment firm licensee and the appointed experts. This meeting will provide an opportunity to discuss the appointed experts' examination of, and report on, the investment firm licensee.

                Adopted: October 2011

      • PD Public Disclosure

        [This module in Volume 4 has been intentionally left blank: requirements relating to Public Disclosure will be issued at a later date.]

    • Enforcement & Redress

      • EN EN Enforcement

        • EN-A EN-A Introduction

          • EN-A.1 EN-A.1 Purpose

            • Executive Summary

              • EN-A.1.1

                This Module sets out the Central Bank of Bahrain's ('CBB') approach to enforcement, and the measures used by the CBB to address failures by authorised persons to comply with its regulatory requirements(whether they be investment firm licensees, approved persons or registered persons). The purpose of such measures is to encourage a high standard of compliance by all those authorised by the CBB, thus reducing risk to customers and the financial system.

                Amended: January 2011
                January 2007

            • Legal Basis

              • EN-A.1.2

                This Module contains the CBB's Directive (as amended from time to time) relating to enforcement and is issued under the powers available to the CBB under Article 38 of the Central Bank of Bahrain and Financial Institutions Law 2006 and its amendments ('CBB Law'). The Directive in this Module is applicable to all investment firm licensees (including their approved persons).

                Amended: April 2016
                Amended: January 2011
                Amended: July 2010
                Amended: January 2007

              • EN-A.1.3

                For an explanation of the CBB's rule-making powers and different regulatory instruments, see Section UG-1.1.

                Adopted: January 2007

              • EN-A.1.4

                Investment firm licensees who are also members of the Bahrain Stock Exchange ('BSE') are reminded that the BSE is also empowered to exercise its own enforcement powers by virtue of the Bahrain Stock Exchange Decree — Law No. 4 of 1987 (the 'BSE Law'). Article 14 of the BSE Law lays down a number of penalties which the disciplinary board of the BSE may impose on persons who violate the BSE Law and/or the regulations made thereunder. In appropriate circumstances, the CBB may ask the BSE to consider the exercise of its powers under Article 14 in support of the enforcement objectives of the CBB.

                Amended: January 2007

          • EN-A.2 EN-A.2 Module History

            • Evolution of Module

              • EN-A.2.1

                This Module was first issued in April 2006 by the BMA, as part of the first phase of Volume 4 (Investment Business) to be released. Any material changes that have subsequently been made to this Module are annotated with the calendar quarter date in which the change was made: Chapter UG-3 provides further details on Rulebook maintenance and version control.

                Amended: January 2007

              • EN-A.2.2

                When the CBB replaced the BMA in September 2006, the provisions of this Module remained in force. Volume 4 was updated in July 2007 to reflect the switch to the CBB; however, new calendar quarter dates were only issued where the update necessitated changes to actual requirements.

                Adopted: January 2007

              • EN-A.2.3

                A list of recent changes made to this Module is provided below:

                Module Ref. Change Date Description of Changes
                EN-A.1 07/2007 New Rule EN-A.1.2 introduced, categorising this Module as a Directive.
                EN-1.1,
                EN- 3.1,
                EN-4.1,
                EN-5.1,
                EN- 8.1 and
                EN- 9.1
                07/2007 Insertion of new 'Legal Source' Sections, reflecting CBB Law.
                EN-2.2.10 07/2007 New Rule inserted on Appointed Experts reflecting CBB Law.
                EN-2.3 07/2007 New procedure section introduced for investigations.
                EN-10.3,
                EN- 10.4,
                EN-10.5 and
                EN-10.6
                07/2007 Revised/new Sections describing criminal sanctions contained in CBB Law.
                EN-1.2,
                EN-2.4,
                EN-2.5 and
                EN-8.3
                10/2009 Amended/introduced to be consistent with other Volumes of CBB Rulebook.
                EN-2.3 10/2009 Amended terminology to be consistent with other Volumes of CBB Rulebook.
                EN-5.2.7 10/2009 Paragraph deleted and replaced as it is a repetition of EN-5.2.6.
                EN-A.1.2 07/2010 Removed reference to registered administrators.
                EN-A.1.2 01/2011 Clarified legal basis.
                EN-2 10/2011 Chapter has been streamlined and repetitive information has been eliminated and reference is now made to Section BR-3.5.
                EN-B.4.5 and EN-4.1.1 10/2012 Corrected typo.
                EN-5.1.1 10/2012 Amended guidance.
                EN-5.3A 10/2012 Added new Section on financial penalties for date sensitive requirements.
                EN-10.2A 01/2013 Section added to refer to Article 161 of the CBB Law.
                EN-5.3A.2(c) 01/2016 Corrected cross reference.
                EN-A.1.2 04/2016 Reference added to amendments to the CBB Law.
                EN-B.1.4 04/2016 New guidance Paragraph added to broaden the scope of the application of financial penalties to persons referred to in paragraph (b) of Article (68 bis 1) of the CBB Law.
                EN-5 04/2016 Amended to be in line with amendments to Article 129 of the CBB Law.
                EN-5.3A.3 04/2017 Amendment to financial penalties For Date Sensitive Requirements.
                EN-B.2.9 04/2019 Guideline moved from Section EN-4.3.
                EN-4.3.3 04/2019 Moved guideline to Section EN-B.2.
                EN-6 04/2019 Deleted Chapter.
                EN-B.4.6 10/2019 Added a new Paragraph on disclosure of financial penalties.
                EN-5.3B 04/2021 Added a new Section on ‘Financial Penalties for Non-compliance with Blocking/Unblocking Requirements’.

            • Superseded Requirements

              • EN-A.2.4

                This Module replaces CBB Circular No. ODG/249/2004 (the "Enforcement Circular"), issued on 22 July 2004.

                Amended: January 2007

              • EN-A.2.5

                Guidance on the implementation and transition to Volume 4 (Investment Business) is given in Module ES (Executive Summary).

                Amended: January 2007

        • EN-B EN-B Scope of Application

          • EN-B.1 EN-B.1 Scope

            • EN-B.1.1

              The contents of this Module mostly consist of Guidance material, explaining the different measures that CBB can employ to ensure compliance with Volume 4 (Investment Business). Certain Rules, applicable to investment firm licensees, are however contained in Paragraphs EN-B.3.1, EN-B.4.5, EN-2.2.4, EN-2.2.10, and EN-8.2.4.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-B.1.2

              With the exception of Chapter EN-9, Chapters EN-1 to EN-10 of this Module are generally relevant to investment firm licensees. In the case of overseas investment firm licensees, the CBB's enforcement powers apply only to the branch operating in the Kingdom of Bahrain.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-B.1.3

              In addition, Chapters EN-8 and EN-10 of this Module are relevant to approved persons, whilst Chapter EN-9 is relevant to registered persons.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-B.1.4

              Section EN-5 dealing with financial penalties is applicable to investment firm licensees as well as to persons referred to in paragraph (b) of Article (68 bis 1) of the CBB Law.

              Added: April 2016

          • EN-B.2 EN-B.2 The CBB's Approach

            • EN-B.2.1

              The CBB favours an open, pragmatic and collaborative relationship with authorised persons, within the boundaries set by the CBB Law and Rulebook. Whilst the CBB wishes to avoid a legalistic and confrontational style of supervision, it believes that effective supervision requires effective and timely enforcement of its requirements. Should authorised persons fail to cooperate, then the CBB will use the means described in this Module to achieve compliance.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-B.2.2

              In the CBB's view, it is generally neither practical nor effective to prescribe in detail the exact regulatory response for each and every potential contravention. There are a large number of potential contraventions. Moreover, individual circumstances are unlikely to be identical in all cases, and may warrant different responses.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-B.2.3

              In deciding any given supervisory response, the CBB will nonetheless consistently assess the individual circumstance of each contravention against the principles described in this Module. The CBB's overall approach is to take into account:

              (a) The seriousness of the contravention concerned (including the risks posed to customers and other market participants);
              (b) The compliance track record of the authorised person concerned (including the extent to which the contravention reflects systemic weaknesses or reckless behaviour); and
              (c) Which measures are most likely to achieve the desired result of remedying the contravention.
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-B.2.4

              Such an approach reduces the risk of inappropriate enforcement actions, by allowing regulatory measures to be tailored to individual circumstances. By taking into account an authorised person's compliance record and attitude, it also creates positive incentives and encourages an open and collaborative approach. By assessing individual cases against the same broad principles, the CBB also aims to achieve an overall consistency in its regulatory actions.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-B.2.5

              Underlying the CBB's approach outlined in paragraph EN-B.2.3 is the fundamental principle of proportionality. The enforcement measures contained in this Module are of varying severity, and will be used accordingly in keeping with the CBB's assessment of the contravention. Thus, the CBB will reserve its most serious enforcement measures — such as cancellation of license or withdrawal of "fit and proper" status — for the most serious contraventions.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-B.2.6

              In keeping with the proportionality principle, and to the extent consistent with the CBB's enforcement approach in paragraph EN-B.2.3, the CBB will usually opt for the least severe of appropriate enforcement measures. In most cases, the CBB expects to use a Formal Warning before resorting to more severe measures; the need for further measures will then usually be dependent on the response of the authorised person concerned.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-B.2.7

              Where a significant element of judgement is required to assess compliance with a requirement, the CBB will usually discuss the matter with the authorised person concerned, before using one of this Module's enforcement mechanisms. This is likely to be the case, for example, with respect to requirements for adequate systems and controls. Conversely, where there are clear-cut contraventions of CBB requirements, then the CBB will usually move immediately to one or more of the enforcement mechanisms outlined in this Module. This is more likely to occur in cases where quantitative requirements — such as those relating to capital and/or large exposures — are concerned. In most such cases, though, the CBB also expects to continue an active dialogue with the authorised person concerned, aimed at remedying the contravention.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-B.2.8

              Except in the limited circumstances outlined below, the CBB will usually only apply an enforcement measure after the authorised person concerned has been given a suitable opportunity to make representations. In the case of measures described in Chapters EN-6 and EN-7, certain procedures are set out in the CBB Law.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-B.2.9

              In extreme circumstances, where the CBB believes that immediate action is required to prevent real damage to Bahrain's financial markets, its users or to customers of the licensee concerned, it may amend or cancel a license, place a licensee under administration, or suspend a license (cf. Articles 48(g), 130(b) and 131 of the CBB Law).

              Added: April 2019

          • EN-B.3 EN-B.3 Prohibition on Insurance

            • EN-B.3.1

              To help the CBB achieve the purpose of this Module, investment firm licensees may not enter into or make a claim under a contract of insurance that is intended to, or has the effect of, indemnifying them from the financial penalties provided for in this Module.

              Amended: January 2007

          • EN-B.4 EN-B.4 Publicity

            • EN-B.4.1

              The CBB will not as a matter of general policy publicise individual cases when it uses the measures described in Chapters EN-2 to EN-5, and EN-8. However, in such cases the CBB may inform (where relevant) an authorised person's external auditors and — in the case of licensees with overseas operations — relevant overseas regulators.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-B.4.2

              In exceptional circumstances, the CBB may decide to publicise individual cases when the measures set out in Chapters EN-2 to EN-5 and EN-8 are used, where there is a strong case that doing so would help achieve the CBB's supervisory objectives. In such instances, the CBB will usually allow the licensee or person concerned the opportunity to make representations to the CBB before a public statement is issued.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-B.4.3

              Without prejudice to the above policy, the CBB may from time to time publish aggregate information on its use of enforcement measures, without identifying the licensees or persons concerned.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-B.4.4

              By their nature, the penalties in Chapters EN-6, EN-7, and EN-9 are public acts, once applied. The CBB will in these instances generally issue a public statement explaining the circumstances of the case.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-B.4.5

              Investment firm licensees subject to a CBB enforcement measure (with the exception of formal requests for information) must inform their external auditor of the fact.

              Amended: October 2012
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-B.4.6

              Investment firm licensees must disclose in their annual audited financial statements any financial penalties served on them, together with a factual description of the reasons given by the Central Bank for applying the penalty. In addition, the CBB may publicise the issuance of a financial penalty notice, where there is a strong case that doing so would help achieve the CBB's supervisory objectives, as mentioned in Article 132 of the pre-mentioned Law.

              Added: October 2019

        • EN-1 EN-1 Formal Requests for Information

          • EN-1.1 EN-1.1 Legal Source

            • EN-1.1.1

              As part of its on-going supervision, under Articles 111 and 123 of the CBB Law, the CBB may specifically request information or temporary reporting from a licensee or individual. Recipients of such requests are bound to respond to such requests under the terms of their authorisation. Such requests are in effect a type of Direction.

              Amended: January 2007

          • EN-1.2 EN-1.2 Procedure

            • EN-1.2.1

              To clearly identify formal information requests, these will always be made in writing, under signature of a Director or more senior official of the CBB. They will include the statement, "This is a formal request for information as defined in Chapter 1 of Module EN of Volume 4 of the CBB Rulebook"; and will state the deadline by which the information is to be communicated to the CBB.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-1.2.2

              Failure to respond to such formal requests within the deadline set will be viewed as a significant breach of regulatory requirements and may result in a formal warning or other enforcement measure, specified under Articles 163 and 170 of the CBB Law, as decided by the CBB depending on the circumstances of the case.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-1.2.3

              The deadline set in the request will vary depending on individual circumstances. A recipient may submit a case for an extension to the deadline; it should do so as soon as possible if it believes that an extension will be required, and in any event prior to the passing of the original deadline. The Central Bank will respond before the original deadline has passed; if it fails to do so, then the requested extension will apply. Whilst waiting for a reply, the recipient must assume that the original deadline will apply.

              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-1.2.4

              The above procedures do not prevent individual Central Bank supervisors making oral requests for information as part of their day-to-day interaction with licensees. The Central Bank expects licensees to maintain their cooperative response to such requests; however, in the interests of clarity, the Central Bank will not view failures to respond to oral requests as a breach of regulatory requirements.

              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: January 2007

        • EN-2 EN-2 Investigations

          • EN-2.1 EN-2.1 Legal Source

            • EN-2.1.1

              Articles 121 to 123 of the CBB Law empower the CBB to order investigations of licensees, in order to help it assess a licensee's compliance with the provisions of the CBB Law. Such investigations may be carried out either by its own officials or appointed experts. Articles 111 and 124 require licensees to make available to the CBB's inspectors and appointed experts their books and other records, and to provide all relevant information within the time limits deemed reasonable by the inspectors and/or appointed experts.

              Amended: October 2011
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-2.1.2

              Articles 163 and 170 of the CBB Law provide for criminal sanctions where false or misleading statements are made to the CBB, or an investigation by the CBB is otherwise obstructed (see Section EN-10.3).

              Amended: January 2007

          • EN-2.2 EN-2.2 CBB Policy

            • EN-2.2.1

              The CBB uses its own inspectors to undertake on-site examinations of licensees as an integral part of its regular supervisory efforts. In addition, the CBB may commission special investigations of licensees in order to help it assess their compliance with CBB requirements, as contained in Article 121 of the CBB Law. Such investigations may be carried out either by the CBB's own officials, by duly qualified experts appointed for the purpose by the CBB ('appointed experts'), or a combination of the two.

              Amended: October 2011
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-2.2.2

              Failure by licensees to cooperate fully with the CBB's inspectors, or its appointed experts, or to respond to their examination reports within the time limit specified, will be treated as demonstrating a material lack of cooperation with the CBB which will result in other enforcement measures being considered, as described elsewhere in this Module. This guidance is supported by Article 124(a) of the CBB Law.

              Amended: October 2011
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-2.2.3

              The CBB may appoint an individual or a firm as an appointed expert. Examples of appointed experts are lawyers, audit firms and expert witnesses. The appointment of appointed experts is not necessarily indicative of a contravention of CBB requirements or suspicion of such a contravention. For instance, an appointed expert may be commissioned to provide an expert opinion on a technical matter.

              Amended: October 2011
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-2.2.4

              Appointed experts report in a form and within a scope defined by the CBB, and are solely responible to the CBB for the work they undertake in relation to the investigation concerned. The report produced by the appointed experts is the property of the CBB (but is usually shared by the CBB with the firm concerned). The cost of the appointed experts' work must be borne by the licensee concerned.

              Amended: October 2011
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-2.2.5

              In selecting an appointed expert, the CBB will take into account the level of fees proposed and aim to limit these to the lowest level consistent with an adequate review of the matters at hand, given the qualifications, track record and independence of the persons concerned. Because the costs of such investigations are met by the licensee, the CBB makes only selective use of appointed experts, when essential to supplement CBB's other supervisory tools and resources.

              Amended: October 2011
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-2.2.6

              [This Paragraph was moved to Section BR-3.5]

              Deleted: October 2011
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-2.2.7

              [This Paragraph was moved to Section BR-3.5]

              Deleted: October 2011
              Adopted: January 2007

            • EN-2.2.8

              [This Paragraph was moved to Section BR-3.5]

              Deleted: October 2011
              Adopted: January 2007

            • EN-2.2.6

              The CBB may commission reports, which require appointed experts to review information from another company within the reporting investment firm licensee's group even when that other entity is not subject to any CBB requirements.

              Amended: October 2011
              Adopted: January 2007

            • EN-2.2.7

              In accordance with Articles 114 and 123 of the CBB Law, investment firm licensee must provide all relevant information and assistance to appointed experts on demand.

              Amended: October 2011
              Adopted: January 2007

            • EN-2.2.11

              [This Paragraph was moved to Section BR-3.5]

              Deleted: October 2011
              Adopted: January 2007

          • EN-2.3 EN-2.3 Procedure

            [The Content of this Section was moved to Section BR-3.5 in October 2011]

            • EN-2.3.1

              All proposals for to appoint investigators require approval by an Executive Director or more senior official of the CBB. The appointment will be made in writing, and made directly with the investigators concerned. A separate letter is sent to the licensee, notifying them of the appointment. At the CBB's discretion, a trilateral meeting may be held at any point, involving the CBB and representatives of the licensee and the investigators, to discuss any aspect of the investigation.

              Amended: October 2009
              Adopted: January 2007

            • EN-2.3.2

              Following the completion of the investigation, the CBB will normally provide feedback on the findings of the investigation to the investment firm licensee concerned.

              Adopted: January 2007

          • EN-2.4 EN-2.4 The Required Report

            [The Content of this Section was moved to Section BR-3.5 in October 2011]

            • EN-2.4.1

              The scope of the required report will be determined and detailed by the CBB in the appointment letter. Commissioned investigators will normally be required to report on one or more of the following aspects of a licensee's business:

              a) Accounting and other records;
              b) Internal control systems;
              c) Returns of information provided to the CBB;
              d) Operations of certain departments; and/or
              e) Other matters specified by the CBB.
              Adopted: October 2009

            • EN-2.4.2

              Investigators will be required to form an opinion on whether, during the period examined, the licensee is in compliance with the relevant provisions of the CBB Law and the CBB's relevant requirements, as well as other requirements of Bahrain Law and, where relevant, industry best practice locally and/or internationally.

              Adopted: October 2009

            • EN-2.4.3

              The investigators report should follow the format set out in Appendix EN-1 in Part B of Rulebook Volume 4.

              Adopted: October 2009

            • EN-2.4.4

              Unless otherwise directed by the CBB, the report should be discussed with the Board of Directors and/or senior management in advance of it being sent to the CBB.

              Adopted: October 2009

            • EN-2.4.5

              Where the report is qualified by exception, the report must clearly set out the risks which the licensee runs by not correcting the weakness, with an indication of the severity of the weakness, should it not be corrected. Investigators will be expected to report on the type, nature and extent of any weaknesses found during their work, as well as the implications of a failure to address and resolve such weaknesses.

              Adopted: October 2009

            • EN-2.4.6

              If the investigators conclude, after discussing the matter with the licensee, that they will give a negative opinion (as opposed to one qualified by exception) or that the issue of the report will be delayed, they must immediately inform the CBB in writing giving an explanation in this regard.

              Adopted: October 2009

            • EN-2.4.7

              The report must be completed, dated and submitted, together with any comments by Directors or management (including any proposed timeframe within which the licensee has committed to resolving any issues highlighted by the report), to the CBB within the timeframe applicable.

              Adopted: October 2009

          • EN-2.5 EN-2.5 Other Notifications to the CBB

            [The Content of this Section was moved to Section BR-3.5 in October 2011]

            • EN-2.5.1

              Investigators must communicate to the CBB, during the conduct of their duties, any reasonable belief or concern they may have that any of the requirements of the CBB, including the criteria for licensing a licensee (see Module AU), are not or have not been fulfilled, or that there has been a material loss or there exists a significant risk of material loss in the concerned licensee, or that the interests of clients are at risk because of adverse changes in the financial position or in the management or other resources of a licensee. Notwithstanding the above, it is primarily the licensee's responsibility to report such matters to the CBB.

              Adopted: October 2009

            • EN-2.5.2

              The CBB recognises that investigators cannot be expected to be aware of all circumstances which, had they known of them, would have led them to make a communication to the CBB as outlined above. It is only when investigators, in carrying out their duties, become aware of such a circumstance that they should make detailed inquiries with the above specific duty in mind.

              Adopted: October 2009

            • EN-2.5.3

              If investigators decide to communicate directly with the CBB in the circumstances set out in Paragraph EN-2.5.1 above, they may wish to consider whether the matter should be reported at an appropriate senior level in the licensee at the same time and whether an appropriate senior representative of the licensee should be invited to attend the meeting with the CBB.

              Adopted: October 2009

        • EN-3 EN-3 Formal Warnings

          • EN-3.1 EN-3.1 CBB Legal Source

            • EN-3.1.1

              Article 38 of the CBB Law empowers the CBB to issue formal warnings to investment firm licensees or individuals. The CBB will issue such warnings where it reasonably believes that these are required to achieve its statutory objectives.

              Adopted: January 2007

          • EN-3.2 EN-3.2 CBB Policy

            • EN-3.1.1

              The BMA may issue formal warnings to authorised persons where it reasonably believes that these are required to achieve its statutory objectives.

            • EN-3.2.1

              Formal warnings are clearly identified as such and represent the CBB's first level formal enforcement measure. They are intended to clearly set out the CBB's concerns to a licensee or individual regarding an issue, and should be viewed by the recipient with the appropriate degree of seriousness.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-3.2.2

              As indicated in Paragraph EN-B.2.7, the CBB will usually discuss concerns it may have prior to resorting to a formal enforcement measure, especially where a significant element of judgement is required in assessing compliance with a regulatory requirement.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-3.2.3

              Where such discussions fail to resolve matters to the CBB's satisfaction, then it may issue a formal warning. Failure to respond adequately to a formal warning will lead the CBB to consider more severe enforcement measures. However, more severe measures do not require the prior issuance of a formal warning — depending on its assessment of the circumstances, the CBB may decide to have immediate recourse to other measures. Similarly, there may be circumstances where the CBB issues a formal warning without prior discussion with the licensee or individual concerned: this would usually be the case where a clear-cut compliance failing has occurred.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-3.2.4

              When considering whether to issue a formal warning, the criteria taken into consideration by the CBB therefore include the following:

              (a) The seriousness of the actual or potential contravention, in relation to the requirement(s) concerned and the risks posed to customers, market participants and other stakeholders;
              (b) In the case of an actual contravention, its duration and/or frequency of the contravention; the extent to which it reflects more widespread weaknesses in controls and/or management; and the extent to which it was attributable to deliberate or reckless behaviour; and
              (c) The extent to which the CBB's supervisory objectives would be better served by issuance of a formal warning as opposed to another type of regulatory action.
              Amended: January 2007

          • EN-3.3 EN-3.3 Procedure

            • EN-3.3.1

              Proposals to issue formal warnings are carefully considered against the criteria listed in Paragraph EN-3.2.4. They require approval of a Director or more senior CBB official, and include the statement "This is a formal warning as defined in Chapter EN-3 of Volume 4 of the CBB Rulebook".

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-3.3.2

              Depending on the issue in question, recipients of a formal warning may be required to respond to the contents of the notice. Where a formal warning is served prior to imposing any penalties or administrative proceedings, Articles 125(c) and 126 of the CBB Law provide the recipients the right to object or challenge the formal warning.

              Amended: January 2007

        • EN-4 EN-4 Directions

          • EN-4.1 EN-4.1 Legal Source

            • EN-4.1.1

              Article 38 of the CBB Law empowers the CBB to issue Directions to investment firm licensees or individuals. The powers conveyed allow the CBB to issue whatever Directions, it reasonably believes, are required to achieve its statutory objectives.

              Amended: October 2012
              Adopted: January 2007

          • EN-4.2 EN-4.2 CBB Policy

            • EN-4.1.1

              The BMA may issue Directions to authorised persons under supervisory powers granted to it by the BMA Decree — Law No. 23 of 1973 ("BMA Law"). These powers are broad in nature, and effectively allow the BMA to issue whatever Directions it reasonably believes are required to achieve its statutory objectives.

            • EN-4.2.1

              The types of Directions that the CBB may issue in practice vary and will depend on the individual circumstances of a case. Generally, however, Directions require a licensee or individual either to undertake or to stop specific actions in order to address or mitigate certain perceived risks. They may also include restrictions on a licensee's activities until those risks have been addressed — for instance, a ban on the acceptance of new customers.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-4.2.2

              The CBB is conscious of the powerful nature of a Direction and, in the case of a licensee, the fact that it subordinates the role of its Board and management on a specific issue. The CBB will carefully consider the need for a Direction, and whether alternative measures may not achieve the same end. Where feasible, the CBB will try to achieve the desired outcome through persuasion, rather than recourse to a Direction.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-4.2.3

              In considering whether to issue a Direction, the criteria taken into consideration by the CBB include the following:

              (a) The seriousness of the actual or potential contravention, in relation to the requirement(s) concerned and the risks posed to customers, market participants and other stakeholders;
              (b) In the case of an actual contravention, its duration and/or frequency of the contravention; the extent to which it reflects more widespread weaknesses in controls and/or management; and the extent to which it was attributable to deliberate or reckless behaviour; and
              (c) The extent to which the CBB's supervisory objectives would be better served by issuance of a Direction as opposed to another type of regulatory action.
              Amended: January 2007

          • EN-4.3 EN-4.3 Procedure

            • EN-4.3.1

              Proposals to issue Directions are carefully considered against the criteria listed in Paragraph EN-4.2.3. They require approval of an Executive Director or more senior official of the CBB, and include the statement "This is a formal Direction as defined in Chapter EN-4 of Volume 4 of the CBB Rulebook".

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-4.3.2

              The subject of the Direction will normally be given 30 calendar days from the Direction's date of issuance in which to make representations to the CBB concerning the actions required. This must be done in writing, and addressed to the issuer of the original Direction. Should a representation be made, the CBB will make a final determination within 30 calendar days of the date of the representation, as specified in Articles 125(c) and 126 of the CBB Law.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-4.3.3

              [This Paragraph was moved to Section EN-B.2 in April 2019].

              Amended: April 2019
              Amended: January 2007

        • EN-5 EN-5 Financial Penalties

          • EN-5.1 EN-5.1 Legal Source

            • EN-5.1.1

              Article 129 of the CBB Law, provides the CBB the power to impose financial penalties on licensees or persons referred to in paragraph (b) of Article (68 bis 1) of the CBB Law. Their use is generally limited to situations where major breaches of regulatory requirements have taken place and a licensee has failed to respond in an acceptable manner to the concerns expressed by the CBB. Financial penalties may be preceded by the issuance of a written formal warning and/or Direction.

              Amended: April 2016
              Amended: October 2012
              Adopted: January 2007

          • EN-5.2 EN-5.2 CBB Policy

            • EN-5.1.1

              The BMA may on a very selective basis impose financial penalties on licensees. Their use is generally limited to situations where major breaches of regulatory requirements have taken place and a licensee has failed to respond in an acceptable manner to the concerns expressed by the BMA. Financial penalties are thus normally preceded by the issuance of a Formal Notice and/or Direction.

            • EN-5.2.1

              The level of financial penalty applied is determined by the nature of the contravention and the amount of additional supervisory attention and resources taken up by a licensee's or persons' referred to in paragraph (b) of Article (68 bis 1) of the CBB Law behaviour and by limits set in the CBB Law. The CBB intends that the impact of a penalty should derive more from its signalling effect than from the actual amount of money involved.

              Amended: April 2016
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-5.2.2

              In accordance with Article 132 of the CBB Law, the CBB may publicise the issuance of a financial penalty notice, by way of its website or through other means, where there is a strong case that doing so would help achieve the CBB's supervisory objectives.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-5.2.3

              In assessing whether to serve a financial penalty notice, the CBB takes into account the following criteria:

              (a) The seriousness of the contravention, in relation to the requirement(s) concerned;
              (b) The duration and/or frequency of the contravention, and the extent to which it reflects more widespread weaknesses in controls and/or management;
              (c) The extent to which the contravention was deliberate or reckless;
              (d) The licensee's past compliance record and conduct following the contravention; and
              (e) The scope of any other action taken by the CBB or other regulators against the licensee, in response to the compliance failures in question.
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-5.2.4

              Part 11 of the CBB Law outlines instances where financial penalties may be imposed. Examples of the types of compliance failings that may lead to the serving of a financial penalty notice include (but are not limited to):

              (a) Failures to address persistent delays and/or significant inaccuracies in regulatory reporting to the CBB;
              (b) Repeated failures to respond to formal requests for information from the CBB, within the deadlines set;
              (c) The submission of information to the CBB known to be false or misleading; and
              (d) Major failures in maintaining adequate systems and controls in accordance with CBB's requirements, subjecting investors and other customers to significant risk of financial loss.
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-5.2.5

              In accordance with Article 125 of the CBB Law, a written notice of a financial penalty must be issued before imposing any financial penalty. The written notice must contain the following information:

              (a) The violations committed by the licensee or persons referred to in paragraph (b) of Article (68 bis 1) of the CBB Law with respect to the CBB Law; the CBB Rulebook; any Directions, Warnings or Formal Requests for Information; or violations of the terms and conditions of the license issued to the licensee;
              (b) Evidence or proof to support the above;
              (c) The level of financial penalty to be imposed; and
              (d) The grace period to be allowed to the licensee or persons referred to in paragraph (b) of Article (68 bis 1) of the CBB Law for challenging the intended penalty (which will not be less than 30 calendar days).
              Amended: April 2016
              Adopted: January 2007

            • EN-5.2.6

              The licensee or persons referred to in paragraph (b) of Article (68 bis 1) of the CBB Law may either pay the penalty or, pursuant to Article 126 of the CBB Law, may object within the period noted in Sub-Paragraph EN-5.2.5(d). In accordance with Article 127 of the CBB Law, the CBB will consider any objection and make a formal resolution within 30 calendar days of receiving the objection. Thereafter, the resolution and any accompanying penalties are final and must be paid within 30 calendar days.

              Amended: April 2016
              Adopted: January 2007

            • EN-5.2.7 [Deleted]

              Deleted: October 2009

            • EN-5.2.7

              The imposition of a financial penalty does not preclude the CBB from also using other enforcement measures to remedy the same violation (for instance, a Direction).

              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: January 2007

          • EN-5.3 EN-5.3 Module FC (Financial Crime)

            • EN-5.3.1

              In addition to the general circumstances set out in Section EN-5.2, a financial penalty of up to BD 100,000 may be applied by the CBB in cases where a licensee fails to comply with any of the requirements in Module FC (Financial Crime). The fine shall be multiplied by the number of violations.

              Amended: April 2016
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-5.3.2

              As with the imposition of financial penalties in response to breaches of other regulatory requirements, the CBB will apply financial penalties with respect to Module FC, based on the criteria set out in paragraph EN-5.2.3.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-5.3.3

              A failure to comply with the requirements in Module FC (Financial Crime) that warrants a financial penalty would not trigger also a additional financial penalty under Section EN-5.2.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-5.3.4

              Any financial penalties applied by the CBB as regards the implementation of its regulations set out under Module FC (Financial Crime), are without prejudice to the criminal sanctions available to the Bahraini courts under the <Decree — Law No. 4 of 2001, with respect to the prevention and prohibition of the laundering of money. As with other financial penalties, the imposition of a financial penalty with regards to breaches of the regulation in Module FC (Financial Crime) does not prevent the CBB from also using other enforcement measures to remedy the same violation (for instance, a Direction).

              Amended: January 2007

          • EN-5.3A EN-5.3A Financial Penalties for Date Sensitive Requirements

            • EN-5.3A.1

              Modules AU, FC, BR and PD contain specific requirements where investment firm licensees must comply with, by a precise date. Where a specific due date is involved, the CBB's financial penalties are based on a per diem basis.

              Added: October 2012

            • EN-5.3A.2

              This Section applies to date sensitive requirements for:

              (a) Reporting requirements included in Module BR;
              (b) Public disclosure requirements included in Module PD;
              (c) The report of the external auditor or approved consultancy firm required as per Paragraph FC-3.3.1B(d); and
              (d) Annual licensing fees required as per Section AU-6.2.
              Amended: January 2016
              Added: October 2012

            • EN-5.3A.3

              Financial penalties related to late filing or other date sensitive requirements are calculated as per the following per diem basis:

              (a) For category 1 investment firm licensees, the financial penalty for late filing is BD 80 per day;
              (b) For category 2 investment firm licensees, the financial penalty for late filing is BD 60 per day; and
              (c) For category 3 investment firm licensees, the financial penalty is BD 40 per day.
              Amended: April 2017
              Added: October 2012

            • EN-5.3A.4

              In accordance with Article 129 of the CBB Law, the maximum financial penalty levied for failing to comply with date sensitive requirements is BD 100,000. The fine shall be multiplied by the number of violations. The CBB may opt to limit the amount of the financial penalty and use other enforcement measures as outlined in Module EN (Enforcement), such as imposing restrictions on an investment firm license limiting the scope of operations.

              Amended: April 2016
              Added: October 2012

            • EN-5.3A.5

              The various deadlines for submission of reports and annual fees referred to in Modules BR, FC, PD and AU are defined:

              (a) In terms of a specified number of days or months following a given date, such as the last date of a calendar quarter;
              (b) A specified number of days or months after the occurrence of a specific event; or
              (c) A specific date.
              Added: October 2012

            • EN-5.3A.6

              In imposing financial penalties for date sensitive requirements, the following criteria apply:

              (a) Where the due date falls on a holiday as designated by the CBB, the first business day following the holiday will be considered as being the due date;
              (b) Where a due date is not complied with by the end of the day on which it is due, holidays and weekend days are included in the number of days the item is considered late;
              (c) For returns and other filings, the date received is the date recorded by the CBB's systems in case of returns filed electronically;
              (d) In the case of returns filed in hard copy, the CBB stamp is the date received;
              (e) All returns are to be sent to the respective Supervision Directorate and the annual fees to the Accounts Directorate, on or before the due date, to be considered filed on time;
              (f) A day ends at midnight in the case of returns that must be filed electronically, or at the close of CBB business day, in the case returns are filed in hard copy; and
              (g) An incomplete return, where completeness is determined in relation to the requirements of the relevant instructions and Module BR, is considered 'not filed' until the CBB receives all necessary elements of the return.
              Added: October 2012

            • EN-5.3A.7

              The CBB does not require any particular method of delivery for returns and filings that are filed in hard copy. The use of the Bahrain postal services, private courier services or other methods of delivery is entirely at the discretion and risk of the licensee. For the payment of annual fees, licensees must follow the requirements of Form ALF, included under Part B of Volume 4.

              Added: October 2012

            • EN-5.3A.8

              A decision to impose a financial penalty for date sensitive requirements is unrelated to whether the CBB issues a reminder; it is the licensee's responsibility to file and disclose on time as per the requirements of Volume 4 (Investment Business) Rulebook.

              Added: October 2012

          • EN-5.3B EN-5.3B Financial Penalties for Non-compliance with Blocking / Unblocking Requirements

            • EN-5.3B.1

              The financial penalty for late execution of blocking/unblocking orders issued by the Court/Public Prosecution is BD 10 per day per customer account/claim. Such financial penalties will be charged through billing on a weekly basis.

              Added: April 2021

          • EN-5.4 EN-5.4 Procedure

            • EN-5.4.1

              A written financial penalty notice will be addressed to the Chief Executive Officer or General Manager of the licensee or persons referred to in paragraph (b) of Article (68 bis 1) of the CBB Law concerned. This written notification will describe the contravention concerned, the CBB's evidence supporting a financial penalty, and the factors justifying the level of penalty proposed. Only an Executive Director or more senior member of the CBB's management may sign the notification.

              Amended: April 2016
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-5.4.2

              The licensee or persons referred to in paragraph (b) of Article (68 bis 1) of the CBB Law has 30 calendar days from the notification's date of issuance to submit any representations it wishes to make to the CBB, in writing and addressed to the issuer of the original notification. If the licensee or persons referred to in paragraph (b) of Article (68 bis 1) of the CBB Law decides not to submit representations, it has 30 calendar days from the notification's date of issuance in which to pay the penalty.

              Amended: April 2016
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-5.4.3

              Should the licensee or persons referred to in paragraph (b) of Article (68 bis 1) of the CBB Law make representations challenging the proposed penalty, the CBB has 30 calendar days from the issuance of those representations in which to re-examine the facts of the case and its conclusions. If the CBB confirms application of a penalty, payment is required within 30 calendar days of a final notice being issued.

              Amended: April 2016
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-5.4.4

              Failure to pay a penalty within the required deadlines will be considered a breach of CBB's regulatory requirements, and will also result in other measures being considered, as described elsewhere in this Module.

              Amended: January 2007

          • EN-5.5 EN-5.5 Addressing a Compliance Failure

            • EN-5.5.1

              Payment of a financial penalty does not by itself absolve a licensee or persons referred to in paragraph (b) of Article (68 bis 1) of the CBB Law from remedying the compliance failure concerned. The CBB will expect the licensee or persons referred to in paragraph (b) of Article (68 bis 1) of the CBB Law to address the contravention within a reasonable timescale, to be agreed on a case-by-case basis. Failure to do so will result in other measures being considered.

              Amended: April 2016
              Amended: January 2007

        • EN-6 EN-6 [This Chapter was deleted in April 2019]

          • EN-6.1 EN-6.1 [This Section was deleted in April 2019]

            • EN-6.1.1

              [This Paragraph was deleted in April 2019].

              Deleted: April 2019
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-6.1.2

              [This Paragraph was deleted in April 2019].

              Deleted: April 2019
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-6.1.3

              [This Paragraph was deleted in April 2019].

              Deleted: April 2019
              Amended: January 2007

          • EN-6.2 EN-6.2 [This Section was deleted in April 2019]

            • EN-6.2.1

              [This Paragraph was deleted in April 2019].

              Deleted: April 2019
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-6.2.2

              [This Paragraph was deleted in April 2019].

              Deleted: April 2019
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-6.2.3

              [This Paragraph was deleted in April 2019].

              Deleted: April 2019
              Amended: January 2007

          • EN-6.3 EN-6.3 [This Section was deleted in April 2019]

            • EN-6.3.1

              [This Paragraph was deleted in April 2019].

              Deleted: April 2019
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-6.3.2

              [This Paragraph was deleted in April 2019].

              Deleted: April 2019
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-6.3.3

              [This Paragraph was deleted in April 2019].

              Deleted: April 2019
              Amended: January 2007

        • EN-7 EN-7 Cancellation or Amendment of License

          • EN-7.1 EN-7.1 Legal Source

            • EN-7.1.1

              Article 48 of the CBB empowers the CBB to cancel or amend a license under certain circumstances. These include cases where a licensee has:

              (a) Failed to satisfy its license conditions;
              (b) Violated the terms of the CBB Law, regulations or Rulebook;
              (c) Failed to start business within six months from the date of the license being issued;
              (d) Ceased to carry out the licensed activities permitted; or
              (e) Not acted in the legitimate interest of its customers or creditors.
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-7.1.2

              Article 48(d) of the CBB Law also requires the CBB to give the licensee concerned at least 30 calendar days in which to appeal to object to any proposed cancellation or amendment of its license.

              Amended: January 2007

          • EN-7.2 EN-7.2 CBB Policy

            • EN-7.2.1

              When used as an enforcement tool, the CBB views cancelling a license as appropriate only in the most serious of circumstances, when faced with the gravest of contraventions or when left with no other reasonable means of successfully addressing the regulatory failings in question. Cancellation or amendment of a license, however, may also be required in circumstances outside of an enforcement context, for instance because of a change in the business profile of a licensee.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-7.2.2

              When used as an enforcement tool, the criteria used by the CBB in assessing whether to seek the cancellation or amendment of a license include:

              (a) The extent to which the interests of the market, its users and those who have a claim on the licensee would be best served by the cancellation or amendment of the license;
              (b) The extent to which other supervisory penalties could reasonably be expected to achieve the CBB's desired supervisory objectives;
              (c) The extent to which the licensee has contravened the conditions of its license and/or the CBB Law, including the seriousness, duration and/or frequency of the contravention(s) concerned, and the extent to which the contraventions reflect more widespread or systemic weaknesses in controls and/or management;
              (d) The extent to which the licensee has been involved in financial crime or other criminal conduct; and
              (e) The licensee's past compliance record and conduct following the contravention(s).
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-7.2.3

              When the CBB issues a notice of cancellation or amendment as an enforcement tool, it will only implement the actual change once it is satisfied that there are no longer any regulated activities for which it is necessary to keep the current authorisation in force. Until such time as these activities have been run off or moved to another licensee, the CBB will control these activities through other means (such as taking the licensee into administration or through issuing Directions).

              Adopted: January 2007

          • EN-7.3 EN-7.3 Procedure

            • EN-7.3.1

              All proposals for cancelling or amending a license as an enforcement tool are subject to a thorough review by the CBB of all relevant facts, assessed against the criteria outlined in Paragraphs EN-7.2.1 and EN-7.2.2. After being assessed at the Executive Director level, proposals are submitted to H.E. the Governor for approval.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-7.3.2

              Once approved within the CBB, a formal notice of cancellation or amendment is issued to the licensee concerned. The notice of cancellation or amendment will describe the factual circumstances of the contraventions concerned, and the CBB's rationale for the proposed cancellation or amendment, as measured against the criteria outlined in Paragraphs EN-7.2.1 and EN-7.2.2.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-7.3.3

              The licensee has 30 calendar days from the date of the notice in which to lodge an appeal. The appeal should be addressed to the Board of the CBB, and copied to H.E. the Governor of the CBB.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-7.3.4

              If an appeal is lodged, the Board of the CBB will make a final ruling within 60 calendar days of its date of issuance.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-7.3.5

              A licensee may appeal to a competent court within 60 days of the above final ruling for a decision. The court's decision will then be final.

              Adopted: January 2007

        • EN-8 EN-8 Cancellation of 'Fit and Proper' Approval

          • EN-8.1 EN-8.1 Legal Source

            • EN-8.1.1

              Article 65 of the CBB Law allows the CBB to determine the level of qualifications, experience and training of licensee's officers or employees. Article 65(c) of the CBB Law empowers the CBB the right to remove any official, being a Board member or in an executive position, that is unqualified or unsuitable for the assigned position.

              Adopted: January 2007

            • EN-8.1.2

              In addition, Chapter AU-3 of Module AU (Authorisation), specifies that approved persons must be assessed by the CBB as 'fit and proper' to hold such a position. The Chapter specifies various factors that the CBB takes into account when reaching such a decision.

              Amended: January 2007

          • EN-8.2 EN-8.2 CBB Policy

            • EN-8.2.1

              Chapter AU-3 of Module AU (Authorisation), specifies that approved persons must be assessed by the CBB as 'fit and proper' to hold such a position. The Chapter specifies various factors that the CBB takes into account when reaching such a decision.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-8.2.2

              The CBB is conscious of the impact that assessing someone as not 'fit and proper' may have on an individual approved person. Such assessments are carefully reviewed in the light of all relevant facts. The criteria used in reaching a decision include the following:

              (a) The extent to which the factors set out in Chapter AU-3 have not been met;
              (b) The extent to which the person has deliberately or recklessly breached requirements of the CBB law or Volume 4 (Investment Business);
              (c) The person's past compliance record and conduct following any such breaches;
              (d) The length of time since factors indicating a lack of fitness or propriety occurred; and
              (e) The risk the person poses to licensees and their customers.
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-8.2.3

              Amongst other matters, the CBB will normally consider as grounds for the revocation of approved person status the following events affecting the approved person:

              (a) The conviction by a court, whether in Bahrain or elsewhere, for a crime affecting honesty;
              (b) A declaration of bankruptcy by a court of law;
              (c) A court ruling that the approved person's legal capacity is totally or partially impaired; or
              (d) The sanction by a professional body of a fine, suspension, expulsion or censure.
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-8.2.4

              Investment firm licensees must inform the CBB immediately when they become aware of any of the events listed in Paragraph EN-8.2.3, affecting one of their approved persons.

              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-8.2.5

              If the CBB has grounds for considering that an individual is no longer fit and proper to continue to hold their existing controlled function(s), it will revoke the approved person status granted to that individual. The individual will then be required to resign from each of the controlled functions to which this revocation applies. This revocation does not automatically preclude them from applying to hold other controlled functions in the future, but will be taken into account in considering new requests from investment firm licensees that pertain to that individual.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-8.2.6

              Depending on the seriousness of the situation, the CBB may impose further measures, which may include disqualification from:

              (a) Holding any controlled function;
              (b) Performing any function in relation to any regulated activity carried out by a licensed firm; or
              (c) Being a controller of any licensed firm.
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-8.2.7

              In assessing evidence, the CBB applies a lower threshold than is applied in a criminal court of law, reflecting the administrative nature of the sanction. The CBB may also take into account the cumulative effect of factors which, when considered individually, may not in themselves be sufficient to justify an adverse 'fit and proper' finding.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-8.2.8

              The CBB may also take into account the particular function being undertaken in the licensee by the individual concerned, and the size and nature of the licensee itself, particularly when assessing the suitability of a person's experience or qualifications. Thus, the fact that a person was deemed 'fit and proper' for a particular position in a particular firm does not necessarily mean he would be suitable in a different position or in a different firm.

              Amended: January 2007

          • EN-8.3 EN-8.3 Procedure

            • EN-8.3.1

              All proposals for issuing an adverse 'fit and proper' finding are subject to a thorough review by the CBB of all relevant facts, assessed against the criteria outlined in Paragraph EN-8.2.2 above. In some instances, it may be appropriate for the CBB to request the licensee or person concerned to provide further information, in order to help reach a decision.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-8.3.2

              All adverse findings have to be approved by an Executive Director of the CBB. Once approved, a notice of intent is issued to the person concerned and copied to the Board/senior management of the licensee, setting out the circumstances and the basis for the CBB's proposed adverse finding. The person has 30 calendar days from the date of the notice in which to make written representations, addressed to the Executive Director concerned, failing which a final notice is issued by the CBB.

              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-8.3.3

              If representations are made, then the CBB has 30 calendar days from the date of the representation in which to consider any mitigating evidence submitted and make a final determination.

              Amended: October 2009
              Amended: January 2007

        • EN-9 EN-9 [This Chapter deleted 07/2007.]

          Deleted: July 2007

          • EN-9.1 EN-9.1 BMA Policy

            • EN-9.1.1

              Rule AU-1.3.1 of Module AU (Authorisation) requires persons wishing to carry on the business of an administrator in the Kingdom of Bahrain to be registered as such by BMA. Registered administrators are not allowed to undertake regulated investment services and are not categorised as licensees: the registration requirement exists simply to ensure that those acting as administrators satisfy certain basic suitability criteria.

            • EN-9.1.2

              These basic criteria are contained in Chapter AU-4. Should a registered administrator, in the opinion of the BMA, cease to satisfy one or more of these criteria, then the BMA has the right to cancel that person's registration.

            • EN-9.1.3

              Where the BMA proposes to cancel the registration of a registered person, it must provide the person concerned reasonable time to object to the proposed cancellation.

            • EN-9.1.4

              Amongst other matters affecting a person's compliance with the registration criteria contained in Chapter AU-4, the BMA will normally consider as grounds for the revocation of registration the following:

              (a) the conviction by a court, whether in Bahrain or elsewhere, for a crime affecting honesty;
              (b) a bankruptcy declaration by a court of law;
              (c) a court ruling that the person's legal capacity is totally or partially impaired; or
              (d) the sanction by a professional body of a fine, suspension, expulsion or censure.

          • EN-9.2 EN-9.2 Procedure for Cancellation of Registration

            • EN-9.2.1

              All proposals to cancel a registration are subject to a thorough review of all relevant facts and must be approved by an Executive Director of the BMA.

            • EN-9.2.2

              Once approved within the BMA, a notice of intent is issued to the registrant concerned, setting out the basis for the decision. The notice of intent will describe the factual circumstances and the BMA's rationale for the proposed cancellation.

            • EN-9.2.3

              The registrant has 30 calendar days from the date stated in the notice in which to appeal the decision. The appeal should be addressed to the Executive Director that has approved the proposal for cancellation.

            • EN-9.2.4

              If representations are made, then the BMA has 30 calendar days from the date of the representation in which to consider any mitigating evidence submitted and make a final determination.

        • EN-10 EN-10 Criminal Sanctions

          • EN-10.1 EN-10.1 Overview

            • EN-10.1.1

              The CBB Law provides for a number of criminal sanctions in cases where certain of its provisions are contravened. This Section provides a summary of those sanctions most relevant to licensees, their Directors and employees. What follows is not a complete list of all sanctions provided for in the CBB Law, nor is it a substitute for reading the Law and being fully aware of its provisions.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-10.1.2

              Licensees, their Directors and employees should also be aware of the criminal sanctions provided for under other relevant Bahraini laws, such as the Decree — Law No. 4 of 2001, with respect to the prevention and prohibition of the laundering of money.

            • EN-10.1.3

              In all cases to do with criminal sanctions, the CBB can only refer the matter to the Office of the Public Prosecutor. The CBB has no authority to apply such sanctions without recourse to the courts.

              Amended: January 2007

          • EN-10.2 EN-10.2 CBB Policy

            • EN-10.2.1

              Because of their criminal status, and their provision for custodial sentences, the sanctions provided for under the CBB Law are viewed by the CBB as very powerful measures, to be pursued sparingly. In most situations, the CBB will seek to address regulatory failures through administrative sanctions, as outlined in the preceding Chapters, rather than by pursuing the criminal sanctions outlined here.

              Amended: January 2007

            • EN-10.2.2

              Where, however, the nature of the offence is such that there is strong evidence of a reckless or intentional breach of the CBB Law relevant to the following Articles, then the CBB will usually refer the matter to the Office of the Public Prosecutor.

              Amended: January 2007

          • EN-10.2A EN-10.2A Article 161

            • EN-10.2.1A

              Article 161 of the CBB Law provides for a penalty of up to BD 1 million, without prejudice to any other penalty prescribed in any other law, in case of any person who breaches the provisions of Resolution No.(16) for the year 2012 issued pursuant to Article 42 of the CBB Law. The Court may also confiscate the proceeds resulting from breaching the Resolution.

              Added: January 2013

          • EN-10.3 EN-10.3 Article 163

            • EN-10.3.1

              Article 163 of the CBB Law provides for a term of imprisonment of up to two years, and/or a fine of up to BD 20,000, without prejudice to any other penalty prescribed in any other law, in case of conviction of a Director, manager, official, agent or representative of any licensee who:

              (a) Conceals any records, information or documents requested by the CBB (or any person appointed by the CBB to conduct an investigation or inspection);
              (b) Provides statements or information in bad faith which do not reflect the actual financial position of the licensee;
              (c) Conceals from an external auditor any records, information or documents necessary for auditing the accounts of the licensee; or
              (d) Provides in bad faith any misleading or inaccurate statements to an external auditor which do not reflect the actual financial position of the licensee.
              Amended: January 2007

          • EN-10.4 EN-10.4 Article 169

            • EN-10.4.1

              Article 169 provides for a term of imprisonment, and/or a fine of up to BD 20,000 for any Director, manager, official or employee, who acts or permits an act in violation of Article 134 of the CBB Law, dealing with the effects of insolvency, where he knows (or should have known) that the licensee is insolvent.

              Amended: January 2007

          • EN-10.5 EN-10.5 Article 170

            • EN-10.5.1

              Article 170(2) of the CBB Law provides for terms of imprisonment and/or a fine not exceeding BD 3,000 if any Director, manager, official or employee intentionally obstructs an investigation by the CBB or an Appointed Expert.

              Adopted: January 2007

          • EN-10.6 EN-10.6 Article 171

            • EN-10.6.1

              Article 171 of the CBB Law provides for a term of imprisonment and/or a fine not exceeding BD 10,000, if any Director, manager, official or employee discloses in bad faith any confidential information relating to a customer of a licensee.

              Adopted: January 2007

      • DP Dispute Procedures

        [This module in Volume 4 has been intentionally left blank: requirements relating to Dispute Procedures will be issued at a later date.]

      • CP Compensation

        [This module in Volume 4 has been intentionally left blank: requirements relating to Compensation may be developed in due course.]

    • Sector Guides

      • C1 Category 1 licensees

        [This module in Volume 4 has been intentionally left blank: it will be issued at a later date.]

      • C2 Category 2 licensees

        [This module in Volume 4 has been intentionally left blank: it will be issued at later date.]

      • C3 Category 3 licensees

        [This module in Volume 4 has been intentionally left blank: it will be issued at a later date.]

      • IF Islamic Investment Firms

        [This module in Volume 4 has been intentionally left blank: it will be issued at a later date.]